ILLINOIS POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
July 10, 2003
IN THE MATTER OF: )
) R03-15
SDWA UPDATE, USEPA AMENDMENTS ) (Identical-in-Substance
(July 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002 ) Rulemaking - Public Water Supply)
Proposed Rule. Proposal for Public Comment.
ORDER OF THE BOARD (by W.A. Marovitz):
The Board today proposes amendments to the Illinois regulations that are “identical in
substance” to drinking water regulations adopted by the United States Environmental Protection
Agency (USEPA). The USEPA rules implement Sections 1412(b), 1414(c), 1417(a), and
1445(a) of the federal Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) (42 U.S.C. §§ 300g-1(a), 300g-3(c),
300g-6(a), and 300j-4(a) (1994)). This docket includes federal SDWA amendments that USEPA
adopted in the period July 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002. The substantive amendments
involved in this proceeding update the analytical methods approved for determining
contaminants in drinking water. They also make minor changes to the consumer confidence
report rule.
Sections 7.2 and 17.5 of the Environmental Protection Act (Act) (415 ILCS 5/7.2 and
17.5 (2002)) provide for quick adoption by the Board of regulations that are identical in
substance to federal regulations that USEPA adopts to implement Sections 1412(b), 1414(c),
1417(a), and 1445(a) of the federal SDWA. Section 17.5 also provides that Title VII of the Act
and Section 5 of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 ILCS 100/5-35 and 5-40 (2002)) do
not apply to the Board’s adoption of identical-in-substance regulations. The federal SDWA
regulations are found at 40 C.F.R. 141 through 143.
This order is supported by an opinion that the Board also adopts today. The Board will
cause the proposed amendments to be published in the
Illinois Register
and will hold the docket
open to receive public comments for 45 days after the date of publication.
IT IS SO ORDERED.
I, Dorothy M. Gunn, Clerk of the Illinois Pollution Control Board, certify that the Board
adopted the above order on July 10, 2003, by a vote of 7-0.
Dorothy M. Gunn, Clerk
Illinois Pollution Control Board
2
TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE F: PUBLIC WATER SUPPLIES
CHAPTER I: POLLUTIONF POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
PART 611
PRIMARY DRINKING WATER STANDARDS
SUBPART A: GENERAL
Section
611.100 Purpose, Scope, and Applicability
611.101 Definitions
611.102 Incorporations by Reference
611.103 Severability
611.107 Agency Inspection of PWS Facilities
611.108 Delegation to Local Government
611.109 Enforcement
611.110 Special Exception Permits
611.111 Relief Equivalent to SDWA Section 1415(a) Variances
611.112 Relief Equivalent to SDWA Section 1416 Exemptions
611.113 Alternative Treatment Techniques
611.114 Siting requirements Requirements
611.115 Source Water Quantity
611.120 Effective dates Dates
611.121 Maximum Contaminant Levels and Finished Water Quality
611.125 Fluoridation Requirement
611.126 Prohibition on Use of Lead
611.130 Special Requirements for Certain Variances and Adjusted Standards
611.131 Relief Equivalent to SDWA Section 1415(e) Small System Variance
611.160 Composite Correction Program
SUBPART B: FILTRATION AND DISINFECTION
Section
611.201 Requiring a Demonstration
611.202 Procedures for Agency Determinations
611.211 Filtration Required
611.212 Groundwater under Direct Influence of Surface Water
611.213 No Method of HPC Analysis
611.220 General Requirements
611.230 Filtration Effective Dates
611.231 Source Water Quality Conditions
611.232 Site-specific Site-Specific Conditions
611.233 Treatment Technique Violations
611.240 Disinfection
611.241 Unfiltered PWSs
611.242 Filtered PWSs
611.250 Filtration
3
611.261 Unfiltered PWSs: Reporting and Recordkeeping
611.262 Filtered PWSs: Reporting and Recordkeeping
611.271 Protection during Repair Work
611.272 Disinfection following
Following Repair
611.276 Recycle Provisions
SUBPART C: USE OF NON-CENTRALIZED TREATMENT DEVICES
Section
611.280 Point-of-Entry Devices
611.290 Use of Point-of-Use Devices or Bottled Water
SUBPART D: TREATMENT TECHNIQUES
Section
611.295 General Requirements
611.296 Acrylamide and Epichlorohydrin
611.297 Corrosion Control
SUBPART F: MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVELS (MCLs) AND
MAXIMUM RESIDUAL DISINFECTANT LEVELS (MRDLs)
Section
611.300 Old MCLs for Inorganic Chemicals Chemical Contaminants
611.301 Revised MCLs for Inorganic Chemicals Chemical Contaminants
611.310 Old Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) for Organic Chemicals Chemical
Contaminants
611.311 Revised MCLs for Organic Chemical Contaminants
611.312 Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) for Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs)
611.313 Maximum Residual Disinfectant Levels (MRDLs)
611.320 Turbidity
611.325 Microbiological Contaminants
611.330 Maximum Contaminant Levels for Radionuclides
611.331 Beta Particle and Photon Radioactivity
SUBPART G: LEAD AND COPPER
Section
611.350 General Requirements
611.351 Applicability of Corrosion Control
611.352 Corrosion Control Treatment
611.353 Source Water Treatment
611.354 Lead Service Line Replacement
611.355 Public Education and Supplemental Monitoring
611.356 Tap Water Monitoring for Lead and Copper
611.357 Monitoring for Water Quality Parameters
611.358 Monitoring for Lead and Copper in Source Water
611.359 Analytical Methods
611.360 Reporting
611.361 Recordkeeping
4
SUBPART I: DISINFECTANT RESIDUALS, DISINFECTION BYPRODUCTS,
and DISINFECTION BYPRODUCT PRECURSORS
Section
611.380 General Requirements
611.381 Analytical Requirements
611.382 Monitoring Requirements
611.383 Compliance Requirements
611.384 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
611.385 Treatment Technique for Control of Disinfection Byproduct (DBP) Precursors
SUBPART K: GENERAL MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section
611.480 Alternative Analytical Techniques
611.490 Certified Laboratories
611.491 Laboratory Testing Equipment
611.500 Consecutive PWSs
611.510 Special Monitoring for Unregulated Contaminants
SUBPART L: MICROBIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section
611.521 Routine Coliform Monitoring
611.522 Repeat Coliform Monitoring
611.523 Invalidation of Total Coliform Samples
611.524 Sanitary Surveys
611.525 Fecal Coliform and E. Coli Testing
611.526 Analytical Methodology
611.527 Response to Violation
611.531 Analytical Requirements
611.532 Unfiltered PWSs
611.533 Filtered PWSs
SUBPART M: TURBIDITY MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section
611.560 Turbidity
SUBPART N: INORGANIC MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section
611.591 Violation of a State MCL
611.592 Frequency of State Monitoring
611.600 Applicability
611.601 Monitoring Frequency
5
611.602 Asbestos Monitoring Frequency
611.603 Inorganic Monitoring Frequency
611.604 Nitrate Monitoring
611.605 Nitrite Monitoring
611.606 Confirmation Samples
611.607 More Frequent Monitoring and Confirmation Sampling
611.608 Additional Optional Monitoring
611.609 Determining Compliance
611.610 Inorganic Monitoring Times
611.611 Inorganic Analysis
611.612 Monitoring Requirements for Old Inorganic MCLs
611.630 Special Monitoring for Sodium
611.631 Special Monitoring for Inorganic Chemicals
SUBPART O: ORGANIC MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS
Section
611.640 Definitions
611.641 Old MCLs
611.645 Analytical Methods for Organic Chemical Contaminants
611.646 Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V Volatile Organic Contaminants
611.647 Sampling for Phase I Volatile Organic Contaminants (Repealed)
611.648 Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V Synthetic Organic Contaminants
611.650 Monitoring for 36 Contaminants (Repealed)
611.657 Analytical Methods for 36 Contaminants (Repealed)
611.658 Special Monitoring for Organic Chemicals
SUBPART P: THM MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS
Section
611.680 Sampling, Analytical, and other Requirements
611.683 Reduced Monitoring Frequency
611.684 Averaging
611.685 Analytical Methods
611.686 Modification to System
611.687 Sampling for THM Potential
611.688 Applicability Dates
SUBPART Q: RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section
611.720 Analytical Methods
611.731 Gross Alpha
611.732 Beta Particle and Photon Radioactivity
611.733 General Monitoring and Compliance Requirements
6
SUBPART R: ENHANCED FILTRATION AND DISINFECTION--:
SYSTEMS THAT SERVE 10,000 OR MORE PEOPLE
Section
611.740 General Requirements
611.741 Standards for Avoiding Filtration
611.742 Disinfection Profiling and Benchmarking
611.743 Filtration
611.744 Filtration Sampling Requirements
611.745 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
SUBPART T: REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING
Section
611.830 Applicability
611.831 Monthly Operating Report
611.832 Notice by Agency (Repealed)
611.833 Cross Connection Reporting
611.840 Reporting
611.851 Reporting MCL, MRDL, and other Violations (Repealed)
611.852 Reporting other Violations (Repealed)
611.853 Notice to New Billing Units (Repealed)
611.854 General Content of Public Notice (Repealed)
611.855 Mandatory Health Effects Language (Repealed)
611.856 Fluoride Notice (Repealed)
611.858 Fluoride Secondary Standard (Repealed)
611.860 Record Maintenance
611.870 List of 36 Contaminants (Repealed)
SUBPART U: CONSUMER CONFIDENCE REPORTS
Section
611.881 Purpose and Applicability of this Subpart
611.882 Compliance Dates
611.883 Content of the Reports
611.884 Required Additional Health Information
611.885 Report Delivery and Recordkeeping
SUBPART V: PUBLIC NOTIFICATION OF DRINKING WATER
VIOLATIONS
Section
611.901 General Public Notification Requirements
611.902 Tier 1 Public Notice--Notice: Form, Manner, and Frequency of Notice
611.903 Tier 2 Public Notice--Notice: Form, Manner, and Frequency of Notice
611.904 Tier 3 Public Notice--Notice: Form, Manner, and Frequency of Notice
611.905 Content of the Public Notice
611.906 Notice to New Billing Units or New Customers
611.907 Special Notice of the Availability of Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
Results
7
611.908 Special Notice for Exceedence of the Fluoride Secondary Standard
611.909 Special Notice for Nitrate Exceedences above the MCL by a Non-Community
Water System
611.910 Notice by the Agency on Behalf of a PWS
SUBPART X--X: ENHANCED FILTRATION AND DISINFECTION--
SYSTEMS SERVING FEWER THAN 10,000 PEOPLE
Section
611.950 General Requirements
611.951 Finished Water Reservoirs
611.952 Additional Watershed Control Requirements for Unfiltered Systems
611.953 Disinfection Profile
611.954 Disinfection Benchmark
611.955 Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity Limits
611.956 Individual Filter Turbidity Requirements
611.957 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
611.Appendix A Regulated Contaminants
611.Appendix B Percent Inactivation of G. Lamblia Cysts
611.Appendix C Common Names of Organic Chemicals
611.Appendix D Defined Substrate Method for the Simultaneous Detection of Total Coliforms
and Eschericia Coli from Drinking Water
611.Appendix E Mandatory Lead Public Education Information for Community Water
Systems
611.Appendix F Mandatory Lead Public Education Information for Non-Transient Non-
Community Water Systems
611.Appendix G NPDWR Violations and Situations Requiring Public Notice
611.Appendix H Standard Health Effects Language for Public Notification
611.Appendix I Acronyms Used in Public Notification Regulation
611.Table A Total Coliform Monitoring Frequency
611.Table B Fecal or Total Coliform Density Measurements
611.Table C Frequency of RDC Measurement
611.Table D Number of Lead and Copper Monitoring Sites
611.Table E Lead and Copper Monitoring Start Dates
611.Table F Number of Water Quality Parameter Sampling Sites
611.Table G Summary of Section 611.357 Monitoring Requirements for Water Quality
Parameters
611.Table Z Federal Effective Dates
AUTHORITY: Implementing Sections 7.2, 17, and 17.5 and authorized by Section 27 of the
Environmental Protection Act [415 ILCS 5/7.2, 17, 17.5, and 27].
SOURCE: Adopted in R88-26 at 14 Ill. Reg. 16517, effective September 20, 1990; amended in
R90-21 at 14 Ill. Reg. 20448, effective December 11, 1990; amended in R90-13 at 15 Ill. Reg. 1562,
effective January 22, 1991; amended in R91-3 at 16 Ill. Reg. 19010, effective December 1, 1992;
amended in R92-3 at 17 Ill. Reg. 7796, effective May 18, 1993; amended in R93-1 at 17 Ill. Reg.
8
12650, effective July 23, 1993; amended in R94-4 at 18 Ill. Reg. 12291, effective July 28, 1994;
amended in R94-23 at 19 Ill. Reg. 8613, effective June 20, 1995; amended in R95-17 at 20 Ill. Reg.
14493, effective October 22, 1996; amended in R98-2 at 22 Ill. Reg. 5020, effective March 5,
1998; amended in R99-6 at 23 Ill. Reg. 2756, effective February 17, 1999; amended in R99-12 at 23
Ill. Reg. 10348, effective August 11, 1999; amended in R00-8 at 23 Ill. Reg. 14715, effective
December 8, 1999; amended in R00-10 at 24 Ill. Reg. 14226 effective September 11, 2000;
amended in R01-7 at 25 Ill. Reg. 1329, effective January 11, 2001; amended in R01-20 at 25 Ill.
Reg. 13611, effective October 9, 2001; amended in R02-5 at 26 Ill. Reg. 3522, effective
February 22, 2002; amended in R03-4 at 27 Ill. Reg. 1183, effective January 10, 2003; amended
in R03-15 at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________.
SUBPART A: GENERAL
Section 611.100 Purpose, Scope, and Applicability
a) This Part satisfies the requirement of Section 17.5 of the Environmental
Protection Act (Act) [415 ILCS 5/17.5] that the Board adopt regulations which
that are identical in substance with federal regulations promulgated by the United
States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) pursuant to Sections 1412(b),
1414(c), 1417(a), and 1445(a) of the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) (42
U.S.C. 300f et seq. 300g-1(b), 300g-3(c), 300g-6(a), and 300j-4(a)).
b) This Part establishes primary drinking water regulations (NPDWRs) pursuant to
the SDWA, and also includes additional, related State requirements which that are
consistent with and more stringent than the USEPA regulations (Section 7.2(a)(6)
of the Act [415 ILCS 5/7.2(a)(6)]). The latter provisions are specifically marked
as “additional State requirements”. They apply only to community water systems
(CWSs).
c) This Part applies to “suppliers”, owners and operators of “public water systems”
(“PWSs”). PWSs include CWSs, “non-community water systems (“non-CWSs”),
and “non-transient non-community water systems (“NTNCWSs”), as these terms
are defined in Section 611.101.
1) CWS suppliers are required to obtain permits from the Illinois
Environmental Protection Agency (Agency) pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code
602.
2) Non-CWS suppliers are subject to additional regulations promulgated by
the Illinois Department of Public Health (Public Health or DPH) pursuant
to Section 9 of the Illinois Groundwater Protection Act [415 ILCS 55/9],
including 77 Ill. Adm. Code 900.
3) Non-CWS suppliers are not required to obtain permits or other approvals
from the Agency, or to file reports or other documents with the Agency.
Any provision in this Part so providing is to be understood as requiring the
9
non-CWS supplier to obtain the comparable form of approval from, or to
file the comparable report or other document with Public Health.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.1 (1994) (2002).
d) This Part applies to each PWS, unless the PWS meets all of the following
conditions:
1) Consists only of distribution and storage facilities (and does not have any
collection and treatment facilities);
2) Obtains all of its water from, but is not owned or operated by, a supplier to
which such regulations apply;
3) Does not sell water to any person; and
4) Is not a carrier which that conveys passengers in interstate commerce.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.3 (1994) (2002).
e) Some subsection labels have been omitted in order to maintain local consistency
between USEPA subsection labels and the subsection labels in this Part.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.101 Definitions
As used in this Part, the term following terms have the given meanings:
“Act” means the Environmental Protection Act [415 ILCS 5].
“Agency” means the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency.
BOARD NOTE: The Department of Public Health (Public Health or DPH)
regulates non-community water supplies (“non-CWSs,” including non-transient,
non-community water supplies (“NTNCWSs”) and transient non-community water
supplies (“transient non-CWSs”)). For the purposes of regulation of supplies by
Public Health by reference to this Part, “Agency” will mean the Department of
Public Health.
“Ai” means “inactivation ratio.”
“Approved source of bottled water,” for the purposes of Section 611.130(e)(4),
means a source of water and the water therefrom, whether it be from a spring,
artesian well, drilled well, municipal water supply, or any other source, that has been
inspected and the water sampled, analyzed, and found to be a safe and sanitary
quality according to applicable laws and regulations of State and local government
10
agencies having jurisdiction, as evidenced by the presence in the plant of current
certificates or notations of approval from each government agency or agencies
having jurisdiction over the source, the water it bottles, and the distribution of the
water in commerce.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 142.62(g)(2) and 21 CFR 129.3(a) (2002).
The Board cannot compile an exhaustive listing of all federal, state, and local laws to
which bottled water and bottling water may be subjected. However, the statutes and
regulations of which the Board is aware are the following: the Illinois Food, Drug
and Cosmetic Act [410 ILCS 620], the Bottled Water Act [815 ILCS 310], the DPH
Water Well Construction Code (77 Ill. Adm. Code 920), the DPH Water Well Pump
Installation Code (77 Ill. Adm. Code 925), the federal bottled water quality standards
(21 CFR 103.35), the federal drinking water processing and bottling standards (21
CFR 129), the federal Current Good Manufacturing Practice in Manufacturing,
Packing, or Holding Human Food (21 CFR 110), the federal Fair Packaging and
Labeling Act (15 USC 1451 et seq.), and the federal Fair Packaging and Labeling
regulations (21 CFR 201).
“Best available technology” or “BAT” means the best technology, treatment
techniques, or other means that USEPA has found are available for the contaminant
in question. BAT is specified in Subpart F of this Part.
“Board” means the Illinois Pollution Control Board.
“CAS No.” means “Chemical Abstracts Services Number.”
“CT” or “CTcalc” is the product of “residual disinfectant concentration” (RDC or C)
in mg/L
ℓ
determined before or at the first customer, and the corresponding
“disinfectant contact time” (T) in minutes. If a supplier applies disinfectants at more
than one point prior to the first customer, it must determine the CT of each
disinfectant sequence before or at the first customer to determine the total percent
inactivation or “total inactivation ratio.” In determining the total inactivation ratio,
the supplier must determine the RDC of each disinfection sequence and
corresponding contact time before any subsequent disinfection application points.
(See “CT99.9.”)
“CT99.9” is the CT value required for 99.9 percent (3-log) inactivation of Giardia
lamblia cysts. CT99.9 for a variety of disinfectants and conditions appear in Tables
1.1-1.6, 2.1 and 3.1 of Section 611.Appendix B Appendix B of this Part. (See
“Inactivation Ratio.”)
BOARD NOTE: Derived from the definition of “CT” in 40 CFR 141.2 (2000)
(2002).
“Coagulation” means a process using coagulant chemicals and mixing by which
colloidal and suspended materials are destabilized and agglomerated into flocs.
“Community water system” or “CWS” means a public water system (PWS) that
11
serves at least 15 service connections used by year-round residents or regularly
serves at least 25 year-round residents.
BOARD NOTE: This definition differs slightly from that of Section 3.05 of the Act.
“Compliance cycle” means the nine-year calendar year cycle during which public
water systems (PWSs) must monitor. Each compliance cycle consists of three three-
year compliance periods. The first calendar cycle begins began January 1, 1993, and
ends ended December 31, 2001; the second begins began January 1, 2002, and ends
December 31, 2010; the third begins January 1, 2011, and ends December 31, 2019.
“Compliance period” means a three-year calendar year period within a compliance
cycle. Each compliance cycle has three three-year compliance periods. Within the
first compliance cycle, the first compliance period runs ran from January 1, 1993, to
December 31, 1995; the second from January 1, 1996, to December 31, 1998; the
third from January 1, 1999, to December 31, 2001.
“Comprehensive performance evaluation” or “CPE” is a thorough review and
analysis of a treatment plant’s performance-based capabilities and associated
administrative, operation, and maintenance practices. It is conducted to identify
factors that may be adversely impacting a plant’s capability to achieve
compliance and emphasizes approaches that can be implemented without
significant capital improvements.
BOARD NOTE: The final sentence of the definition of “comprehensive
performance evaluation” in 40 CFR 141.2 is codified as Section 611.160(a)(2),
since it contains substantive elements that are more appropriate appropriately
codified in a substantive provision.
“Confluent growth” means a continuous bacterial growth covering the entire
filtration area of a membrane filter or a portion thereof, in which bacterial colonies
are not discrete.
“Contaminant” means any physical, chemical, biological, or radiological substance
or matter in water.
“Conventional filtration treatment” means a series of processes including
coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation, and filtration resulting in substantial
particulate removal.
“Diatomaceous earth filtration” means a process resulting in substantial particulate
removal in which the following occur:
A precoat cake of diatomaceous earth filter media is deposited on a support
membrane (septum); and
While the water is filtered by passing through the cake on the septum,
additional filter media known as body feed is continuously added to the feed
12
water to maintain the permeability of the filter cake.
“Direct filtration” means a series of processes including coagulation and filtration but
excluding sedimentation resulting in substantial particulate removal.
“Disinfectant” means any oxidant, including but not limited to chlorine, chlorine
dioxide, chloramines, and ozone added to water in any part of the treatment or
distribution process, that is intended to kill or inactivate pathogenic microorganisms.
“Disinfectant contact time” or “T” means the time in minutes that it takes for water
to move from the point of disinfectant application or the previous point of RDC
measurement to a point before or at the point where RDC is measured.
Where only one RDC is measured, T is the time in minutes that it takes for
water to move from the point of disinfectant application to a point before or
at the point where RDC is measured.
Where more than one RDC is measured, T is as follows:
For the first measurement of RDC, the time in minutes that it takes
for water to move from the first or only point of disinfectant
application to a point before or at the point where the first RDC is
measured,; and
For subsequent measurements of RDC, the time in minutes that it
takes for water to move from the previous RDC measurement point
to the RDC measurement point for which the particular T is being
calculated.
T in pipelines must be calculated based on “plug flow” by dividing the
internal volume of the pipe by the maximum hourly flow rate through that
pipe.
T within mixing basins and storage reservoirs must be determined by tracer
studies or an equivalent demonstration.
“Disinfection” means a process that inactivates pathogenic organisms in water by
chemical oxidants or equivalent agents.
“Disinfection byproduct” or “DBP” means a chemical byproduct that forms when
disinfectants used for microbial control react with naturally occurring compounds
already present in source water. DBPs include, but are not limited to,
bromodichloromethane, bromoform, chloroform, dichloroacetic acid, bromate,
chlorite, dibromochloromethane, and certain haloacetic acids.
“Disinfection profile” is a summary of daily Giardia lamblia inactivation through
13
the treatment plant. The procedure for developing a disinfection profile is
contained in Section 611.742.
“Distribution system” includes all points downstream of an “entry point” to the point
of consumer ownership.
“Domestic or other non-distribution system plumbing problem” means a coliform
contamination problem in a PWS with more than one service connection that is
limited to the specific service connection from which the coliform-positive sample
was taken.
“Dose equivalent” means the product of the absorbed dose from ionizing radiation
and such factors as account for differences in biological effectiveness due to the type
of radiation and its distribution in the body as specified by the International
Commission on Radiological Units and Measurements (ICRU).
“Enhanced coagulation” means the addition of sufficient coagulant for improved
removal of disinfection byproduct (DBP) precursors by conventional filtration
treatment.
“Enhanced softening” means the improved removal of disinfection byproduct
(DBP) precursors by precipitative softening.
“Entry point” means a point just downstream of the final treatment operation, but
upstream of the first user and upstream of any mixing with other water. If raw water
is used without treatment, the “entry point” is the raw water source. If a PWS
receives treated water from another PWS, the “entry point” is a point just
downstream of the other PWS, but upstream of the first user on the receiving PWS,
and upstream of any mixing with other water.
“Filter profile” is a graphical representation of individual filter performance,
based on continuous turbidity measurements or total particle counts versus time
for an entire filter run, from startup to backwash inclusively, that includes an
assessment of filter performance while another filter is being backwashed.
“Filtration” means a process for removing particulate matter from water by passage
through porous media.
“Flocculation” means a process to enhance agglomeration or collection of smaller
floc particles into larger, more easily settleable particles through gentle stirring by
hydraulic or mechanical means.
“GAC10” means granular activated carbon (GAC) filter beds with an empty-bed
contact time of 10 minutes based on average daily flow and a carbon reactivation
frequency of every 180 days.
14
“GC” means “gas chromatography” or “gas-liquid phase chromatography.”
“GC/MS” means gas chromatography (GC) followed by mass spectrometry (MS).
“Gross alpha particle activity” means the total radioactivity due to alpha particle
emission as inferred from measurements on a dry sample.
“Gross beta particle activity” means the total radioactivity due to beta particle
emission as inferred from measurements on a dry sample.
“Groundwater under the direct influence of surface water” means any water beneath
the surface of the ground with significant occurrence of insects or other
macroorganisms, algae, or large-diameter pathogens, such as Giardia lamblia or
Cryptosporidium, or significant and relatively rapid shifts in water characteristics,
such as turbidity, temperature, conductivity, or pH, that closely correlate to
climatological or surface water conditions. “Groundwater under the direct
influence of surface water” is as determined in Section 611.212.
“GWS” means “groundwater system,” a public water supply (PWS) that uses only
groundwater sources.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(b)(2) & 141.24(f)(2) note (2002).
“Haloacetic acids (five)” or “HAA5” means the sum of the concentrations in
milligrams per liter (mg/L
ℓ
) of five haloacetic acid compounds (monochloroacetic
acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, monobromoacetic acid, and
dibromoacetic acid), rounded to two significant figures after addition.
“Halogen” means one of the chemical elements chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
“HPC” means “heterotrophic plate count,” measured as specified in Section
611.531(c).
“Inactivation ratio” (Ai) means as follows:
Ai = CTcalc/CT99.9
The sum of the inactivation ratios, or “total inactivation ratio” (B) is
calculated by adding together the inactivation ratio for each disinfection
sequence as follows:
B =
∑
(Ai)
A total inactivation ratio equal to or greater than 1.0 is assumed to provide a
3-log inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from the definition of “CT” in 40 CFR 141.2 (2002).
15
“Initial compliance period” means the three-year compliance period that begins
January 1, 1993, except for the MCLs for dichloromethane, 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene,
1,1,2-trichloroethane, benzo(a)pyrene, dalapon, di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate, di(2-ethyl-
hexyl)phthalate, dinoseb, diquat, endothall, endrin, glyphosate, hexachlorobenzene,
hexachlorocyclopentadiene, oxamyl, picloram, simazine, 2,3,7,8-TCDD, antimony,
beryllium, cyanide, nickel, and thallium, as they apply to suppliers whose supplies
have a supplier whose system has fewer than 150 service connections, for which it
means the three-year compliance period that begins began on January 1, 1996.
“Inorganic contaminants” or “IOCs” refers to that group of contaminants
designated as such in United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA)
regulatory discussions and guidance documents. IOCs include antimony,
asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, mercury, nickel,
nitrate, nitrite, selenium, and thallium.
BOARD NOTE: The IOCs are derived from 40 CFR 141.23(a)(4) (2002).
“L
ℓ
” means “liter.”
“Legionella” means a genus of bacteria, some species of which have caused a type of
pneumonia called Legionnaires Disease.
“Man-made beta particle and photon emitters” means all radionuclides emitting beta
particles or photons listed in “Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum
Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational
Exposure,” NCRP Report Number 22, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102,
except the daughter products of thorium-232, uranium-235 and uranium-238.
“Maximum contaminant level” or “MCL” means the maximum permissible level of
a contaminant in water that is delivered to any user of a public water system. (See
Section 611.121.)
“Maximum contaminant level goal” or “MCLG” means the maximum level of a
contaminant in drinking water at which no known or anticipated adverse effect on
the health of persons would occur, and which allows an adequate margin of
safety. MCLGs are nonenforceable health goals.
BOARD NOTE: The Board has not routinely adopted the regulations relating to
the federal MCLGs because they are outside the scope of the Board’s identical-in-
substance mandate under Section 17.5 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/17.5].
“Maximum residual disinfectant level” or “MRDL” means the maximum
permissible level of a disinfectant added for water treatment that may not be
exceeded at the consumer’s tap without an unacceptable possibility of adverse
health effects. MRDLs are enforceable in the same manner as are MCLs. (See
Section 611.313 and Section 611.383.)
“Maximum residual disinfectant level goal” or “MRDLG” means the maximum
16
level of a disinfectant added for water treatment at which no known or anticipated
adverse effect on the health of persons would occur, and which allows an
adequate margin of safety. MRDLGs are nonenforceable health goals and do not
reflect the benefit of the addition of the chemical for control of waterborne
microbial contaminants.
“Maximum total trihalomethane potential” or “MTP” means the maximum
concentration of total trihalomethanes (TTHMs) produced in a given water
containing a disinfectant residual after seven days at a temperature of 25
°
C or above.
“MFL” means millions of fibers per liter larger than 10 micrometers.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(a)(4)(i) (2000) (2002).
“mg” means milligrams (1/1000 of a gram).
“mg/L
ℓ
” means milligrams per liter.
“Mixed system” means a PWS that uses both groundwater and surface water
sources.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(b)(2) and 141.24(f)(2) note (2002).
“MUG” means 4-methyl-umbelliferyl-beta-d-glucuronide.
“Near the first service connection” means at one of the 20 percent of all service
connections in the entire system that are nearest the public water system (PWS)
treatment facility, as measured by water transport time within the distribution system.
“nm” means nanometer (1/1,000,000,000 of a meter).
“Non-community water system” or “NCWS” or “non-CWS” means a public water
system (PWS) that is not a community water system (CWS). A non-community
water system is either a “transient non-community water system (TWS)” or a
“non-transient non-community water system (NTNCWS).”
“Non-transient non-community water system” or “NTNCWS” means a public water
system (PWS) that is not a community water system (CWS) and that regularly serves
at least 25 of the same persons over six months per year.
“NPDWR” means “national primary drinking water regulation.”
“NTU” means “nephelometric turbidity units.”
“Old MCL” means one of the inorganic maximum contaminant levels (MCLs),
codified at Section 611.300, or organic MCLs, codified at Section 611.310, including
any marked as “additional State requirements.”
BOARD NOTE: Old MCLs are those derived prior to the implementation of the
17
USEPA “Phase II” regulations. The Section 611.640 definition of this term, which
applies only to Subpart O of this Part, differs from this definition in that the
definition does not include the Section 611.300 inorganic MCLs.
“P-A Coliform Test” means “Presence-Absence Coliform Test.”
“Paired sample” means two samples of water for Total Organic Carbon (TOC).
One sample is of raw water taken prior to any treatment. The other sample is taken
after the point of combined filter effluent and is representative of the treated water.
These samples are taken at the same time. (See Section 611.382.)
“Performance evaluation sample” or “PE sample” means a reference sample
provided to a laboratory for the purpose of demonstrating that the laboratory can
successfully analyze the sample within limits of performance specified by the
Agency; or, for bacteriological laboratories, Public Health; or, for radiological
laboratories, the Illinois Department of Nuclear Safety. The true value of the
concentration of the reference material is unknown to the laboratory at the time of
the analysis.
“Person” means an individual, corporation, company, association, partnership, state,
unit of local government, or federal agency.
“Phase I” refers to that group of chemical contaminants and the accompanying
regulations promulgated by USEPA on July 8, 1987, at 52 Fed. Reg. 25712.
“Phase II” refers to that group of chemical contaminants and the accompanying
regulations promulgated by USEPA on January 30, 1991, at 56 Fed. Reg. 3578.
“Phase IIB” refers to that group of chemical contaminants and the accompanying
regulations promulgated by USEPA on July 1, 1991, at 56 Fed. Reg. 30266.
“Phase V” refers to that group of chemical contaminants promulgated by USEPA on
July 17, 1992, at 57 Fed. Reg. 31776.
“Picocurie” or “pCi” means the quantity of radioactive material producing 2.22
nuclear transformations per minute.
“Point of disinfectant application” is the point at which the disinfectant is applied and
downstream of which water is not subject to recontamination by surface water
runoff.
“Point-of-entry treatment device” or “POE” is a treatment device applied to the
drinking water entering a house or building for the purpose of reducing contaminants
in the drinking water distributed throughout the house or building.
“Point-of-use treatment device” or “POU” is a treatment device applied to a single
18
tap used for the purpose of reducing contaminants in drinking water at that one tap.
“Public Health” or “DPH” means the Illinois Department of Public Health.
BOARD NOTE: The Department of Public Health (“Public Health”) regulates non-
community water supplies (“non-CWSs,” including non-transient, non-community
water supplies (“NTNCWSs”) and transient non-community water supplies
(“transient non-CWSs”)). For the purposes of regulation of supplies by Public
Health by reference to this Part, “Agency” must mean Public Health.
“Public water system” or “PWS” means a system for the provision to the public of
water for human consumption through pipes or other constructed conveyances, if
such system has at least 15 service connections or regularly serves an average of at
least 25 individuals daily at least 60 days out of the year. A PWS is either a
community water system (CWS) or a non-community water system (non-CWS).
Such term includes the following:
Any collection, treatment, storage, and distribution facilities under control of
the operator of such system and used primarily in connection with such
system; and
Any collection or pretreatment storage facilities not under such control that
are used primarily in connection with such system.
BOARD NOTE: Where used in Subpart F of this Part, “public water supply” means
the same as “public water system.”
“Radioactive contaminants” refers to that group of contaminants designated
“radioactive contaminants” in USEPA regulatory discussions and guidance
documents. “Radioactive contaminants” include tritium, strontium-89, strontium-
90, iodine-131, cesium-134, gross beta emitters, and other nuclides.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.25(c) Table B (2002). These
radioactive contaminants must be reported in Consumer Confidence Reports
under Subpart U of this Part when they are detected above the levels indicated in
Section 611.720(c)(3).
“Reliably and consistently” below a specified level for a contaminant means an
Agency determination based on analytical results following the initial detection of a
contaminant to determine the qualitative condition of water from an individual
sampling point or source. The Agency must base this determination on the
consistency of analytical results, the degree below the MCL, the susceptibility of
source water to variation, and other vulnerability factors pertinent to the contaminant
detected that may influence the quality of water.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(b)(9), 141.24(f)(11)(ii), and
141.24(f)(11)(iii) (2002).
“Rem” means the unit of dose equivalent from ionizing radiation to the total body or
any internal organ or organ system. A “millirem (mrem)” is 1/1000 of a rem.
19
“Repeat compliance period” means a compliance period that begins after the initial
compliance period.
“Representative” means that a sample must reflect the quality of water that is
delivered to consumers under conditions when all sources required to supply water
under normal conditions are in use and all treatment is properly operating.
“Residual disinfectant concentration” (“RDC” or “C” in CT calculations) means the
concentration of disinfectant measured in mg/L
ℓ
in a representative sample of water.
For purposes of the requirement of Section 611.241(d) of maintaining a detectable
RDC in the distribution system, “RDC” means a residual of free or combined
chlorine.
“Safe Drinking Water Act” or “SDWA” means the Public Health Service Act, as
amended by the Safe Drinking Water Act, Pub. L. 93-523, 42 USC 300f et seq.
“Sanitary survey” means an onsite review of the water source, facilities, equipment,
operation, and maintenance of a public water system (PWS) for the purpose of
evaluating the adequacy of such source, facilities, equipment, operation, and
maintenance for producing and distributing safe drinking water.
“Sedimentation” means a process for removal of solids before filtration by gravity or
separation.
“SEP” means special exception permit (Section 611.110).
“Service connection,” as used in the definition of public water system, does not
include a connection to a system that delivers water by a constructed conveyance
other than a pipe if any of the following is true:
The water is used exclusively for purposes other than residential use
(consisting of drinking, bathing, and cooking, or other similar uses);
The Agency determines by issuing a SEP that alternative water for
residential use or similar uses for drinking and cooking is provided to
achieve the equivalent level of public health protection provided by the
applicable national primary drinking water regulations; or
The Agency determines by issuing a SEP that the water provided for
residential use or similar uses for drinking, cooking, and bathing is
centrally treated or treated at the point of entry by the provider, a
pass-through entity, or the user to achieve the equivalent level of
protection provided by the applicable national primary drinking water
regulations.
BOARD NOTE: See sections 1401(4)(B)(i)(II) and (4)(B)(i)(III) of SDWA (42
20
USC 300f(4)(B)(i)(II) & (4)(B)(i)(III) (1996) (2000)).
“Slow sand filtration” means a process involving passage of raw water through a bed
of sand at low velocity (generally less than 0.4 meters per hour (m/h)) resulting in
substantial particulate removal by physical and biological mechanisms.
“SOC” or “Synthetic organic chemical contaminant” refers to that group of
contaminants designated as “SOCs,” or “synthetic organic chemicals” or “synthetic
organic contaminants,” in USEPA regulatory discussions and guidance documents.
“SOCs” include alachlor, aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, aldicarb sulfoxide, atrazine,
benzo[(a])pyrene, carbofuran, chlordane, dalapon, dibromoethylene (ethylene
dibromide or EDB), dibromochloropropane (DBCP), di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate, di(2-
ethylhexyl)phthalate, dinoseb, diquat, endothall, endrin, glyphosate, heptachlor,
heptachlor epoxide, hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorocyclopentadiene, lindane,
methoxychlor, oxamyl, pentachlorophenol, picloram, simazine, toxaphene, poly-
chlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), 2,4-D, 2,3,7,8-TCDD, and 2,4,5-TP.
“Source” means a well, reservoir, or other source of raw water.
“Special irrigation district” means an irrigation district in existence prior to May
18, 1994 that provides primarily agricultural service through a piped water system
with only incidental residential use or similar use, where the system or the
residential users or similar users of the system comply with either of the following
exclusion conditions:
The Agency determines by issuing a SEP that alternative water is
provided for residential use or similar uses for drinking or cooking to
achieve the equivalent level of public health protection provided by the
applicable national primary drinking water regulations; or
The Agency determines by issuing a SEP that the water provided for
residential use or similar uses for drinking, cooking, and bathing is
centrally treated or treated at the point of entry by the provider, a pass-
through entity, or the user to achieve the equivalent level of protection
provided by the applicable national primary drinking water regulations.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.2 (2002) and sections 1401(4)(B)(i)(II)
and (4)(B)(i)(III) of SDWA (42 USC 300f(4)(B)(i)(II) & (4)(B)(i)(III) (1996)
(2000)).
“Standard sample” means the aliquot of finished drinking water that is examined for
the presence of coliform bacteria.
“Subpart B system” means a public water system that uses surface water or
groundwater under the direct influence of surface water as a source and which is
subject to the requirements of Subpart B of this Part and the analytical and
monitoring requirements of Sections 611.531, 611.532, 611.533, 611.Appendix B
21
of this Part, and 611.Appendix C of this Part.
“Supplier of water” or “supplier” means any person who owns or operates a public
water system (PWS). This term includes the “official custodian.”
“Surface water” means all water that is open to the atmosphere and subject to surface
runoff.
“SUVA” means specific ultraviolet absorption at 254 nanometers (nm), which is an
indicator of the humic content of water. It is a calculated parameter obtained by
dividing a sample’s ultraviolet absorption at a wavelength of 254 nm (UV 254) (in m
-
1
) by its concentration of dissolved organic carbon (in mg/L
ℓ
).
“SWS” means “surface water system,” a public water supply (PWS) that uses only
surface water sources, including “groundwater under the direct influence of surface
water.”
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(b)(2) and 141.24(f)(2) note (2002).
“System with a single service connection” means a system that supplies drinking
water to consumers via a single service line.
“Too numerous to count” means that the total number of bacterial colonies exceeds
200 on a 47-mm diameter membrane filter used for coliform detection.
“Total organic carbon” or “TOC” means total organic carbon (in mg/L
ℓ
) measured
using heat, oxygen, ultraviolet irradiation, chemical oxidants, or combinations of
these oxidants that convert organic carbon to carbon dioxide, rounded to two
significant figures.
“Total trihalomethanes” or “TTHM” means the sum of the concentration of
trihalomethanes (THMs), in milligrams per liter (mg/L
ℓ
), rounded to two significant
figures.
BOARD NOTE: See the definition of “trihalomethanes” for a listing of the four
compounds that USEPA considers TTHMs to comprise.
“Transient, non-community water system” or “transient non-CWS” means a non-
CWS that does not regularly serve at least 25 of the same persons over six months of
the year.
BOARD NOTE: The federal regulations apply to all “public water systems,” which
are defined as all systems having at least 15 service connections or regularly serving
water to at least 25 persons. (See 42 USC 300f(4).) The Act mandates that the
Board and the Agency regulate “public water supplies,” which it defines as having at
least 15 service connections or regularly serving 25 persons daily at least 60 days per
year. (See Section 3.28 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/3.28].) The Department of Public
Health regulates transient, non-community water systems.
22
“Treatment” means any process that changes the physical, chemical,
microbiological, or radiological properties of water, is under the control of the
supplier, and is not a point-of-use treatment device or a point-of-entry treatment
device as defined in this Section. Treatment includes, but is not limited to, aeration,
coagulation, sedimentation, filtration, activated carbon treatment, disinfection, and
fluoridation.
“Trihalomethane” or “THM” means one of the family of organic compounds, named
as derivatives of methane, in which three of the four hydrogen atoms in methane are
each substituted by a halogen atom in the molecular structure. The THMs are the
following compounds:
Trichloromethane (chloroform),;
Dibromochloromethane,;
Bromodichloromethane,; and
Tribromomethane (bromoform)
“μg” means micrograms (1/1,000,000 of a gram).
“USEPA” or “U.S. EPA” means the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
“Uncovered finished water storage facility” is a tank, reservoir, or other facility
that is open to the atmosphere and which is used to store water that will undergo
no further treatment except residual disinfection.
“Virus” means a virus of fecal origin that is infectious to humans by waterborne
transmission.
“VOC” or “volatile organic chemical contaminant” refers to that group of
contaminants designated as “VOCs,” “volatile organic chemicals,” or “volatile
organic contaminants,” in USEPA regulatory discussions and guidance documents.
“VOCs” include benzene, dichloromethane, tetrachloromethane (carbon tetra-
chloride), trichloroethylene, vinyl chloride, 1,1,1-trichloroethane (methyl
chloroform), 1,1-dichloroethylene, 1,2-dichloroethane, cis-1,2-dichloroethylene,
ethylbenzene, monochlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, styrene, 1,2,4-trichloro-
benzene, 1,1,2-trichloroethane, tetrachloroethylene, toluene, trans-1,2-dichloro-
ethylene, xylene, and 1,2-dichloropropane.
“Waterborne disease outbreak” means the significant occurrence of acute infectious
illness, epidemiologically associated with the ingestion of water from a public water
system (PWS) that is deficient in treatment, as determined by the appropriate local or
State agency.
23
“Wellhead protection program” means the wellhead protection program for the State
of Illinois, approved by USEPA under Section 1428 of the SDWA, 42 USC 300h-7.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.71(b) (2002). The wellhead protection
program includes the “groundwater protection needs assessment” under Section 17.1
of the Act [415 ILCS 5/17.1], and 35 Ill. Adm. Code 615 et seq-617.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.2 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.102 Incorporations by Reference
a) Abbreviations and short-name listing of references. The following names and
abbreviated names, presented in alphabetical order, are used in this Part to refer to
materials incorporated by reference:
“Amco-AEPA-1 Polymer” is available from Advanced Polymer Systems.
“ASTM Method” means a method published by and available from the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
“Colisure Test” means “Colisure Presence/Absence Test for Detection and
Identification of Coliform Bacteria and Escherichia Coli in Drinking
Water,” available from Millipore Corporation, Technical Services
Department.
“Dioxin and Furan Method 1613” means “Tetra- through Octa-
Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Isotope-Dilution HRGC/HRMS,”
available from NTIS.
“GLI Method 2” means GLI Method 2, “Turbidity,” Nov. 2, 1992,
available from Great Lakes Instruments, Inc.
“Hach FilterTrak Method 10133” means “Determination of Turbidity by
Laser Nephelometry,” available from Hach Co.
“HASL Procedure Manual” means HASL Procedure Manual, HASL 300,
available from ERDA Health and Safety Laboratory.
“Kaleda 01” means “Kelada Automated Test Methods for Total Cyanide,
Acid Dissociable Cyanide, And Thiocyanate”, Revision 1.2, August 2001,
EPA # 821–B–01–009, available from the National Technical Information
Service (NTIS).
“Membrane Filter Technique using Chromocult Doliform Agar” means
“Chromocult Coliform Agar Presence/Absence Membrane Filter Test
24
Method for Detection and Identification of Coliform Bacteria and
Escherichla coli
in Finished Waters”, available from EM Science
.
“NCRP” means “National Council on Radiation Protection.”
“NTIS” means “National Technical Information Service.”
“New Jersey Radium Method” means “Determination of Radium 228 in
Drinking Water,” available from the New Jersey Department of
Environmental Protection.
“New York Radium Method” means “Determination of Ra-226 and Ra-
228 (Ra-02),” available from the New York Department of Public Health.
“ONGP-MUG Test” (meaning “minimal medium ortho-nitrophenyl-beta-
d-galactopyranoside-4-methyl-umbelliferyl-beta-d-glucuronide test”), also
called the “Autoanalysis Colilert System,” is Method 9223, available in
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater,” 18th
ed., from American Public Health Association.
“Palintest Method 1001” means “Method Number 1001,” available from
Palintest, Ltd. or the Hach Company.
“QuikChem Method 10–204–00–1-X” means “Digestion and distillation
of total cyanide in drinking and wastewaters using MICRO DIST and
determination of cyanide by flow injection analysis”, available from
Lachat Instruments.
“Readycult Coliforms 100 Presence/Absence Test” means “Readycult
Coliforms 100 Presence/Absence Test for Detection and Identification of
Coliform Bacteria and
Escherichla coli
in Finished Waters’’ available
from EM Science.
‘‘SimPlate method” means “IDEXX SimPlate TM HPC Test Method for
Heterotrophs in Water,” available from IDEXX Laboratories, Inc.
“Radiochemical Methods” means “Interim Radiochemical Methodology
for Drinking Water,” available from NTIS.
“Standard Methods,” means “Standard Methods for the Examination of
Water and Wastewater,” available from the American Public Health
Association or the American Waterworks Association.
“Syngenta AG-625” means “Atrazine in Drinking Water by
Immunoassay,” February 2001 is available from Syngenta Crop
Protection, Inc., 410 Swing Road, Post Office Box 18300, Greensboro,
25
NC 27419, Phone number (336) 632–6000.
“Technical Bulletin 601” means “Technical Bulletin 601, Standard
Method of Testing for Nitrate in Drinking Water,” July 1994, available
from Analytical Technology, Inc.
“Technicon Methods” means “Fluoride in Water and Wastewater,”
available from Bran & Luebbe.
“USDOE Manual” means “EML Procedures Manual,” available from the
United State Department of Energy.
“USEPA Asbestos Methods-100.1” means Method 100.1, “Analytical
Method for Determination of Asbestos Fibers in Water,” September 1983,
available from NTIS.
“USEPA Asbestos Methods-100.2” means Method 100.2, “Determination
of Asbestos Structures over 10-mm in Length in Drinking Water,” June
1994, available from NTIS.
“USEPA Environmental Inorganics Methods” means “Methods for the
Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples,”
August 1993, available from NTIS.
“USEPA Environmental Metals Methods” means “Methods for the
Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples,” available from
NTIS.
“USEPA Inorganic Methods” means “Methods for Chemical Analysis of
Water and Wastes,” March 1983, available from NTIS.
“USEPA Interim Radiochemical Methods” means “Interim Radiochemical
Methodology for Drinking Water,” EPA 600/4-75-008 (revised), March
1976. Available from NTIS.
“USEPA Organic Methods” means “Methods for the Determination of
Organic Compounds in Drinking Water,” July 1991, for Methods 502.2,
505, 507, 508, 508A, 515.1, and 531.1; “Methods for the Determination of
Organic Compounds in Drinking Water--Supplement I,” July 1990, for
Methods 506, 547, 550, 550.1, and 551; and “Methods for the
Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water--Supplement
II,” August 1992, for Methods 515.2, 524.2, 548.1, 549.1, 552.1, and 555,
available from NTIS. Methods 504.1, 508.1, and 525.2 are available from
EPA EMSL; “Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds” in
Drinking Water--Supplement II, August 1992, for Method 552.1; “Methods
for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water--
26
Supplement III,” August 1995, for Methods 502.2, 524.2, 551.1, and 552.2.
Method 515.4, “Determination of Chlorinated Acids in Drinking Water by
Liquid-Liquid Microextraction, Derivatization and Fast Gas
Chromatography with Electron Capture Detection,” Revision 1.0, April
2000, EPA /815/B–00/001, and Method 531.2, “Measurement of N-
methylcarbamoyloximes and N-methylcarbamates in Water by Direct
Aqueous Injection HPLC with Postcolumn Derivatization,” Revision 1.0,
September 2001, EPA 815/B/01/002, are both available on-line from
USEPA, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water.
“USEPA Radioactivity Methods” means “Prescribed Procedures for
Measurement of Radioactivity in Drinking Water,” EPA 600/4-80-032,
August 1980. Available from NTIS.
“USEPA Radiochemical Analyses” means “Radiochemical Analytical
Procedures for Analysis of Environmental Samples,” March 1979.
Available from NTIS.
“USEPA Radiochemistry Methods” means “Radiochemistry Procedures
Manual,” EPA 520/5-84-006, December 1987. Available from NTIS.
“USEPA Technical Notes” means “Technical Notes on Drinking Water
Methods,” available from NTIS.
“USGS Methods” means “Methods of Analysis by the U.S. Geological
Survey National Water Quality Laboratory--Determination of Inorganic
and Organic Constituents in Water and Fluvial Sediments,” available from
NTIS and USGS.
“Waters Method B-1011” means “Waters Test Method for the
Determination of Nitrite/Nitrate in Water Using Single Column Ion
Chromatography,” available from Waters Corporation, Technical Services
Division.
b) The Board incorporates the following publications by reference:
Access Analytical Systems, Inc.
Advanced Polymer Systems, 3696 Haven Avenue, Redwood City, CA
94063 415-366-2626:.
Amco-AEPA-1 Polymer. See 40 CFR 141.22(a) (2000) (2002).
Also, as referenced in ASTM D1889.
American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW,
Washington, DC 20005 800-645-5476:.
27
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,” 17th Edition, 1989 (referred to as “Standard
Methods, 17th ed.”).
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,” 18th Edition, 1992, including “Supplement to the
18th Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water
and Wastewater,” 1994 (collectively referred to as “Standard
Methods, 18th ed.”). See the methods listed separately for the
same references under American Waterworks Association.
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,” 19th Edition, 1995 (referred to as “Standard
Methods, 19th ed.”).
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,” 20th Edition, 1998 (referred to as “Standard
Methods, 20th ed.”).
American Waterworks Association et al., 6666 West Quincy Ave.,
Denver, CO 80235 303-794-7711:.
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,” 13th Edition, 1971 (referred to as “Standard
Methods, 13th ed.”).
Method 302, Gross Alpha and Gross Beta Radioactivity in
Water (Total, Suspended, and Dissolved).
Method 303, Total Radioactive Strontium and Strontium 90
in Water.
Method 304, Radium in Water by Precipitation.
Method 305, Radium 226 by Radon in Water (Soluble,
Suspended, and Total).
Method 306, Tritium in Water.
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,” 17th Edition, 1989 (referred to as “Standard
Methods, 17th ed.”).
Method 7110 B, Gross Alpha and Gross Beta Radioactivity
in Water (Total, Suspended, and Dissolved).
28
Method 7500-Cs B, Radioactive Cesium, Precipitation
Method.
Method 7500-
3
H B, Tritium in Water.
Method 7500-I B, Radioactive Iodine, Precipitation
Method.
Method 7500-I C, Radioactive Iodine, Ion-Exchange
Method.
Method 7500-I D, Radioactive Iodine, Distillation Method.
Method 7500-Ra B, Radium in Water by Precipitation.
Method 7500-Ra C, Radium 226 by Radon in Water
(Soluble, Suspended, and Total).
Method 7500-Ra D, Radium, Sequential Precipitation
Method (Proposed).
Method 7500-Sr B, Total Radioactive Strontium and
Strontium 90 in Water.
Method 7500-U B, Uranium, Radiochemical Method
(Proposed).
Method 7500-U C, Uranium, Isotopic Method (Proposed).
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,” 18th Edition, 1992 (referred to as “Standard
Methods, 18th ed.”):.
Method 2130 B, Turbidity, Nephelometric Method.
Method 2320 B, Alkalinity, Titration Method.
Method 2510 B, Conductivity, Laboratory Method.
Method 2550, Temperature, Laboratory and Field Methods.
Method 3111 B, Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry, Direct Air-Acetylene Flame Method.
Method 3111 D, Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption
29
Spectrometry, Direct Nitrous Oxide-Acetylene Flame
Method.
Method 3112 B, Metals by Cold-Vapor Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry, Cold-Vapor Atomic Absorption
Spectrometric Method.
Method 3113 B, Metals by Electrothermal Atomic
Absorption Spectrometry, Electrothermal Atomic
Absorption Spectrometric Method.
Method 3114 B, Metals by Hydride Generation/Atomic
Absorption Spectrometry, Manual Hydride
Generation/Atomic Absorption Spectrometric Method.
Method 3120 B, Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy,
Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method.
Method 3500-Ca D, Calcium, EDTA Titrimetric Method.
Method 3500-Mg E, Magnesium, EDTA Titrimetric
Calculation Method.
Method 4110 B, Determination of Anions by Ion
Chromatography, Ion Chromatography with Chemical
Suppression of Eluent Conductivity.
Method 4500-CN
-
C, Cyanide, Total Cyanide after
Distillation.
Method 4500-CN
-
E, Cyanide, Colorimetric Method.
Method 4500-CN
-
F, Cyanide, Cyanide-Selective Electrode
Method.
Method 4500-CN
-
G, Cyanide, Cyanides Amenable to
Chlorination after Distillation.
Method 4500-Cl D, Chlorine, Amperometric Titration
Method.
Method 4500-Cl E, Chlorine, Low-Level Amperometric
Titration Method.
Method 4500-Cl F, Chlorine, DPD Ferrous Titrimetric
Method.
30
Method 4500-Cl G, Chlorine, DPD Colorimetric Method.
Method 4500-Cl H, Chlorine, Syringaldazine (FACTS)
Method.
Method 4500-Cl I, Chlorine, Iodometric Electrode Method.
Method 4500-ClO2 C, Chlorine Dioxide, Amperometric
Method I.
Method 4500-ClO2 D, Chlorine Dioxide, DPD Method.
Method 4500-ClO2 E, Chlorine Dioxide, Amperometric
Method II (Proposed).
Method 4500-F
-
B, Fluoride, Preliminary Distillation Step.
Method 4500-F
-
C, Fluoride, Ion-Selective Electrode
Method.
Method 4500-F
-
D, Fluoride, SPADNS Method.
Method 4500-F
-
E, Fluoride, Complexone Method.
Method 4500-H
+
B, pH Value, Electrometric Method.
Method 4500-NO2
-
B, Nitrogen (Nitrite), Colorimetric
Method.
Method 4500-NO3
-
D, Nitrogen (Nitrate), Nitrate Electrode
Method.
Method 4500-NO3
-
E, Nitrogen (Nitrate), Cadmium
Reduction Method.
Method 4500-NO3
-
F, Nitrogen (Nitrate), Automated
Cadmium Reduction Method.
Method 4500-O3 B, Ozone (Residual) (Proposed), Indigo
Colorimetric Method.
Method 4500-P E, Phosphorus, Ascorbic Acid Method.
Method 4500-P F, Phosphorus, Automated Ascorbic Acid
Reduction Method.
31
Method 4500-Si D, Silica, Molybdosilicate Method.
Method 4500-Si E, Silica, Heteropoly Blue Method.
Method 4500-Si F, Silica, Automated Method for
Molybdate-Reactive Silica.
Method 4500-SO42- C, Sulfate, Gravimetric Method with
Ignition of Residue.
Method 4500-SO42- D, Sulfate, Gravimetric Method with
Drying of Residue.
Method 4500-SO42- F, Sulfate, Automated Methylthymol
Blue Method.
Method 6610, Carbamate Pesticide Method.
Method 6651, Glyphosate Herbicide (Proposed).
Method 7110 B, Gross Alpha and Beta Radioactivity
(Total, Suspended, and Dissolved), Evaporation Method for
Gross Alpha-Beta.
Method 7110 C, Gross Alpha and Beta Radioactivity
(Total, Suspended, and Dissolved), Coprecipitation Method
for Gross Alpha Radioactivity in Drinking Water
(Proposed).
Method 7500-Cs B, Radioactive Cesium, Precipitation
Method.
Method 7500-
3
H B, Tritium, Liquid Scintillation
Spectrometric Method.
Method 7500-I B, Radioactive Iodine, Precipitation
Method.
Method 7500-I C, Radioactive Iodine, Ion-Exchange
Method.
Method 7500-I D, Radioactive Iodine, Distillation Method.
Method 7500-Ra B, Radium, Precipitation Method.
32
Method 7500-Ra C, Radium, Emanation Method.
Method 7500-Ra D, Radium, Sequential Precipitation
Method (Proposed).
Method 7500-Sr B, Total Radiactive Strontium and
Strontium 90, Precipitation Method.
Method 7500-U B, Uranium, Radiochemical Method
(Proposed).
Method 7500-U C, Uranium, Isotopic Method (Proposed).
Method 9215 B, Heterotrophic Plate Count, Pour Plate
Method.
Method 9221 A, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Introduction.
Method 9221 B, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Standard Total
Coliform Fermentation Technique.
Method 9221 C, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Estimation of
Bacterial Density.
Method 9221 D, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Presence-Absence (P-
A) Coliform Test.
Method 9221 E, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Fecal Coliform
Procedure.
Method 9222 A, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Introduction.
Method 9222 B, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Standard Total Coliform Membrane
Filter Procedure.
Method 9222 C, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Delayed-Incubation Total Coliform
Procedure.
33
Method 9222 D, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Fecal Coliform Membrane Filter
Procedure.
Method 9223, Chromogenic Substrate Coliform Test
(Proposed).
“Supplement to the 18th Edition of Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Wastewater,” American Public Health
Association, 1994.
Method 6610, Carbamate Pesticide Method.
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,” 19th Edition, 1995 (referred to as “Standard
Methods, 19th ed.”):.
Method 2130 B, Turbidity, Nephelometric Method.
Method 2320 B, Alkalinity, Titration Method.
Method 2510 B, Conductivity, Laboratory Method.
Method 2550, Temperature, Laboratory, and Field
Methods.
Method 3111 B, Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry, Direct Air-Acetylene Flame Method.
Method 3111 D, Metals by Flame Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry, Direct Nitrous Oxide-Acetylene Flame
Method.
Method 3112 B, Metals by Cold-Vapor Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry, Cold-Vapor Atomic Absorption
Spectrometric Method.
Method 3113 B, Metals by Electrothermal Atomic
Absorption Spectrometry, Electrothermal Atomic
Absorption Spectrometric Method.
Method 3114 B, Metals by Hydride Generation/Atomic
Absorption Spectrometry, Manual Hydride
Generation/Atomic Absorption Spectrometric Method.
Method 3120 B, Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy,
34
Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method.
Method 3500-Ca D, Calcium, EDTA Titrimetric Method.
Method 3500-Mg E, Magnesium, EDTA Titrimetric
Calculation Method.
Method 4110 B, Determination of Anions by Ion
Chromatography, Ion Chromatography with Chemical
Suppression of Eluent Conductivity.
Method 4500-Cl D, Chlorine, Amperometric Titration
Method.
Method 4500-Cl E, Chlorine, Low-Level Amperometric
Titration Method.
Method 4500-Cl F, Chlorine, DPD Ferrous Titrimetric
Method.
Method 4500-Cl G, Chlorine, DPD Colorimetric Method.
Method 4500-Cl H, Chlorine, Syringaldazine (FACTS)
Method.
Method 4500-Cl I, Chlorine, Iodometric Electrode Method.
Method 4500-ClO2 C, Chlorine Dioxide, Amperometric
Method I.
Method 4500-ClO2 D, Chlorine Dioxide, DPD Method.
Method 4500-ClO2 E, Chlorine Dioxide, Amperometric
Method II (Proposed).
Method 4500-CN
-
C, Cyanide, Total Cyanide after
Distillation.
Method 4500-CN
-
E, Cyanide, Colorimetric Method.
Method 4500-CN
-
F, Cyanide, Cyanide-Selective Electrode
Method.
Method 4500-CN
-
G, Cyanide, Cyanides Amenable to
Chlorination after Distillation.
35
Method 4500-F
-
B, Fluoride, Preliminary Distillation Step.
Method 4500-F
-
C, Fluoride, Ion-Selective Electrode
Method.
Method 4500-F
-
D, Fluoride, SPADNS Method.
Method 4500-F
-
E, Fluoride, Complexone Method.
Method 4500-H
+
B, pH Value, Electrometric Method.
Method 4500-NO2
-
B, Nitrogen (Nitrite), Colorimetric
Method.
Method 4500-NO3
-
D, Nitrogen (Nitrate), Nitrate Electrode
Method.
Method 4500-NO3
-
E, Nitrogen (Nitrate), Cadmium
Reduction Method.
Method 4500-NO3
-
F, Nitrogen (Nitrate), Automated
Cadmium Reduction Method.
Method 4500-O3 B, Ozone (Residual) (Proposed), Indigo
Colorimetric Method.
Method 4500-P E, Phosphorus, Ascorbic Acid Method.
Method 4500-P F, Phosphorus, Automated Ascorbic Acid
Reduction Method.
Method 4500-Si D, Silica, Molybdosilicate Method.
Method 4500-Si E, Silica, Heteropoly Blue Method.
Method 4500-Si F, Silica, Automated Method for
Molybdate-Reactive Silica.
Method 4500-Cl D, Chlorine (Residual), Amperometric
Titration Method.
Method 4500-Cl E, Chlorine (Residual), Low-Level
Amperometric Titration Method.
Method 4500-Cl F, Chlorine (Residual), DPD Ferrous
Titrimetric Method.
36
Method 4500-Cl G, Chlorine (Residual), DPD Colorimetric
Method.
Method 4500-Cl H, Chlorine (Residual), Syringaldazine
(FACTS) Method.
Method 4500-Cl I, Chlorine (Residual), Iodometric
Electrode Technique.
Method 4500-ClO2 D, Chlorine Dioxide, DPD Method.
Method 4500-ClO2 E, Chlorine Dioxide, Amperometric
Method II.
Method 5910 B, UV Absorbing Organic Constituents,
Ultraviolet Absorption Method.
Method 6251 B, Disinfection Byproducts: Haloacetic Acids
and Trichlorophenol, Micro Liquid-Liquid Extraction Gas
Chromatographic Method.
Method 6651, Glyphosate Herbicide (Proposed).
Method 7110 B, Gross Alpha and Gross Beta
Radioactivity, Evaporation Method for Gross Alpha-Beta.
Method 7110 C, Gross Alpha and Beta Radioactivity
(Total, Suspended, and Dissolved), Coprecipitation Method
for Gross Alpha Radioactivity in Drinking Water
(Proposed).
Method 7120-B 7120 B, Gamma-Emitting Radionuclides,
Gamma Spectrometric Method.
Method 7500-Cs B, Radioactive Cesium, Precipitation
Method.
Method 7500-3H B, Tritium, Liquid Scintillation
Spectrometric Method.
Method 7500-I B, Radioactive Iodine, Precipitation
Method.
Method 7500-I C, Radioactive Iodine, Ion-Exchange
Method.
37
Method 7500-I D, Radioactive Iodine, Distillation Method.
Method 7500-Ra B, Radium, Precipitation Method.
Method 7500-Ra C, Radium, Emanation Method.
Method 7500-Ra D, Radium, Sequential Precipitation
Method.
Method 7500-Sr B, Total Radiactive Strontium and
Strontium 90, Precipitation Method.
Method 7500-U B, Uranium, Radiochemical Method.
Method 7500-U C, Uranium, Isotopic Method.
Method 9215 B, Heterotrophic Plate Count, Pour Plate
Method.
Method 9221 A, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Introduction.
Method 9221 B, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Standard Total
Coliform Fermentation Technique.
Method 9221 C, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Estimation of
Bacterial Density.
Method 9221 D, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Presence-Absence (P-
A) Coliform Test.
Method 9221 E, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Fecal Coliform
Procedure.
Method 9222 A, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Introduction.
Method 9222 B, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Standard Total Coliform Membrane
Filter Procedure.
38
Method 9222 C, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Delayed-Incubation Total Coliform
Procedure.
Method 9222 D, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Fecal Coliform Membrane Filter
Procedure.
Method 9223, Chromogenic Substrate Coliform Test
(Proposed).
“Supplement to the 19th Edition of Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Wastewater,” American Public Health
Association, 1996:.
Method 5310 B, TOC, Combustion-Infrared Method.
Method 5310 C, TOC, Persulfate-Ultraviolet Oxidation
Method.
Method 5310 D, TOC, Wet-Oxidation Method.
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,” 20th Edition, 1998 (referred to as “Standard
Methods, 20th ed.”).
Method 2130 B, Turbidity, Nephelometric Method.
Method 2320 B, Alkalinity, Titration Method.
Method 2510 B, Conductivity, Laboratory Method.
Method 2550, Temperature, Laboratory, and Field
Methods.
Method 3120 B, Metals by Plasma Emission Spectroscopy,
Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Method.
Method 3500-Ca B, Calcium, EDTA Titrimetric Method.
Method 3500-Mg B, Magnesium, EDTA Titrimetric
Method.
Method 4110 B, Determination of Anions by Ion
Chromatography, Ion Chromatography with Chemical
Suppression of Eluent Conductivity.
39
Method 4500-CN
-
C, Cyanide, Total Cyanide after
Distillation.
Method 4500-CN
-
E, Cyanide, Colorimetric Method.
Method 4500-CN
-
F, Cyanide, Cyanide-Selective Electrode
Method.
Method 4500-CN
-
G, Cyanide, Cyanides Amenable to
Chlorination after Distillation.
Method 4500-Cl D, Chlorine, Amperometric Titration
Method.
Method 4500-Cl E, Chlorine, Low-Level Amperometric
Titration Method.
Method 4500-Cl F, Chlorine, DPD Ferrous Titrimetric
Method.
Method 4500-Cl G, Chlorine, DPD Colorimetric Method.
Method 4500-Cl H, Chlorine, Syringaldazine (FACTS)
Method.
Method 4500-Cl I, Chlorine, Iodometric Electrode Method.
Method 4500-ClO2 C, Chlorine Dioxide, Amperometric
Method I.
Method 4500-ClO2 D, Chlorine Dioxide, DPD Method.
Method 4500-ClO2 E, Chlorine Dioxide, Amperometric
Method II (Proposed).
Method 4500-F
-
B, Fluoride, Preliminary Distillation Step.
Method 4500-F
-
C, Fluoride, Ion-Selective Electrode
Method.
Method 4500-F
-
D, Fluoride, SPADNS Method.
Method 4500-F
-
E, Fluoride, Complexone Method.
Method 4500-H
+
B, pH Value, Electrometric Method.
40
Method 4500-NO2
-
B, Nitrogen (Nitrite), Colorimetric
Method.
Method 4500-NO3
-
D, Nitrogen (Nitrate), Nitrate Electrode
Method.
Method 4500-NO3
-
E, Nitrogen (Nitrate), Cadmium
Reduction Method.
Method 4500-NO3
-
F, Nitrogen (Nitrate), Automated
Cadmium Reduction Method.
Method 4500-O3 B, Ozone (Residual) (Proposed), Indigo
Colorimetric Method.
Method 4500-P E, Phosphorus, Ascorbic Acid Method.
Method 4500-P F, Phosphorus, Automated Ascorbic Acid
Reduction Method.
Method 4500-Si C, Silica, Molybdosilicate Method.
Method 4500-Si D, Silica, Heteropoly Blue Method.
Method 4500-Si E, Silica, Automated Method for
Molybdate-Reactive Silica.
Method 4500-Cl E, Chlorine (Residual), Low-Level
Amperometric Titration Method.
Method 4500-Cl F, Chlorine (Residual), DPD Ferrous
Titrimetric Method.
Method 4500-Cl G, Chlorine (Residual), DPD Colorimetric
Method.
Method 4500-Cl H, Chlorine (Residual), Syringaldazine
(FACTS) Method.
Method 4500-Cl I, Chlorine (Residual), Iodometric
Electrode Technique.
Method 4500-ClO2 D, Chlorine Dioxide, DPD Method.
Method 4500-ClO2 E, Chlorine Dioxide, Amperometric
41
Method II.
Method 6651, Glyphosate Herbicide (Proposed).
Method 7110-B, Gross Alpha and Gross Beta
Radioactivity, Evaporation Method for Gross Alpha-Beta.
Method 7110 C, Gross Alpha and Beta Radioactivity
(Total, Suspended, and Dissolved), Coprecipitation Method
for Gross Alpha Radioactivity in Drinking Water
(Proposed).
Method 7120-B, Gamma-Emitting Radionuclides, Gamma
Spectrometric Method.
Method 7500-Cs B, Radioactive Cesium, Precipitation
Method.
Method 7500-3H B, Tritium, Liquid Scintillation
Spectrometric Method.
Method 7500-I B, Radioactive Iodine, Precipitation
Method.
Method 7500-I C, Radioactive Iodine, Ion-Exchange
Method.
Method 7500-I D, Radioactive Iodine, Distillation Method.
Method 7500-Ra B, Radium, Precipitation Method.
Method 7500-Ra C, Radium, Emanation Method.
Method 7500-Sr B, Total Radiactive Strontium and
Strontium 90, Precipitation Method.
Method 7500-U B, Uranium, Radiochemical Method.
Method 7500-U C, Uranium, Isotopic Method.
Method 9215 B, Heterotrophic Plate Count, Pour Plate
Method.
Method 9221 A, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Introduction.
42
Method 9221 B, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Standard Total
Coliform Fermentation Technique.
Method 9221 C, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Estimation of
Bacterial Density.
Method 9221 D, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Presence-Absence (P-
A) Coliform Test.
Method 9221 E, Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique
for Members of the Coliform Group, Fecal Coliform
Procedure.
Method 9222 A, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Introduction.
Method 9222 B, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Standard Total Coliform Membrane
Filter Procedure.
Method 9222 C, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Delayed-Incubation Total Coliform
Procedure.
Method 9222 D, Membrane Filter Technique for Members
of the Coliform Group, Fecal Coliform Membrane Filter
Procedure.
Method 9223, Chromogenic Substrate Coliform Test
(Proposed).
“National Field Evaluation of a Defined Substrate Method for the
Simultaneous Enumeration of Total Coliforms and Escherichia coli
for Drinking Water: Comparison with the Standard Multiple Tube
Fermentation Method,” S.C. Edburg, M.J. Allen & D.B. Smith,
Applied Environmental Microbiology, vol. 54, iss. 6, pp 1595-
1601 (1988).
Analytical Technology, Inc. ATI Orion, 529 Main Street, Boston, MA
02129:.
Technical Bulletin 601, “Standard Method of Testing for Nitrate in
Drinking Water,” July, 1994, PN 221890-001 (referred to as
43
“Technical Bulletin 601”).
ASTM. American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor
Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 610-832-9585:.
ASTM Method D511-93 A and B, “Standard Test Methods for
Calcium and Magnesium in Water,” “Test Method A--
Complexometric Titration” & “Test Method B--Atomic
Absorption Spectrophotometric,” approved 1993.
ASTM Method D515-88 A, “Standard Test Methods for
Phosphorus in Water,” “Test Method A--Colorimetric Ascorbic
Acid Reduction,” approved August 19, 1988.
ASTM Method D859-88, “Standard Test Method for Silica in
Water,” approved August 19, 1988.
ASTM Method D1067-92 B, “Standard Test Methods for Acidity
or Alkalinity in Water,” “Test Method B--Electrometric or Color-
Change Titration,” approved May 15, 1992.
ASTM Method D1125-91 A, “Standard Test Methods for
Electrical Conductivity and Resistivity of Water,” “Test Method
A--Field and Routine Laboratory Measurement of Static (Non-
Flowing) Samples,” approved June 15, 1991.
ASTM Method D1179-93 B, “Standard Test Methods for Fluoride
in Water,” “Test Method B--Ion Selective Electrode,” approved
1993.
ASTM Method D1293-84, “Standard Test Methods for pH of
Water,” “Test Method A--Precise Laboratory Measurement” &
“Test Method B--Routine or Continuous Measurement,” approved
October 26, 1984.
ASTM Method D1688-90 A or C, “Standard Test Methods for
Copper in Water,” “Test Method A--Atomic Absorption, Direct” &
“Test Method C--Atomic Absorption, Graphite Furnace,” approved
March 15, 1990.
ASTM Method D2036-91 A or B, “Standard Test Methods for
Cyanide in Water,” “Test Method A--Total Cyanides after
Distillation” & “Test Method B--Cyanides Amenable to
Chlorination by Difference,” approved September 15, 1991.
ASTM Method D2459-72, “Standard Test Method for Gamma
44
Spectrometry in Water,” approved July 28, 1972, discontinued
1988.
ASTM Method D2460-90, “Standard Test Method for
Radionuclides of Radium in Water,” approved 1990.
ASTM Method D2907-91, “Standard Test Methods for
Microquantities of Uranium in Water by Fluorometry,” “Test
Method A--Direct Fluorometric” & “Test Method B—Extraction,”
approved June 15, 1991.
ASTM Method D2972-93 B or C, “Standard Test Methods for
Arsenic in Water,” “Test Method B--Atomic Absorption, Hydride
Generation” & “Test Method C--Atomic Absorption, Graphite
Furnace,” approved 1993.
ASTM Method D3223-91, “Standard Test Method for Total
Mercury in Water,” approved September 23, 1991.
ASTM Method D3454-91, “Standard Test Method for Radium-226
in Water,” approved 1991.
ASTM Method D3559-90 D, “Standard Test Methods for Lead in
Water,” “Test Method D--Atomic Absorption, Graphite Furnace,”
approved August 6, 1990.
ASTM Method D3645-93 B, “Standard Test Methods for
Beryllium in Water,” “Method B--Atomic Absorption, Graphite
Furnace,” approved 1993.
ASTM Method D3649-91, “Standard Test Method for High-
Resolution Gamma-Ray Spectrometry of Water,” approved 1991.
ASTM Method D3697-92, “Standard Test Method for Antimony
in Water,” approved June 15, 1992.
ASTM Method D3859-93 A, “Standard Test Methods for
Selenium in Water,” “Method A--Atomic Absorption, Hydride
Method,” approved 1993.
ASTM Method D3867-90 A and B, “Standard Test Methods for
Nitrite-Nitrate in Water,” “Test Method A--Automated Cadmium
Reduction” & “Test Method B--Manual Cadmium Reduction,”
approved January 10, 1990.
ASTM Method D3972-90, “Standard Test Method for Isotopic
45
Uranium in Water by Radiochemistry,” approved 1990.
ASTM Method D4107-91, “Standard Test Method for Tritium in
Drinking Water,” approved 1991.
ASTM Method D4327-91, “Standard Test Method for Anions in
Water by Ion Chromatography,” approved October 15, 1991.
ASTM Method D4785-88, “Standard Test Method for Low-Level
Iodine-131 in Water,” approved 1988.
ASTM Method D5174-91, “Standard Test Method for Trace
Uranium in Water by Pulsed-Laser Phosphorimetry,” approved
1991.
ASTM Method D 1253-86, “Standard Test Method for Residual
Chlorine in Water,” reapproved 1992.
Bran & Luebbe, 1025 Busch Parkway, Buffalo Grove, IL 60089:.
“Fluoride in Water and Wastewater,” Industrial Method #129-
71W, December 1972 (referred to as “Technicon Methods:
Method #129-71W”). See 40 CFR 141.23(k)(1), footnote 11
(1999) (2002).
“Fluoride in Water and Wastewater,” #380-75WE, February 1976
(referred to as “Technicon Methods: Method #380-75WE”). See
40 CFR 141.23(k)(1), footnote 11 (1999) (2002).
EM Science (an affiliate of Merck KGgA, Darmstadt Germany), 480 S.
Democrat Road, Gibbstown, NJ 08027–1297. Telephone: 800-222–0342.
E-mail: adellenbusch@emscience.com.
“Chromocult Coliform Agar Presence/Absence Membrane Filter
Test Method for Detection and Identification of Coliform Bacteria
and
Escherichla coli
in Finished Waters”, November 2000,
Version 1.0
.
“Readycult Coliforms 100 Presence/Absence Test for Detection
and Identification of Coliform Bacteria and
Escherichla coli
in
Finished Waters”, November 2000, Version 1.0.
ERDA Health and Safety Laboratory, New York, NY:.
HASL Procedure Manual, HASL 300, 1973. See 40 CFR
141.25(b)(2) (1999) (2002).
46
Great Lakes Instruments, Inc., 8855 North 55th Street, Milwaukee, WI
53223:.
GLI Method 2, “Turbidity,” Nov. 2, 1992.
The Hach Company, P.O. Box 389, Loveland, CO 80539-0389. Phone:
800-227-4224:.
“Lead in Drinking Water by Differential Pulse Anodic Stripping
Voltammetry,” Method 1001, August 1999.
“Determination of Turbidity by Laser Nephelometry,” January
2000, Revision 2.0 (referred to as “Hach FilterTrak Method
10133”).
IDEXX Laboratories, Inc., One IDEXX Drive, Westbrook, Maine 04092.
Telephone: 800-321–0207.
“IDEXX SimPlate TM HPC Test Method for Heterotrophs in
Water,” November 2000.
Lachat Instruments, 6645 W. Mill Rd., Milwaukee, WI 53218. Phone:
414–358–4200.
“Digestion and distillation of total cyanide in drinking and
wastewaters using MICRO DIST and determination of cyanide by
flow injection analysis”, Revision 2.1, November 30, 2000
(referred to as “QuikChem Method 10-204-00-1-X”).
Millipore Corporation, Technical Services Department, 80 Ashby Road,
Milford, MA 01730 800-654-5476:.
Colisure Presence/Absence Test for Detection and Identification of
Coliform Bacteria and Escherichia Coli in Drinking Water,
February 28, 1994 (referred to as “Colisure Test”).
NCRP. National Council on Radiation Protection, 7910 Woodmont Ave.,
Bethesda, MD 301-657-2652:.
“Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible
Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for
Occupational Exposure,” NCRP Report Number 22, June 5, 1959.
NSF. National Sanitation Foundation International, 3475 Plymouth Road,
PO Box 130140, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48113-0140, 734-769-8010:.
47
NSF Standard 61, section 9, November 1998.
NTIS. National Technical Information Service, U.S. Department of
Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161, 703-487-4600
or 800-553-6847:.
“Interim Radiochemical Methodology for Drinking Water,” EPA
600/4-75-008 (revised), March 1976 (referred to as “USEPA
Interim Radiochemical Methods”). (Pages 1, 4, 6, 9, 13, 16, 24,
29, 34)
“Kelada Automated Test Methods for Total Cyanide, Acid
Dissociable Cyanide, And Thiocyanate”, Revision 1.2, August
2001, EPA # 821–B–01–009 (referred to as “Kaleda 01”).
“Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible
Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for
Occupational Exposure,” NBS (National Bureau of Standards)
Handbook 69, as amended August 1963, U.S. Department of
Commerce.
Method 100.1, “Analytical Method for Determination of Asbestos
Fibers in Water,” EPA-600/4-83-043, September 1983, Doc. No.
PB83-260471 (referred to as “USEPA Asbestos Methods-100.1”).
Method 100.2, “Determination of Asbestos Structures over 10-mm
in Length in Drinking Water,” EPA-600/4-83-043, June 1994,
Doc. No. PB94-201902 (referred to as “USEPA Asbestos
Methods-100.2”).
“Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes,” March
1983, Doc. No. PB84-128677 (referred to as “USEPA Inorganic
Methods”). (Methods 150.1, 150.2, and 245.2, which formerly
appeared in this reference, are available from USEPA EMSL.)
“Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in
Environmental Samples,” August 1993, PB94-120821 (referred to
as “USEPA Environmental Inorganic Methods”).
“Methods for the Determination of Metals in Environmental
Samples,” June 1991, Doc. No. PB91-231498 and “Methods for
the Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples--
Supplement I,” May 1994, PB95-125472 (referred to as “USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods”).
48
“Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in
Drinking Water,” December 1988, revised July 1991, EPA-600/4-
88/039 (referred to as “USEPA Organic Methods”). (For methods
502.2, 505, 507, 508, 508A, 515.1, and 531.1.)
“Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in
Drinking Water--Supplement I,” July 1990, EPA/600-4-90-020
(referred to as “USEPA Organic Methods”). (For methods 506,
547, 550, 550.1, and 551.)
“Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in
Drinking Water--Supplement II,” August 1992, EPA-600/R-92-
129 (referred to as “USEPA Organic Methods”). (For methods
515.2, 524.2, 548.1, 549.1, 552.1, and 555.)
“Prescribed Procedures for Measurement of Radioactivity in
Drinking Water,” EPA 600/4-80-032, August 1980 (referred to as
“USEPA Radioactivity Methods”). (Methods 900, 901, 901.1, 902,
903, 903.1, 904, 905, 906, 908, 908.1)
“Procedures for Radiochemical Analysis of Nuclear Reactor
Aqueous Solutions,” H.L. Krieger and S. Gold, EPA-R4-73-014,
May 1973, Doc. No. PB222-154/7BA.
“Radiochemical Analytical Procedures for Analysis of
Environmental Samples,” March 1979, Doc. No. EMSL LV
053917 (referred to as “USEPA Radiochemical Analyses”).
(Pages 1, 19, 33, 65, 87, 92)
“Radiochemistry Procedures Manual,” EPA-520/5-84-006,
December 1987, Doc. No. PB-84-215581 (referred to as “USEPA
Radiochemistry Methods”). (Methods 00-01, 00-02, 00-07, H-02,
Ra-03, Ra-04, Ra-05, Sr-04)
“Technical Notes on Drinking Water Methods,” EPA-600/R-94-
173, October 1994, Doc. No. PB-104766 (referred to as “USEPA
Technical Notes”).
BOARD NOTE: USEPA made the following assertion with
regard to this reference at 40 CFR 141.23(k)(1) and 141.24(e) and
(n)(11) (1995) (2002): “This document contains other analytical
test procedures and approved analytical methods that remain
available for compliance monitoring until July 1, 1996.”
“Tetra- through Octa-Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Isotope
Dilution HRGC/HRMS,” October 1994, EPA-821-B-94-005
49
(referred to as “Dioxin and Furan Method 1613”).
New Jersey Department of Environment, Division of Environmental
Quality, Bureau of Radiation and Inorganic Analytical Services, 9 Ewing
Street, Trenton, NJ 08625:.
“Determination of Radium 228 in Drinking Water,” August 1990.
New York Department of Health, Radiological Sciences Institute, Center
for Laboratories and Research, Empire State Plaza, Albany, NY 12201:.
“Determination of Ra-226 and Ra-228 (Ra-02),” January 1980,
Revised June 1982.
Palintest, Ltd., 21 Kenton Lands Road, P.O. Box 18395, Erlanger, KY
800-835-9629:.
“Lead in Drinking Water by Differential Pulse Anodic Stripping
Voltammetry,” Method 1001, August 1999.
Syngenta Crop Protection, Inc., 410 Swing Road, Post Office Box 18300,
Greensboro, NC 27419. Telephone: 336-632–6000.
“Atrazine in Drinking Water by Immunoassay,” February 2001
(referred to as “Syngenta AG-625”).
United States Department of Energy, available at the Environmental
Measurements Laboratory, U.S. Department of Energy, 376 Hudson
Street, New York, NY 10014-3621:.
“EML Procedures Manual,” 27th Edition, Volume 1, 1990.
United States Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Ground Water
and Drinking Water, accessible on-line and available by download from
http://www.epa.gov/safewater/methods/
.
Method 515.4, “Determination of Chlorinated Acids in Drinking
Water by Liquid-Liquid Microextraction, Derivatization and Fast
Gas Chromatography with Electron Capture Detection,” Revision
1.0, April 2000, EPA /815/B–00/001 (document file name
“met515_4.pdf”).
Method 531.2 “Measurement of N-methylcarbamoyloximes and
N-methylcarbamates in Water by Direct Aqueous Injection HPLC
with Postcolumn Derivatization,” Revision 1.0, September 2001,
EPA 815/B/01/002 (document file name “met531_2.pdf”).
50
United States Environmental Protection Agency, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH
45268 513-569-7586:.
“Interim Radiochemical Methodology for Drinking Water,” EPA-
600/4-75-008 (referred to as “Radiochemical Methods”).
(Revised) March 1976.
“Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in
Finished Drinking Water and Raw Source Water” (referred to as
“USEPA Organic Methods”). (For methods 504.1, 508.1, and
525.2 only.) See NTIS.
“Procedures for Radiochemical Analysis of Nuclear Reactor
Aqueous Solutions.” See NTIS.
USEPA, Science and Technology Branch, Criteria and Standards
Division, Office of Drinking Water, Washington, D.C. 20460:.
“Guidance Manual for Compliance with the Filtration and
Disinfection Requirements for Public Water Systems using Surface
Water Sources,” October 1989.
USGS. Books and Open-File Reports Section, United States Geological
Survey, Federal Center, Box 25286, Denver, CO 80225-0425:.
Methods available upon request by method number from “Methods
for Analysis by the U.S. Geological Survey National Water
Quality Laboratory--Determination of Inorganic and Organic
Constituents in Water and Fluvial Sediments,” Open File Report
93-125, 1993, or Book 5, Chapter A-1, “Methods for
Determination of Inorganic Substances in Water and Fluvial
Sediments,” 3rd ed., Open-File Report 85-495, 1989, as
appropriate (referred to as “USGS Methods”).
I-1030-85
I-1062-85
I-1601-85
I-1700-85
I-2598-85
I-2601-90
51
I-2700-85
I-3300-85
Methods available upon request by method number from “Methods
for Determination of Radioactive Substances in Water and Fluvial
Sediments,” Chapter A5 in Book 5 of “Techniques of Water-
Resources Investigations of the United States Geological Survey,”
1997.
R-1110-76
R-1111-76
R-1120-76
R-1140-76
R-1141-76
R-1142-76
R-1160-76
R-1171-76
R-1180-76
R-1181-76
R-1182-76
Waters Corporation, Technical Services Division, 34 Maple St., Milford,
MA 01757 800-252-4752:.
“Waters Test Method for Determination of Nitrite/Nitrate in Water
Using Single Column Ion Chromatography,” Method B-1011,
August 1987 (referred to as “Waters Method B-1011”).
c) The Board incorporates the following federal regulations by reference:
40 CFR 136, Appendix Appendices B and C (2000) (2002).
d) This Part incorporates no later amendments or editions.
52
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.103 Severability
If any provision of this Part is adjudged invalid, or if its application to any person or in any
circumstance is adjudged invalid, such invlidity does not affect the validity of this Part as a
whole, or any other Subpart, Section, subsection, sentence, or clause not adjudged invalid.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.107 Agency Inspection of PWS Facilities
(a) THE AGENCY SHALL HAVE AUTHORITY TO CONDUCT A PROGRAM
OF CONTINUING SURVEILLANCE AND OF REGULAR OR PERIODIC
INSPECTION OF PUBLIC WATER SUPPLIES. (Section 4(c) of the Act [415
ILCS 5/4(c)].)
(b) IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONSTITUTIONAL LIMITATIONS, THE
AGENCY SHALL HAVE AUTHORITY TO ENTER AT ALL REASONABLE
TIMES UPON ANY PRIVATE OR PUBLIC PROPERTY FOR THE PURPOSE
OF INSPECTING AND INVESTIGATING TO ASCERTAIN POSSIBLE
VIOLATIONS OF THE ACT OR OF REGULATIONS THEREUNDER, OR OF
PERMITS OR CONDITIONS THEREOF. (Section 4(d) of the Act [415 ILCS
5/4(d)].)
BOARD NOTE: In setting forth this provision to make clear the Agency's statutory authority to
conduct inspections, the Board does not intend to either broaden or circumscribe that authority or
to modify it in any way. Rather, the Board sets this provision forth to make that authority clear
for the benefit of the regulated community.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.108 Delegation to Local Government
The Agency may delegate portions of its inspection, investigating and enforcement functions to
units of local government pursuant to Section 4(r) of the Act [415 ILCS 5/4(r)].
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.109 Enforcement
a) Any person may file an enforcement action pursuant to Title VIII of the Act [415
ILCS 5/Title VIII].
b) The results of monitoring required under this Part may be used in an enforcement
action.
53
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.22(e) (1989), as amended at 54 Fed. Reg. 27526,
June 29, 1989, and from 40 CFR 141.23(a)(4) (1989) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.110 Special Exception Permits
a) Unless otherwise specified, each Agency determination in this Part is to be made
by way of a written permit pursuant to Section 39(a) of the Act [415 ILCS
5/39(a)]. Such permit is titled a “special exception” permit (“SEP”).
b) No person may cause or allow the violation of any condition of a SEP.
c) The supplier may appeal the denial of or the conditions of a SEP to the Board
pursuant to Section 40 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/40].
d) A SEP may be initiated in either of the following ways:
1) By an application filed by the supplier; or
2) By the Agency, when authorized by Board regulations.
BOARD NOTE: The Board does not intend to mandate by any provision
of this Part that the Agency exercise its discretion and initiate a SEP
pursuant to this subsection (d)(2) of this Section. Rather, the Board
intends to clarify by this subsection (d)(2) that the Agency may opt to
initiate a SEP without receiving a request from the supplier.
e) The Agency must evaluate a request for a SEP from the monitoring requirements
of Section 611.601, 611.602, or 611.603 (inorganic chemical contaminants, IOCs,
excluding the Section 611.603 monitoring frequency requirements for cyanide);
Section 611.646(e) and (f) (Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs); Section
611.646(d), only as to initial monitoring for 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene; Section
611.648(d) (for Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs); or Section 611.510 (for
unregulated organic contaminants) on the basis of knowledge of previous use
(including transport, storage, or disposal) of the contaminant in the watershed or
zone of influence of the system, as determined pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code
671:.
BOARD NOTE: The Agency must grant a SEP from the Section 611.603
monitoring frequency requirements for cyanide only on the basis of subsection (g)
of this Section, not on the basis of this subsection (e).
1) If the Agency determines that there was no prior use of the contaminant, it
must grant the SEP,; or
54
2) If the contaminant was previously used or the previous use was unknown,
the Agency must consider the following factors:
A) Previous analytical results;
B) The proximity of the system to any possible point source of
contamination (including spills or leaks at or near a water
treatment facility; at manufacturing, distribution, or storage
facilities; from hazardous and municipal waste land fills; or from
waste handling or treatment facilities) or non-point source of
contamination (including the use of pesticides and other land
application uses of the contaminant);
C) The environmental persistence and transport of the contaminant;
D) How well the water source is protected against contamination,
including whether it is a SWS or a GWS:.
i) A GWS must consider well depth, soil type, well casing
integrity, and wellhead protection; and
ii) A SWS must consider watershed protection;
E) For Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs and unregulated
organic contaminants (pursuant to Section 611.631 or 611.648), as
follows:
i) Elevated nitrate levels at the water source; and
ii) The use of PCBs in equipment used in the production,
storage, or distribution of water (including pumps,
transformers, etc.); and
F) For Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs (pursuant to Section
611.646): the number of persons served by the PWS and the
proximity of a smaller system to a larger one.
f) If a supplier refuses to provide any necessary additional information requested by
the Agency, or if a supplier delivers any necessary information late in the
Agency’s deliberations on a request, the Agency may deny the requested SEP or
grant the SEP with conditions within the time allowed by law.
g) The Agency must grant a supplier a SEP that allows it to discontinue monitoring
for cyanide if it determines that the supplier’s water is not vulnerable due to a
lack of any industrial source of cyanide.
55
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (e) of this Section is derived from 40 CFR
141.24(f)(8) and (h)(6) (2000) (2002). Subsection (f) of this Section is derived
from 40 CFR 141.82(d)(2), and 141.83(b)(2) (2000) (2002). Subsection (g) is
derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(2) (2000) (2002). USEPA has reserved the
discretion, at 40 CFR 142.18 (2000) (2002), to review and nullify Agency
determinations of the types made pursuant to Sections 611.510, 611.602, 611.603,
611.646, and 611.648 and the discretion, at 40 CFR 141.82(i), 141.83(b)(7), and
142.19 (2000) (2002), to establish federal standards for any supplier, superseding
any Agency determination made pursuant to Sections 611.352(d), 611.352(f),
611.353(b)(2), and 611.353(b)(4).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.111 Relief Equivalent to SDWA Section 1415(a) Variances
This Section is intended to describe how the Board grants State relief equivalent to that available
from USEPA under Section section 1415(a)(1)(A) and (a)(1)(B) of the SDWA (42 USC 300g-
4(a)(1)(A) and (a)(1)(B)). SDWA Section section 1415 variances do not require ultimate
compliance within five years in every situation. Variances under Sections 35-37 of the Act [415
ILCS 5/35-37] do require compliance within five years in every case. Consequently, a PWS may
have the option of seeking State regulatory relief equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1415
variance through one of three procedural mechanisms: a variance under Sections 35-37 of the
Act [415 ILCS 5/35-37] and Subpart B of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 104; a site-specific rule under
Sections 27-28 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/27-28] and 35 Ill. Adm. Code 102; or an adjusted
standard under Section 28.1 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/28.1] and Subpart D of 35 Ill. Adm. Code
106 104.
a) The Board will grant a PWS a variance, a site-specific rule, or an adjusted
standard from an MCL or a treatment technique pursuant to this Section.
1) The PWS shall must file a petition pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 102, or
104, or 106, as applicable.
2) If a State requirement does not have a federal counterpart, the Board may
grant relief from the State requirements without following this Section.
b) Relief from an MCL.
1) As part of the justification for relief from an MCL under this Section, the
PWS shall must demonstrate the following:
A) Because of characteristics of the raw water sources and alternative
sources that are reasonably available to the system, the PWS
cannot meet the MCL; and
56
B) The PWS will install or has installed the best available technology
(BAT) (as identified in Subpart F of this Part), treatment
technique, or other means which that the Agency finds available.
BAT may vary depending on the following:
i) The number of persons served by the system;
ii) Physical conditions related to engineering feasibility; and
iii) Costs of compliance; and
C) The variance will not result in an unreasonable risk to health.
2) In any order granting relief under this subsection, the Board will prescribe
a schedule for the following:
A) Compliance, including increments of progress, by the PWS, with
each MCL with respect to which the relief was granted,; and
B) Implementation by the PWS of each additional control measure for
each MCL with respect to which the relief is granted, during the
period ending on the date compliance with such requirement is
required.
3) Schedule of compliance for relief from an MCL.
A) A schedule of compliance will require compliance with each MCL
with respect to which the relief was granted as expeditiously as
practicable.
B) If the Board prescribes a schedule requiring compliance with an
MCL for which the relief is granted later than five years from the
date of issuance of the relief, the Board will do the following:
i) Document its rationale for the extended compliance
schedule;
ii) Discuss the rationale for the extended compliance schedule
in the required public notice and opportunity for public
hearing; and
iii) Provide the shortest practicable time schedule feasible under
the circumstances.
c) Relief from a treatment technique requirement.
57
1) As part of the justification for relief from a treatment technique
requirement under this Section, the PWS shall must demonstrate that the
treatment technique is not necessary to protect the health of persons
served because of the nature of the raw water source.
2) The Board may prescribe monitoring and other requirements as a
condition for relief from a treatment technique requirement.
d) The Board will hold at least one public hearing. In addition the Board will accept
comments as appropriate pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 102, or 104, or 106.
e) The Board will not grant relief from any of the following:
1) From the MCL for total coliforms. However, the Board may grant a
variance from the total coliform MCL of Section 611.325 for PWSs that
prove that the violation of the total coliform MCL is due to persistent
growth of total coliform in the distribution system, rather than from fecal
or pathogenic contamination, from a treatment lapse or deficiency, or from
a problem in the operation or maintenance of the distribution system.
2) From any of the treatment technique requirements of Subpart B of this
Part.
3) From the residual disinfectant concentration (RDC) requirements of
Sections 611.241(c) and 611.242(b).
f) The Agency shall must promptly send USEPA the Opinion opinion and Order
order of the Board granting relief pursuant to this Section. The Board may
reconsider and modify a grant of relief, or relief conditions, if USEPA notifies the
Board of a finding pursuant to Section section 1415 of the SDWA (42 USC 300g-
4).
g) In addition to the requirements of this Section, the provisions of Section 611.130
or 611.131 may apply to relief granted pursuant to this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.4 (1998) (2002), from Section section
1415(a)(1)(A) and (a)(1)(B) of the SDWA and from the “Guidance Manual for Compliance with
the Filtration and Disinfection Requirements for Public Water Systems using Surface Water
Sources”, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102. USEPA has reserved the discretion to
review and modify or nullify Board determinations made pursuant to this Section at 40 CFR
142.23 (1998) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
58
Section 611.112 Relief Equivalent to SDWA Section 1416 Exemptions
This Section is intended to describe how the Board grants State relief equivalent to that available
from USEPA under Section section 1416 of the SDWA (42 USC 300g-5). SDWA Section
section 1416 exemptions do not require ultimate compliance within five years in every situation.
Variances under Sections 35-37 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/35-37] do require compliance within
five years in every case. Consequently, a PWS may have the option of seeking State regulatory
relief equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1416 exemption through one of three procedural
mechanisms: a variance under Sections 35-37 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/35-37] and Subpart B of
35 Ill. Adm. Code 104; a site-specific rule under Sections 27-28 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/27-28]
and 35 Ill. Adm. Code 102; or an adjusted standard under Section 28.1 of the Act [415 ILCS
5/28.1] and Subpart D of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 106 104.
a) The Board will grant a PWS a variance, a site-specific rule, or an adjusted
standard from an MCL or treatment technique requirement, or from both,
pursuant to this Section.
1) The PWS shall must file a petition pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 102, or
104, or 106, as applicable.
2) If a State requirement does not have a federal counterpart, the Board may
grant relief from the State requirements without following this Section.
b) As part of the justification for relief under this Section, the PWS shall must
demonstrate the following:
1) Due to compelling factors (which may include economic factors), the
PWS is unable to comply with the MCL or treatment technique
requirement, or to implement measures to develop an alternative source of
water supply;
2) The PWS was either of the following:
A) In operation on the effective date of the MCL or treatment
technique requirement; or
B) Not in operation on the effective date of the MCL or treatment
technique requirement and no reasonable alternative source of
drinking water is available to the PWS;
3) The relief will not result in an unreasonable risk to health; and
4) Management or restructuring changes cannot reasonably be made that will
result in compliance with the NPDWR or, if compliance cannot be
achieved, improve the quality of the drinking water.
59
BOARD NOTE: In determining that management or restructuring
changes cannot reasonably be made that will result in compliance with the
NPDWR, the Board will consider the factors required by USEPA under 40
CFR 142.20(b)(1).
c) In any order granting relief under this Section, the Board will prescribe a schedule
for the following:
1) Compliance, including increments of progress, by the PWS, with each
MCL and treatment technique requirement with respect to which the relief
was granted; and
2) Implementation by the PWS, of each additional control measure for each
contaminant subject to the MCL or treatment technique requirement, with
respect to which relief is granted.
d) Schedule of compliance. A schedule of compliance will require compliance with
each MCL or treatment technique requirement with respect to which relief was
granted as expeditiously as practicable, but not later than three years after the
otherwise applicable compliance date established in Section section 1412(b)(10)
of the SDWA (42 USC 300g-1(b)(10)), except as follows:
1) No relief may be granted unless the PWS establishes that it is taking all
practicable steps to meet the NPDWR; and
A) The PWS cannot meet the NPDWR without capital improvements
that cannot be completed within 12 months;
B) In the case of a PWS that needs financial assistance for the
necessary improvements, the PWS has entered into an agreement
to obtain such financial assistance; or
C) The PWS has entered into an enforceable agreement to become a
part of a regional PWS.
2) In the case of a PWS which that serves 3,300 or fewer persons that needs
financial assistance for the necessary improvements, relief may be
renewed for one or more additional two year periods, not to exceed a total
of six years, if the PWS establishes that it is taking all practicable steps to
meet the final date for compliance.
3) A PWS may not receive relief under this Section if the PWS was granted
relief under Section 611.111 or 611.131.
e) The Board will hold at least one public hearing. In addition the Board will accept
comments as appropriate pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 102, or 104, or 106.
60
f) The Agency shall must promptly send USEPA the Opinion and Order of the
Board granting relief pursuant to this Section. The Board may reconsider and
modify a grant of relief, or relief conditions, if USEPA notifies the Board of a
finding pursuant to Section section 1416 of the SDWA (42 USC 300g-5).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from Section section 1416 of the SDWA (42 USC
300g-5).
g) The Board will not grant relief from any of the following:
1) From the MCL for total coliforms. However, the Board may grant relief
from the total coliform MCL of Section 611.325 for PWSs that prove that
the violation of the total coliform MCL is due to persistent growth of total
coliforms in the distribution system, rather than from fecal or pathogenic
contamination, from a treatment lapse or deficiency, or from a problem in
the operation or maintenance of the distribution system.
2) From any of the treatment technique requirements of Subpart B of this
Part.
3) From the residual disinfectant concentration (RDC) requirements of
Sections 611.241(c) and 611.242(b).
h) In addition to the requirements of this Section, the provisions of Section 611.130
or 611.131 may apply to relief granted pursuant to this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.4 (1998) (2002). USEPA has reserved the
discretion to review and modify or nullify Board determinations made pursuant to this Section at
40 CFR 142.23 (1998) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.113 Alternative Treatment Techniques
This Section is intended to be equivalent to Section section 1415(a)(3) of the SDWA (42 USC
300g-4(a)(3)).
a) Pursuant to this Section, the Board may grant an adjusted standard from a
treatment technique requirement.
b) The supplier seeking an adjusted standard shall must file a petition pursuant to
Subpart D of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 106.Subpart G 104.
c) As justification the supplier shall must demonstrate that an alternative treatment
technique is at least as effective in lowering the level of the contaminant with
61
respect to which the treatment technique requirement was prescribed.
d) As a condition of any adjusted standard, the Board will require the use of the
alternative treatment technique.
e) The Board will grant adjusted standards for alternative treatment techniques
subject to the following conditions:
1) All adjusted standards shall must be subject to the limitations of 40 CFR
142, Subpart G, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102,; and
2) All adjusted standards shall must be subject to review and approval by
U.S. EPA USEPA pursuant to 40 CFR 142.46 before they become
effective.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from Section section 1415(a)(3) of the SDWA (42 USC
300g-4(a)(3)).
f) The provisions of Section 611.130 apply to determinations made pursuant to this
Section.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.114 Siting requirements Requirements
Before a person enters into a financial commitment for or initiates construction of a new PWS or
increases the capacity of an existing PWS, the person shall must obtain a construction permit
pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 602.101 and, to the extent practicable, avoid locating part or all of
the new or expanded facility at a site of which the following is true:
a) Is subject to a significant risk from earthquakes, floods, fires, or other disasters
which that could cause a breakdown of the PWS or a portion of the PWS. As
used in this subsection, “significant risk” means a greater risk to the new or
expanded facility than would exist at other locations within the area served by the
PWS. Or,; or
b) Except for intake structures, is within the floodplain of a 100-year flood.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.5 (1989) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.115 Source Water Quantity
a) Surface Supply. - The quantity of surface water at the source shall must be
adequate to supply the total water demand of that CWS, as well as a reasonable
62
surplus for anticipated growth.
b) Groundwater supply. - The quantity of groundwater from the source of supply
shall must be adequate to supply the total water demand of that CWS, as well as a
reasonable surplus for anticipated growth, without excessive depletion of the
aquifer.
c) In determining the adequacy of supply for compliance with this Section, each
individual CWS shall must be considered in relation to the percentage of the total
requirements it is expected to provide.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.120 Effective dates Dates
Except as otherwise provided, this Part becomes effective when filed.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.60 (1989) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.121 Maximum Contaminant Levels and Finished Water Quality
a) Maximum Contaminant Levels: No person shall must cause or allow water that is
delivered to any user to exceed the MCL for any contaminant.
b) Finished Water Quality:.
1) The finished water delivered to any user at any point in the distribution
system shall must contain no impurity at a concentration that may be
hazardous to the health of the consumer or that would be excessively
corrosive or otherwise deleterious to the water supply. Drinking water
delivered to any user at any point in the distribution system shall must
contain no impurity that could reasonably be expected to cause offense to
the sense of sight, taste, or smell.
2) No substance used in treatment should remain in the water at a
concentration greater than that required by good practice. A substance
that may have a deleterious physiological effect, or one for which
physiological effects are not known, shall must not be used in a manner
that would permit it to reach the consumer.
c) A MCL for a particular contaminant shall must apply in lieu of any finished water
quality narrative standard.
63
BOARD NOTE: Derived from the definition of “MCL” in 40 CFR 141.2 (1991) (2002) and
former 35 Ill. Adm. Code 604.201, repealed in R88-26, at 14 Ill. Reg. 16435, effective
September 20, 1990.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.125 Fluoridation Requirement
All CWSs which that are required to add fluoride to the water shall must maintain a fluoride ion
concentration reported as F of 0.9 to 1.2 mg/1 in its distribution system, as required by Section
7a of the Public Water Supply Regulation Act [415 ILCS 40/7a].
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.126 Prohibition on Use of Lead
a) In general. Prohibition. Any pipe, any pipe or plumbing fitting or fixture, any
solder or any flux, must be lead free, as defined by subsection (b) of this Section, if it
is used after June 19, 1986 in the installation or repair of either of the following:
1) Any PWS,; or
2) Any plumbing in a residential or nonresidential facility providing water for
human consumption that is connected to a PWS. This subsection (a) does not
apply to leaded joints necessary for the repair of cast iron pipes.
b) Definition of lead free. For purposes of this Section, the term “lead free” means as
follows:
1) When used with respect to solders and flux, refers to solders and flux
containing not more than 0.2 percent lead;
2) When used with respect to pipes and pipe fittings, refers to pipes and pipe
fittings containing not more than 8.0 percent lead; and
3) When used with respect to plumbing fittings and fixtures that are intended by
the manufacturer to dispense water for human ingestion, refers to plumbing
fittings and fixtures in compliance with NSF Standard 61, section 9,
incorporated by reference in Section 611.102.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.43(a) and (d) (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg.
2003 (Jan. 12, 2000) (2002), and Section 1417 of SDWA, 42 USC 300g-6(a)(1) (1998) (2000).
USEPA has stated that NSF Standard 61 is the standard for plumbing fittings and fixtures
64
developed pursuant to 42 USC 300g-6(e). See 62 Fed. Reg. 44684 (Aug. 22, 1997).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.130 Special Requirements for Certain Variances and Adjusted Standards
a) Relief from the TTHM MCL.
1) In granting any variance or adjusted standard to a supplier that is a CWS
which that adds a disinfectant at any part of treatment and which provides
water to 10,000 or more persons on a regular basis from the maximum
contaminant level for TTHM listed in Section 611.310(c), the Board will
require application of the best available technology (BAT) identified at
subsection (a)(4) of this Section for that constituent as a condition to the
relief, unless the supplier has demonstrated through comprehensive
engineering assessments that application of BAT is not technically
appropriate and technically feasible for that system or that the application
would only result in a marginal reduction in TTHM for that supplier.
2) The Board will require the following as a condition for relief from the
TTHM MCL where it does not require the application of BAT:
A) That the supplier continue to investigate the following methods as
an alternative means of significantly reducing the level of TTHM,
according to a definite schedule:
i) The introduction of off-line water storage for THM
precursor reduction;
ii) Aeration for TTHM reduction, where geography and
climate allow;
iii) The introduction of clarification, where not presently
practiced;
iv) The use of alternative sources of raw water; and
v) The use of ozone as an alternative or supplemental
disinfectant or oxidant,; and
B) That the supplier report results of that investigation to the Agency.
3) The Agency must petition the Board to reconsider or modify a variance or
adjusted standard, pursuant to Subpart I of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 101, if it
determines that an alternative method identified by the supplier pursuant
to subsection (a)(2) of this Section is technically feasible and would result
65
in a significant reduction in TTHM.
4) Best available technology for TTHM reduction is as follows:
A) The use of chloramines as an alternative or supplemental
disinfectant,
B) The use of chlorine dioxide as an alternative or supplemental
disinfectant,; or
C) Improved existing clarification for THM precursor reduction.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a) derived from 40 CFR 142.60 (2000) (2002).
b) Relief from the fluoride MCL.
1) In granting any variance or adjusted standard to a supplier that is a CWS
from the maximum contaminant level for fluoride listed in Section
611.301(b), the Board will require application of the best available
technology (BAT) identified at subsection (b)(4) of this Section for that
constituent as a condition to the relief, unless the supplier has
demonstrated through comprehensive engineering assessments that
application of BAT is not technically appropriate and technically feasible
for that supplier.
2) The Board will require the following as a condition for relief from the
fluoride MCL where it does not require the application of BAT:
A) That the supplier continue to investigate the following methods as
an alternative means of significantly reducing the level of fluoride,
according to a definite schedule:
i) A modification of lime softening;
ii) Alum coagulation;
iii) Electrodialysis;
iv) Anion exchange resins;
v) Well field management;
vi) The use of alternative sources of raw water; and
vii) Regionalization,; and
66
B) That the supplier report results of that investigation to the Agency.
3) The Agency must petition the Board to reconsider or modify a variance or
adjusted standard, pursuant to Subpart I of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 101, if it
determines that an alternative method identified by the supplier pursuant
to subsection (b)(2) of this Section is technically feasible and would result
in a significant reduction in fluoride.
4) Best available technology for fluoride reduction is as follows:
A) Activated alumina absorption centrally applied,; and
B) Reverse osmosis centrally applied.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (b) derived from 40 CFR 142.61 (2000) (2002).
c) Relief from an inorganic chemical contaminant IOC, VOC, or SOC MCL.
1) In granting to a supplier that is a CWS or NTNCWS any variance or
adjusted standard from the maximum contaminant levels for any VOC or
SOC, listed in Section 611.311(a) or (c), or for any inorganic chemical
contaminant IOC, listed in Section 611.301, the supplier must have first
applied the best available technology (BAT) identified at Section
611.311(b) (VOCs and SOCs) or Section 611.301(c) (inorganic chemical
contaminants IOCs) for that constituent, unless the supplier has
demonstrated through comprehensive engineering assessments that
application of BAT would achieve only a minimal and insignificant
reduction in the level of contaminant.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA lists BAT for each SOC and VOC at 40 CFR
142.62(a), for the purposes of variances and exemptions (adjusted
standards). That list is identical to the list at 40 CFR 141.61(b).
2) The Board may require any of the following as a condition for relief from
an MCL listed in Section 611.301 or 611.311:
A) That the supplier continue to investigate alternative means of
compliance according to a definite schedule,; and
B) That the supplier report results of that investigation to the Agency.
3) The Agency must petition the Board to reconsider or modify a variance or
adjusted standard, pursuant to Subpart I of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 101, if it
determines that an alternative method identified by the supplier pursuant
to subsection (c)(2) of this Section is technically feasible.
67
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (c) derived from 40 CFR 142.62(a) through (e)
(2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 6976 (January 22, 2001) (2002).
d) Conditions requiring use of bottled water, a point-of-use treatment device, or a
point-of-entry treatment device. In granting any variance or adjusted standard
from the maximum contaminant levels for organic and inorganic chemicals or an
adjusted standard from the treatment technique for lead and copper, the Board
may impose certain conditions requiring the use of bottled water, a point-of-entry
treatment device, or a point-of-use treatment device to avoid an unreasonable risk
to health, limited as provided in subsections (e) and (f) of this Section.
1) Relief from an MCL. The Board may, when granting any variance or
adjusted standard from the MCL requirements of Sections 611.301 and
611.311, impose a condition that requires a supplier to use bottled water, a
point-of-entry treatment device, a point-of-use treatment device, or other
means to avoid an unreasonable risk to health.
2) Relief from corrosion control treatment. The Board may, when granting
an adjusted standard from the corrosion control treatment requirements for
lead and copper of Sections 611.351 and 611.352, impose a condition that
requires a supplier to use bottled water, a point-of-use treatment device, or
other means, but not a point-of-entry treatment device, to avoid an
unreasonable risk to health.
3) Relief from source water treatment or service line replacement. The
Board may, when granting an exemption from the source water treatment
and lead service line replacement requirements for lead and copper under
Sections 611.353 or 611.354, impose a condition that requires a supplier
to use a point-of-entry treatment device to avoid an unreasonable risk to
health.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (d) derived from 40 CFR 142.62(f) (2000) (2002).
e) Use of bottled water. Suppliers that propose to use or use bottled water as a
condition for receiving a variance or an adjusted standard from the requirements
of Section 611.301 or Section 611.311 or an adjusted standard from the
requirements of Sections 611.351 through 611.354 must meet the requirements of
either subsections (e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(3), and (e)(6) or (e)(4), (e)(5), and (e)(6) of
this Section:.
1) The supplier must develop a monitoring program for Board approval that
provides reasonable assurances that the bottled water meets all MCLs of
Sections 611.301 and 611.311 and submit a description of this program as
part of its petition. The proposed program must describe how the supplier
will comply with each requirement of this subsection (e).
68
2) The supplier must monitor representative samples of the bottled water for
all contaminants regulated under Sections 611.301 and 611.311 during the
first three-month period that it supplies the bottled water to the public, and
annually thereafter.
3) The supplier must annually provide the results of the monitoring program
to the Agency.
4) The supplier must receive a certification from the bottled water company
as to each of the following:
A) that the bottled water supplied has been taken from an approved
source of bottled water, as such is defined in Section 611.101;
B) that the approved source of bottled water has conducted
monitoring in accordance with 21 CFR 129.80(g)(1) through
(g)(3);
C) and that the bottled water does not exceed any MCLs or quality
limits as set out in 21 CFR 103.35, 110, and 129.
5) The supplier must provide the certification required by subsection (e)(4)
of this Section to the Agency during the first quarter after it begins
supplying bottled water and annually thereafter.
6) The supplier must assure the provision of sufficient quantities of bottled
water to every affected person supplied by the supplier via door-to-door
bottled water delivery.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (e) derived from 40 CFR 142.62(g) (2000) (2002).
f) Use of a point-of-entry treatment device. Before the Board grants any PWS a
variance or adjusted standard from any NPDWR that includes a condition
requiring the use of a point-of-entry treatment device, the supplier must
demonstrate to the Board each of the following:
1) That the supplier will operate and maintain the device;
2) That the device provides health protection equivalent to that provided by
central treatment;
3) That the supplier will maintain the microbiological safety of the water at
all times;
4) That the supplier has established standards for performance, conducted a
rigorous engineering design review, and field tested the device;
69
5) That the operation and maintenance of the device will account for any
potential for increased concentrations of heterotrophic bacteria resulting
through the use of activated carbon, by backwashing, post-contactor
disinfection, and heterotrophic plate count monitoring;
6) That buildings connected to the supplier's distribution system have
sufficient devices properly installed, maintained, and monitored to assure
that all consumers are protected; and
7) That the use of the device will not cause increased corrosion of lead and
copper bearing materials located between the device and the tap that could
increase contaminant levels at the tap.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (f) derived from 40 CFR 142.62(h) (2000) (2002).
g) Relief from the maximum contaminant levels for radionuclides (effective
December 8, 2003).
1) Relief from the maximum contaminant levels for combined radium-226
and radium-228, uranium, gross alpha particle activity (excluding radon
and uranium), and beta particle and photon radioactivity.
A) Section 611.330(g) sets forth what USEPA has identified as the
best available technology (BAT), treatment techniques, or other
means available for achieving compliance with the maximum
contaminant levels for the radionuclides listed in Section
611.330(b), (c), (d), and (e), for the purposes of issuing relief
equivalent to a federal section 1415 variance or a section 1416
exemption.
B) In addition to the technologies listed in Section 611.330(g),
Section 611.330(h) sets forth what USEPA has identified as the
BAT, treatment techniques, or other means available for achieving
compliance with the maximum contaminant levels for the
radionuclides listed in Section 611.330(b), (c), (d), and (e), for the
purposes of issuing relief equivalent to a federal section 1415
variance or a section 1416 exemption to small drinking water
systems, defined here as those serving 10,000 persons or fewer, as
shown in the second table set forth at Section 611.330(h).
2) The Board will require a CWS supplier to install and use any treatment
technology identified in Section 611.330(g), or in the case of small water
systems (those serving 10,000 persons or fewer), listed in Section
611.330(h), as a condition for granting relief equivalent to a federal
section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption, except as provided in
70
subsection (a)(3) of this Section. If, after the system's installation of the
treatment technology, the system cannot meet the MCL, that system will
be eligible for relief.
3) If a CWS supplier can demonstrate through comprehensive engineering
assessments, which may include pilot plant studies, that the treatment
technologies identified in this Section would only achieve a de minimus
reduction in the contaminant level, the Board may issue a schedule of
compliance that requires the system being granted relief equivalent to a
federal section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption to examine
other treatment technologies as a condition of obtaining the relief.
4) If the Agency determines that a treatment technology identified under
subsection (a)(3) of this Section is technically feasible, it may request that
the Board require the supplier to install and use that treatment technology
in connection with a compliance schedule issued pursuant to Section 36 of
the Act [415 ILCS 5/36]. The Agency's determination must be based upon
studies by the system and other relevant information.
5) The Board may require a CWS to use bottled water, point-of-use devices,
point-of-entry devices, or other means as a condition of granting relief
equivalent to a federal section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption
from the requirements of Section 611.330, to avoid an unreasonable risk to
health.
6) A CWS supplier that uses bottled water as a condition for receiving relief
equivalent to a federal section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption
from the requirements of Section 611.330 must meet the requirements
specified in either subsections (e)(1) through (e)(3) or (e)(4) through
(e)(6) of this Section.
7) A CWS supplier that uses point-of-use or point-of-entry devices as a
condition for obtaining relief equivalent to a federal section 1415 variance
or a section 1416 exemption from the radionuclides NPDWRs must meet
the conditions in subsections (g)(1) through (g)(6) of this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (g) derived from 40 CFR 142.65, as added at 65
Fed. Reg. 76751 (December 7, 2000), effective December 8, 2003 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.131 Relief Equivalent to SDWA Section 1415(e) Small System Variance
This Section is intended as a State equivalent of Section section 1415(e) of the federal SDWA
(42 USC 300g-4(e)).
71
a) Variances may be obtained from the requirement to comply with an MCL or
treatment technique to a PWS serving fewer than 10,000 persons in this Section.
The PWS must file a variance petition pursuant to Subpart B of 35 Ill. Adm. Code
104, except as modified or supplemented by this Section.
b) The Board will grant a small system variance to a PWS serving fewer than 3,300
persons. The Board will grant a small system variance to a PWS serving more than
3,300 persons but fewer than 10,000 persons with the approval of the USEPA. In
determining the number of persons served by the PWS, the Board will include
persons served by consecutive systems. A small system variance granted to a PWS
also applies to any consecutive system served by it.
c) Availability of a variance.
1) A small system variance is not available under this Section for an NPDWR
for a microbial contaminant (including a bacterium, virus, or other
organism) or an indicator or treatment technique for a microbial
contaminant.
2) A small system variance under this Section is available for compliance with
a requirement specifying an MCL or treatment technique for a contaminant
with respect to which the following is true:
A) An NPDWR was promulgated on or after January 1, 1986; and
B) The USEPA has published a small system variance technology
pursuant to Section section 1412(b)(15) of the federal SDWA (42
USC 300g-1(b)(15)).
BOARD NOTE: Small system variances are not available for PWSs above
the pre-1986 MCL even if subsequently revised. If the USEPA revises a
pre-1986 MCL and makes it more stringent, then a variance would be
available for that contaminant, but only up to the pre-1986 maximum
contaminant level.
d) No small system variance will be in effect until the later of the following:
1) 90 days after the Board proposes to grant the small system variance;
2) If the Board is proposing to grant a small system variance to a PWS serving
fewer than 3,300 persons and the USEPA objects to the small system
variance, the date on which the Board makes the recommended
modifications or responds in writing to each objection; or
3) If the Board is proposing to grant a small system variance to a PWS serving
a population of more than 3,300 and fewer than 10,000 persons, the date the
72
USEPA approves the small system variance.
e) As part of the showing of arbitrary or unreasonable hardship, the PWS must prove
and document the following to the Board:
1) That the PWS is eligible for a small system variance pursuant to subsection
(c) of this Section;
2) That the PWS cannot afford to comply with the NPDWR for which a small
system variance is sought, including by the following:
A) Treatment;
B) Alternative sources of water supply;
C) Restructuring or consolidation changes, including ownership change
or physical consolidation with another PWS; or
D) Obtaining financial assistance pursuant to Section 1452 of the
federal SDWA or any other federal or State program;
3) That the PWS meets the source water quality requirements for installing the
small system variance technology developed pursuant to guidance published
under Section section 1412(b)(15) of the federal SDWA (42 USC 300g-
1(b)(15));
4) That the PWS is financially and technically capable of installing, operating,
and maintaining the applicable small system variance technology; and
5) That the terms and conditions of the small system variance ensure adequate
protection of human health, considering the following:
A) The quality of the source water for the PWS; and
B) Removal efficiencies and expected useful life of the small system
variance technology.
f) Terms and Conditions.
1) The Board will set the terms and conditions of a small system variance
issued under this Section and will include, at a minimum, the following
requirements:
A) Proper and effective installation, operation, and maintenance of the
applicable small system variance technology in accordance with
guidance published by the USEPA, taking into consideration any
73
relevant source water characteristics and any other site-specific
conditions that may affect proper and effective operation and
maintenance of the technology;
B) Monitoring requirements for the contaminant for which a small
system variance is sought; and
C) Any other terms or conditions that are necessary to ensure adequate
protection of public health, which may include the following:
i) Public education requirements; and
ii) Source water protection requirements.
2) The Board will establish a schedule for the PWS to comply with the terms
and conditions of the small system variance that will include, at a minimum,
the following requirements:
A) Increments of progress, such as milestone dates for the PWS to
apply for financial assistance and begin capital improvements;
B) Quarterly reporting to the Agency of the PWSs compliance with the
terms and conditions of the small system variance;
C) Schedule for the Board to review the small system variance; and
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 142.307(d) (1999) (2002)
provides that the states must review variances no less frequently
than every five years. Section 36 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/36]
provides that 5 years is the maximum term of a variance.
D) Compliance with the terms and conditions of the small system
variance as soon as practicable, but not later than three years after
the date on which the small system variance is granted. The Board
may allow up to two additional years if the Board determines that
additional time is necessary for the PWS to the following:
i) Complete necessary capital improvements to comply with
the small system variance technology, secure an alternative
source of water, or restructure or consolidate; or
ii) Obtain financial assistance provided pursuant to Section
1452 of the SDWA or any other federal or State program.
g) The Board will provide notice and opportunity for a public hearing as provided in
Subpart B of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 104, except as modified or supplemented by this
74
Section.
1) At least 30 days before the public hearing to discuss the proposed small
system variance, the PWS must provide notice to all persons served by the
PWS. For billed customers, this notice must include the information listed
in subsection (g)(2) of this Section. For other persons regularly served by
the PWS, notice must provide sufficient information to alert readers to the
proposed variance and direct them to where to receive additional
information, and must be as provided in subsection (g)(1)(B) of this Section.
Notice must be by the following means the following:
A) Direct mail or other home delivery to billed customers or other
service connections,; and
B) Any other method reasonably calculated to notify, in a brief and
concise manner, other persons regularly served by the PWS. Such
methods may include publication in a local newspaper, posting in
public places or delivery to community organizations.
2) The notice in subsection (g)(1)(A) of this Section must include, at a
minimum, the following:
A) Identification of the contaminants for which a small system variance
is sought;
B) A brief statement of the health effects associated with the
contaminants for which a small system variance is sought, using
language in Appendix H of this Part;
C) The address and telephone number at which interested persons may
obtain further information concerning the contaminant and the small
system variance;
D) A brief summary, in easily understandable terms, of the terms and
conditions of the small system variance;
E) A description of the consumer petition process under subsection (h)
of this Section and information on contacting the USEPA Regional
Office;
F) A brief statement announcing the public meeting required under
subsection (g)(3) of this Section, including a statement of the
purpose of the meeting, information regarding the time and location
for the meeting, and the address and telephone number at which
interested persons may obtain further information concerning the
meeting; and
75
G) In communities with a large proportion of non-English-speaking
residents, as determined by the Board, information in the appropriate
language regarding the content and importance of the notice.
3) The Board will provide for at least one public hearing on the small system
variance. The PWS must provide notice in the manner required under
subsection (g)(1) of this Section at least 30 days prior to the public
hearing.
4) Prior to promulgating the final variance, the Board will respond in writing
to all significant public comments received relating to the small system
variance. Response to public comment and any other documentation
supporting the issuance of a variance will be made available to the public
after final promulgation.
h) Any person served by the PWS may petition the USEPA to object to the granting of
a small system variance within 30 days after the Board proposes to grant a small
system variance for the PWS.
i) The Agency must promptly send the USEPA the Opinion and Order of the Board
granting the proposed small system variance. The Board will make the
recommended modifications, respond in writing to each objection, or withdraw the
proposal to grant the small system variance if USEPA notifies the Board of a
finding pursuant to Section section 1415 of the SDWA (42 USC 300g-4).
j) In addition to the requirements of this Section, the provisions of Section 611.111,
611.112, or 611.130 may apply to relief granted pursuant to this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 142, Subpart K (1999) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.160 Composite Correction Program
a) The Agency may require in writing that a PWS conduct a Composite Correction
Program (CCP). The CCP shall must consist of two elements: a Comprehensive
Performance Evaluation (CPE) and a Comprehensive Technical Assistance
(CTA).
1) A CPE is a thorough review and analysis of a plant’s performance-based
capabilities and associated administrative, operation, and maintenance
practices. It must identify factors that may be adversely impacting a
plant’s capability to achieve compliance and emphasize approaches that
can be implemented without significant capital improvements.
76
2) For purposes of compliance with Subparts R and X of this Part, the
comprehensive performance evaluation must consist of at least the
following components: Assessment of plant performance; evaluation of
major unit processes; identification and prioritization of performance
limiting factors; assessment of the applicability of comprehensive
technical assistance; and preparation of the CPE report.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(2) of this Section is derived from the
third sentence of the definition of “comprehensive performance
evaluation” in 40 CFR 141.2 (2002).
3) A CTA is the performance improvement phase that is implemented if the
CPE results indicate improved performance potential. During the CTA
phase, the PWS shall must identify and systematically address
plant-specific factors. The CTA is a combination of utilizing CPE results
as a basis for followup, implementing process control priority-setting
techniques and maintaining long-term involvement to systematically train
staff and administrators.
b) A PWS shall must implement any followup recommendations made in writing by
the Agency that result as part of the CCP.
c) A PWS may appeal to the Board, pursuant to Section 40 of the Act [415 ILCS
5/40], any Agency requirement that it conduct a CCP or any followup
recommendations made in writing by the Agency that result as part of the CCP,
except when a CPE is required under Section 611.745(b)(4).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 142.16 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART B: FILTRATION AND DISINFECTION
Section 611.201 Requiring a Demonstration
The Agency shall must notify each supplier in writing of the date on which any demonstrations
pursuant to the Section are required. The Agency shall must require demonstrations at times
which that meet the U.S. EPA USEPA requirements for that type of demonstration, allowing
sufficient time for the supplier to collect the necessary information.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.202 Procedures for Agency Determinations
The determinations in this Subpart B are by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110.
77
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.211 Filtration Required
The Agency shall must determine that filtration is required unless the PWS meets the following
criteria:
a) Source water quality criteria:
1) Coliforms, see Section 611.231(a)
2) Turbidity, see Section 611.231(b)
b) Site specfic criteria:
1) Disinfection, see Section 611.241(b)
2) Watershed control, see Section 611.232(b)
3) On-site inspection, see Section 611.232(c)
4) Absence of waterborne disease outbreaks, see Section 611.232(d)
5) Total coliform MCL, see Sections 611.232(e) and 611.325.
6) TTHMs MCL, see Section 611.310.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.71, adopted at 54 Fed. Reg. 27526, June 29, 1989,
2002 and from the Preamble preamble discussion at 54 Fed. Reg. 27505, June 29, 1989 (June 29,
1989).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.212 Groundwater under Direct Influence of Surface Water
The Agency shall, pursuant to Section 611.201, require all CWSs to demonstrate whether they
are using “groundwater under the direct influence of surface water”. The Agency shall must
determine with information provided by the supplier whether a PWS uses “groundwater under
the direct influence of surface water” on an individual basis. The Agency shall must determine
that a groundwater source is under the direct influence of surface water based upon the
following:
a) Physical characteristics of the source: whether the source is obviously a surface
water source, such as a lake or stream. Other sources which that may be subject
to influence from surface waters include: springs, infiltration galleries, wells, or
78
other collectors in subsurface aquifers.
b) Well construction characteristics and geology with field evaluation.
1) The Agency may use the wellhead protection program’s requirements,
which include delineation of wellhead protection areas, assessment of
sources of contamination and implementation of management control
systems, to determine if the wellhead is under the influence of surface
water.
2) Wells less than or equal to 50 feet in depth are likely to be under the
influence of surface water.
3) Wells greater than 50 feet in depth are likely to be under the influence of
surface water, unless they include the following:
A) A surface sanitary seal using bentonite clay, concrete, or similar
material,
B) A well casing that penetrates consolidated (slowly permeable)
material,; and
C) A well casing that is only perforated or screened below
consolidated (slowly permeable) material.
4) A source which that is less than 200 feet from any surface water is likely
to be under the influence of surface water.
c) Any structural modifications to prevent the direct influence of surface water and
eliminate the potential for Giardia lamblia cyst contamination.
d) Source water quality records. The following are indicative that a source is under
the influence of surface water:
1) A record of total coliform or fecal coliform contamination in untreated
samples collected over the past three years,
2) A history of turbidity problems associated with the source,; or
3) A history of known or suspected outbreaks of Giardia lamblia,
Cryptosporidium or other pathogenic organisms associated with surface
water that has been attributed to that source.
e) Significant and relatively rapid shifts in water characteristics such as turbidity,
temperature, conductivity, or pH.
79
1) A variation in turbidity of 0.5 NTU or more over one year is indicative of
surface influence.
2) A variation in temperature of 9 Fahrenheit degrees or more over one year
is indicative of surface influence.
f) Significant and relatively rapid shifts in water characteristics such as turbidity,
temperature, conductivity, or pH which that closely correlate to climatological or
surface water conditions are indicative of surface water influence.
1) Evidence of particulate matter associated with the surface water.; or,
2) Turbidity or temperature data which that correlates to that of a nearby
surface water source.
g) Particulate analysis: Significant occurrence of insects or other macroorganisms,
algae, or large diameter pathogens such as Giardia lamblia is indicative of surface
influence.
1) “Large diameter” particulates are those over 7 micrometers.
2) Particulates must be measured as specified in the “Guidance Manual for
Compliance with the Filtration and Disinfection Requirements for Public
Water Systems using Surface Water Sources”, incorporated by reference
in Section 611.102.
h) The potential for contamination by small-diameter pathogens, such as bacteria or
viruses, does not alone render the source “under the direct influence of surface
water”.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from the definition of “groundwater under the direct influence of
surface water” in 40 CFR 141.2 (1998) (2002); from the Preamble at 54 Fed. Reg. 27489 (June
29, 1989); and from the USEPA “Guidance Manual for Compliance with the Filtration and
Disinfection Requirements for Public Water Systems using Surface Water Sources”,
incorporated by reference in Section 611.102.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.213 No Method of HPC Analysis
This Section is used in Sections 611.241(d)(2), 611.242(c)(2), 611.261(b)(8)(G),
611.262(b)(3)(G), 611.532(f)(2), and 611.533(c)(2). The Agency shall must determine that a
system has no means for having a sample analyzed for HPC if the Agency determines that such
action is warranted, based on the following site-specific conditions:
a) There is no certified laboratory which that can analyze the sample within the time
80
and temperatures specified in Standard Methods, 16th Edition, Method 907A,
incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, considering the following:
1) Transportation time to the nearest laboratory pursuant to Section 611.490;
and
2) Based on the size of the PWS, whether it should acquire in-house
laboratory capacity to measure HPC; and
b) The supplier is providing adequate disinfection in the distribution system,
considering the following:
1) Other measurements which that show the presence of RDC in the
distribution system;
2) The size of the distribution system;
3) The adequacy of the supplier's cross connection control program.
c) The PWS cannot maintain an RDC in the distribution system.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.72(a)(4)(ii) (1989), adopted at 54 Fed. Reg. 27526,
June 29, 1989, and from the Preamble at 54 Fed. Reg. 27495, June 29, 1989 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.220 General Requirements
a) The requirements of this Subpart B constitute NPDWRs. This Subpart B
establishes criteria under which filtration is required as a treatment technique for
PWSs supplied by a surface water source and PWSs supplied by a groundwater
source under the direct influence of surface water. In addition, these regulations
establish treatment technique requirements in lieu of MCLs for the following
contaminants: Giardia lamblia, viruses, HPC bacteria, Legionella, and turbidity.
Each supplier with a surface water source or a groundwater source under the
direct influence of surface water shall must provide treatment of that source water
that complies with these treatment technique requirements. The treatment
technique requirements consist of installing and properly operating water
treatment processes which that reliably achieve the following:
1) At least 99.9 percent (3-log) removal or inactivation of Giardia lamblia
cysts between a point where the raw water is not subject to
recontamination by surface water runoff and a point downstream before or
at the first customer; and
2) At least 99.99 percent (4-log) removal or inactivation of viruses between a
81
point where the raw water is not subject to recontamination by surface
water runoff and a point downstream before or at the first customer.
b) A supplier using a surface water source or a groundwater source under the direct
influence of surface water is considered to be in compliance with the
requirements of subsection (a) if either of the following is true:
1) It
The supplier meets the requirements for avoiding filtration in Sections
611.230 through 611.232 and the disinfection requirements in Section
611.241; or
2) It
The supplier meets the filtration requirements in Section 611.250 and
the disinfection requirements in Section 611.242.
c) Each supplier using a surface water source or a groundwater source under the
direct influence of surface water shall must have a certified operator pursuant to
35 Ill. Adm. Code 603.103 and the Public Water Supply Operations Act [415
ILCS 45].
d) Additional requirements for PWSs serving 10,000 or more persons. In addition to
complying with requirements in this Subpart B, PWSs serving 10,000 or more
persons must also comply with the requirements in Subpart R of this Part.
e) Additional requirements for systems serving fewer than 10,000 people. In
addition to complying with requirements in this Subpart B, systems serving fewer
than 10,000 people must also comply with the requirements in Subpart X of this
Part.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.70 (2002). The Public Water Supply Operations Act
[415 ILCS 45] applies only to CWSs, which are regulated by the Agency. It does not apply to
non-CWSs, which are regulated by Public Health. Public Health has its own requirements for
personnel operating water supplies that it regulates, e.g., 77 Ill. Adm. Code 900.40(e).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
611.230 Filtration Effective Dates
a) A supplier that uses a surface water source shall must meet all of the conditions of
Section 611.231 and 611.232, and is subject to Section 611.233, beginning
December 30, 1991, unless the Agency has determined that filtration is required.
b) A supplier that uses a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface
water shall must meet all of the conditions of Section 611.231 and 611.232, and is
subject to Section 611.233, beginning 18 months after the Agency determines that
it is under the direct influence of surface water, or December 30, 1991, whichever
is later, unless the Agency has determined that filtration is required.
82
c) If the Agency determines, before December 30, 1991, that filtration is required,
the system shall must have installed filtration and shall must meet the criteria for
filtered systems specified in Section 611.242 and Section 611.250 by June 29,
1993.
d) Within 18 months of the failure of a system using surface water or a groundwater
source under the direct influence of surface water to meet any one of the
requirements of Section 611.231 and 611.232, or after June 29, 1993, whichever
is later, the system shall must have installed filtration and meet the criteria for
filtered systems specified in Sections 611.242 and 611.250.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.71 preamble (1989), as amended at 54 Fed. Reg.
27526, June 29, 1989 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.231 Source Water Quality Conditions
The Agency shall must consider the following source water quality conditions in determining
whether to require filtration pursuant to Section 611.211:
a) The fecal coliform concentration must be equal to or less than 20/100 ml, or the
total coliform concentration must be equal to or less than 100/100 ml (measured
as specified in Section 611.531(a) or (b) and 611.532(a)) in representative
samples of the source water immediately prior to the first or only point of
disinfectant application in at least 90 percent of the measurements made for the 6
previous months that the system served water to the public on an ongoing basis.
If a system measures both fecal and total coliforms, the fecal coliform criterion,
but not the total coliform criterion, in this subsection, must be met.
b) The turbidity level cannot exceed 5 NTU (measured as specified in Section
611.531(d) and 611.532(b) in representative samples of the source water
immediately prior to the first or only point of disinfectant application unless the
following are true:
1) The Agency determines that any such event was caused by circumstances
that were unusual and unpredictable; and
2) As a result of any such event there have not been more than two events in
the past 12 months the system served water to the public, or more than
five events in the past 120 months the system served water to the public,
in which the turbidity level exceeded 5 NTU. An “event” is a series of
consecutive days during which at least one turbidity measurement each
day exceeds 5 NTU.
83
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.71(a) (1989), as amended at 54 Fed.
Reg. 27526, June 29, 1989 (2002).
c) Each CWS must take its raw water from the best available source which that is
economically reasonable and technically possible.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
d) Use of recycled sewage treatment plant effluent by a CWS on a routine basis shall
must not be permitted.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.232 Site-specific Site-Specific Conditions
The Agency must consider the following site specific criteria in determining whether to require
filtration pursuant to Section 611.211:
a) Disinfection.
1) The supplier must meet the requirements of Section 611.241(a) at least 11
of the 12 previous months that the system served water to the public, on an
ongoing basis, unless the system fails to meet the requirements during 2 of
the 12 previous months that the system served water to the public, and the
Agency determines that at least one of these failures was caused by
circumstances that were unusual and unpredictable.
2) The supplier must meet the following requirements at the times specified
for each:
A) The requirements of Section 611.241(b)(1) at all times the system
serves water to the public; and
B) The requirements of Section 611.241(b)(2) at all times the system
serves water to the public, unless the Agency determines that any
such failure was caused by circumstances that were unusual and
unpredictable.
3) The supplier must meet the requirements of Section 611.241(c) at all times
the system serves water to the public, unless the Agency determines that
any such failure was caused by circumstances that were unusual and
unpredictable.
4) The supplier must meet the requirements of Section 611.241(d) on an
84
ongoing basis, unless the Agency determines that failure to meet these
requirements was not caused by a deficiency in treatment of the source
water.
b) Watershed control program. The supplier must maintain a watershed control
program that minimizes the potential for contamination by Giardia lamblia cysts
and viruses in the source water.
1) The Agency must determine whether the watershed control program is
adequate to meet this goal. The Agency must determine the adequacy of a
watershed control program based on the following:
A) The comprehensiveness of the watershed review;
B) The effectiveness of the supplier’s program to monitor and control
detrimental activities occurring in the watershed; and
C) The extent to which the water supplier has maximized land
ownership or controlled the land use within the watershed. At a
minimum, the watershed control program must do the following:
i) Characterize the watershed hydrology and land ownership;
ii) Identify watershed characteristics and activities that may
have an adverse effect on source water quality; and
iii) Monitor the occurrence of activities that may have an
adverse effect on source water quality.
2) The supplier must demonstrate through ownership or written agreements
with landowners within the watershed that it can control all human
activities that may have an adverse impact on the microbiological quality
of the source water. The supplier must submit an annual report to the
Agency that identifies any special concerns about the watershed and how
they are being handled; describes activities in the watershed that affect
water quality; and projects what adverse activities are expected to occur in
the future and describes how the supplier expects to address them. For
systems using a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface
water, an approved wellhead protection program may be used, if
appropriate, to meet these requirements.
c) On-site inspection. The supplier must be subject to an annual on-site inspection
to assess the watershed control program and disinfection treatment process. The
Agency must conduct the inspection. A report of the on-site inspection
summarizing all findings must be prepared every year. The on-site inspection
must demonstrate that the watershed control program and disinfection treatment
85
process are adequately designed and maintained. The on-site inspection must
include the following:
1) A review of the effectiveness of the watershed control program;
2) A review of the physical condition of the source intake and how well it is
protected;
3) A review of the supplier’s equipment maintenance program to ensure
there is low probability for failure of the disinfection process;
4) An inspection of the disinfection equipment for physical deterioration;
5) A review of operating procedures;
6) A review of data records to ensure that all required tests are being
conducted and recorded and disinfection is effectively practiced; and
7) Identification of any improvements that are needed in the equipment,
system maintenance, and operation or data collection.
d) Absence of waterborne disease outbreaks. The PWS must not have been
identified as a source of a waterborne disease outbreak, or if it has been so
identified, the system must have been modified sufficiently to prevent another
such occurrence.
e) Total coliform MCL. The supplier must comply with the MCL for total coliforms
in Section 611.325 at least 11 months of the 12 previous months that the system
served water to the public, on an ongoing basis, unless the Agency determines
that failure to meet this requirement was not caused by a deficiency in treatment
of the source water.
f) TTHM MCL. The supplier must comply with the MCL for TTHM in Section
611.310. The PWS must comply with the requirements for trihalomethanes until
December 31, 2001. After December 31, 2001, the supplier must comply with the
requirements for total trihalomethanes, haloacetic acids (five), bromate, chlorite,
chlorine, chloramines, and chlorine dioxide in Subpart I of this Part.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.71(b) (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.233 Treatment Technique Violations
a) A supplier is in violation of a treatment technique requirement if the following is
86
true:
1) Filtration is required because either of the following:
A) The supplier fails to meet any one of the criteria in Section
611.231 and 611.232; or
B) The Agency has determined, pursuant to Section 611.211, that
filtration is required; and
2) The supplier fails to install filtration by the date specified in Section
611.230.
b) A supplier which that has not installed filtration is in violation of a treatment
technique requirement if either of the following is true:
1) The turbidity level (measured as specified in Section 611.531(d) and
611.532(b)) in a representative sample of the source water immediately
prior to the first or only point of disinfection application exceeds 5 NTU;
or
2) The system is identified as a source of a waterborne disease outbreak.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.71(c) (1989), as amended at 54 Fed. Reg. 27526,
June 29, 1989 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.240 Disinfection
a) A supplier that uses a surface water source and does not provide filtration
treatment shall must provide the disinfection treatment specified in Section
611.241 beginning December 30, 1991.
b) A supplier that uses a groundwater source under the influence of surface water
and does not provide filtration treatment shall must provide disinfection treatment
specified in Section 611.241 beginning December 30, 1991, or 18 months after
the Agency determines that the groundwater source is under the influence of
surface water, whichever is later, unless the Agency has determined that filtration
is required.
c) If the Agency determines that filtration is required, the Agency may, by special
exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require the supplier to
comply with interim disinfection requirements before filtration is installed.
d) A system that uses a surface water source that provides filtration treatment shall
87
must provide the disinfection treatment specified in Section 611.242 beginning
June 29, 1993, or beginning when filtration is installed, whichever is later.
e) A system that uses a groundwater source under the direct influence of surface
water and provides filtration treatment shall must provide disinfection treatment
as specified in Section 611.242 by June 29, 1993 or beginning when filtration is
installed, whichever is later.
f) Failure to meet any requirement of the following Sections after the applicable
date specified in this Section is a treatment technique violation.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.72 preamble (1992) (2002).
g) CWS suppliers using groundwater which that is not under the direct influence of
surface water shall must chlorinate the water before it enters the distribution
system, unless the Agency has granted the supplier an exemption pursuant to
Section 17(b) of the Act [415 ILCS 5/17(b)].
1) All GWS supplies that are required to chlorinate pursuant to this Section
shall must maintain residuals of free or combined chlorine at levels
sufficient to provide adequate protection of human health and the ability
of the distribution system to continue to deliver potable water that
complies with the requirements of this Part.
2) The Agency may establish procedures and levels for chlorination
applicable to a GWS using groundwater which that is not under the direct
influence of surface water by a SEP pursuant to Section 610.110.
3) Those supplies having hand-pumped wells and no distribution system are
exempted from the requirements of this Section.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement originally codified at 35
Ill. Adm. Code 604.401.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.241 Unfiltered PWSs
Each supplier that does not provide filtration treatment shall must provide disinfection treatment
as follows:
a) The disinfection treatment must be sufficient to ensure at least 99.9 percent (3-
log) inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and 99.99 percent (4-log) inactivation of
viruses, every day the system serves water to the public, except any one day each
month. Each day a system serves water to the public, the supplier shall must
calculate the CT99.9 value(s) values from the system's treatment parameters using
88
the procedure specified in Section 611.532(c) and determine whether this value(s)
values is sufficient to achieve the specified inactivation rates for Giardia lamblia
cysts and viruses.
1) If a system uses a disinfectant other than chlorine, the system may
demonstrate to the Agency, through the use of an Agency-approved
protocol for on-site disinfection challenge studies or other information,
that CT99.9 values other than those specified in Section 611.Appendix B of
this Part, Tables 2.1 and 3.1 or other operational parameters are adequate
to demonstrate that the system is achieving minimum inactivation rates
required by this subsection.
2) The demonstration must be made by way of special exception permit a
SEP application pursuant to Section 611.110.
b) The disinfection system must have either of the following:
1) Redundant components, including an auxiliary power supply with
automatic start-up and alarm to ensure that disinfectant application is
maintained continuously while water is being delivered to the distribution
system; or
2) Automatic shut-off of delivery of water to the distribution system
whenever there is less than 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
of RDC in the water. If the Agency
determines, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, that automatic shut-off would cause unreasonable risk to health
or interfere with fire protection, the system shall must comply with
subsection (b)(1).
c) The RDC in the water entering the distribution system, measured as specified in
Section 611.531(e) and 611.532(e), cannot be less than 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
for more than 4
hours.
d) RDC in the distribution system.
1) The RDC in the distribution system, measured as total chlorine, combined
chlorine or chlorine dioxide, as specified in Section Section 611.531(e)
and 611.532(f), cannot be undetectable in more than 5 percent of the
samples each month for any two consecutive months that the system
serves water to the public. Water in the distribution system with HPC less
than or equal to 500/ml, measured as specified in Section 611.531(c), is
deemed to have a detectable RDC for purposes of determining compliance
with this requirement. Thus, the value “V” in the following formula
cannot exceed 5 percent in one month, for any two consecutive months.
V = 100(c + d + e) / (a + b)
89
where the terms mean the following:
a = Number of instances where the RDC is measured.
b = Number of instances where the RDC is not measured, but
HPC is measured.
c = Number of instances where the RDC is measured but not
detected and no HPC is measured.
d = Number of instances where the RDC is measured but not
detected, and where the HPC is greater than 500/ml. And,; and
e = Number of instances where the RDC is not measured and
HPC is greater than 500/ml.
2) Subsection (d)(1) does not apply if the Agency determines, pursuant to
Section 611.213, that a supplier has no means for having a sample
analyzed for HPC.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.72(a) (1991) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.242 Filtered PWSs
Each supplier that provides filtration treatment shall must provide disinfection treatment as
follows:
a) The disinfection treatment must be sufficient to ensure that the total treatment
processes of that system achieve at least 99.9 percent (3-log) inactivation and/or
removal of Giardia lamblia cysts and at least 99.99 percent (4-log) inactivation
and/or removal of viruses.
b) The RDC in the water entering the distribution system, measured as specified in
Section 611.531(e) and 611.533(b), cannot be less than 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
for more than 4
hours.
c) RDC in the distribution system.
1) The RDC in the distribution system, measured as total chlorine, combined
chlorine, or chlorine dioxide, as specified in Section 611.531(e) and
611.533(c), cannot be undetectable in more than 5 percent of the samples
each month, for any two consecutive months that the system serves water
to the public. Water in the distribution system with HPC less than or
90
equal to 500/ml, measured as specified in Section 611.531(c), is deemed
to have a detectable RDC for purposes of determining compliance with
this requirement. Thus, the value “V” in the following formula cannot
exceed 5 percent in one month, for any two consecutive months.
V = 100(c + d + e) / (a + b)
where the terms mean the following:
a = Number of instances where the RDC is measured.
b = Number of instances where the RDC is not measured, but
HPC is measured.
c = Number of instances where the RDC is measured but not
detected and no HPC is measured.
d = Number of instances where the RDC is measured but not
detected, and where HPC is greater than 500/ml. And,; and
e = Number of instances where the RDC is not measured and
HPC is greater than 500/ml.
2) Subsection (c)(1) does not apply if the Agency determines, pursuant to
Section 611.213, that a supplier has no means for having a sample
analyzed for HPC.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.72(b) (1989), as amended at 54 Fed. Reg. 27526,
June 29, 1989 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.250 Filtration
A supplier that uses a surface water source or a groundwater source under the direct influence of
surface water, and does not meet all of the criteria in Sections 611.231 and 611.232 for avoiding
filtration, must provide treatment consisting of both disinfection, as specified in Section 611.242,
and filtration treatment that complies with the requirements of subsection (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e)
by June 29, 1993, or within 18 months after the failure to meet any one of the criteria for
avoiding filtration in Sections 611.231 and 611.232, whichever is later. Failure to meet any
requirement after the date specified in this introductory paragraph is a treatment technique
violation.
a) Conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration.
1) For a system using conventional filtration or direct filtration, the turbidity
91
level of representative samples of the system’s filtered water must be less
than or equal to 0.5 NTU in at least 95 percent of the measurements taken
each month, except that if the Agency determines, by special exception
permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, that the system is
capable of achieving at least 99.9 percent removal or inactivation of
Giardia lamblia cysts at some turbidity level higher than 0.5 NTU in at
least 95 percent of the measurements taken each month, the Agency must
substitute this higher turbidity limit for that system. However, in no case
may the Agency approve a turbidity limit that allows more than 1 NTU in
more than five percent of the samples taken each month.
2) The turbidity level of representative samples of a system’s filtered water
must at no time exceed 5 NTU.
3) Beginning January 1, 2001, a supplier serving at least 10,000 or more
persons must meet the turbidity requirements of Section 611.743(a).
4) Beginning January 1, 2005, a supplier that serves fewer than 10,000
people must meet the turbidity requirements in Section 611.955.
b) Slow sand filtration.
1) For a system using slow sand filtration, the turbidity level of
representative samples of the system’s filtered water must be less than or
equal to 1 NTU in at least 95 percent of the measurements taken each
month, except that if the Agency determines, by special exception permit a
SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, that there is no significant
interference with disinfection at a higher level, the Agency must substitute
the higher turbidity limit for that system.
2) The turbidity level of representative samples of a system’s filtered water
must at no time exceed 5 NTU.
c) Diatomaceous earth filtration.
1) For a system using diatomaceous earth filtration, the turbidity level of
representative samples of the system’s filtered water must be less than or
equal to 1 NTU in at least 95 percent of the measurements taken each
month.
2) The turbidity level of representative samples of a system’s filtered water
must at no time exceed 5 NTU.
d) Other filtration technologies. A supplier may use a filtration technology not listed
in subsections (a) through (c) if it demonstrates, by special exception permit a
SEP application pursuant to Section 611.110, to the Agency, using pilot plant
92
studies or other means, that the alternative filtration technology, in combination
with disinfection treatment that meets the requirements of Section 611.242,
consistently achieves 99.9 percent removal or inactivation of Giardia lamblia
cysts and 99.99 percent removal or inactivation of viruses. For a supplier that
makes this demonstration, the requirements of subsection (b) apply. Beginning
January 1, 2002, a supplier serving 10,000 or more persons must meet the
requirements for other filtration technologies in Section 611.743(b). Beginning
January 1, 2005, a supplier that serves fewer than 10,000 people must meet the
requirements for other filtration technologies in Section 611.955.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.73 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.261 Unfiltered PWSs: Reporting and Recordkeeping
A supplier that uses a surface water source and does not provide filtration treatment must report
monthly to the Agency the information specified in this Section beginning December 31, 1990,
unless the Agency has determined that filtration is required, in which case the Agency must, by
special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, specify alternative reporting
requirements, as appropriate, until filtration is in place. A supplier that uses a groundwater
source under the direct influence of surface water and does not provide filtration treatment must
report monthly to the Agency the information specified in this Section beginning December 31,
1990, or six months after the Agency determines that the groundwater source is under the direct
influence of surface water, whichever is later, unless the Agency has determined that filtration is
required, in which case the Agency must, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, specify alternative reporting requirements, as appropriate, until filtration is in
place.
a) Source water quality information must be reported to the Agency within ten days
after the end of each month the system serves water to the public. Information
that must be reported includes the following:
1) The cumulative number of months for which results are reported.
2) The number of fecal or total coliform samples, whichever are analyzed
during the month (if a system monitors for both, only fecal coliforms must
be reported), the dates of sample collection, and the dates when the
turbidity level exceeded 1 NTU.
3) The number of samples during the month that had equal to or fewer than
20/100 ml fecal coliforms or equal to or fewer than 100/100 ml total
coliforms, whichever are analyzed.
4) The cumulative number of fecal or total coliform samples, whichever are
analyzed, during the previous six months the system served water to the
93
public.
5) The cumulative number of samples that had equal to or fewer than 20/100
ml fecal coliforms or equal to or fewer than 100/100 ml total coliforms,
whichever are analyzed, during the previous six months the system served
water to the public.
6) The percentage of samples that had equal to or fewer than 20/100 ml fecal
coliforms or equal to or fewer than 100/100 ml total coliforms, whichever
are analyzed, during the previous six months the system served water to
the public.
7) The maximum turbidity level measured during the month, the dates of
occurrence for any measurements that exceeded 5 NTU and the dates the
occurrences were reported to the Agency.
8) For the first 12 months of recordkeeping, the dates and cumulative number
of events during which the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU, and after one year
of recordkeeping for turbidity measurements, the dates and cumulative
number of events during which the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU in the
previous 12 months the system served water to the public.
9) For the first 120 months of recordkeeping, the dates and cumulative
number of events during which the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU, and after
ten years of recordkeeping for turbidity measurements, the dates and
cumulative number of events during which the turbidity exceeded 5 NTU
in the previous 120 months the system served water to the public.
b) Disinfection information specified in Section 611.532 must be reported to the
Agency within ten days after the end of each month the system serves water to the
public. Information that must be reported includes the following:
1) For each day, the lowest measurement of RDC in mg/L
ℓ
in water entering
the distribution system.
2) The date and duration of each period when the RDC in water entering the
distribution system fell below 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
and when the Agency was
notified of the occurrence.
3) The daily RDCs (in mg/L
ℓ
) and disinfectant contact times (in minutes)
used for calculating the CT values.
4) If chlorine is used, the daily measurements of pH of disinfected water
following each point of chlorine disinfection.
5) The daily measurements of water temperature in degrees C following each
94
point of disinfection.
6) The daily CTcalc and Ai values for each disinfectant measurement or
sequence and the sum of all Ai values (B) before or at the first customer.
7) The daily determination of whether disinfection achieves adequate Giardia
cyst and virus inactivation, i.e., whether Ai is at least 1.0 or, where
disinfectants other than chlorine are used, other indicator conditions that
the Agency, pursuant to Section 611.241(a)(1), determines are
appropriate, are met.
8) The following information on the samples taken in the distribution system
in conjunction with total coliform monitoring pursuant to Section 611.240
through 611.242:
A) Number of instances where the RDC is measured;
B) Number of instances where the RDC is not measured but HPC is
measured;
C) Number of instances where the RDC is measured but not detected
and no HPC is measured;
D) Number of instances where no RDC is detected and where HPC is
greater than 500/ml;
E) Number of instances where the RDC is not measured and HPC is
greater than 500/ml;
F) For the current and previous month the system served water to the
public, the value of “V” in the following formula:
(
)
(
)
V=
1 0 0 c + d + e
a + b
where the terms mean the following:
a = Value in subsection (b)(8)(A) of this Section;
b = Value in subsection (b)(8)(B) of this Section;
c = Value in subsection (b)(8)(C) of this Section;
d = Value in subsection (b)(8)(D) of this Section; and
95
e = Value in subsection (b)(8)(E) of this Section.
G) The requirements of subsections (b)(8)(A) through (b)(8)(F) of this
Section do not apply if the Agency determines, pursuant to Section
611.213, that a system has no means for having a sample analyzed
for HPC.
9) A system need not report the data listed in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(3)
through (b)(6) of this Section, if all data listed in subsections (b)(1)
through (b)(8) of this Section remain on file at the system, and the Agency
determines, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, that the following is true:
A) The system has submitted to the Agency all the information
required by subsections (b)(1) through (b)(8) of this Section for at
least 12 months; and
B) The Agency has determined that the system is not required to
provide filtration treatment.
c) By October 10 of each year, each system must provide to the Agency a report that
summarizes its compliance with all watershed control program requirements
specified in Section 611.232(b).
d) By October 10 of each year, each system must provide to the Agency a report on
the on-site inspection conducted during that year pursuant to Section 611.232(c),
unless the on-site inspection was conducted by the Agency. If the inspection was
conducted by the Agency, the Agency must provide a copy of its report to the
supplier.
e) Reporting health threats.
1) Each system, upon discovering that a waterborne disease outbreak
potentially attributable to that water system has occurred, must report that
occurrence to the Agency as soon as possible, but no later than by the end
of the next business day.
2) If at any time the turbidity exceeds 5 NTU, the system must consult with
the Agency as soon as practical, but no later than 24 hours after the
exceedence is known, in accordance with the public notification
requirements under Section 611.903(b)(3).
3) If at any time the RDC falls below 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
in the water entering the
distribution system, the system must notify the Agency as soon as
possible, but no later than by the end of the next business day. The system
also must notify the Agency by the end of the next business day whether
96
or not the RDC was restored to at least 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
within four hours.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.75(a) (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.262 Filtered PWSs: Reporting and Recordkeeping
A supplier that uses a surface water source or a groundwater source under the direct influence of
surface water and provides filtration treatment must report monthly to the Agency the
information specified in this Section.
a) Turbidity measurements as required by Section 611.533(a) must be reported
within ten days after the end of each month the supplier serves water to the
public. Information that must be reported includes the following:
1) The total number of filtered water turbidity measurements taken during
the month.
2) The number and percentage of filtered water turbidity measurements taken
during the month that are less than or equal to the turbidity limits specified
in Section 611.250 for the filtration technology being used.
3) The date and value of any turbidity measurements taken during the month
that exceed 5 NTU.
b) Disinfection information specified in Section 611.533 must be reported to the
Agency within ten days after the end of each month the supplier serves water to
the public. Information that must be reported includes the following:
1) For each day, the lowest measurement of RDC in mg/L
ℓ
in water entering
the distribution system.
2) The date and duration of each period when the RDC in water entering the
distribution system fell below 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
and when the Agency was
notified of the occurrence.
3) The following information on the samples taken in the distribution system
in conjunction with total coliform monitoring pursuant to Sections
611.240 through 611.242:
A) Number of instances where the RDC is measured;
B) Number of instances where the RDC is not measured but HPC is
measured;
97
C) Number of instances where the RDC is measured but not detected
and no HPC is measured;
D) Number of instances where no RDC is detected and where HPC is
greater than 500/ml;
E) Number of instances where the RDC is not measured and HPC is
greater than 500/ml;
F) For the current and previous month the supplier serves water to the
public,the value of “V” in the following formula:
(
)
(
)
V=
1 0 0 c + d + e
a
b
+
where the terms mean the following:
a = Value in subsection (b)(3)(A) of this
Section;
b = Value in subsection (b)(3)(B) of this
Section;
c = Value in subsection (b)(3)(C) of this
Section;
d = Value in subsection (b)(3)(D) of this
Section; and
e = Value in subsection (b)(3)(E) of this
Section.
G) Subsections (b)(3)(A) through (b)(3)(F) of this Section do not
apply if the Agency determines, pursuant to Section 611.213, that a
supplier has no means for having a sample analyzed for HPC.
c) Reporting health threats.
1) Each supplier, upon discovering that a waterborne disease outbreak
potentially attributable to that water system has occurred, must report that
occurrence to the Agency as soon as possible, but no later than by the end
of the next business day.
2) If at any time the turbidity exceeds 5 NTU, the supplier must consult with
the Agency as soon as practical, but no later than 24 hours after the
98
exceedence is known, in accordance with the public notification
requirements under Section 611.903(b)(3).
3) If at any time the residual falls below 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
in the water entering the
distribution system, the supplier must notify the Agency as soon as
possible, but no later than by the end of the next business day. The
supplier also must notify the Agency by the end of the next business day
whether or not the residual was restored to at least 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
within four
hours.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.75(b) (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.271 Protection during Repair Work
The supplier shall must prevent contamination of water at the source or in the CWS during
repair, reconstruction, or alteration.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.272 Disinfection following Following Repair
a) After any portion of the CWS has been repaired, reconstructed, or altered, the
supplier shall must disinfect that portion before putting it into operation.
b) The disinfection procedure must be approved by special exception permit a SEP
issued pursuant to Section 611.110.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.276 Recycle Provisions
a) Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier that employs conventional filtration
or direct filtration treatment and which recycles spent filter backwash water,
thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes must meet the
requirements in subsections (b) through (d) of this Section.
b) Reporting. A supplier must notify the Agency in writing by December 8, 2003, if
the supplier recycles spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids
from dewatering processes. This notification must include, at a minimum, the
information specified in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this Section, as follows:
99
1) A plant schematic showing the origin of all flows that are recycled
(including, but not limited to, spent filter backwash water, thickener
supernatant, and liquids from dewatering processes), the hydraulic
conveyance used to transport them, and the location where they are re-
introduced back into the treatment plant.
2) Typical recycle flow in gallons per minute (gpm), the highest observed
plant flow experienced in the previous year (gpm), design flow for the
treatment plant (gpm), and Agency-approved operating capacity for the
plant where the Agency has made such a determination.
c) Treatment technique requirement. Any supplier that recycles spent filter
backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes must
return these flows through the processes of the supplier's existing conventional or
direct filtration system, as defined in Section 611.101, or at an alternative location
approved by a permit issued by the Agency by June 8, 2004. If capital
improvements are required to modify the recycle location to meet this
requirement, all capital improvements must be completed no later than June 8,
2006.
d) Recordkeeping. The supplier must collect and retain on file recycle flow
information specified in subsections (d)(1) through (d)(6) of this Section for
review and evaluation by the Agency beginning June 8, 2004, as follows:
1) A copy of the recycle notification and information submitted to the State
under subsection (b) of this Section.
2) A list of all recycle flows and the frequency with which they are returned.
3) The average and maximum backwash flow rate through the filters and the
average and maximum duration of the filter backwash process in minutes.
4) The typical filter run length and a written summary of how filter run
length is determined.
5) The type of treatment provided for the recycle flow.
6) Data on the physical dimensions of the equalization or treatment units,
typical and maximum hydraulic loading rates, type of treatment chemicals
used and average dose and frequency of use, and frequency at which
solids are removed, if applicable.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.76, as added at 66 Fed. Reg. 31103 (June 8, 2001)
(2002).
100
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART C: USE OF NON-CENTRALIZED TREATMENT DEVICES
Section 611.280 Point-of-Entry Devices
a) Suppliers may use point-of-entry devices to comply with MCLs only if they meet
the requirements of this Section.
b) It is the responsibility of the supplier to operate and maintain the point-of entry
treatment system.
c) The supplier shall must develop a monitoring plan before point-of-entry devices
are installed for compliance.
1) Point-of-entry devices must provide health protection equivalent to central
water treatment. “Equivalent” means that the water would meet all
NPDWR and would be of acceptable quality similar to water distributed
by a well-operated central treatment plant.
2) In addition to the VOCs, monitoring must include physical measurements
and observations such as total flow treated and mechanical condition of
the treatment equipment.
3) Use of point-of-entry devices must be approved by a SEP granted by the
Agency pursuant to Section 611.110.
d) Effective technology must be properly applied under a plan approved by the
Agency and the microbiological safety of the water must be maintained.
1) The Agency shall must require adequate certification of performance, field
testing, and, if not included in the certification process, a rigorous
engineering design review of the point-of-entry devices.
2) The design and application of the point-of-entry devices must consider the
tendency for increase in heterotrophic bacteria concentrations in water
treated with activated carbon. The Agency may require, by special
exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, frequent
backwashing, post-contactor disinfection and HPC monitoring to ensure
that the microbiological safety of the water is not compromised.
e) All consumers must be protected. Every building connected to the system must
have a point-of-entry device installed, maintained and adequately monitored. The
Agency must be assured that every building is subject to treatment and
monitoring, and that the rights and responsibilities of the PWS customer convey
with title upon sale of property.
101
f) Use of any point-of-entry device must not cause increased corrosion of lead and
copper bearing materials located between the device and the tap that could
increase contaminant levels at the tap.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.100 and 142.62(h)(7) (1992) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.290 Use of Point-of-Use Devices or Bottled Water
a) Suppliers shall
must not use bottled water to achieve compliance with an MCL.
b) Bottled water or point-of-use devices may be used on a temporary basis to avoid
an unreasonable risk to health pursuant to a SEP granted by the Agency under
Section 611.110.
c) Any use of bottled water must comply with the substantive requirements of
Section 611.130(e), except that the supplier shall must submit its quality control
plan for Agency review as part of its SEP request, rather than for Board review.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.101 (1998) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART D: TREATMENT TECHNIQUES
Section 611.295 General Requirements
The requirements of this Subpart D constitute NPDWRs. This Subpart D establishes treatment
techniques in lieu of MCLs for specified contaminants.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.110 (1991) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.296 Acrylamide and Epichlorohydrin
a) Each supplier shall must certify annually in writing to the Agency that when
products containing acrylamide or epichlorohydrin are used in the PWS, the
product of monomer level and dose does not exceed the levels specified in
subsection (b). The product of monomer level and dose are computed as follows:
P = A * B A × B
Where the terms mean the following:
102
A = Percent by weight of unreacted monomer in the product
used.;
B = Parts per million by weight of finished water at which the
product is dosed.; and
P = Product of monomer level and dose:.
b) Maximum Product of monomer level and dose is the following:
1) For acrylamide, P = 0.05; and
2) For epichlorohydrin, P = 0.20.
c) Suppliers' certifications may rely on manufacturers or third parties, as approved
by the Agency.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.111 (1991) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART F: MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVELS (MCLs) AND
MAXIMUM RESIDUAL DISINFECTANT LEVELS (MRDLs)
Section 611.300 Old MCLs for Inorganic Chemicals Chemical Contaminants
a) The old MCLs listed in subsection (b) of this Section for inorganic chemicals
chemical contaminants (IOCs) apply only to CWS suppliers. Compliance with
old MCLs for inorganic chemicals is calculated pursuant to Section 611.612,
except that analyses and determination of compliance with the 0.05 mg/L
ℓ
MCL
for arsenic are to be performed pursuant to Sections 611.600 through 611.611.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.11(a) (2000), as amended at 66 Fed.
Reg. 6976 (January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed.
Reg. 28342 (May 22, 2001) (2002).
b) The following are the old MCLs for inorganic chemicals IOCs:
Contaminant Level, mg/L
ℓ
Additional State
Requirement (*)
Arsenic, until January 23,
2006
0.05
Iron 1.0 *
Manganese 0.15 *
103
Zinc 5. *
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.11(b) (2000), as amended at 66 Fed.
Reg. 6976 (January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed.
Reg. 28342 (May 22, 2001) (2002). This subsection (b) will become an
additional State requirement after expiration of the old arsenic MCL on the
January 23, 2006 effective date of the federal amendments that instituted a new
MCL for Arsenic.
c) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.11(c) (2000), marked as reserved
by USEPA. This statement maintains structural parity with the federal rules.
d) Nitrate.
Non-CWSs may exceed the MCL for nitrate under the following circumstances:
1) The nitrate level must not exceed 20 mg/L
ℓ
,
2) The water must not be available to children under six months of age,
3) The NCWS supplier is meeting the public notification requirements under
Section 611.909, including continuous posting of the fact that the nitrate
level exceeds 10 mg/L
ℓ
together with the potential health effects of
exposure,
4) The supplier will annually notify local public health authorities and the
Department of Public Health of the nitrate levels that exceed 10 mg/L,
ℓ
;
and
5) No adverse public health effects result.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.11(d) (2000) (2002). The
Department of Public Health regulations may impose a nitrate limitation
requirement. Those regulations are at 77 Ill. Adm. Code 900.50.
e) The following supplementary condition applies to the MCLs listed in subsection
(b) of this Section for iron and manganese:
1) CWS suppliers that serve a population of 1000 or fewer, or 300 service
connections or fewer, are exempt from the standards for iron and
manganese.
2) The Agency may, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, allow iron and manganese in excess of the MCL if
sequestration tried on an experimental basis proves to be effective. If
sequestration is not effective, positive iron or manganese reduction
104
treatment as applicable must be provided. Experimental use of a
sequestering agent may be tried only if approved by special exception
permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110.
BOARD NOTE: The requirements of this subsection (e) of this Section are an
additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.301 Revised MCLs for Inorganic Chemicals Chemical Contaminants
a) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.62(a), reserved by USEPA. This
statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
b) The MCLs in the following table apply to CWSs. Except for fluoride, the MCLs
also apply to NTNCWSs. The MCLs for nitrate, nitrite, and total nitrate and
nitrite also apply to transient non-CWSs.
Contaminant MCL Units
Antimony 0.006 mg/L
ℓ
Arsenic (effective
January 23, 2006)
0.01 mg/L
ℓ
Asbestos 7 MFL
Barium 2 mg/L
ℓ
Beryllium 0.004 mg/L
ℓ
Cadmium 0.005 mg/L
ℓ
Chromium 0.1 mg/L
ℓ
Cyanide (as free CN
-
) 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
Fluoride 4.0 mg/L
ℓ
Mercury 0.002 mg/L
ℓ
Nitrate (as N) 10 mg/L
ℓ
Nitrite (as N) 1 mg/L
ℓ
Total Nitrate and Nitrite 10 mg/L
ℓ
(as N)
Selenium 0.05 mg/L
ℓ
Thallium 0.002 mg/L
ℓ
BOARD NOTE: See Section 611.300(d) for an elevated nitrate level for
non-CWSs. USEPA removed and reserved the MCL for nickel on June
29, 1995, at 60 Fed. Reg. 33932, as a result of a judicial order in Nickel
Development Institute v. EPA, No. 92-1407, and Specialty Steel Industry
of the U.S. v. Browner, No. 92-1410 (D.C. Cir. Feb. 23 & Mar. 6, 1995),
while retaining the contaminant, analytical methodology, and detection
limit listings for this contaminant.
c) USEPA has identified the following as BAT for achieving compliance with the
105
MCL for the inorganic contaminants IOCs identified in subsection (b) of this
Section, except for fluoride:
Contaminant BAT(s) BATs
Antimony C/F
RO
Arsenic
(BATs for
As
V
. Pre-
oxidation
may be
required to
convert As
III
to As
V
.)
AAL
C/F
IX
LIME
RO
ED
O/F (To obtain high removals, the iron to arsenic ratio
must be at least 20:1)
Asbestos C/F
DDF
CC
Barium IX
LIME
RO
ED
Beryllium AA
C/F
IX
LIME
RO
Cadmium C/F
IX
LIME
RO
Chromium C/F
IX
LIME, BAT for Cr
III
only
RO
Cyanide IX
RO
Cl2
Mercury C/F, BAT only if influent Hg concentrations less than or
equal to (
#
) 10 μg/L
ℓ
GAC
LIME, BAT only if influent Hg concentrations
#
10
μg/L
ℓ
RO, BAT only if influent Hg concentrations
#
10 μg/L
ℓ
Nickel IX
LIME
RO
106
Nitrate IX
RO
ED
Nitrite IX
RO
Selenium AAL
C/F, BAT for Se
IV
only
LIME
RO
ED
Thallium AAL
IX
Abbreviations
AAL Activated alumina
C/F Coagulation/filtration (not BAT for a system that has fewer
than 500 service connections)
DDF Direct and diatomite filtration
GAC Granular activated carbon
IX Ion exchange
LIME Lime softening
RO Reverse osmosis
CC Corrosion control
ED Electrodialysis
Cl2 Oxidation (chlorine)
UV Ultraviolet irradiation
O/F Oxidation/filtration
d) At 40 CFR 141.62(d), as added at 66 Fed. Reg. 7064 (January 22, 2001) (2002),
USEPA identified the following as the affordable technology, treatment
technique, or other means available to systems serving 10,000 persons or fewer
for achieving compliance with the maximum contaminant level for arsenic:
Small System Compliance Technologies (SSCTs)
1
for Arsenic
2
Small system compliance technology
Affordable for listed small system
categories
3
Activated alumina (centralized) All size categories
Activated alumina (point-of-use)
4
All size categories
Coagulation/filtration
5
501-3,300 persons, 3,301-10,000 persons
Coagulation-assisted microfiltration 501-3,300 persons, 3,301-10,000 persons
Electrodialysis reversal
6
501-3,300 persons, 3,301-10,000 persons
Enhanced coagulation/filtration All size categories
Enhanced lime softening (pH> 10.5) All size categories
Ion exchange All size categories
Lime softening
5
501-3,300 persons, 3,301-10,000 persons
107
Oxidation/filtration
7
All size categories
Reverse osmosis (centralized)
6
501-3,300 persons, 3,301-10,000 persons
Reverse osmosis (point-of-use)
4
All size categories
1
Section 1412(b)(4)(E)(ii) of the federal SDWA (42 USC 300g-1(b)(4)(E)(ii))
specifies that SSCTs must be affordable and technically feasible for a small
system supplier.
2
SSCTs for As
V
. Pre-oxidation may be required to convert As
III
to As
V
.
3
The federal SDWA specifies three categories of small system suppliers: (1)
those serving 25 or more, but fewer than 501 persons, (2) those serving more
than 500 but fewer than 3,301 persons, and (3) those serving more than 3,300
but fewer than 10,001 persons.
3
The federal SDWA specifies three categories of small system suppliers: (1)
those serving 25 or more, but fewer than 501, (2) those serving more than 500,
but fewer than 3,301, and (3) those serving more than 3,300, but fewer than
10,001.
4
When POU or POE devices are used for compliance, programs to ensure
proper long-term operation, maintenance, and monitoring must be provided by
the water supplier to ensure adequate performance.
5
Unlikely to be installed solely for arsenic removal. May require pH
adjustment to optimal range if high removals are needed.
6
Technologies reject a large volume of water--may not be appropriate for areas
where water quantity may be an issue.
7
To obtain high removals, iron to arsenic ratio must be at least 20:1.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.62 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 6976
(January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed. Reg. 28342 (May 22,
2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.310 Old Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) for Organic Chemicals
Chemical Contaminants
The following are the MCLs for organic chemicals chemical contaminants. The MCLs for
organic chemicals chemical contaminants in this Section apply to all CWSs. Compliance with
the MCLs in subsections (a) and (b) is calculated pursuant to Subpart O of this Part. Compliance
with the MCL in subsection (c) is calculated pursuant to Subpart P of this Part.
108
Contaminant Level mg/L
ℓ
Additional State
Requirement (*)
a) Chlorinated hydrocarbons
Aldrin 0.001 *
DDT 0.05 *
Dieldrin 0.001 *
Heptachlor 0.0001 *
Heptachlor epoxide 0.0001 *
BOARD NOTE: Originally derived from 40 CFR 141.12(a)(1994), USEPA
removed the last entry in this subsection and marked it reserved at 57 Fed. Reg.
31838 (July 17, 1992). USEPA added another listing of organic MCLs at 40 CFR
141.61 (2000) (2002). Heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, and 2,4-D appear in both
this Section and in Section 611.311, with a different MCL in each Section. The
heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, and 2,4-D MCLs in this Section are Illinois
limitations that are more stringent than the federal requirements. However,
detection of these contaminants or violation of their federally-derived revised
Section 611.311 MCLs imposes more stringent monitoring, reporting, and notice
requirements.
b) Chlorophenoxys
2,4-D 0.01 *
BOARD NOTE: Originally derived from 40 CFR 141.12(b) (2000) (2002),
USEPA removed the last entry in this subsection and marked it reserved at 56
Fed. Reg. 3578 (Jan. 30, 1991). See the preceding Board Note regarding the dual
listing of MCLs for 2,4-D.
c) TTHM 0.10 *
1) The MCL of 0.10 mg/L
ℓ
for TTHM applies to a Subpart B CWS supplier
that serves 10,000 or more persons, until December 31, 2001.
2) The MCL of 0.10 mg/L
ℓ
for TTHM applies to a CWS supplier that uses
only groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water and serves
10,000 or more persons, until December 31, 2003.
3) After December 31, 2003, the MCL for TTHM in this Section is no longer
applicable.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.12 (2000) (2002). This is an
additional State requirement to the extent that it applies to a supplier other than a
CWS supplier that adds a disinfectant at any part of treatment and which provides
109
water to 10,000 or more persons. The new MCL for TTHM is listed in Section
611.312.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.311 Revised MCLs for Organic Chemical Contaminants
a) Volatile organic chemical contaminants. The following MCLs for volatile
organic chemical contaminants (VOCs) apply to CWS suppliers and NTNCWS
suppliers. The MCLs for dichloromethane, 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, and 1,1,2-
trichloroethane are were effective January 17, 1994.
CAS No. Contaminant MCL (mg/L
ℓ
)
71-43-2 Benzene 0.005
56-23-5 Carbon tetrachloride 0.005
95-50-1 o-Dichlorobenzene 0.6
106-46-7 p-Dichlorobenzene 0.075
107-06-2 1,2-Dichloroethane 0.005
75-35-4 1,1-Dichloroethylene 0.007
156-59-2 cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene 0.07
156-60-5 trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene 0.1
75-09-2 Dichloromethane (methylene
chloride)0.005
78-87-5 1,2-Dichloropropane 0.005
100-41-4 Ethylbenzene 0.7
108-90-7 Monochlorobenzene 0.1
100-42-5 Styrene 0.1
127-18-4 Tetrachloroethylene 0.005
108-88-3 Toluene 1
120-82-1 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 0.07
71-55-6 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 0.2
79-00-5 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 0.005
79-01-6 Trichloroethylene 0.005
75-01-4 Vinyl chloride 0.002
1330-20-7 Xylenes (total) 10
BOARD NOTE: See the definition of “initial compliance period” at
Section 611.101.
b) U.S. EPA
USEPA has identified, as indicated below, granular activated carbon
(GAC), packed tower aeration (PTA), or oxidation (OX) as BAT for achieving
compliance with the MCLs for volatile organic chemical contaminants (VOCs)
and synthetic organic chemical contaminants (SOCs) in subsections (a) and (c) of
this Section.
15972-60-8 Alachlor GAC
110
116-06-3 Aldicarb GAC
1646-87-4 Aldicarb sulfone GAC
1646-87-3 Aldicarb sulfoxide GAC
1912-24-9 Atrazine GAC
71-43-2 Benzene GAC, PTA
50-32-8 Benzo[(a])pyrene GAC
1563-66-2 Carbofuran GAC
56-23-5 Carbon tetrachloride GAC, PTA
57-74-9 Chlordane GAC
94-75-7 2,4-D GAC
75-99-0 Dalapon GAC
96-12-8 Dibromochloropropane GAC, PTA
95-50-1 o-Dichlorobenzene GAC, PTA
106-46-7 p-Dichlorobenzene GAC, PTA
107-06-2 1,2-Dichloroethane GAC, PTA
156-59-2 cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene GAC, PTA
156-60-5 trans-1,2-Dichoroethylene GAC, PTA
75-35-4 1,1-Dichloroethylene GAC, PTA
75-09-2 Dichloromethane PTA
78-87-5 1,2-Dichloropropane GAC, PTA
103-23-1 Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate GAC, PTA
117-81-7 Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate GAC
88-85-7 Dinoseb GAC
85-00-7 Diquat GAC
145-73-3 Endothall GAC
72-20-8 Endrin GAC
106-93-4 Ethylene dibromide (EDB) GAC, PTA
100-41-4 Ethylbenzene GAC, PTA
1071-53-6 Glyphosate OX
76-44-8 Heptachlor GAC
1024-57-3 Heptachlor epoxide GAC
118-74-1 Hexachlorobenzene GAC
77-47-3 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene GAC, PTA
58-89-9 Lindane GAC
72-43-5 Methoxychlor GAC
108-90-7 Monochlorobenzene GAC, PTA
23135-22-0 Oxamyl GAC
87-86-5 Pentachlorophenol GAC
1918-02-1 Picloram GAC
1336-36-3 Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) GAC
122-34-9 Simazine GAC
100-42-5 Styrene GAC, PTA
1746-01-6 2,3,7,8-TCDD GAC
127-18-4 Tetrachloroethylene GAC, PTA
108-88-3 Toluene GAC
8001-35-2 Toxaphene GAC
111
120-82-1 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene GAC, PTA
71-55-6 1,1,1-Trichloroethane GAC, PTA
79-00-5 1,1,2-trichloroethane GAC, PTA
79-01-6 Trichloroethylene GAC, PTA
93-72-1 2,4,5-TP GAC
75-01-4 Vinyl chloride PTA
1330-20-7 Xylene GAC, PTA
c) Synthetic organic chemical contaminants. The following MCLs for synthetic
organic chemical contaminants (SOCs) apply to CWS and NTNCWS suppliers.
The MCLs for benzo[(a])pyrene, dalapon, di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate, di(2-ethyl-
hexyl)phthalate, dinoseb, diquat, endothall, endrin, glyphosate, hexachloro-
benzene, hexachlorocyclopentadiene, oxamyl (vydate), picloram, simazine, and
2,3,7,8-TCDD (dioxin) are were effective January 17, 1994.
CAS Number Contaminant MCL (mg/L
ℓ
)
15972-60-8 Alachlor 0.002
116-06-3 Aldicarb 0.002
1646-87-4 Aldicarb sulfone 0.002
1646-87-3 Aldicarb sulfoxide 0.004
1912-24-9 Atrazine 0.003
50-32-8 Benzo[(a])pyrene 0.0002
1563-66-2 Carbofuran 0.04
57-74-9 Chlordane 0.002
94-75-7 2,4-D 0.07
75-99-0 Dalapon 0.2
96-12-8 Dibromochloropropane 0.0002
103-23-1 Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 0.4
117-81-7 Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 0.006
88-85-7 Dinoseb 0.007
85-00-7 Diquat 0.02
145-73-3 Endothall 0.1
72-20-8 Endrin 0.002
106-93-4 Ethylene dibromide 0.00005
1071-53-6 Glyphosate 0.7
76-44-8 Heptachlor 0.0004
1024-57-3 Heptachlor epoxide 0.0002
118-74-1 Hexachlorobenzene 0.001
77-47-4 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 0.05
58-89-9 Lindane 0.0002
72-43-5 Methoxychlor 0.04
23135-22-0 Oxamyl (Vydate) 0.2
87-86-5 Pentachlorophenol 0.001
1918-02-1 Picloram 0.5
1336-36-3 Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) 0.0005
112
122-34-9 Simazine 0.004
1746-01-6 2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin) 0.00000003
8001-35-2 Toxaphene 0.003
93-72-1 2,4,5-TP 0.05
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.61 (1994) (2002). See the definition of “initial
compliance period” at Section 611.101. More stringent state MCLs for 2,4-D, heptachlor, and
heptachlor epoxide appear at Section 611.310. See the Board Note at that provision. The
effectiveness of the MCLs for aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb sulfoxide are
administratively stayed until the Board takes further administrative action to end this stay.
However, suppliers must monitor for these three SOCs pursuant to Section 611.648. See 40
CFR 141.6(g) (1994) (2002) and 57 Fed. Reg. 22178 (May 27, 1992).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.312 Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) for Disinfection Byproducts
(DBPs)
a) The maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for disinfection byproducts (DBPs) are
as follows:
Disinfection byproduct MCL
(mg/L
ℓ
)
Total trihalomethanes (TTHM) 0.080
Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5) 0.060
Bromate 0.010
Chlorite 1.0
b) Compliance dates.
1) CWSs and NTNCWSs. A Subpart B system supplier serving 10,000 or
more persons must comply with this Section beginning January 1, 2002. A
Subpart B system supplier serving fewer than 10,000 persons or a supplier
using only groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water must
comply with this Section beginning January 1, 2004.
2) A PWS that is installing GAC or membrane technology to comply with this
Section may apply to the Board for an extension of up to 24 months past the
dates in subsection (b)(1) of this Section, but not beyond December 31,
2003. The Board must grant the extension, and must set a schedule for
compliance and may specify any interim measures that the PWS must take.
Failure to meet the schedule or interim treatment requirements constitutes a
violation of an NPDWR.
c) The following are identified as the best technology, treatment techniques, or other
113
means available for achieving compliance with the maximum contaminant levels
for disinfection byproducts (DBPs) identified in subsection (a) of this Section.
Disinfection byproduct
(DBP)
Best available technology
(BAT)
TTHM Enhanced coagulation or enhanced softening or GAC10,
with chlorine as the primary and residual disinfectant
HAA5 Enhanced coagulation or enhanced softening or GAC10,
with chlorine as the primary and residual disinfectant
Bromate Control of ozone treatment process to reduce production
of bromate
Chlorite Control of treatment processes to reduce disinfectant
demand and control of disinfection treatment processes to
reduce disinfectant levels
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.64 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.313 Maximum Residual Disinfectant Levels (MRDLs)
a) Maximum residual disinfectant levels (MRDLs) are as follows:
Disinfectant residual MRDL (mg/L
ℓ
)
Chlorine 4.0 (as Cl2)
Chloramines 4.0 (as Cl2)
Chlorine dioxide 0.8 (as ClO2)
b) Compliance dates.
1) CWSs and NTNCWSs. A Subpart B system supplier serving 10,000 or
more persons must comply with this Section beginning January 1, 2002. A
Subpart B system supplier serving fewer than 10,000 persons or a supplier
using only groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water must
comply with this Section beginning January 1, 2004.
2) Transient NCWSs. A Subpart B system supplier serving 10,000 or more
persons and using chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant must comply
with the chlorine dioxide MRDL beginning January 1, 2002. A Subpart B
system supplier serving fewer than 10,000 persons and using chlorine
dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant or a supplier using only groundwater not
under the direct influence of surface water and using chlorine dioxide as a
disinfectant or oxidant must comply with the chlorine dioxide MRDL
114
beginning January 1, 2004.
c) The following are identified as the best technology, treatment techniques, or other
means available for achieving compliance with the maximum residual disinfectant
levels identified in subsection (a) of this Section: control of treatment processes to
reduce disinfectant demand and control of disinfection treatment processes to
reduce disinfectant levels.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.65 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.320 Turbidity (Repealed)
This Section applies to unfiltered PWSs until December 30, 1991, unless the Agency or Public
Health has determined, pursuant to Section 611.211, prior to that date that filtration is required.
This Section applies to filtered systems until June 29, 1993. This Section applies to unfiltered
systems that the Agency has determined, pursuant to Section 611.211, must install filtration,
until June 29, 1993, or until filtration is installed, whichever is later. The MCLs for turbidity are
applicable to both CWS suppliers and non-CWS suppliers using surface water sources in whole
or in part. The MCLs for turbidity in drinking water, measured at a representative entry point(s)
to the distribution system, are:
a)
One turbidity unit, as determined by a monthly average pursuant to Subpart M,
except that five or fewer turbidity units are allowed if the supplier demonstrates,
by special exception permit application, that the higher turbidity does not do any
of the following:
1)
Interfere with disinfection;
2)
Prevent maintenance of an effective disinfectant agent throughout the
distribution system; or
3)
Interfere with microbiological determinations.
b)
Five turbidity units based on an average for two consecutive days pursuant to
Subpart M.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.13 (1991).
(Source: Repealed at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
115
Section 611.325 Microbiological Contaminants
a) The MCL is based on the presence or absence of total coliforms in a sample,
rather than coliform density.
1) For a supplier that collects at least 40 samples per month, if no more than
5.0 percent of the samples collected during a month are total coliform-
positive, the supplier is in compliance with the MCL for total coliforms.
2) For a supplier that collects fewer than 40 samples per month, if no more
than one sample collected during a month is a total coliform-positive, the
supplier is in compliance with the MCL for total coliforms.
b) Any fecal coliform-positive repeat sample or E. coli-positive repeat sample, or
any total coliform-positive repeat sample following a fecal coliform-positive or E.
coli-positive routine sample, constitutes a violation of the MCL for total
coliforms. For purposes of the public notification requirements in Subpart V of
this Part, this is a violation that may pose an acute risk to health.
c) A supplier must determine compliance with the MCL for total coliforms in
subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for each month in which it is required to
monitor for total coliforms.
d) BATs for achieving compliance with the MCL for total coliforms in subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section are the following:
1) Protection of wells from contamination by coliforms by appropriate
placement and construction;
2) Maintenance of RDC throughout the distribution system;
3) Proper maintenance of the distribution system including appropriate pipe
replacement and repair procedures, main flushing programs, proper
operation and maintenance of storage tanks and reservoirs and continual
maintenance positive water pressure in all parts of the distribution system;
4) Filtration and disinfection of surface water, as described in Subpart B of
this Part, or disinfection of groundwater using strong oxidants such as
chlorine, chlorine dioxide, or ozone; or
5) For systems using groundwater, compliance with the wellhead protection
program, after USEPA approves the program.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.63 (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 26022, May
4, 2000 (2002).
116
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.330 Maximum Contaminant Levels for Radionuclides
a) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.66(a), marked reserved by USEPA.
This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
b) MCL for combined radium-226 and –228. The maximum contaminant level for
combined radium-226 and radium-228 is 5 pCi/L
ℓ
. The combined radium-226
and radium-228 value is determined by the addition of the results of the analysis
for radium-226 and the analysis for radium-228.
c) MCL for gross alpha particle activity (excluding radon and uranium). The
maximum contaminant level for gross alpha particle activity (including radium-
226 but excluding radon and uranium) is 15 pCi/L
ℓ
.
d) Effective December 8, 2003, MCL for beta particle and photon radioactivity.
1) The average annual concentration of beta particle and photon radioactivity
from man-made radionuclides in drinking water must not produce an
annual dose equivalent to the total body or any internal organ greater than
4 millirem/year (mrem/year).
2) Except for the radionuclides listed in the following table, the
concentration of man-made radionuclides causing 4 mrem total body or
organ dose equivalents must be calculated on the basis of two liters per
day drinking water intake, using the 168-hour data list set forth in
“Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible
Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational
Exposure,” incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, available from
the NTIS. If two or more radionuclides are present, the sum of their
annual dose equivalent to the total body or to any organ must not exceed 4
mrem/year.
Average Annual Concentrations Assumed to Produce a Total
Body or Organ Dose of 4 mrem/yr
Radionuclide Critical organ pCi per liter
1. Tritium Total body 20,000
2. Strontium-90 Bone Marrow 8
e) MCL for uranium. Effective December 8, 2003, the maximum contaminant level
for uranium is 30 μg/L
ℓ
.
f) Compliance dates for combined radium-226 and -228, gross alpha particle
activity, gross beta particle and photon radioactivity, and uranium: Effective
December 8, 2003, a CWS supplier must comply with the MCLs listed in
117
subsections (b) through (e) of this Section beginning December 8, 2003, and
compliance must be determined in accordance with the requirements of Subpart Q
of this Part. Compliance with reporting requirements for the radionuclides under
Appendices A, G, and H of this Part is required before December 8, 2003.
g) Best available technologies (BATs) for radionuclides. USEPA has identified the
technologies indicated in the following table as the BAT for achieving
compliance with the MCLs for combined radium-226 and -228, uranium, gross
alpha particle activity, and beta particle and photon radioactivity.
BAT for Combined Radium-226 and Radium-228, Uranium, Gross Alpha Particle
Activity, and Beta Particle and Photon Radioactivity
Contaminant BAT
1. Combined radium-226 and radium-
228
Ion exchange, reverse osmosis, lime
softening.
2. Uranium Ion exchange, reverse osmosis, lime
softening, coagulation/filtration.
3. Gross alpha particle activity
(excluding Radon and Uranium)
Reverse osmosis.
4. Beta particle and photon
radioactivity
Ion exchange, reverse osmosis.
h) Small systems compliance technologies list for radionuclides.
List of Small Systems Compliance Technologies for Radionuclides and
Limitations to Use
Unit technologies Limitations
(see footnotes)
Operator skill level
required
1
Raw water quality
range and
considerations
1
1. Ion exchange
(IE)
(a) Intermediate All ground waters.
2. Point of use
(POU
2
) IE
(b) Basic All ground waters.
3. Reverse osmosis
(RO)
(c) Advanced Surface waters
usually require pre-
filtration.
4. POU
2
RO (b) Basic Surface waters
usually require pre-
filtration.
5. Lime softening (d) Advanced All waters.
6. Green sand
filtration
(e) Basic
7. Co-precipitation
with Barium
sulfate
(f) Intermediate to
Advanced
Ground waters with
suitable water
quality.
118
8. Electrodialysis/
electrodialysis
reversal
Basic to
Intermediate
All ground waters.
9. Pre-formed
hydrous
Manganese
oxide filtration
(g) Intermediate All ground waters.
10. Activated
alumina
(a), (h) Advanced All ground waters;
competing anion
concentrations may
affect regeneration
frequency.
11. Enhanced
coagulation/
filtration
(i) Advanced Can treat a wide
range of water
qualities.
1
National Research Council (NRC). “Safe Water from Every Tap: Improving
Water Service to Small Communities,” National Academy Press, Washington,
D.C. 1997.
2
A POU, or “point-of-use” technology is a treatment device installed at a
single tap used for the purpose of reducing contaminants in drinking water at
that one tap. POU devices are typically installed at the kitchen tap.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA refers the reader to the notice of data availability
(NODA) at 66 Fed. Reg. 21576 (April 21, 2000) for more details.
Limitations Footnotes: Technologies for Radionuclides:
(a) The regeneration solution contains high concentrations of the contaminant
ions. Disposal options should be carefully considered before choosing this
technology.
(b) When POU devices are used for compliance, programs for long-term
operation, maintenance, and monitoring must be provided by water utility to
ensure proper performance.
(c) Reject water disposal options should be carefully considered before choosing
this technology.
BOARD NOTE: In corresponding 40 CFR 141.66, Table C, footnote c states
in part as follows: “See other RO limitations described in the SWTR
Compliance Technologies Table.” Table C was based in significant part on
“Table 13.—Technologies for Radionuclides” that appears at 63 Fed. Reg.
42032 at 42043 (August 6, 1998), which refers to “Table 2.—SWTR
Compliance Technology Table: Filtration.” That Table 2 lists the limitations
on RO as follows:
119
d
Blending (combining treated water with untreated raw water)
cannot be practiced at risk of increasing microbial concentrations
in finished water.
e
Post-disinfection recommended as a safety measure and for
residual maintenance.
f
Post-treatment corrosion control will be needed prior to
distribution.
63 Fed. Reg. at 42036.
(d) The combination of variable source water quality and the complexity of the
water chemistry involved may make this technology too complex for small
surface water systems.
(e) Removal efficiencies can vary depending on water quality.
(f) This technology may be very limited in application to small systems. Since
the process requires static mixing, detention basins, and filtration, it is most
applicable to systems with sufficiently high sulfate levels that already have a
suitable filtration treatment train in place.
(g) This technology is most applicable to small systems that already have
filtration in place.
(h) Handling of chemicals required during regeneration and pH adjustment may
be too difficult for small systems without an adequately trained operator.
(i) Assumes modification to a coagulation/filtration process already in place.
Compliance Technologies by System Size Category for Radionuclide NPDWRs
Compliance technologies
1
for system size
categories (population served)
Contaminant 25-500 501-3,300 3,300-10,000
1. Combined radium-226
and radium-228
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9
2. Gross alpha particle
activity
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
3. Beta particle activity
and photon activity
1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4
4. Uranium 1, 2, 4, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10,
11
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10,
11
Note:
1
Numbers correspond to those technologies found listed in the table, “List
of Small Systems Compliance Technologies for Radionuclides and Limitations to
Use,” set forth above.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.66, as added at 65 Fed. Reg. 76748 (December 7,
120
2000), effective December 8, 2003 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.331 Beta Particle and Photon Radioactivity
The following provisions apply until December 8, 2003:
a) The average annual concentration of beta particle and photon radio-activity from
man-made radionuclides in drinking water must not produce an annual dose
equivalent to the total body or any internal organ greater than 4 mrem/year.
b) Except for the radionuclides listed below, the concentration of man-made
radionuclides causing 4 mrem total body or organ dose equivalents must be
calculated on the basis of a 2 liter per day drinking water intake using the 168
hour data listed in “Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum
Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for
Occupational Exposure,” NCRP Report Number 22, incorporated by reference in
Section 611.102. If two or more radionuclides are present, the sum of their
annual dose equivalent to the total body or to any organ must not exceed 4
mrem/year.
AVERAGE ANNUAL CONCENTRATIONS ASSUMED TO
PRODUCE A TOTAL BODY OR ORGAN DOSE OF 4 mrem/year
Radionuclide Critical Organ pCi/L
ℓ
Tritium Total body 20,000
Strontium-90 Bone marrow 8
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.16 (1989), as removed at 65 Fed. Reg. 76745
(December 7, 2000), effective December 8, 2003 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART G: LEAD AND COPPER
Section 611.350 General Requirements
a) Applicability and Scope
1) Applicability. The requirements of this Subpart G constitute national
primary drinking water regulations for lead and copper. This Subpart G
applies to all community water systems (CWSs) and non-transient, non-
community water systems (NTNCWSs).
2) Scope. This Subpart G establishes a treatment technique that includes
121
requirements for corrosion control treatment, source water treatment, lead
service line replacement, and public education. These requirements are
triggered, in some cases, by lead and copper action levels measured in
samples collected at consumers’ taps.
b) Definitions. For the purposes of only this Subpart G, the following terms have
the following meanings:
“Action level” means that concentration of lead or copper in water
computed pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section that determines, in
some cases, the treatment requirements of this Subpart G that a supplier
must complete. The action level for lead is 0.015 mg/L
ℓ
. The action level
for copper is 1.3 mg/L
ℓ
.
“Corrosion inhibitor” means a substance capable of reducing the
corrosivity of water toward metal plumbing materials, especially lead and
copper, by forming a protective film on the interior surface of those
materials.
“Effective corrosion inhibitor residual” means a concentration of inhibitor
in the drinking water sufficient to form a passivating film on the interior
walls of a pipe.
“Exceed,” as this term is applied to either the lead or the copper action
level, means that the 90th percentile level of the supplier’s samples
collected during a six-month monitoring period is greater than the action
level for that contaminant.
“First draw sample” means a one-liter sample of tap water, collected in
accordance with Section 611.356(b)(2), that has been standing in
plumbing pipes for at least six hours and which is collected without
flushing the tap.
“Large system” means a water system that regularly serves water to more
than 50,000 persons.
“Lead service line” means a service line made of lead that connects the
water main to the building inlet, including any lead pigtail, gooseneck, or
other fitting that is connected to such lead line.
“Maximum permissible concentration” or “MPC” means that
concentration of lead or copper for finished water entering the supplier’s
distribution system, designated by the Agency by a SEP pursuant to
Sections 611.110 and 611.353(b) that reflects the contaminant removal
capability of the treatment properly operated and maintained.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.83(b)(4) (2000) (2002). (See
122
Section 611.353(b)(4)(B).).
“Medium-sized system” means a water system that regularly serves water
to more than 3,300 up to 50,000 or fewer persons.
“Meet,” as this term is applied to either the lead or the copper action level,
means that the 90th percentile level of the supplier’s samples collected
during a six-month monitoring period is less than or equal to the action
level for that contaminant.
“Method detection limit” or “MDL” is as defined at Section 611.646(a).
The MDL for lead is 0.001 mg/L
ℓ
. The MDL for copper is 0.001 mg/L
ℓ
,
or 0.020 mg/L
ℓ
by atomic absorption direct aspiration method.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.89(a)(1)(iii) (2000) (2002).
“Monitoring period” means any of the six-month periods of time during
which a supplier must complete a cycle of monitoring under this Subpart
G.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA refers to these as “monitoring periods.” The
Board uses “six-month monitoring period” to avoid confusion with
“compliance period,” as used elsewhere in this Part and defined at Section
611.101.
“Multiple-family residence” means a building that is currently used as a
multiple-family residence, but not one that is also a “single-family
structure.”
“90th percentile level” means that concentration of lead or copper
contaminant exceeded by ten percent or fewer of all samples collected
during a six-month monitoring period pursuant to Section 611.356 (i.e.,
that concentration of contaminant greater than or equal to the results
obtained from 90 percent of the samples). The 90th percentile levels for
copper and lead must be determined pursuant to subsection (c)(3) of this
Section.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.80(c) (2000) (2002).
“Optimal corrosion control treatment” means the corrosion control
treatment that minimizes the lead and copper concentrations at users’ taps
while ensuring that the treatment does not cause the water system to
violate any national primary drinking water regulations.
“Practical quantitation limit” or “PQL” means the lowest concentration of
a contaminant that a well-operated laboratory can reliably achieve within
specified limits of precision and accuracy during routine laboratory
operating conditions. The PQL for lead is 0.005 mg/L
ℓ
. The PQL for
copper is 0.050 mg/L
ℓ
.
123
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.89(a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iv)
(2000) (2002).
“Service line sample” means a one-liter sample of water, collected in
accordance with Section 611.356(b)(3), that has been standing for at least
six hours in a service line.
“Single-family structure” means a building that was constructed as a
single-family residence and which is currently used as either a residence
or a place of business.
“Small system” means a water system that regularly serves water to 3,300
or fewer persons.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.2 (2000) (2002).
c) Lead and Copper Action Levels:.
1) The lead action level is exceeded if the 90th percentile lead level is greater
than 0.015 mg/L
ℓ
.
2) The copper action level is exceeded if the 90th percentile copper level is
greater than 1.3 mg/L
ℓ
.
3) Suppliers must compute the 90th percentile lead and copper levels as
follows:
A) List the results of all lead or copper samples taken during a six-
month monitoring period in ascending order, ranging from the
sample with the lowest concentration first to the sample with the
highest concentration last. Assign each sampling result a number,
ascending by single integers beginning with the number 1 for the
sample with the lowest contaminant level. The number assigned to
the sample with the highest contaminant level must be equal to the
total number of samples taken.
B) Determine the number for the 90th percentile sample by
multiplying the total number of samples taken during the six-
month monitoring period by 0.9.
C) The contaminant concentration in the sample with the number
yielded by the calculation in subsection (c)(3)(B) of this Section is
the 90th percentile contaminant level.
D) For suppliers that collect five samples per six-month monitoring
period, the 90th percentile is computed by taking the average of
the highest and second highest concentrations.
124
d) Corrosion Control Treatment Requirements:.
1) All suppliers must install and operate optimal corrosion control treatment.
2) Any supplier that complies with the applicable corrosion control treatment
requirements specified by the Agency pursuant to Sections 611.351 and
611.352 is deemed in compliance with the treatment requirement of
subsection (d)(1) of this Section.
e) Source water treatment requirements. Any supplier whose system exceeds the
lead or copper action level must implement all applicable source water treatment
requirements specified by the Agency pursuant to Section 611.353.
f) Lead service line replacement requirements. Any supplier whose system exceeds
the lead action level after implementation of applicable corrosion control and
source water treatment requirements must complete the lead service line
replacement requirements contained in Section 611.354.
g) Public education requirements. Any supplier whose system exceeds the lead
action level must implement the public education requirements contained in
Section 611.355.
h) Monitoring and analytical requirements. Suppliers must complete all tap water
monitoring for lead and copper, monitoring for water quality parameters, source
water monitoring for lead and copper, and analyses of the monitoring results
under this Subpart G in compliance with Sections 611.356, 611.357, 611.358, and
611.359.
i) Reporting requirements. Suppliers must report to the Agency any information
required by the treatment provisions of this Subpart G and Section 611.360.
j) Recordkeeping requirements. Suppliers must maintain records in accordance
with Section 611.361.
k) Violation of national primary drinking water regulations. Failure to comply with
the applicable requirements of this Subpart G, including conditions imposed by
the Agency by special exception permit (SEP) pursuant to these provisions and
Section 611.110, will constitute a violation of the national primary drinking water
regulations for lead or copper.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.80 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
125
Section 611.351 Applicability of Corrosion Control
a) Corrosion control required. Suppliers must complete the applicable corrosion
control treatment requirements described in Section 611.352 on or before the
deadlines set forth in this Section.
1) Large systems. Each large system supplier (one regularly serving more
than 50,000 persons) must complete the corrosion control treatment steps
specified in subsection (d) of this Section, unless it is deemed to have
optimized corrosion control under subsection (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this
Section.
2) Medium-sized and small systems. Each small system supplier (one
regularly serving 3,300 or fewer persons) and each medium-sized system
(one regularly serving more than 3,300 up to 50,000 persons) must
complete the corrosion control treatment steps specified in subsection (e)
of this Section, unless it is deemed to have optimized corrosion control
under one of subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this Section.
b) Suppliers deemed to have optimized corrosion control. A supplier is deemed to
have optimized corrosion control, and is not required to complete the applicable
corrosion control treatment steps identified in this Section, if the supplier satisfies
one of the criteriaspecified in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this Section.
Any such system deemed to have optimized corrosion control under this
subsection, and which has treatment in place, must continue to operate and
maintain optimal corrosion control treatment and meet any requirements that the
Agency determines are appropriate to ensure optimal corrosion control treatment
is maintained.
1) Small
Small- or medium-sized system meeting action levels. A small
system or medium-sized system supplier is deemed to have optimized
corrosion control if the system meets the lead and copper action levels
during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods with
monitoring conducted in accordance with Section 611.356.
2) SEP for equivalent activities to corrosion control. The Agency must, by a
SEP granted pursuant to Section 611.110, deem any supplier to have
optimized corrosion control treatment if it determines that the supplier has
conducted activities equivalent to the corrosion control steps applicable
under this Section. In making this determination, the Agency must specify
the water quality control parameters representing optimal corrosion
control in accordance with Section 611.352(f). A water supplier that is
deemed to have optimized corrosion control under this subsection (b)(2)
must operate in compliance with the Agency-designated optimal water
quality control parameters in accordance with Section 611.352(g) and
must continue to conduct lead and copper tap and water quality parameter
126
sampling in accordance with Sections 611.356(d)(3) and 611.357(d),
respectively. A supplier must provide the Agency with the following
information in order to support an Agency SEP determination under this
subsection (b)(2):
A) The results of all test samples collected for each of the water
quality parameters in Section 611.352(c)(3);
B) A report explaining the test methods the supplier used to evaluate
the corrosion control treatments listed in Section 611.352(c)(1), the
results of all tests conducted, and the basis for the supplier’s
selection of optimal corrosion control treatment;
C) A report explaining how the supplier has installed corrosion
control and how the supplier maintains it to insure minimal lead
and copper concentrations at consumer’s taps; and
D) The results of tap water samples collected in accordance with
Section 611.356 at least once every six months for one year after
corrosion control has been installed.
3) Results less than practical quantitation level (PQL) for lead. Any supplier
is deemed to have optimized corrosion control if it submits results of tap
water monitoring conducted in accordance with Section 611.356 and
source water monitoring conducted in accordance with Section 611.358
that demonstrate that for two consecutive six-month monitoring periods
the difference between the 90th percentile tap water lead level, computed
pursuant to Section 611.350(c)(3), and the highest source water lead
concentration is less than the practical quantitation level for lead specified
in Section 611.359(a)(1)(B)(i).
A) Those systems whose highest source water lead level is below the
method detection limit (MDL) may also be deemed to have
optimized corrosion control under this subsection (b) if the 90th
percentile tap water lead level is less than or equal to the PQL for
lead for two consecutive six-month monitoring periods.
B) Any water system deemed to have optimized corrosion control in
accordance with this subsection (b) must continue monitoring for
lead and copper at the tap no less frequently than once every three
calendar years using the reduced number of sites specified in
Section 611.356(c) and collecting the samples at times and
locations specified in Section 611.356(d)(4)(D). Any such system
that has not conducted a round of monitoring pursuant to Section
611.356(d) since September 30, 1997, must complete a round of
monitoring pursuant to this subsection (b) no later than September
127
30, 2000.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA specified September 30, 2000 at 40 CFR
141.81(b)(3)(ii) (2000). In order to remain identical-in-substance
and to retain State primacy, the Board retained this date despite the
fact that this Section became effective after that date.
C) Any water system deemed to have optimized corrosion control
pursuant to this subsection (b) must notify the Agency in writing
pursuant to Section 611.360(a)(3) of any change in treatment or the
addition of a new source. The Agency must require any such
system to conduct additional monitoring or to take other action if
the Agency determines that the additional monitoring is necessary
and appropriate to ensure that the supplier maintains minimal
levels of corrosion in its distribution system.
D) As of July 12, 2001, a supplier is not deemed to have optimized
corrosion control under this subsection (b), and must implement
corrosion control treatment pursuant to subsection (b)(3)(E) of this
Section, unless it meets the copper action level.
E) Any supplier triggered into corrosion control because it is no
longer deemed to have optimized corrosion control under this
subsection must implement corrosion control treatment in
accordance with the deadlines in subsection (e) of this Section.
Any such large system supplier must adhere to the schedule
specified in that subsection (e) for a medium-sized system
supplier, with the time periods for completing each step being
triggered by the date the supplier is no longer deemed to have
optimized corrosion control under this subsection (b).
c) Suppliers not required to complete corrosion control steps for having met both
action levels.
1) Any small system or medium-sized system supplier, otherwise required to
complete the corrosion control steps due to its exceedence of the lead or
copper action level, may cease completing the treatment steps after the
supplier has fulfilled both of the following conditions:
A) It has met both the copper action level and the lead action level
during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods
conducted pursuant to Section 611.356,; and
B) The supplier has submitted the results for those two consecutive
six-month monitoring periods to the Agency.
128
2) A supplier that has ceased completing the corrosion control steps pursuant
to subsection (c)(1) of this Section (or the Agency, if appropriate) must
resume completion of the applicable treatment steps, beginning with the
first treatment step that the supplier previously did not complete in its
entirety, if the supplier thereafter exceeds the lead or copper action level
during any monitoring period.
3) The Agency may, by SEP, require a supplier to repeat treatment steps
previously completed by the supplier where it determines that this is
necessary to properly implement the treatment requirements of this
Section. Any such SEP must explain the basis for this decision.
4) The requirement for any small small- or medium-sized system supplier to
implement corrosion control treatment steps in accordance with subsection
(e) of this Section (including systems deemed to have optimized corrosion
control under subsection (b)(1) of this Section) is triggered whenever any
small small- or medium-sized system supplier exceeds the lead or copper
action level.
d) Treatment steps and deadlines for large systems. Except as provided in
subsections (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this Section, large system suppliers must
complete the following corrosion control treatment steps (described in the
referenced portions of Sections 611.352, 611.356, and 611.357) on or before the
indicated dates.
1) Step 1: The supplier must conduct initial monitoring (Sections
611.356(d)(1) and 611.357(b)) during two consecutive six-month
monitoring periods on or before January 1, 1993.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA specified January 1, 1993 at 40 CFR
141.81(d)(1) (2000). In order to remain identical-in-substance and to
retain State primacy, the Board retained this date despite the fact that this
Section became effective after that date.
2) Step 2: The supplier must complete corrosion control studies (Section
611.352(c)) on or before July 1, 1994.
3) Step 3: The Agency must approve optimal corrosion control treatment
(Section 611.352(d)) by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110 on or
before January 1, 1995.
4) Step 4: The supplier must install optimal corrosion control treatment
(Section 611.352(e)) by January 1, 1997.
5) Step 5: The supplier must complete follow-up sampling (Sections
611.356(d)(2) and 611.357(c)) by January 1, 1998.
129
6) Step 6: The Agency must review installation of treatment and approve
optimal water quality control parameters (Section 611.352(f)) by July 1,
1998.
7) Step 7: The supplier must operate in compliance with the Agency-
specified optimal water quality control parameters (Section 611.352(g))
and continue to conduct tap sampling (Sections 611.356(d)(3) and
611.357(d)).
e) Treatment steps and deadlines for small small- and medium-sized system
suppliers. Except as provided in subsection (b) of this Section, small small- and
medium-sized system suppliers must complete the following corrosion control
treatment steps (described in the referenced portions of Sections 611.352,
611.356, and 611.357) by the indicated time periods.
1) Step 1: The supplier must conduct initial tap sampling (Sections
611.356(d)(1) and 611.357(b)) until the supplier either exceeds the lead
action level or the copper action level or it becomes eligible for reduced
monitoring under Section 611.356(d)(4). A supplier exceeding the lead
action level or the copper action level must recommend optimal corrosion
control treatment (Section 611.352(a)) within six months after it exceeds
one of the action levels.
2) Step 2: Within 12 months after a supplier exceeds the lead action level or
the copper action level, the Agency may require the supplier to perform
corrosion control studies (Section 611.352(b)). If the Agency does not
require the supplier to perform such studies, the Agency must, by a SEP
issued pursuant to Section 611.110, specify optimal corrosion control
treatment (Section 611.352(d)) within the following timeframes:
A) for medium-sized systems, within 18 months after such supplier
exceeds the lead action level or the copper action level,
B) for small systems, within 24 months after such supplier exceeds
the lead action level or the copper action level.
3) Step 3: If the Agency requires a supplier to perform corrosion control
studies under step 2 (subsection (e)(2) of this Section), the supplier must
complete the studies (Section 611.352(c)) within 18 months after the
Agency requires that such studies be conducted.
4) Step 4: If the supplier has performed corrosion control studies under step
2 (subsection (e)(2) of this Section), the Agency must, by a SEP issued
pursuant to Section 611.110, approve optimal corrosion control treatment
(Section 611.352(d)) within six months after completion of step 3
130
(subsection (e)(3) of this Section).
5) Step 5: The supplier must install optimal corrosion control treatment
(Section 611.352(e)) within 24 months after the Agency approves such
treatment.
6) Step 6: The supplier must complete follow-up sampling (Sections
611.356(d)(2) and 611.357(c)) within 36 months after the Agency
approves optimal corrosion control treatment.
7) Step 7: The Agency must review the supplier’s installation of treatment
and, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, approve optimal water
quality control parameters (Section 611.352(f)) within six months after
completion of step 6 (subsection (e)(6) of this Section).
8) Step 8: The supplier must operate in compliance with the Agency-
approved optimal water quality control parameters (Section 611.352(g))
and continue to conduct tap sampling (Sections 611.356(d)(3) and
611.357(d)).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.81 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.352 Corrosion Control Treatment
Each supplier must complete the corrosion control treatment requirements described below that
are applicable to such supplier under Section 611.351.
a) System recommendation regarding corrosion control treatment.
1) Based on the results of lead and copper tap monitoring and water quality
parameter monitoring, small small- and medium-sized system suppliers
exceeding the lead action level or the copper action level must recommend
to the Agency installation of one or more of the corrosion control
treatments listed in subsection (c)(1) of this Section that the supplier
believes constitutes optimal corrosion control for its system.
2) The Agency may, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require
the supplier to conduct additional water quality parameter monitoring in
accordance with Section 611.357(b) to assist it in reviewing the supplier’s
recommendation.
b) Agency-required studies of corrosion control treatment. The Agency may, by a
SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require any small small- or medium-
sized system supplier that exceeds the lead action level or the copper action level
131
to perform corrosion control studies under subsection (c) of this Section to
identify optimal corrosion control treatment for its system.
c) Performance of studies:.
1) Any supplier performing corrosion control studies must evaluate the
effectiveness of each of the following treatments, and, if appropriate,
combinations of the following treatments, to identify the optimal corrosion
control treatment for its system:
A) Alkalinity and pH adjustment;
B) Calcium hardness adjustment; and
C) The addition of a phosphate- or silicate-based corrosion inhibitor
at a concentration sufficient to maintain an effective residual
concentration in all test tap samples.
2) The supplier must evaluate each of the corrosion control treatments using
either pipe rig/loop tests; metal coupon tests; partial-system tests; or
analyses based on documented analogous treatments in other systems of
similar size, water chemistry, and distribution system configuration.
3) The supplier must measure the following water quality parameters in any
tests conducted under this subsection (c) before and after evaluating the
corrosion control treatments listed above:
A) Lead;
B) Copper;
C) pH;
D) Alkalinity;
E) Calcium;
F) Conductivity;
G) Orthophosphate (when an inhibitor containing a phosphate
compound is used);
H) Silicate (when an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is
used); and
I) Water temperature.
132
4) The supplier must identify all chemical or physical constraints that limit or
prohibit the use of a particular corrosion control treatment, and document
such constraints with at least one of the following:
A) Data and documentation showing that a particular corrosion
control treatment has adversely affected other water treatment
processes when used by another supplier with comparable water
quality characteristics; or
B) Data and documentation demonstrating that the supplier has
previously attempted to evaluate a particular corrosion control
treatment, finding either that the treatment is ineffective or that it
adversely affects other water quality treatment processes.
5) The supplier must evaluate the effect of the chemicals used for corrosion
control treatment on other water quality treatment processes.
6) On the basis of an analysis of the data generated during each evaluation,
the supplier must recommend to the Agency, in writing, that treatment
option the corrosion control studies indicate constitutes optimal corrosion
control treatment for its system. The supplier must provide a rationale for
its recommendation, along with all supporting documentation specified in
subsections (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this Section.
d) Agency approval of treatment:.
1) Based on consideration of available information including, where
applicable, studies performed under subsection (c) of this Section and a
supplier’s recommended treatment alternative, the Agency must, by a SEP
issued pursuant to Section 611.110, either approve the corrosion control
treatment option recommended by the supplier, or deny and require
investigation and recommendation of alternative corrosion control
treatments from among those listed in subsection (c)(1) of this Section.
When approving optimal treatment, the Agency must consider the effects
that additional corrosion control treatment will have on water quality
parameters and on other water quality treatment processes.
2) The Agency must, in any SEP issued under subsection (d)(1) of this
Section, notify the supplier of the basis for this determination.
e) Installation of optimal corrosion control. Each supplier must properly install and
operate, throughout its distribution system, that optimal corrosion control
treatment approved by the Agency pursuant to subsection (d) of this Section.
133
f) Agency review of treatment and specification of optimal water quality control
parameters. The Agency must evaluate the results of all lead and copper tap
samples and water quality parameter samples submitted by the supplier and
determine whether it has properly installed and operated the optimal corrosion
control treatment approved pursuant to subsection (d) of this Section.
1) Upon reviewing the results of tap water and water quality parameter
monitoring by the supplier, both before and after the installation of
optimal corrosion control treatment, the Agency must, by a SEP issued
pursuant to Section 611.110, specify the following:
A) A minimum value or a range of values for pH measured at each
entry point to the distribution system;
B) A minimum pH value, measured in all tap samples. Such value
must be equal to or greater than 7.0, unless the Agency determines
that meeting a pH level of 7.0 is not technologically feasible or is
not necessary for the supplier to optimize corrosion control;
C) If a corrosion inhibitor is used, a minimum concentration or a
range of concentrations for the inhibitor, measured at each entry
point to the distribution system and in all tap samples, that the
Agency determines is necessary to form a passivating film on the
interior walls of the pipes of the distribution system;
D) If alkalinity is adjusted as part of optimal corrosion control
treatment, a minimum concentration or a range of concentrations
for alkalinity, measured at each entry point to the distribution
system and in all tap samples;
E) If calcium carbonate stabilization is used as part of corrosion
control, a minimum concentration or a range of concentrations for
calcium, measured in all tap samples.
2) The values for the applicable water quality control parameters listed in
subsection (f)(1) of this Section must be those that the Agency determines
reflect optimal corrosion control treatment for the supplier.
3) The Agency may, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, approve
values for additional water quality control parameters determined by the
Agency to reflect optimal corrosion control for the supplier’s system.
4) The Agency must, in issuing a SEP, explain these determinations to the
supplier, along with the basis for its decisions.
g) Continued Operation and Monitoring. All suppliers optimizing corrosion control
134
must continue to operate and maintain optimal corrosion control treatment,
including maintaining water quality parameter values at or above minimum
values or within ranges approved by the Agency under subsection (f) of this
Section, in accordance with this subsection (g) for all samples collected under
Sections 611.357(d) through (f). Compliance with the requirements of this
subsection (g) must be determined every six months, as specified under Section
611.357(d). A water system is out of compliance with the requirements of this
subsection for a six-month period if it has excursions for any Agency-specified
parameter on more than nine days during the period. An excursion occurs
whenever the daily value for one or more of the water quality parameters
measured at a sampling location is below the minimum value or outside the range
designated by the Agency. Daily values are calculated as provided in subsections
(g)(1) through (g)(3) of this Section. The Agency must delete results that it
determines are obvious sampling errors from this calculation.
1) On days when more than one measurement for the water quality parameter
is collected at the sampling location, the daily value must be the average
of all results collected during the day regardless of whether the samples
are collected through continuous monitoring, grab sampling, or a
combination of both.
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 141.82(g)(1) further provides as
follows: If USEPA approves an alternative formula under 40 CFR 142.16
in the State’s application for a program revision submitted pursuant to 40
CFR 142.12, the State’s formula must be used to aggregate multiple
measurements taken at a sampling point for the water quality parameter in
lieu of the formula in this subsection.
2) On days when only one measurement for the water quality parameter is
collected at the sampling location, the daily value must be the result of
that measurement.
3) On days when no measurement is collected for the water quality parameter
at the sampling location, the daily value must be the daily value calculated
on the most recent day on which the water quality parameter was
measured at the sample site.
h) Modification of Agency treatment decisions.
1) On its own initiative, or in response to a request by a supplier, the Agency
may, by a SEP issued pursuant to this subsection and Section 611.110,
modify its determination of the optimal corrosion control treatment under
subsection (d) of this Section or of the optimal water quality control
parameters under subsection (f) of this Section.
2) A request for modification must be in writing, explain why the
135
modification is appropriate, and provide supporting documentation.
3) The Agency may modify its determination where it determines that such
change is necessary to ensure that the supplier continues to optimize
corrosion control treatment. A revised determination must set forth the
new treatment requirements, explain the basis for the Agency’s decision,
and provide an implementation schedule for completing the treatment
modifications.
4) Any interested person may submit information to the Agency bearing on
whether the Agency should, within its discretion, issue a SEP to modify its
determination pursuant to subsection (h)(1) of this Section. An Agency
determination not to act on a submission of such information by an
interested person is not an Agency determination for the purposes of
Sections 39 and 40 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/39 and 40].
i) Treatment decisions by USEPA. Pursuant to the procedures in 40 CFR 142.19,
the USEPA Regional Administrator has reserved the prerogative to review
treatment determinations made by the Agency under subsections (d), (f), or (h) of
this Section and issue federal treatment determinations consistent with the
requirements of 40 CFR 141.82(d), (e), or (h), where the Regional Administrator
finds that the following is true:
1) The Agency has failed to issue a treatment determination by the applicable
deadlines contained in Section 611.351 (40 CFR 141.81),
2) The Agency has abused its discretion in a substantial number of cases or
in cases affecting a substantial population,; or
3) The technical aspects of the Agency’s determination would be
indefensible in an expected federal enforcement action taken against a
supplier.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.82 (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 2004 (Jan.
12, 2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.353 Source Water Treatment
Suppliers must complete the applicable source water monitoring and treatment requirements
(described in the referenced portions of subsection (b) of this Section, and in Sections 611.356
and 611.358) by the following deadlines.
a) Deadlines for Completing Source Water Treatment Steps completing source water
treatment steps.
136
1) Step 1: A supplier exceeding the lead action level or the copper action
level must complete lead and copper and source water monitoring (Section
611.358(b)) and make a treatment recommendation to the Agency
(subsection (b)(1) of this Section) within six months after exceeding the
pertinent action level.
2) Step 2: The Agency must, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110,
make a determination regarding source water treatment (subsection (b)(2)
of this Section) within six months after submission of monitoring results
under step 1.
3) Step 3: If the Agency requires installation of source water treatment, the
supplier must install that treatment (subsection (b)(3) of this Section)
within 24 months after completion of step 2.
4) Step 4: The supplier must complete follow-up tap water monitoring
(Section 611.356(d)(2)) and source water monitoring (Section 611.358(c))
within 36 months after completion of step 2.
5) Step 5: The Agency must, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110,
review the supplier’s installation and operation of source water treatment
and specify MPCs for lead and copper (subsection (b)(4) of this Section)
within six months after completion of step 4.
6) Step 6: The supplier must operate in compliance with the Agency-
specified lead and copper MPCs (subsection (b)(4) of this Section) and
continue source water monitoring (Section 611.358(d)).
b) Description of Source Water Treatment Requirements.
1) System treatment recommendation. Any supplier that exceeds the lead
action level or the copper action level must recommend in writing to the
Agency the installation and operation of one of the source water
treatments listed in subsection (b)(2) of this Section. A supplier may
recommend that no treatment be installed based on a demonstration that
source water treatment is not necessary to minimize lead and copper levels
at users’ taps.
2) Agency determination regarding source water treatment.
A) The Agency must complete an evaluation of the results of all
source water samples submitted by the supplier to determine
whether source water treatment is necessary to minimize lead or
copper levels in water delivered to users’ taps.
137
B) If the Agency determines that treatment is needed, the Agency
must, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, either require
installation and operation of the source water treatment
recommended by the supplier (if any) or require the installation
and operation of another source water treatment from among the
following:
i) ion exchange,
ii) reverse osmosis,
iii) lime softening,; or
iv) coagulation/filtration.
C) The Agency may request and the supplier must submit such
additional information, on or before a certain date, as the Agency
determines is necessary to aid in its review.
D) The Agency must notify the supplier in writing of its determination
and set forth the basis for its decision.
3) Installation of source water treatment. Each supplier must properly install
and operate the source water treatment approved by the Agency under
subsection (b)(2) of this Section.
4) Agency review of source water treatment and specification of maximum
permissible source water levels (MPCs).
A) The Agency must review the source water samples taken by the
supplier both before and after the supplier installs source water
treatment, and determine whether the supplier has properly
installed and operated the approved source water treatment.
B) Based on its review, the Agency must, by a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, approve the lead and copper MPCs for finished
water entering the supplier’s distribution system. Such levels must
reflect the contaminant removal capability of the treatment
properly operated and maintained.
C) The Agency must explain the basis for its decision under
subsection (b)(4)(B) of this Section.
5) Continued operation and maintenance. Each supplier must maintain lead
and copper levels below the MPCs approved by the Agency at each
sampling point monitored in accordance with Section 611.358. The
138
supplier is out of compliance with this subsection if the level of lead or
copper at any sampling point is greater than the MPC approved by the
Agency pursuant to subsection (b)(4)(B) of this Section.
6) Modification of Agency treatment decisions.
A) On its own initiative, or in response to a request by a supplier, the
Agency may, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, modify
its determination of the source water treatment under subsection
(b)(2) of this Section, or the lead and copper MPCs under
subsection (b)(4) of this Section.
B) A request for modification by a supplier must be in writing,
explain why the modification is appropriate, and provide
supporting documentation.
C) The Agency may, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110,
modify its determination where it concludes that such change is
necessary to ensure that the supplier continues to minimize lead
and copper concentrations in source water.
D) A revised determination made pursuant to subsection (b)(6)(C) of
this Section must set forth the new treatment requirements, explain
the basis for the Agency’s decision, and provide an
implementation schedule for completing the treatment
modifications.
E) Any interested person may submit information to the Agency, in
writing, that bears on whether the Agency should, within its
discretion, issue a SEP to modify its determination pursuant to
subsection (h)(1) of this Section. An Agency determination not to
act on a submission of such information by an interested person is
not an Agency determination for the purposes of Sections 39 and
40 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/39 and 40].
7) Treatment decisions by USEPA. Pursuant to the procedures in 40 CFR
142.19, the USEPA Regional Administrator reserves the prerogative to
review treatment determinations made by the Agency under subsections
(b)(2), (b)(4), or (b)(6) of this Section and issue federal treatment
determinations consistent with the requirements of 40 CFR 141.83(b)(2),
(b)(4), and (b)(6), where the Administrator finds that the following is true:
A) the Agency has failed to issue a treatment determination by the
applicable deadline contained in subsection (a) of this Section,
B) the Agency has abused its discretion in a substantial number of
139
cases or in cases affecting a substantial population,; or
C) the technical aspects of the Agency’s determination would be
indefensible in an expected federal enforcement action taken
against a supplier.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.83 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.354 Lead Service Line Replacement
a) Suppliers required to replace lead service lines.
1) If the results from tap samples taken pursuant to Section 611.356(d)(2)
exceed the lead action level after the supplier has installed corrosion
control or source water treatment (whichever sampling occurs later), the
supplier must recommence replacing lead service lines in accordance with
the requirements of subsection (b) of this Section.
2) If a supplier is in violation of Section 611.351 or Section 611.353 for
failure to install source water or corrosion control treatment, the Agency
may, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require the supplier to
commence lead service line replacement under this Section after the date
by which the supplier was required to conduct monitoring under Section
611.356(d)(2) has passed.
b) Annual replacement of lead service lines.
1) A supplier required to commence lead service line replacement pursuant
to subsection (a) of this Section must annually replace at least seven
percent of the initial number of lead service lines in its distribution
system.
2) The initial number of lead service lines is the number of lead lines in place
at the time the replacement program begins.
3) The supplier must identify the initial number of lead service lines in its
distribution system, including an identification of the portions of the
system owned by the supplier, based on a materials evaluation, including
the evaluation required under Section 611.356(a) and relevant legal
authorities (e.g. contracts, local ordinances) regarding the portion owned
by the system.
4) The first year of lead service line replacement must begin on the date the
supplier exceeded the action level in tap sampling referenced in subsection
140
(a) of this Section.
c) Service lines not needing replacement. A supplier is not required to replace any
individual lead service line for which the lead concentrations in all service line
samples taken from that line pursuant to Section 611.356(b)(3) are less than or
equal to 0.015 mg/L
ℓ
.
d) A water supplier must replace that portion of the lead service line that it owns. In
cases where the supplier does not own the entire lead service line, the supplier
must notify the owner of the line, or the owner’s authorized agent, that the
supplier will replace the portion of the service line that it owns and must offer to
replace the owner’s portion of the line. A supplier is not required to bear the cost
of replacing the privately-owned portion of the line, nor is it required to replace
the privately-owned portion where the owner chooses not to pay the cost of
replacing the privately-owned portion of the line, or where replacing the
privately-owned portion would be precluded by State, local, or common law. A
water supplier that does not replace the entire length of the service line also must
complete the following tasks:
1) Notice Prior to Commencement of Work.
A) At least 45 days prior to commencing the partial replacement of a
lead service line, the water supplier must provide notice to the
residents of all buildings served by the line explaining that they
may experience a temporary increase of lead levels in their
drinking water, along with guidance on measures consumers can
take to minimize their exposure to lead.
B) The Agency, by issuing an appropriate SEP, may allow the water
supplier to provide notice under the previous sentence less than 45
days prior to commencing partial lead service line replacement
where it determines that such replacement is in conjunction with
emergency repairs.
C) In addition, the water supplier must inform the residents served by
the line that the supplier will, at the supplier’s expense, collect a
sample from each partially-replaced lead service line that is
representative of the water in the service line for analysis of lead
content, as prescribed by Section 611.356(b)(3), within 72 hours
after the completion of the partial replacement of the service line.
The supplier must collect the sample and report the results of the
analysis to the owner and the residents served by the line within
three business days of receiving the results.
D) Mailed notices post-marked within three business days of
receiving the results must be considered “on time”.
141
2) The water supplier must provide the information required by subsection
(d)(1) of this Section to the residents of individual dwellings by mail or by
other methods approved by the Agency by a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110. In instances where multi-family dwellings are served by
the service line, the water supplier must have the option to post the
information at a conspicuous location.
e) Agency determination of shorter replacement schedule.
1) The Agency must, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require a
supplier to replace lead service lines on a shorter schedule than that
otherwise required by this Section if it determines, taking into account the
number of lead service lines in the system, that such a shorter replacement
schedule is feasible.
2) The Agency must notify the supplier of its finding pursuant to subsection
(e)(1) of this Section within six months after the supplier is triggered into
lead service line replacement based on monitoring, as referenced in
subsection (a) of this Section.
f) Cessation of service line replacement.
1) Any supplier may cease replacing lead service lines whenever it fulfills
both of the following conditions:
A) First draw tap samples collected pursuant to Section 611.356(b)(2)
meet the lead action level during each of two consecutive six-
month monitoring periods; and
B) The supplier has submitted those results to the Agency.
2) If any of the supplier’s first draw tap samples thereafter exceed the lead
action level, the supplier must recommence replacing lead service lines
pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section.
g) To demonstrate compliance with subsections (a) through (d) of this Section, a
supplier must report to the Agency the information specified in Section
611.360(e).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.84 (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 2005 (Jan.
12, 2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
142
Section 611.355 Public Education and Supplemental Monitoring
A supplier that exceeds the lead action level based on tap water samples collected in accordance
with Section 611.356 must deliver the public education materials required by subsections (a) and
(b) of this Section in accordance with the requirements of subsection (c) of this Section.
a) Content of written materials.
1) Community water systems. A CWS supplier must include the text set
forth in Appendix E of this Part in all of the printed materials it distributes
through its lead public education program. A supplier may delete
information pertaining to lead service lines, upon approval by the Agency
by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, if no lead service lines exist
anywhere in the water system service area. Public education language at
paragraphs (4)(B)(5) and (4)(D)(2) of Appendix E of this Part may be
modified regarding building permit record availability and consumer
access to these records, if approved by the Agency by a SEP issued
pursuant to Section 611.110. A supplier may also continue to utilize pre-
printed materials that meet the public education language requirements in
40 CFR 141.85 (1991). Any additional information presented by a
supplier must be consistent with the information in Appendix E of this
Part and be in plain English that can be understood by lay persons.
BOARD NOTE: At corresponding 40 CFR 141.85(a)(1) (1999), as
amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 2005 (Jan. 12, 2000) (2002), USEPA allowed the
use of pre-printed copies of the public notices whose content met the
requirements of the original lead and copper rule adopted on June 7, 1991
(56 Fed. Reg. 26548). Rather than reference a prior version of this
Section of the Illinois rules, the Board has retained the federal reference to
the prior requirements in this subsection (a)(1).
2) Non-transient non-community water systems. A NTNCWS must either
include the text specified in subsection (a)(1) of this Section or must
include the text set forth in Appendix F of this Part in all of the printed
materials it distributes through its lead public education program. A water
supplier may delete information pertaining to lead service lines upon
approval by the Agency by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110 if no
lead service lines exist anywhere in the water system service area. Any
additional information presented by a supplier must be consistent with the
information below and be in plain English that can be understood by lay
persons.
b) Content of broadcast materials. A supplier must include the following
information in all public service announcements submitted under its lead public
education program to television and radio stations for broadcast:
143
1) Why should everyone want to know the facts about lead and drinking
water? Because unhealthy amounts of lead can enter drinking water
through the plumbing in your home. That’s why I urge you to do what I
did. I had my water tested for [(insert “free” or $ the cost per sample]).
You can contact the [(insert the name of the city or supplier]) for
information on testing and on simple ways to reduce your exposure to lead
in drinking water.
2) To have your water tested for lead, or to get more information about this
public health concern, please call [(insert the phone number of the city or
supplier]).
c) Delivery of a public education program.
1) In communities where a significant proportion of the population speaks a
language other than English, public education materials must be
communicated in the appropriate languages.
2) A CWS supplier that exceeds the lead action level on the basis of tap
water samples collected in accordance with Section 611.356 and which is
not already repeating public education tasks pursuant to subsection (c)(3),
(c)(7), or (c)(8) of this Section must, within 60 days, do each of the
following:
A) Insert notices in each customer’s water utility bill or disseminate to
each customer by separately mailing a notice containing the
information required by subsection (a)(1) of this Section, along
with the following alert in large print on the water bill itself:
“SOME HOMES IN THIS COMMUNITY HAVE ELEVATED
LEAD LEVELS IN THEIR DRINKING WATER. LEAD CAN
POSE A SIGNIFICANT RISK TO YOUR HEALTH. PLEASE
READ THE ENCLOSED NOTICE FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION.” A CWS supplier having a billing cycle that
does not include a billing within 60 days of exceeding the action
level or a CWS supplier that cannot insert information in the water
utility bill without making major changes to its billing system may
use a separate mailing to deliver the information in subsection
(a)(1) of this Section, as long as the information is delivered to
each customer within 60 days of exceeding the action level. Such
a water supplier must also include the “alert” language specified in
this subsection (c)(2)(A);
B) Submit the information required by subsection (a)(1) of this
Section to the editorial departments of the major daily and weekly
newspapers circulated throughout the community;
144
C) Deliver pamphlets or brochures that contain the public education
materials in paragraphs (2) and (4) of Appendix E of this Part to
facilities and organizations, including the following:
i) Public schools or local school boards;
ii) The city or county health department;
iii) Women, Infants, and Children (WIC) and Head Start
programs, whenever available;
iv) Public and private hospitals and clinics;
v) Pediatricians;
vi) Family planning clinics; and
vii) Local welfare agencies; and
D) Submit the public service announcement in subsection (b) of this
Section to at least five of the radio and television stations with the
largest audiences within the community served by the supplier.
3) A CWS supplier must repeat the tasks contained in subsections (c)(2)(A)
through (c)(2)(D) of this Section for as long as the supplier exceeds the
lead action level, at the following minimum frequency:
A) Those of subsections (c)(2)(A) through (c)(2)(C) of this Section:
every 12 months,; and
B) Those of subsection (c)(2)(D) of this Section every six months.
4) Within 60 days after it exceeds the lead action level (unless it already is
repeating public education tasks pursuant to subsection (c)(5) of this
Section), a NTNCWS supplier must deliver the public education materials
contained in Appendix E or F of this Part, as follows:
A) Post informational posters on lead in drinking water in a public
place or common area in each of the buildings served by the
supplier; and
B) Distribute informational pamphlets or brochures on lead in
drinking water to each person served by the NTNCWS supplier.
The Agency may, by a SEP granted pursuant to Section 611.110,
allow the system to utilize electronic transmission in lieu of or
combined with printed materials as long as it achieves at least the
145
same coverage.
5) A NTNCWS supplier must repeat the tasks contained in subsection (c)(4)
of this Section at least once during each calendar year in which the
supplier exceeds the lead action level.
6) A supplier may discontinue delivery of public education materials after it
has met the lead action level during the most recent six-month monitoring
period conducted pursuant to Section 611.356. Such a supplier must begin
public education anew in accordance with this Section if it subsequently
exceeds the lead action level during any six-month monitoring period.
7) A CWS supplier may apply to the Agency, in writing, to use the text
specified in Appendix F of this Part in lieu of the text in Appendix E of
this Part and to perform the tasks listed in subsections (c)(4) and (c)(5) of
this Section in lieu of the tasks in subsections (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this
section Section if the following are true:
A) The supplier is a facility, such as a prison or a hospital, where the
population served is not capable of or is prevented from making
improvements to plumbing or installing point of use treatment
devices; and
B) The system provides water as part of the cost of services provided,
and it does not separately charge for water consumption.
8) Reduced requirements for certain smaller CWS suppliers.
A) A CWS supplier serving 3,300 or fewer people may omit the task
contained in subsection (c)(2)(D) of this Section. As long as it
distributes notices containing the information contained in
Appendix E of this Part to every household served by the system,
such a supplier may further limit its public education programs as
follows:
i) A supplier serving 500 or fewer people may forego the task
contained in subsection (c)(2)(B) of this Section. Such a
system may limit the distribution of the public education
materials required under subsection (c)(2)(C) of this
Section to facilities and organizations served by the
supplier that are most likely to be visited regularly by
pregnant women and children, unless it is notified by the
Agency in writing that it must make a broader distribution.
ii) If approved by the Agency by a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, a system serving 501 to 3,300 people may
146
omit the task in subsection (c)(2)(B) of this Section or limit
the distribution of the public education materials required
under subsection (c)(2)(C) of this Section to facilities and
organizations served by the system that are most likely to
be visited regularly by pregnant women and children.
B) A CWS supplier serving 3,300 or fewer people that delivers public
education in accordance with subsection (c)(8)(A) of this Section
must repeat the required public education tasks at least once during
each calendar year in which the supplier exceeds the lead action
level.
d) Supplemental monitoring and notification of results. A supplier that fails to meet
the lead action level on the basis of tap samples collected in accordance with
Section 611.356 must offer to sample the tap water of any customer who requests
it. The supplier is not required to pay for collecting or analyzing the sample, nor
is the supplier required to collect and analyze the sample itself.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.85 (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 2005 (Jan.
12, 2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.356 Tap Water Monitoring for Lead and Copper
a) Sample site location.
1) Selecting a pool of targeted sampling sites.
A) By the applicable date for commencement of monitoring under
subsection (d)(1) of this Section, each supplier must complete a
materials evaluation of its distribution system in order to identify a
pool of targeted sampling sites that meets the requirements of this
Section.
B) The pool of targeted sampling sites must be sufficiently large to
ensure that the supplier can collect the number of lead and copper
tap samples required by subsection (c) of this Section.
C) The supplier must select the sites for collection of first draw
samples from this pool of targeted sampling sites.
D) The supplier must not select as sampling sites any faucets that have
point-of-use or point-of-entry treatment devices designed to
remove or capable of removing inorganic contaminants.
147
2) Materials evaluation.
A) A supplier must use the information on lead, copper, and
galvanized steel collected pursuant to 40 CFR 141.42(d) (special
monitoring for corrosivity characteristics) when conducting a
materials evaluation.
B) When an evaluation of the information collected pursuant to 40
CFR 141.42(d) is insufficient to locate the requisite number of lead
and copper sampling sites that meet the targeting criteria in
subsection (a) of this Section, the supplier must review the
following sources of information in order to identify a sufficient
number of sampling sites:
i) All plumbing codes, permits, and records in the files of the
building departments that indicate the plumbing materials
that are installed within publicly- and privately-owned
structures connected to the distribution system;
ii) All inspections and records of the distribution system that
indicate the material composition of the service
connections which connect a structure to the distribution
system;
iii) All existing water quality information, which includes the
results of all prior analyses of the system or individual
structures connected to the system, indicating locations that
may be particularly susceptible to high lead or copper
concentrations; and
iv) The supplier must seek to collect such information where
possible in the course of its normal operations (e.g.,
checking service line materials when reading water meters
or performing maintenance activities).
3) Tiers of sampling sites. Suppliers must categorize the sampling sites
within their pool according to the following tiers:
A) CWS Tier 1 sampling sites. “CWS Tier 1 sampling sites” must
include the following single-family structures:
i) Those that contain copper pipes with lead solder installed
after 1982 or which contain lead pipes; or
ii) Those that are served by a lead service line.
148
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(3)(A) was derived from segments
of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(3) (2000) (2002). This allows the pool of
CWS tier 1 sampling sites to consist exclusively of structures
served by lead service lines.
B) CWS Tier 2 sampling sites. “CWS Tier 2 sampling sites” must
include the following buildings, including multiple-family
structures:
i) Those that contain copper pipes with lead solder installed
after 1982 or contain lead pipes; or
ii) Those that are served by a lead service line.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(3)(B) was derived from segments
of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(4) (2000) (2002). This allows the pool of
CWS tier 2 sampling sites to consist exclusively of structures
served by lead service lines.
C) CWS Tier 3 sampling sites. “CWS Tier 3 sampling sites” must
include the following single-family structures: those that contain
copper pipes with lead solder installed before 1983.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(3)(C) was derived from segments
of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(5) (2000) (2002).
D) NTNCWS Tier 1 sampling sites. “NTNCWS Tier 1 sampling
sites” must include the following buildings:
i) Those that contain copper pipes with lead solder installed
after 1982 or which contain lead pipes; or
ii) Those that are served by a lead service line.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(3)(D) was derived from segments
of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(6) (2000) (2002). This allows the pool of
NTNCWS tier 1 sampling sites to consist exclusively of buildings
served by lead service lines.
E) Alternative NTNCWS sampling sites. “Alternative NTNCWS
sampling sites” must include the following buildings: those that
contain copper pipes with lead solder installed before 1983.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(3)(E) was derived from segments
of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(7) (2000) (2002).
149
4) Selection of sampling sites. Suppliers must select sampling sites for their
sampling pool as follows:
A) CWS Suppliers. CWS suppliers must use CWS tier 1 sampling
sites, except that the supplier may include CWS tier 2 or CWS tier
3 sampling sites in its sampling pool as follows:
i) If multiple-family residences comprise at least 20 percent
of the structures served by a supplier, the supplier may use
CWS tier 2 sampling sites in its sampling pool; or
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(4)(A)(i) was derived from
a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(3)(ii) (2000) (2002).
ii) If the CWS supplier has an insufficient number of CWS tier
1 sampling sites on its distribution system, the supplier may
use CWS tier 2 sampling sites in its sampling pool; or
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(4)(A)(ii) was derived from
a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(4) (2000) (2002).
iii) If the CWS supplier has an insufficient number of CWS tier
1 and CWS tier 2 sampling sites on its distribution system,
the supplier may complete its sampling pool with CWS tier
3 sampling sites.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(4)(A)(iii) was derived
from a segment of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(5) (2000) (2002).
iv) If the CWS supplier has an insufficient number of CWS tier
1 sampling sites, CWS tier 2 sampling sites, and CWS tier
3 sampling sites, the supplier must use those CWS tier 1
sampling sites, CWS tier 2 sampling sites, and CWS tier 3
sampling sites that it has and complete its sampling pool
with representative sites throughout its distribution system
for the balance of its sampling sites. For the purpose of this
subsection (a)(4)(A)(iv), a representative site is a site in
which the plumbing materials used at that site would be
commonly found at other sites served by the water system.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(4)(A)(iv) was derived
from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(5) (2000) (2002).
B) NTNCWS suppliers.
i) An NTNCWS supplier must select NTNCWS tier 1
150
sampling sites for its sampling pool.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(4)(B)(i) was derived from
segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(6) (2000) (2002).
ii) If the NTNCWS supplier has an insufficient number of
NTNCWS tier 1 sampling sites, the supplier may complete
its sampling pool with alternative NTNCWS sampling
sites.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(4)(B)(ii) was derived from
segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(7) (2000) (2002).
iii) If the NTNCWS supplier has an insufficient number of
NTNCWS tier 1 sampling sites and NTNCWS alternative
sampling sites, the supplier must use representative sites
throughout its distribution system. For the purpose of this
subsection (a)(4)(B)(ii), a representative site is a site in
which the plumbing materials used at that site would be
commonly found at other sites served by the water system.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(4)(B)(iii) was derived
from segments of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(7) (2000) (2002).
C) Suppliers with lead service lines. Any supplier whose distribution
system contains lead service lines must draw samples during each
six-month monitoring period from sampling sites as follows:
i) 50 percent of the samples from sampling sites that contain
lead pipes or from sampling sites that have copper pipes
with lead solder,; and
ii) 50 percent of those samples from sites served by a lead
service line.
iii) A supplier that cannot identify a sufficient number of
sampling sites served by a lead service line must collect
first-draw samples from all of the sites identified as being
served by such lines.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a)(4)(C) was derived from segments
of 40 CFR 141.86(a)(8) (2000) (2002). This allows the pool of
sampling sites to consist exclusively of structures or buildings
served by lead service lines.
b) Sample collection methods.
151
1) All tap samples for lead and copper collected in accordance with this
Subpart G, with the exception of lead service line samples collected under
Section 611.354(c) and samples collected under subsection (b)(5) of this
Section, must be first-draw samples.
2) First-draw tap samples.
A) Each first-draw tap sample for lead and copper must be one liter in
volume and have stood motionless in the plumbing system of each
sampling site for at least six hours.
B) First-draw samples from residential housing must be collected
from the cold water kitchen tap or bathroom sink tap.
C) First-draw samples from a non-residential building must be one
liter in volume and must be collected at an interior tap from which
water is typically drawn for consumption.
D Non-first-draw samples collected in lieu of first-draw samples
pursuant to subsection (b)(5) of this Section must be one liter in
volume and must be collected at an interior tap from which water
is typically drawn for consumption.
E) First-draw samples may be collected by the supplier or the supplier
may allow residents to collect first-draw samples after instructing
the residents of the sampling procedures specified in this
subsection (b).
i) To avoid problems of residents handling nitric acid,
acidification of first-draw samples may be done up to 14
days after the sample is collected.
ii) After acidification to resolubilize the metals, the sample
must stand in the original container for the time specified in
the approved USEPA method before the sample can be
analyzed.
F) If a supplier allows residents to perform sampling under subsection
(b)(2)(D) of this Section, the supplier may not challenge the
accuracy of sampling results based on alleged errors in sample
collection.
3) Service line samples.
A) Each service line sample must be one liter in volume and have
152
stood motionless in the lead service line for at least six hours.
B) Lead service line samples must be collected in one of the following
three ways:
i) At the tap after flushing that volume of water calculated as
being between the tap and the lead service line based on the
interior diameter and length of the pipe between the tap and
the lead service line;
ii) Tapping directly into the lead service line; or
iii) If the sampling site is a single-family structure, allowing
the water to run until there is a significant change in
temperature that would be indicative of water that has been
standing in the lead service line.
4) Follow-up first-draw tap samples.
A) A supplier must collect each follow-up first-draw tap sample from
the same sampling site from which it collected the previous
samples.
B) If, for any reason, the supplier cannot gain entry to a sampling site
in order to collect a follow-up tap sample, the supplier may collect
the follow-up tap sample from another sampling site in its
sampling pool, as long as the new site meets the same targeting
criteria and is within reasonable proximity of the original site.
5) Substitute non-first-draw samples.
A) A NTNCWS supplier or a CWS supplier that meets the criteria of
Sections 611.355(c)(7)(A) and (c)(7)(B), that does not have
enough taps that can supply first-draw samples, as defined in
Section 611.102, may apply to the Agency in writing to substitute
non-first-draw samples by a SEP granted under Section 611.110.
B) A supplier approved to substitute non-first-draw samples must
collect as many first-draw samples from appropriate taps as
possible and identify sampling times and locations that would
likely result in the longest standing time for the remaining sites.
C) The Agency may grant a SEP that waives the requirement for prior
Agency approval of non-first-draw sample sites selected by the
system.
153
c) Number of samples.
1) Suppliers must collect at least one sample from the number of sites listed
in the first column of Table D of this Part (labelled “standard monitoring”)
during each six-month monitoring period specified in subsection (d) of
this Section.
2) A supplier conducting reduced monitoring pursuant to subsection (d)(4) of
this Section must collect one sample from the number of sites specified in
the second column of Table D of this Part (labelled “reduced monitoring”)
during each reduced monitoring period specified in subsection (d)(4) of
this Section. Such reduced monitoring sites must be representative of the
sites required for standard monitoring. The Agency may, by a SEP issued
pursuant to Section 611.110, specify sampling locations when a system is
conducting reduced monitoring.
d) Timing of monitoring.
1) Initial tap sampling. The first six-month monitoring period for small,
medium-sized and large system suppliers must begin on the dates
specified in Table E of this Part.
A) All large system suppliers must monitor during each of two
consecutive six-month periods.
B) All small
small- and medium-sized system suppliers must monitor
during each consecutive six-month monitoring period until the
following is true:
i) The supplier exceeds the lead action level or the copper
action level and is therefore required to implement the
corrosion control treatment requirements under Section
611.351, in which case the supplier must continue
monitoring in accordance with subsection (d)(2) of this
Section,; or
ii) The supplier meets the lead action level and the copper
action level during each of two consecutive six-month
monitoring periods, in which case the supplier may reduce
monitoring in accordance with subsection (d)(4) of this
Section.
2) Monitoring after installation of corrosion control and source water
treatment.
A) Any large system supplier that installs optimal corrosion control
154
treatment pursuant to Section 611.351(d)(4) must monitor during
each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods before the
date specified in Section 611.351(d)(5).
B) Any small
small- or medium-sized system supplier that installs
optimal corrosion control treatment pursuant to Section
611.351(e)(5) must monitor during each of two consecutive six-
month monitoring periods before the date specified in Section
611.351(e)(6).
C) Any supplier that installs source water treatment pursuant to
Section 611.353(a)(3) must monitor during each of two
consecutive six-month monitoring periods before the date specified
in Section 611.353(a)(4).
3) Monitoring after the Agency specification of water quality parameter
values for optimal corrosion control. After the Agency specifies the
values for water quality control parameters pursuant to Section 611.352(f),
the supplier must monitor during each subsequent six-month monitoring
period, with the first six-month monitoring period to begin on the date the
Agency specifies the optimal values.
4) Reduced monitoring.
A) Reduction to annual for small small- and medium-sized system
suppliers meeting the lead and copper action levels. A small
small- or medium-sized system supplier that meets the lead and
copper action levels during each of two consecutive six-month
monitoring periods may reduce the number of samples in
accordance with subsection (c) of this Section, and reduce the
frequency of sampling to once per year.
B) SEP allowing reduction to annual for suppliers maintaining water
quality control parameters.
i) Any supplier that maintains the range of values for the
water quality control parameters reflecting optimal
corrosion control treatment specified by the Agency under
Section 611.352(f) during each of two consecutive six-
month monitoring periods may reduce the frequency of
monitoring to once per year and the number of lead and
copper samples to that specified by subsection (c) of this
Section if it receives written approval from the Agency in
the form of a SEP granted pursuant to Section 611.110.
ii) The Agency must review monitoring, treatment, and other
155
relevant information submitted by the water system in
accordance with Section 611.360, and must notify the
system in writing by a SEP granted pursuant to Sections
611.110 when it determines the system is eligible to reduce
its monitoring frequency to once every three years pursuant
to this subsection (d)(4).
iii) The Agency must review, and where appropriate, revise its
determination under subsection (d)(4)(B)(i) of this Section
when the supplier submits new monitoring or treatment
data, or when other data relevant to the number and
frequency of tap sampling becomes available to the
Agency.
C) Reduction to triennial for small small- and medium-sized system
suppliers.
i) Small
Small- and medium-sized system suppliers meeting
lead and copper action levels. A small small- or medium-
sized system supplier that meets the lead and copper action
levels during three consecutive years of monitoring may
reduce the frequency of monitoring for lead and copper
from annually to once every three years.
ii) SEP for suppliers meeting optimal corrosion control
treatment. Any supplier that maintains the range of values
for the water quality control parameters reflecting optimal
corrosion control treatment specified by the Agency under
Section 611.352(f) during three consecutive years of
monitoring may reduce its monitoring frequency from
annual to once every three years if it receives written
approval from the Agency in the form of a SEP granted
pursuant to Section 611.110.
iii) The Agency must review, and where appropriate, revise its
determination under subsection (d)(4)(C)(ii) of this Section
when the supplier submits new monitoring or treatment
data, or when other data relevant to the number and
frequency of tap sampling becomes available to the
Agency.
D) Sampling at a reduced frequency. A supplier that reduces the
number and frequency of sampling must collect these samples
from representative sites included in the pool of targeted sampling
sites identified in subsection (a) of this Section, preferentially
selecting those sampling sites from the highest tier first. Suppliers
156
sampling annually or less frequently must conduct the lead and
copper tap sampling during the months of June, July, August, or
September unless the Agency has approved a different sampling
period in accordance with subsection (d)(4)(D)(i) of this Section.
i) The Agency may grant a SEP pursuant to Section 611.110
that approves a different period for conducting the lead and
copper tap sampling for systems collecting a reduced
number of samples. Such a period must be no longer than
four consecutive months and must represent a time of
normal operation where the highest levels of lead are most
likely to occur. For a NTNCWS supplier that does not
operate during the months of June through September and
for which the period of normal operation where the highest
levels of lead are most likely to occur is not known, the
Agency must designate a period that represents a time of
normal operation for the system.
ii) A supplier monitoring annually that has been collecting
samples during the months of June through September and
which receives Agency approval to alter its sample
collection period under subsection (d)(4)(D)(i) of this
Section must collect its next round of samples during a
time period that ends no later than 21 months after the
previous round of sampling. A supplier monitoring once
every three years that has been collecting samples during
the months of June through September and which receives
Agency approval to alter the sampling collection period as
provided in subsection (d)(4)(D)(i) of this Section must
collect its next round of samples during a time period that
ends no later than 45 months after the previous round of
sampling. Subsequent rounds of sampling must be
collected annually or once every three years, as required by
this Section. A small system supplier with a waiver
granted pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section that has
been collecting samples during the months of June through
September and which receives Agency approval to alter its
sample collection period under subsection (d)(4)(D)(i) of
this Section must collect its next round of samples before
the end of the nine-year compliance cycle (as that term is
defined in Section 611.101).
E) Any water system that demonstrates for two consecutive six-month
monitoring periods that the tap water lead level computed under
Section 611.350(c)(3) is less than or equal to 0.005 mg/L
ℓ
and that
the tap water copper level computed under Section 611.350(c)(3)
157
is less than or equal to 0.65 mg/L
ℓ
may reduce the number of
samples in accordance with subsection (c) of this Section and
reduce the frequency of sampling to once every three calendar
years.
F) Resumption of standard monitoring.
i) Small
Small- or medium-sized suppliers exceeding lead or
copper action level. A small small- or medium-sized
system supplier subject to reduced monitoring that exceeds
the lead action level or the copper action level must resume
sampling in accordance subsection (d)(3) of this Section
and collect the number of samples specified for standard
monitoring under subsection (c) of this Section. Such a
supplier must also conduct water quality parameter
monitoring in accordance with Section 611.357 (b), (c), or
(d) (as appropriate) during the six-month monitoring period
in which it exceeded the action level. Any such supplier
may resume annual monitoring for lead and copper at the
tap at the reduced number of sites specified in subsection
(c) of this Section after it has completed two subsequent
consecutive six-month rounds of monitoring that meet the
criteria of subsection (d)(4)(A) of this Section. Any such
supplier may resume monitoring once every three years for
lead and copper at the reduced number of sites after it
demonstrates through subsequent rounds of monitoring that
it meets the criteria of either subsection (d)(4)(C) or
(d)(4)(E) of this Section.
ii) Suppliers failing to operate within water quality control
parameters. Any supplier subject to reduced monitoring
frequency that fails to operate within the range of values
for the water quality control parameters specified pursuant
to Section 611.352(f) for more than nine days in any six-
month period specified in Section 611.357(d) must conduct
tap water sampling for lead and copper at the frequency
specified in subsection (d)(3) of this Section, must collect
the number of samples specified for standard monitoring
under subsection (c) of this Section, and must resume
monitoring for water quality parameters within the
distribution system in accordance with Section 611.357(d).
G) Any water supplier subject to a reduced monitoring frequency
under subsection (d)(4) of this Section that either adds a new
source of water or changes any water treatment must inform the
Agency in writing in accordance with Section 611.360(a)(3). The
158
Agency may, by a SEP granted pursuant to Section 611.110,
require the system to resume sampling in accordance with
subsection (d)(3) of this Section and collect the number of samples
specified for standard monitoring under subsection (c) of this
Section or take other appropriate steps such as increased water
quality parameter monitoring or re-evaluation of its corrosion
control treatment given the potentially different water quality
considerations.
H) A supplier required under subsection (d)(4)(F) of this Section to
resume monitoring in accordance with Section 611.357(d) may
resume reduced monitoring for lead and copper at the tap and for
water quality parameters within the distribution system under the
following conditions:
i) The supplier may resume annual monitoring for lead and
copper at the tap at the reduced number of sites specified in
subsection (c) of this Section after it has completed two
subsequent six-month rounds of monitoring that meet the
criteria of subsection (d)(4)(B) of this Section and the
supplier has received written approval from the Agency by
a SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that it is appropriate to
resume reduced monitoring on an annual frequency.
ii) The supplier may resume monitoring for lead and copper
once every three years at the tap at the reduced number of
sites after it demonstrates through subsequent rounds of
monitoring that it meets the criteria of either subsection
(d)(4)(C) or (d)(4)(E) of this Section and the system has
received a SEP under Section 611.110 from the Agency
that it is appropriate to resume monitoring once every three
years.
iii) The supplier may reduce the number of water quality
parameter tap water samples required in accordance with
Section 611.357(e)(1) and the frequency with which it
collects such samples in accordance with Section
611.357(e)(2). Such a system may not resume monitoring
once every three years for water quality parameters at the
tap until it demonstrates, in accordance with the
requirements of Section 611.357(e)(2), that it has re-
qualified for monitoring once every three years.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (d)(4)(H)(i) through (d)(4)(H)(iii)
are derived from 40 CFR 141.86(d)(4)(vi)(B)(
1
) through
(d)(4)(vi)(B)(
3
) (2000) (2002), since Illinois Administrative Code
159
codification requirements allow only four indent levels of
subsections.
e) Additional monitoring. The results of any monitoring conducted in addition to
the minimum requirements of this Section must be considered by the supplier and
the Agency in making any determinations (i.e., calculating the 90th percentile
lead action level or the copper level) under this Subpart G.
f) Invalidation of lead or copper tap water samples. A sample invalidated under this
subsection does not count toward determining lead or copper 90th percentile
levels under Section 611.350(c)(3) or toward meeting the minimum monitoring
requirements of subsection (c) of this Section.
1) The Agency must invalidate a lead or copper tap water sample if it
determines that one of the following conditions exists:
A) The laboratory establishes that improper sample analysis caused
erroneous results;
B) The sample was taken from a site that did not meet the site
selection criteria of this Section;
C) The sample container was damaged in transit; or
D) There is substantial reason to believe that the sample was subject
to tampering.
2) The supplier must report the results of all samples to the Agency and all
supporting documentation for samples the supplier believes should be
invalidated.
3) To invalidate a sample under subsection (f)(1) of this Section, the decision
and the rationale for the decision must be documented in writing. The
Agency may not invalidate a sample solely on the grounds that a follow-
up sample result is higher or lower than that of the original sample.
4) The water supplier must collect replacement samples for any samples
invalidated under this Section if, after the invalidation of one or more
samples, the supplier has too few samples to meet the minimum
requirements of subsection (c) of this Section. Any such replacement
samples must be taken as soon as possible, but no later than 20 days after
the date the Agency invalidates the sample or by the end of the applicable
monitoring period, whichever occurs later. Replacement samples taken
after the end of the applicable monitoring period must not also be used to
meet the monitoring requirements of a subsequent monitoring period. The
replacement samples must be taken at the same locations as the
160
invalidated samples or, if that is not possible, at locations other than those
already used for sampling during the monitoring period.
g) Monitoring waivers for small system suppliers. Any small system supplier that
meets the criteria of this subsection (g) may apply to the Agency to reduce the
frequency of monitoring for lead and copper under this Section to once every nine
years (i.e., a “full waiver”) if it meets all of the materials criteria specified in
subsection (g)(1) of this Section and all of the monitoring criteria specified in
subsection (g)(2) of this Section. Any small system supplier that meets the
criteria in subsections (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this Section only for lead, or only for
copper, may apply to the State for a waiver to reduce the frequency of tap water
monitoring to once every nine years for that contaminant only (i.e., a “partial
waiver”).
1) Materials criteria. The supplier must demonstrate that its distribution
system and service lines and all drinking water supply plumbing,
including plumbing conveying drinking water within all residences and
buildings connected to the system, are free of lead-containing materials or
copper-containing materials, as those terms are defined in this subsection
(g)(1), as follows:
A) Lead. To qualify for a full waiver, or a waiver of the tap water
monitoring requirements for lead (i.e., a “lead waiver”), the water
supplier must provide certification and supporting documentation
to the Agency that the system is free of all lead-containing
materials, as follows:
i) It contains no plastic pipes that contain lead plasticizers, or
plastic service lines that contain lead plasticizers; and
ii) It is free of lead service lines, lead pipes, lead soldered pipe
joints, and leaded brass or bronze alloy fittings and
fixtures, unless such fittings and fixtures meet the
specifications of NSF Standard 61, section 9, incorporated by
reference in Section 611.102.
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 141.86(g)(1)(i)(B)
specifies “any standard established pursuant to 42 USC
300g-6(e) (SDWA Section section 1417(e)).” USEPA has
stated that the NSF standard is that standard. See 62 Fed.
Reg. 44684 (Aug. 22, 1997).
B) Copper. To qualify for a full waiver, or a waiver of the tap water
monitoring requirements for copper (i.e., a “copper waiver”), the
water supplier must provide certification and supporting
documentation to the Agency that the system contains no copper
161
pipes or copper service lines.
2) Monitoring criteria for waiver issuance. The supplier must have completed
at least one six-month round of standard tap water monitoring for lead and
copper at sites approved by the Agency and from the number of sites
required by subsection (c) of this Section and demonstrate that the 90th
percentile levels for any and all rounds of monitoring conducted since the
system became free of all lead-containing and/or copper-containing
materials, as appropriate, meet the following criteria:
A) Lead levels. To qualify for a full waiver, or a lead waiver, the
supplier must demonstrate that the 90th percentile lead level does
not exceed 0.005 mg/L
ℓ
.
B) Copper levels. To qualify for a full waiver, or a copper waiver, the
supplier must demonstrate that the 90th percentile copper level
does not exceed 0.65 mg/L
ℓ
.
3) State approval of waiver application. The Agency must notify the supplier
of its waiver determination by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110,
in writing, setting forth the basis of its decision and any condition of the
waiver. As a condition of the waiver, the Agency may require the supplier
to perform specific activities (e.g., limited monitoring, periodic outreach
to customers to remind them to avoid installation of materials that might
void the waiver) to avoid the risk of lead or copper concentration of
concern in tap water. The small system supplier must continue monitoring
for lead and copper at the tap as required by subsections (d)(1) through
(d)(4) of this Section, as appropriate, until it receives written notification
from the Agency that the waiver has been approved.
4) Monitoring frequency for suppliers with waivers.
A) A supplier with a full waiver must conduct tap water monitoring
for lead and copper in accordance with subsection (d)(4)(D) of this
Section at the reduced number of sampling sites identified in
subsection (c) of this Section at least once every nine years and
provide the materials certification specified in subsection (g)(1) of
this Section for both lead and copper to the Agency along with the
monitoring results.
B) A supplier with a partial waiver must conduct tap water monitoring
for the waived contaminant in accordance with subsection
(d)(4)(D) of this Section at the reduced number of sampling sites
specified in subsection (c) of this Section at least once every nine
years and provide the materials certification specified in subsection
(g)(1) of this Section pertaining to the waived contaminant along
162
with the monitoring results. Such a supplier also must continue to
monitor for the non-waived contaminant in accordance with
requirements of subsections (d)(1) through (d)(4) of this Section,
as appropriate.
C) If a supplier with a full or partial waiver adds a new source of
water or changes any water treatment, the supplier must notify the
Agency in writing in accordance with Section 611.360(a)(3). The
Agency has the authority to require the supplier to add or modify
waiver conditions (e.g., require recertification that the supplier’s
system is free of lead-containing or copper-containing materials,
require additional rounds of monitoring), if it deems such
modifications are necessary to address treatment or source water
changes at the system.
D) If a supplier with a full or partial waiver becomes aware that it is
no longer free of lead-containing or copper-containing materials,
as appropriate (e.g., as a result of new construction or repairs), the
supplier must notify the Agency in writing no later than 60 days
after becoming aware of such a change.
5) Continued eligibility. If the supplier continues to satisfy the requirements
of subsection (g)(4) of this Section, the waiver will be renewed
automatically, unless any of the conditions listed in subsection (g)(5)(A)
through (g)(5)(C) of this Section occur. A supplier whose waiver has
been revoked may re-apply for a waiver at such time as it again meets the
appropriate materials and monitoring criteria of subsections (g)(1) and
(g)(2) of this Section.
A) A supplier with a full waiver or a lead waiver no longer satisfies
the materials criteria of subsection (g)(1)(A) of this Section or has
a 90th percentile lead level greater than 0.005 mg/L
ℓ
.
B) A supplier with a full waiver or a copper waiver no longer satisfies
the materials criteria of subsection (g)(1)(B) of this Section or has
a 90th percentile copper level greater than 0.65 mg/L
ℓ
.
C) The State notifies the supplier, in writing, that the waiver has been
revoked, setting forth the basis of its decision.
6) Requirements following waiver revocation. A supplier whose full or
partial waiver has been revoked by the Agency is subject to the corrosion
control treatment and lead and copper tap water monitoring requirements,
as follows:
A) If the supplier exceeds the lead or copper action level, the supplier
163
must implement corrosion control treatment in accordance with the
deadlines specified in Section 611.351(e), and any other applicable
requirements of this Subpart G.
B) If the supplier meets both the lead and the copper action level, the
supplier must monitor for lead and copper at the tap no less
frequently than once every three years using the reduced number
of sample sites specified in subsection (c) of this Section.
7) Pre-existing waivers. Small system supplier waivers approved by the
Agency in writing prior to April 11, 2000 must remain in effect under the
following conditions:
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 141.86(g)(7) sets forth the April
11, 2000 date. The Board has retained that date to maintain consistency
with the federal requirements, despite the fact that this subsection (g)(7)
became effective after that date.
A) If the supplier has demonstrated that it is both free of lead-
containing and copper-containing materials, as required by
subsection (g)(1) of this Section and that its 90th percentile lead
levels and 90th percentile copper levels meet the criteria of
subsection (g)(2) of this Section, the waiver remains in effect so
long as the supplier continues to meet the waiver eligibility criteria
of subsection (g)(5) of this Section. The first round of tap water
monitoring conducted pursuant to subsection (g)(4) of this Section
must be completed no later than nine years after the last time the
supplier monitored for lead and copper at the tap.
B) If the supplier has met the materials criteria of subsection (g)(1) of
this Section but has not met the monitoring criteria of subsection
(g)(2) of this Section, the supplier must conduct a round of
monitoring for lead and copper at the tap demonstrating that it
meets met the criteria of subsection (g)(2) of this Section no later
than September 30, 2000. Thereafter, the waiver must remain in
effect as long as the supplier meets the continued eligibility criteria
of subsection (g)(5) of this Section. The first round of tap water
monitoring conducted pursuant to subsection (g)(4) of this Section
must be completed no later than nine years after the round of
monitoring conducted pursuant to subsection (g)(2) of this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 141.86(g)(7)(ii) sets
forth the September 30, 2000 date. The Board has retained that
date to maintain consistency with the federal requirements, despite
the fact that this subsection (g)(7)(B) became effective after that
date.
164
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.86 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.357 Monitoring for Water Quality Parameters
All large system suppliers, and all small small- and medium-sized system suppliers that exceed
the lead action level or the copper action level, must monitor water quality parameters in
addition to lead and copper in accordance with this Section. The requirements of this Section are
summarized in Table G of this Part.
a) General Requirements.
1) Sample collection methods.
A) Use of tap samples. The totality of all tap samples collected by a
supplier must be representative of water quality throughout the
distribution system taking into account the number of persons
served, the different sources of water, the different treatment
methods employed by the supplier, and seasonal variability.
Although a supplier may conveniently conduct tap sampling for
water quality parameters at sites used for coliform sampling
performed pursuant to Subpart L of this Part, it is not required to
do so, and a supplier is not required to perform tap sampling
pursuant to this Section at taps targeted for lead and copper
sampling under Section 611.356(a).
B) Use of entry point samples. Each supplier must collect samples at
entry points to the distribution system from locations
representative of each source after treatment. If a supplier draws
water from more than one source and the sources are combined
before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point to
the distribution system during periods of normal operating
conditions (i.e., when water is representative of all sources being
used).
2) Number of samples.
A) Tap samples. Each supplier must collect two tap samples for
applicable water quality parameters during each six-month
monitoring period specified under subsections (b) through (e) of
this Section from the number of sites indicated in the first column
of Table E of this Part.
B) Entry point samples.
165
i) Initial monitoring. Except as provided in subsection (c)(3)
of this Section, each supplier must collect two samples for
each applicable water quality parameter at each entry point
to the distribution system during each six-month
monitoring period specified in subsection (b) of this
Section.
ii) Subsequent monitoring. Each supplier must collect one
sample for each applicable water quality parameter at each
entry point to the distribution system during each six-
month monitoring period specified in subsections (c)
through (e) of this Section.
b) Initial Sampling.
1) Large systems. Each large system supplier must measure the applicable
water quality parameters specified in subsection (b)(3) of this Section at
taps and at each entry point to the distribution system during each six-
month monitoring period specified in Section 611.356(d)(1).
2) Small
Small- and medium-sized systems. Each small small- and medium-
sized system supplier must measure the applicable water quality
parameters specified in subsection (b)(3) of this Section at the locations
specified in this subsection during each six-month monitoring period
specified in Section 611.356(d)(1) during which the supplier exceeds the
lead action level or the copper action level.
3) Water quality parameters:.
A) pH;
B) Alkalinity;
C) Orthophosphate, when an inhibitor containing a phosphate
compound is used;
D) Silica, when an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is used;
E) Calcium;
F) Conductivity; and
G) Water temperature.
c) Monitoring after installation of corrosion control.
166
1) Large systems. Each large system supplier that installs optimal corrosion
control treatment pursuant to Section 611.351(d)(4) must measure the
water quality parameters at the locations and frequencies specified in
subsections (c)(4) and (c)(5) of this Section during each six-month
monitoring period specified in Section 611.356(d)(2)(A).
2) Small
Small- and medium-sized systems. Each small small- or medium-
sized system that installs optimal corrosion control treatment pursuant to
Section 611.351(e)(5) must measure the water quality parameters at the
locations and frequencies specified in subsections (c)(4) and (c)(5) of this
Section during each six-month monitoring period specified in Section
611.356(d)(2)(B) in which the supplier exceeds the lead action level or the
copper action level.
3) Any groundwater system can limit entry point sampling described in
subsection (c)(2) of this Section to those entry points that are
representative of water quality and treatment conditions throughout the
system. If water from untreated groundwater sources mixes with water
from treated groundwater sources, the system must monitor for water
quality parameters both at representative entry points receiving treatment
and representative entry points receiving no treatment. Prior to the start of
any monitoring under this subsection, the system must provide to the
Agency written information identifying the selected entry points and
documentation, including information on seasonal variability, sufficient to
demonstrate that the sites are representative of water quality and treatment
conditions throughout the system.
4) Tap water samples, two samples at each tap for each of the following
water quality parameters:
A) pH;
B) Alkalinity;
C) Orthophosphate, when an inhibitor containing a phosphate
compound is used;
D) Silica, when an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is used;
and
E) Calcium, when calcium carbonate stabilization is used as part of
corrosion control.
5) Entry point samples, except as provided in subsection (c)(3) of this
Section, one sample at each entry point to the distribution system every
two weeks (bi-weekly) for each of the following water quality parameters:
167
A) pH;
B) When alkalinity is adjusted as part of optimal corrosion control, a
reading of the dosage rate of the chemical used to adjust alkalinity,
and the alkalinity concentration; and
C) When a corrosion inhibitor is used as part of optimal corrosion
control, a reading of the dosage rate of the inhibitor used, and the
concentration of orthophosphate or silica (whichever is
applicable).
d) Monitoring after the Agency specifies water quality parameter values for optimal
corrosion control.
1) Large systems system suppliers. After the Agency has specified the
values for applicable water quality control parameters reflecting optimal
corrosion control treatment pursuant to Section 611.352(f), each large
system supplier must measure the applicable water quality parameters in
accordance with subsection (c) of this Section and determine compliance
with the requirements of Section 611.352(g) every six months with the
first six-month period to begin on the date the State specifies the optimal
values under Section 611.352(f).
2) Small
Small- and medium-sized systems system suppliers. Each small
small- or medium-sized system supplier must conduct such monitoring
during each six-month monitoring period specified in this subsection (d)
in which the supplier exceeds the lead action level or the copper action
level. For any such small and medium-size system that is subject to a
reduced monitoring frequency pursuant to Section 611.356(d)(4) at the
time of the action level exceedence, the end of the applicable six-month
period under this subsection must coincide with the end of the applicable
monitoring period under Section 611.356(d)(4).
3) Compliance with Agency-designated optimal water quality parameter
values must be determined as specified under Section 611.352(g).
e) Reduced monitoring.
1) Reduction in tap monitoring. A supplier that has maintained the range of
values for the water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion
control treatment during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring
periods under subsection (d) of this Section must continue monitoring at
the entry points to the distribution system as specified in subsection (c)(4)
of this Section. Such a supplier may collect two samples from each tap for
applicable water quality parameters from the reduced number of sites
168
indicated in the second column of Table E of this Part during each
subsequent six-month monitoring period.
2) Reduction in monitoring frequency.
A) Staged reductions in monitoring frequency.
i) Annual monitoring. A supplier that maintains the range of
values for the water quality parameters reflecting optimal
corrosion control treatment specified pursuant to Section
611.352(f) during three consecutive years of monitoring
may reduce the frequency with which it collects the number
of tap samples for applicable water quality parameters
specified in subsection (e)(1) of this Section from every six
months to annually.
ii) Triennial monitoring. A supplier that maintains the range
of values for the water quality parameters reflecting
optimal corrosion control treatment specified pursuant to
Section 611.352(f) during three consecutive years of annual
monitoring under subsection (e)(2)(A)(i) of this Section
may reduce the frequency with which it collects the number
of tap samples for applicable water quality parameters
specified in subsection (e)(1) of this Section from annually
to once every three years.
B) A water supplier may reduce the frequency with which it collects
tap samples for applicable water quality parameters specified in
subsection (e)(1) of this Section to every three years if it
demonstrates the following during two consecutive monitoring
periods:
i) That its tap water lead level at the 90th percentile is less
than or equal to the PQL for lead specified in Section
611.359(a)(1)(B),
ii) That its tap water copper level at the 90th percentile is less
than or equal to 0.65 mg/L
ℓ
for copper in Section
611.350(c)(2),; and
iii) That it also has maintained the range of values for the water
quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control
treatment specified by the Agency under Section
611.352(f).
3) A supplier that conducts sampling annually or every three years must
169
collect these samples evenly throughout the calendar year so as to reflect
seasonal variability.
4) Any supplier subject to a reduced monitoring frequency pursuant to this
subsection that fails to operate at or above the minimum value or within
the range of values for the water quality parameters specified pursuant to
Section 611.352(f) for more than nine days in any six-month period
specified in Section 611.352(g) must resume tap water sampling in
accordance with the number and frequency requirements of subsection (d)
of this Section. Such a system may resume annual monitoring for water
quality parameters at the tap at the reduced number of sites specified in
subsection (e)(1) of this Section after it has completed two subsequent
consecutive six-month rounds of monitoring that meet the criteria of that
subsection or may resume monitoring once every three years for water
quality parameters at the tap at the reduced number of sites after it
demonstrates through subsequent rounds of monitoring that it meets the
criteria of either subsection (e)(2)(A) or (e)(2)(B) of this Section.
f) Additional monitoring by systems suppliers. The results of any monitoring
conducted in addition to the minimum requirements of this Section must be
considered by the supplier and the Agency in making any determinations (i.e.,
determining concentrations of water quality parameters) under this Section or
Section 611.352.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.87 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.358 Monitoring for Lead and Copper in Source Water
a) Sample location, collection methods, and number of samples.
1) A supplier that fails to meet the lead action level or the copper action level
on the basis of tap samples collected in accordance with Section 611.356
must collect lead and copper source water samples in accordance with the
following requirements regarding sample location, number of samples,
and collection methods:
A) A groundwater supplier must take a minimum of one sample at
every entry point to the distribution system that is representative of
each well after treatment (hereafter called a sampling point). The
supplier must take one sample at the same sampling point unless
conditions make another sampling point more representative of
each source or treatment plant.
B) A surface water supplier must take a minimum of one sample at
170
every entry point to the distribution system after any application of
treatment or in the distribution system at a point that is
representative of each source after treatment (hereafter called a
sampling point). The system must take each sample at the same
sampling point unless conditions make another sampling point
more representative of each source or treatment plant.
BOARD NOTE: For the purposes of this subsection (a)(1)(B),
surface water systems include systems with a combination of
surface and ground sources.
C) If a supplier draws water from more than one source and the
sources are combined before distribution, the supplier must sample
at an entry point to the distribution system during periods of
normal operating conditions (i.e., when water is representative of
all sources being used).
D) The Agency may, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110,
reduce the total number of samples that must be analyzed by
allowing the use of compositing. Compositing of samples must be
done by certified laboratory personnel. Composite samples from a
maximum of five samples are allowed, provided that if the lead
concentration in the composite sample is greater than or equal to
0.001 mg/L
ℓ
or the copper concentration is greater than or equal to
0.160 mg/L
ℓ
, then the supplier must do either of the following:
i) The supplier must take and analyze a follow-up sample
within 14 days at each sampling point included in the
composite; or
ii) If duplicates of or sufficient quantities from the original
samples from each sampling point used in the composite
are available, the supplier may use these instead of
resampling.
2) SEP requiring an additional sample.
A) When the Agency determines that the results of sampling indicate
an exceedence of the lead or copper MPC established under
Section 611.353(b)(4), it must, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, require the supplier to collect one additional sample as
soon as possible after the initial sample at the same sampling point,
but no later than two weeks after the supplier took the initial
sample.
B) If a supplier takes an Agency-required confirmation sample for
171
lead or copper, the supplier must average the results obtained from
the initial sample with the results obtained from the confirmation
sample in determining compliance with the Agency-specified lead
and copper MPCs.
i) Any analytical result below the MDL must be considered
as zero for the purposes of averaging.
ii) Any value above the MDL but below the PQL must either
be considered as the measured value or be considered one-
half the PQL.
b) Monitoring frequency after system exceeds tap water action level. A supplier that
exceeds the lead action level or the copper action level in tap sampling must
collect one source water sample from each entry point to the distribution system
within six months after the exceedence.
c) Monitoring frequency after installation of source water treatment. A supplier that
installs source water treatment pursuant to Section 611.353(a)(3) must collect an
additional source water sample from each entry point to the distribution system
during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods on or before the
deadline specified in Section 611.353(a)(4).
d) Monitoring frequency after the Agency has specified the lead and copper MPCs
or has determined that source water treatment is not needed.
1) A supplier must monitor at the frequency specified by subsection
(d)(1)(A) or (d)(1)(B) of this Section where the Agency has specified the
MPCs pursuant to Section 611.353(b)(4) or has determined that the
supplier is not required to install source water treatment pursuant to
Section 611.353(b)(2).
A) GWS suppliers.
i) A GWS supplier required to sample by subsection (d)(1) of
this Section must collect samples once during the three-
year compliance period (as that term is defined in Section
611.101) during which the Agency makes its determination
pursuant to Section 611.353(b)(4) or 611.353(b)(2).
ii) A GWS supplier required to sample by subsection (d)(1) of
this Section must collect samples once during each
subsequent compliance period.
B) A SWS or mixed system supplier must collect samples annually,
the first annual monitoring period to begin on the date on which
172
the Agency makes its determination pursuant to Section
611.353(b)(4) or 611.353(b)(2).
2) A supplier is not required to conduct source water sampling for lead or
copper if the supplier meets the action level for the specific contaminant in
all tap water samples collected during the entire source water sampling
period applicable under subsection (d)(1)(A) or (d)(1)(B) of this Section.
e) Reduced monitoring frequency.
1) A GWS supplier may reduce the monitoring frequency for lead and copper
in source water to once during each nine-year compliance cycle (as that
term is defined in Section 611.101) if the supplier meets one of the
following criteria:
A) The supplier demonstrates that finished drinking water entering the
distribution system has been maintained below the maximum
permissible lead and copper concentrations specified by the State
in Section 611.353(b)(4) during at least three consecutive
compliance periods under subsection (d)(1) of this Section; or
B) The Agency has determined, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, that source water treatment is not needed and the system
demonstrates that, during at least three consecutive compliance
periods in which sampling was conducted under subsection (d)(1)
of this Section, the concentration of lead in source water was less
than or equal to 0.005 mg/L
ℓ
and the concentration of copper in
source water was less than or equal to 0.65 mg/L
ℓ
.
2) A SWS or mixed system supplier may reduce the monitoring frequency in
subsection (d)(1) of this Section to once during each nine-year compliance
cycle (as that term is defined in Section 611.101) if the supplier meets one
of the following criteria:
A) The supplier demonstrates that finished drinking water entering the
distribution system has been maintained below the maximum
permissible lead and copper concentrations specified by the
Agency under Section 611.353(b)(4) for at least three consecutive
years; or
B) The Agency has determined, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, that source water treatment is not needed and the supplier
demonstrates that, during at least three consecutive years, the
concentration of lead in source water was less than or equal to
0.005 mg/L
ℓ
and the concentration of copper in source water was
less than or equal to 0.65 mg/L
ℓ
.
173
3) A supplier that uses a new source of water is not eligible for reduced
monitoring for lead or copper until it demonstrates by samples collected
from the new source during three consecutive monitoring periods, of the
appropriate duration provided by subsection (d)(1) of this Section, that
lead or copper concentrations are below the MPC as specified by the
Agency pursuant to Section 611.353(a)(4).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.88 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.359 Analytical Methods
Analyses for lead, copper, pH, conductivity, calcium, alkalinity, orthophosphate, silica, and
temperature must be conducted using the methods set forth in Section 611.611(a).
a) Analyses for lead and copper performed for the purposes of compliance with this
Subpart G must only be conducted by laboratories that have been certified by
USEPA or the Agency. To obtain certification to conduct analyses for lead and
copper, laboratories must do the following:
1) Analyze performance evaluation samples that include lead and copper
provided by USEPA Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
or equivalent samples provided by the Agency; and
2) Achieve quantitative acceptance limits as follows:
A) For lead: ±30 percent of the actual amount in the performance
evaluation sample when the actual amount is greater than or equal
to 0.005 mg/L
ℓ
(the PQL for lead is 0.005 mg/L
ℓ
);
B) For copper: ±10 percent of the actual amount in the performance
evaluation sample when the actual amount is greater than or equal
to 0.050 mg/L
ℓ
(the PQL for copper is 0.050 mg/L
ℓ
);
C) Achieve the method detection limit (MDL) for lead (0.001 mg/L
ℓ
,
as defined in Section 611.350(a)) according to the procedures in 35
Ill. Adm. Code 183 186 and 40 CFR 136, Appendix B:
“Definition and Procedure for the Determination of the Method
Detection Limit--Revision 1.11” (1999) (2002). This need only be
accomplished if the laboratory will be processing source water
composite samples under Section 611.358(a)(1)(C); and
D) Be currently certified by USEPA or the Agency to perform
analyses to the specifications described in subsection (a)(2) of this
174
Section.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a) is derived from 40 CFR 141.89(a) and (a)(1)
(2002).
b) The Agency must, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, allow a supplier
to use previously collected monitoring data for the purposes of monitoring under
this Subpart G if the data were collected and analyzed in accordance with the
requirements of this Subpart G.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (b) is derived from 40 CFR 141.89(a)(2) (2002).
c) Reporting lead and copper levels.
1) All lead and copper levels greater than or equal to the lead and copper
PQL (Pb
$
0.005 mg/L
ℓ
and Cu
$
0.050 mg/L
ℓ
) must be reported as
measured.
2) All lead and copper levels measured less than the PQL and greater than
the MDL (0.005 mg/L
ℓ
> Pb > MDL and 0.050 mg/L
ℓ
> Cu > MDL) must
be either reported as measured or as one-half the PQL set forth in
subsection (a) of this Section (i.e., reported as 0.0025 mg/L
ℓ
for lead or
0.025 mg/L
ℓ
for copper).
3) All lead and copper levels below the lead and copper MDL (MDL > Pb)
must be reported as zero.
BOARD NOTE: Derived Subsection (c) is derived from 40 CFR 141.89(a)(3)
and (a)(4) (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 2012 (Jan. 12, 2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.360 Reporting
A supplier must report all of the following information to the Agency in accordance with this
Section.
a) Reporting for tap, lead, and copper, and water quality parameter monitoring.
1) Except as provided in subsection (a)(1)(viii) of this section, a supplier
must report the following information for all samples specified in Section
611.356 and for all water quality parameter samples specified in Section
611.357 within ten days of the end of each applicable sampling period
specified in Sections 611.356 and 611.357 (i.e., every six months,
annually, every three years, or every nine years).
175
A) The results of all tap samples for lead and copper, including the
location of each site and the criteria under Section 611.356(a)(3)
through (a)(7) under which the site was selected for the supplier’s
sampling pool;
B) Documentation for each tap water lead or copper sample for which
the water supplier requests invalidation pursuant to Section
611.356(f)(2);
C) This subsection (a)(1)(C) corresponds with 40 CFR
141.90(a)(1)(iii), a provision that USEPA removed and marked
“reserved” at 65 Fed. Reg. 2012 (Jan. 12, 2000).” This statement
preserves structural parity with the federal rules;
D) The 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations measured from
among all lead and copper tap samples collected during each
sampling period (calculated in accordance with Section
611.350(c)(3)), unless the Agency calculates the system’s 90th
percentile lead and copper levels under subsection (h) of this
Section;
E) With the exception of initial tap sampling conducted pursuant to
Section 611.356(d)(1), the supplier must designate any site that
was not sampled during previous sampling periods, and include an
explanation of why sampling sites have changed;
F) The results of all tap samples for pH, and where applicable,
alkalinity, calcium, conductivity, temperature, and orthophosphate
or silica collected pursuant to Section 611.357(b) through (e);
G) The results of all samples collected at entry points for applicable
water quality parameters pursuant to Section 611.357(b) through
(e).
H) A water supplier must report the results of all water quality
parameter samples collected under Section 611.357(c) through (f)
during each six-month monitoring period specified in Section
611.357(d) within the first 10 days following the end of the
monitoring period, unless the Agency has specified, by a SEP
granted pursuant to Section 611.110, a more frequent reporting
requirement.
2) For a NTNCWS supplier, or a CWS supplier meeting the criteria of
Sections 611.355(c)(7)(A) and (c)(7)(B), that does not have enough taps
which can provide first-draw samples, the supplier must do either of the
following:
176
A) Provide written documentation to the Agency that identifies
standing times and locations for enough non-first-draw samples to
make up its sampling pool under Section 611.356(b)(5) by the start
of the first applicable monitoring period under Section 611.356(d)
that commences after April 11, 2000, unless the Agency has
waived prior Agency approval of non-first-draw sample sites
selected by the supplier pursuant to Section 611.356(b)(5); or
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 141.90(a)(2)(i) sets forth
the April 11, 2000 date. The Board has retained that date to
maintain structural consistency with the federal requirements,
despite the fact that this subsection (a)(2)(A) became effective
after that date.
B) If the Agency has waived prior approval of non-first-draw sample
sites selected by the supplier, identify, in writing, each site that did
not meet the six-hour minimum standing time and the length of
standing time for that particular substitute sample collected
pursuant to Section 611.356(b)(5) and include this information
with the lead and copper tap sample results required to be
submitted pursuant to subsection (a)(1)(A) of this Section.
3) No later than 60 days after the addition of a new source or any change in
water treatment, unless the Agency requires earlier notification, a water
supplier deemed to have optimized corrosion control under Section
611.351(b)(3), a water supplier subject to reduced monitoring pursuant to
Section 611.356(d)(4), or a water supplier subject to a monitoring waiver
pursuant to Section 611.356(g), must send written documentation to the
Agency describing the change. In those instances where prior Agency
approval of the treatment change or new source is not required, USEPA
has stated that it encourages water systems to provide the notification to
the Agency beforehand to minimize the risk the treatment change or new
source will adversely affect optimal corrosion control.
4) Any small system supplier applying for a monitoring waiver under Section
611.356(g), or subject to a waiver granted pursuant to Section
611.356(g)(3), must provide the following information to the Agency in
writing by the specified deadline:
A) By the start of the first applicable monitoring period in Section
611.356(d), any small water system supplier applying for a
monitoring waiver must provide the documentation required to
demonstrate that it meets the waiver criteria of Sections
611.356(g)(1) and (g)(2).
177
B) No later than nine years after the monitoring previously conducted
pursuant to Section 611.356(g)(2) or Section 611.356(g)(4)(A),
each small system supplier desiring to maintain its monitoring
waiver must provide the information required by Sections
611.356(g)(4)(A) and (g)(4)(B).
C) No later than 60 days after it becomes aware that it is no longer
free of lead-containing or copper-containing material, as
appropriate, each small system supplier with a monitoring waiver
must provide written notification to the Agency, setting forth the
circumstances resulting in the lead-containing or copper-
containing materials being introduced into the system and what
corrective action, if any, the supplier plans to remove these
materials.
D) By October 10, 2000, any small system supplier with a waiver
granted prior to April 11, 2000 and that has had not previously met
the requirements of Section 611.356(g)(2) must provide have
provided the information required by that subsection.
BOARD NOTE: Corresponding 40 CFR 141.90(a)(2)(iv) sets
forth the April 11, 2000 and October 10, 2000 dates. The Board
has retained those dates to maintain structural consistency with the
federal requirements, despite the fact that this subsection (a)(2)(D)
became effective after that date.
5) Each GWS supplier that limits water quality parameter monitoring to a
subset of entry points under Section 611.357(c)(3) must provide, by the
commencement of such monitoring, written correspondence to the Agency
that identifies the selected entry points and includes information sufficient
to demonstrate that the sites are representative of water quality and
treatment conditions throughout the system.
b) Reporting for source water monitoring.
1) A supplier must report the sampling results for all source water samples
collected in accordance with Section 611.358 within ten days of the end of
each source water sampling period (i.e., annually, per compliance period,
per compliance cycle) specified in Section 611.358.
2) With the exception of the first round of source water sampling conducted
pursuant to Section 611.358(b), a supplier must specify any site that was
not sampled during previous sampling periods, and include an explanation
of why the sampling point has changed.
c) Reporting for corrosion control treatment. By the applicable dates under Section
178
611.351, a supplier must report the following information:
1) For a supplier demonstrating that it has already optimized corrosion
control, the information required by Section 611.352(b)(2) or (b)(3).
2) For a supplier required to optimize corrosion control, its recommendation
regarding optimal corrosion control treatment pursuant to Section
611.352(a).
3) For a supplier required to evaluate the effectiveness of corrosion control
treatments pursuant to Section 611.352(c), the information required by
Section 611.352(c).
4) For a supplier required to install optimal corrosion control approved by
the Agency pursuant to Section 611.352(d), a copy of the Agency permit
letter, which acts as certification that the supplier has completed installing
the permitted treatment.
d) Reporting for source water treatment. On or before the applicable dates in
Section 611.353, a supplier must provide the following information to the
Agency:
1) If required by Section 611.353(b)(1), its recommendation regarding source
water treatment; or
2) For suppliers required to install source water treatment pursuant to Section
611.353(b)(2), a copy of the Agency permit letter, which acts as
certification that the supplier has completed installing the treatment
approved by the Agency within 24 months after the Agency approved the
treatment.
e) Reporting for lead service line replacement. A supplier must report the following
information to the Agency to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of
Section 611.354:
1) Within 12 months after a supplier exceeds the lead action level in
sampling referred to in Section 611.354(a), the supplier must report each
of the following to the Agency in writing:
A) A demonstration that it has conducted a materials evaluation,
including the evaluation required by Section 611.356(a),
B) Identify the initial number of lead service lines in its distribution
system,; and
C) Provide the Agency with the supplier’s schedule for annually
179
replacing at least seven percent of the initial number of lead
service lines in its distribution system.
2) Within 12 months after a supplier exceeds the lead action level in
sampling referred to in Section 611.354(a), and every 12 months
thereafter, the supplier must demonstrate to the Agency in writing that the
supplier has done either of the following:
A) Replaced in the previous 12 months at least seven percent of the
initial number of lead service lines in its distribution system (or
any greater number of lines specified by the Agency pursuant to
Section 611.354(e)),; or
B) Conducted sampling that demonstrates that the lead concentration
in all service line samples from individual lines, taken pursuant to
Section 611.356(b)(3), is less than or equal to 0.015 mg/L
ℓ
.
C) Where the supplier makes a demonstration under subsection
(e)(2)(B) of this Section, the total number of lines that the supplier
has replaced, combined with the total number that meet the criteria
of Section 611.354(b), must equal at least seven percent of the
initial number of lead lines identified pursuant to subsection (a) of
this Section (or the percentage specified by the Agency pursuant to
Section 611.354(e)).
3) The annual letter submitted to the Agency pursuant to subsection (e)(2) of
this Section must contain the following information:
A) The number of lead service lines originally scheduled to be
replaced during the previous year of the supplier’s replacement
schedule;
B) The number and location of each lead service line actually
replaced during the previous year of the supplier’s replacement
schedule; and
C) If measured, the water lead concentration from each lead service
line sampled pursuant to Section 611.356(b)(3) and the location of
each lead service line sampled, the sampling method used, and the
date of sampling.
4) Any supplier that collects lead service line samples following partial lead
service line replacement required by Section 611.354 must report the
results to the Agency within the first ten days of the month following the
month in which the supplier receives the laboratory results, or as specified
by the Agency. The Agency may, by a SEP granted pursuant to Section
180
611.110, eliminate this requirement to report these monitoring results. A
supplier must also report any additional information as specified by the
Agency, and in a time and manner prescribed by the Agency, to verify that
all partial lead service line replacement activities have taken place.
f) Reporting for public education program.
1) Any water supplier that is subject to the public education requirements in
Section 611.355 must, within ten days after the end of each period in
which the supplier is required to perform public education tasks in
accordance with Section 611.355(c), send written documentation to the
Agency that contains the following:
A) A demonstration that the supplier has delivered the public
education materials that meet the content requirements in Sections
611.355(a) and (b) and the delivery requirements in Section
611.355(c); and
B) A list of all the newspapers, radio stations, television stations, and
facilities and organizations to which the supplier delivered public
education materials during the period in which the supplier was
required to perform public education tasks.
2) Unless required by the Agency, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, a supplier that previously has submitted the information required
by subsection (f)(1)(B) of this Section need not resubmit the information
required by subsection (f)(1)(B) of this Section, as long as there have been
no changes in the distribution list and the supplier certifies that the public
education materials were distributed to the same list submitted previously.
g) Reporting of additional monitoring data. Any supplier that collects sampling data
in addition to that required by this Subpart G must report the results of that
sampling to the Agency within the first ten days following the end of the
applicable sampling periods specified by Sections 611.356 through 611.358
during which the samples are collected.
h) Reporting of 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations where the Agency
calculates a system’s 90th percentile concentrations. A water supplier is not
required to report the 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations measured
from among all lead and copper tap water samples collected during each
monitoring period, as required by subsection (a)(1)(D) of this Section if the
following is true:
1) The Agency has previously notified the water supplier that it will calculate
the water system’s 90th percentile lead and copper concentrations, based
on the lead and copper tap results submitted pursuant to subsection
181
(h)(2)(A) of this Section, and has specified a date before the end of the
applicable monitoring period by which the supplier must provide the
results of lead and copper tap water samples;
2) The supplier has provided the following information to the Agency by the
date specified in subsection (h)(1) of this Section:
A) The results of all tap samples for lead and copper including the
location of each site and the criteria under Section 611.356(a)(3),
(a)(4), (a)(5), (a)(6), or (a)(7) under which the site was selected for
the system’s sampling pool, pursuant to subsection (a)(1)(A) of
this Section; and
B) An identification of sampling sites utilized during the current
monitoring period that were not sampled during previous
monitoring periods, and an explanation why sampling sites have
changed; and
3) The Agency has provided the results of the 90th percentile lead and
copper calculations, in writing, to the water supplier before the end of the
monitoring period.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.90 (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 2012 (Jan.
12, 2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.361 Recordkeeping
Any supplier subject to the requirements of this Subpart G shall must retain on its premises
original records of all sampling data and analyses, reports, surveys, letters, evaluations,
schedules, Agency determinations, and any other information required by Sections 611.351
through Section 611.360. Each supplier shall must retain the records required by this section for
at least 12 years.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.91 (1992) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART I: DISINFECTANT RESIDUALS, DISINFECTION BYPRODUCTS, and
DISINFECTION BYPRODUCT PRECURSORS
Section 611.380 General Requirements
a) The requirements of this Subpart I constitute NPDWRs.
182
1) The regulations in this Subpart I establish standards under which a CWS
supplier or an NTNCWS supplier that adds a chemical disinfectant to the
water in any part of the drinking water treatment process or which provides
water that contains a chemical disinfectant must modify its practices to
meet MCLs and MRDLs in Sections 611.312 and 611.313, respectively, and
must meet the treatment technique requirements for DBP precursors in
Section 611.385.
2) The regulations in this Subpart I establish standards under which a transient
non-CWS supplier that uses chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant
must modify its practices to meet the MRDL for chlorine dioxide in Section
611.313.
3) The Board has established MCLs for TTHM and HAA5 and treatment
technique requirements for DBP precursors to limit the levels of known
and unknown DBPs that may have adverse health effects. These DBPs
may include chloroform, bromodichloromethane, dibromochloromethane,
bromoform, dichloroacetic acid, and trichloroacetic acid.
b) Compliance dates.
1) CWSs and NTNCWSs. Unless otherwise noted, a supplier must comply
with the requirements of this Subpart I as follows: A Subpart B system
supplier serving 10,000 or more persons must comply with this Subpart I
beginning January 1, 2002. A Subpart B system supplier serving fewer than
10,000 persons or a supplier using only groundwater not under the direct
influence of surface water must comply with this Subpart I beginning
January 1, 2004.
2) Transient
non-CWSs. A Subpart B system supplier serving 10,000 or more
persons and using chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant must comply
with any requirements for chlorine dioxide in this Subpart I beginning
January 1, 2002. A Subpart B system supplier serving fewer than 10,000
persons and using chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant or a supplier
using only groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water and
using chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant must comply with any
requirements for chlorine dioxide in this Subpart I beginning January 1,
2004.
c) Each CWS or NTNCWS supplier regulated under subsection (a) of this Section
must be operated by qualified personnel who meet the requirements specified in 35
Ill. Adm. Code 680.
d) Control of disinfectant residuals. Notwithstanding the MRDLs in Section 611.313,
a supplier may increase residual disinfectant levels in the distribution system of
chlorine or chloramines (but not chlorine dioxide) to a level and for a time
183
necessary to protect public health, to address specific microbiological
contamination problems caused by circumstances such as, but not limited to,
distribution line breaks, storm run-off events, source water contamination events, or
cross-connection events.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.130 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.381 Analytical Requirements
a) A supplier must use only the analytical methods specified in this Section to
demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this Subpart I.
b) Disinfection byproducts (DBPs).
1) A supplier must measure disinfection byproducts (DBPs) by the methods
(as modified by the footnotes) listed in the following table:
Approved Methods for Disinfection Byproduct (DBP) Compliance
Monitoring
Methodology
2
EPA Method Standard
Method
Byproduct
Measured
1
P&T/GC/ElCD &
PID
3
502.2 TTHM
P&T/GC/MS 524.2 TTHM
LLE/GC/ECD 551.1 TTHM
LLE/GC/ECD 6251 B HAA5
SPE/GC/ECD 552.1 HAA5
LLE/GC/ECD 552.2 HAA5
Amperometric
Titration
4500-ClO2 E Chlorite
4
IC 300.0 Chlorite
4
IC 300.1 Chlorite
4
, Bromate
1
The listed method is approved for measuring specified disinfection
byproduct.
2
P&T = purge and trap; GC = gas chromatography; ElCD = electrolytic
conductivity detector; PID = photoionization detector; MS = mass
spectrometer; LLE = liquid/liquid extraction; ECD = electron capture
detector; SPE = solid phase extractor; IC = ion chromatography.
3
If TTHMs are the only analytes being measured in the sample, then a
184
PID is not required.
4
Amperometric titration may be used for routine daily monitoring of
chlorite at the entrance to the distribution system, as prescribed in
Section 611.382(b)(2)(A)(i). Ion chromatography must be used for
routine monthly monitoring of chlorite and additional monitoring of
chlorite in the distribution system, as prescribed in Sections
611.382(b)(2)(A)(ii) and (b)(2)(B).
2) Analysis under this Section for DBPs must be conducted by laboratories
that have received certification by USEPA or the Agency except as
specified under subsection (b)(3) of this Section. To receive certification
to conduct analyses for the contaminants in Section 611.312, the laboratory
must carry out annual analyses of performance evaluation (PE) samples
approved by USEPA or the Agency. In these analyses of PE samples, the
laboratory must achieve quantitative results within the acceptance limit on a
minimum of 80% of the analytes included in each PE sample. The
acceptance limit is defined as the 95% confidence interval calculated around
the mean of the PE study data between a maximum and minimum
acceptance limit of
±
50% and
±
15% of the study mean.
3) A party approved by USEPA or the Agency must measure daily chlorite
samples at the entrance to the distribution system.
c) Disinfectant residuals.
1) A supplier must measure residual disinfectant concentrations for free
chlorine, combined chlorine (chloramines), and chlorine dioxide by the
methods (as modified by the footnotes) listed in the following table:
Approved Methods for Disinfectant Residual Compliance Monitoring
Methodology Standard
Method
ASTM
Method
Residual Measured
1
Amperometric
Titration
4500-Cl D D 1253-86 Free chlorine,
Combined chlorine,
Total chlorine
Low Level
Amperometric
Titration
4500-Cl E Total chlorine
DPD Ferrous
Titrimetric
4500-Cl F Free chlorine,
Combined chlorine,
Total chlorine
DPD Colorimetric 4500-Cl G Free chlorine,
Combined chlorine,
Total chlorine
185
Syringaldazine
(FACTS)
4500-Cl H Free chlorine
Iodometric
Electrode
4500-Cl I Total chlorine
DPD 4500-ClO2 D Chlorine dioxide
Amperometric
Method II
4500-ClO2 E Chlorine dioxide
1
The listed method is approved for measuring specified disinfectant
residual.
2) If approved by the Agency, a supplier may also measure residual
disinfectant concentrations for chlorine, chloramines, and chlorine dioxide
by using DPD colorimetric test kits.
3) A party approved by USEPA or the Agency must measure residual
disinfectant concentration.
d) A supplier required to analyze parameters not included in subsections (b) and (c) of
this Section must use the methods listed below. A party approved by USEPA or the
Agency must measure these the following parameters.:
1) Alkalinity. All methods allowed in Section 611.611(a)(21) for measuring
alkalinity,;
2) Bromide. USEPA Method 300.0 or USEPA Method 300.1,;
3) Total Organic Carbon (TOC). Standard Method 5310 B (High-Temperature
Combustion Method), Standard Method 5310 C (Persulfate-Ultraviolet or
Heated-Persulfate Oxidation Method), or Standard Method 5310 D
(Wet-Oxidation Method). TOC samples may not be filtered prior to
analysis. TOC samples must either be analyzed or must be acidified to
achieve pH less than 2.0 by minimal addition of phosphoric or sulfuric acid
as soon as practical after sampling, not to exceed 24 hours. Acidified TOC
samples must be analyzed within 28 days,;
4) Specific Ultraviolet Absorbance (SUVA). SUVA is equal to the UV
absorption at 254 nm (UV254) (measured in m
-1
) divided by the dissolved
organic carbon (DOC) concentration (measured as mg/L
ℓ
). In order to
determine SUVA, it is necessary to separately measure UV254 and DOC.
When determining SUVA, a supplier must use the methods stipulated in
subsection (d)(4)(A) of this Section to measure DOC and the method
stipulated in subsection (d)(4)(B) of this Section to measure UV254. SUVA
must be determined on water prior to the addition of disinfectants/oxidants
by the supplier. DOC and UV254 samples used to determine a SUVA value
must be taken at the same time and at the same location,;
186
A) Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC). Standard Method 5310 B (High-
Temperature Combustion Method), Standard Method 5310 C
(Persulfate-Ultraviolet or Heated-Persulfate Oxidation Method), or
Standard Method 5310 D (Wet-Oxidation Method). Prior to
analysis, DOC samples must be filtered through a 0.45
µ
m
pore-diameter filter. Water passed through the filter prior to
filtration of the sample must serve as the filtered blank. This filtered
blank must be analyzed using procedures identical to those used for
analysis of the samples and must meet the following standards:
DOC < less than 0.5 mg/L
ℓ
. DOC samples must be filtered through
the 0.45
µ
m pore-diameter filter prior to acidification. DOC
samples must either be analyzed or must be acidified to achieve pH
less than 2.0 by minimal addition of phosphoric or sulfuric acid as
soon as practical after sampling, not to exceed 48 hours. Acidified
DOC samples must be analyzed within 28 days,; and
B) Ultraviolet Absorption at 254 nm (UVfffff4) (UV254). Method 5910 B
(Ultraviolet Absorption Method). UV absorption must be measured
at 253.7 nm (may be rounded off to 254 nm). Prior to analysis,
UV254 samples must be filtered through a 0.45
µ
m pore-diameter
filter. The pH of UV254 samples may not be adjusted. Samples must
be analyzed as soon as practical after sampling, not to exceed 48
hours,; and
5) pH. All methods allowed in Section 611.611 (a) (17) 611.611(a)(17) for
measuring pH.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.131 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.382 Monitoring Requirements
a) General requirements.
1) A supplier must take all samples during normal operating conditions.
2) A supplier may consider multiple wells drawing water from a single aquifer
as one treatment plant for determining the minimum number of TTHM and
HAA5 samples required with Agency approval.
3) Failure to monitor in accordance with the monitoring plan required under
subsection (f) of this Section is a monitoring violation.
187
4) Where compliance is based on a running annual average of monthly or
quarterly samples or averages and the supplier’s failure to monitor makes it
impossible to determine compliance with MCLs or MRDLs, this failure to
monitor will be treated as a violation for the entire period covered by the
annual average.
5) A supplier must use only data collected under the provisions of this Subpart
I or under the Information Collection Rule (40 CFR 141, Subpart M) to
qualify for reduced monitoring.
b) Monitoring requirements for disinfection byproducts (DBPs).
1) TTHMs and HAA5.
A) Routine monitoring. A supplier must monitor at the following
frequency indicated in the following table:
Routine Monitoring Frequency for TTHM and HAA5
Type of supplier Minimum
monitoring
frequency
Sample location in
the distribution
system
Subpart B system
supplier serving
10,000 or more
persons.
Four water samples
per quarter per
treatment plant.
At least 25 percent
of all samples
collected each
quarter at locations
representing
maximum residence
time. Remaining
samples taken at
locations
representative of at
least average
residence time in the
distribution system
and representing the
entire distribution
system, taking into
account number of
persons served,
different sources of
water, and different
treatment methods.1
188
Subpart B system
supplier serving
from 500 to 9,999
persons.
One water sample
per quarter per
treatment plant.
Locations
representing
maximum residence
time.1
Subpart B system
supplier serving
fewer than 500
persons.
One sample per year
per treatment plant
during month of
warmest water
temperature.
Locations
representing
maximum residence
time.1 If the sample
(or average of
annual samples, if
more than one
sample is taken)
exceeds the MCL,
the supplier must
increase monitoring
to one sample per
treatment plant per
quarter, taken at a
point reflecting the
maximum residence
time in the
distribution system,
until the supplier
meets the standards
in subsection
(b)(1)(D) of this
Section.
A supplier using
only groundwater
not under direct
influence of surface
water using
chemical
disinfectant and
serving 10,000 or
more persons.
One water sample
per quarter per
treatment plant.2
Locations
representing
maximum residence
time.1
A supplier using
only groundwater
not under direct
influence of surface
water using
chemical
disinfectant and
One sample per year
per treatment plant2
during month of
warmest water
temperature.
Locations
representing
maximum residence
time.1 If the sample
(or average of
annual samples, if
more than one
189
serving fewer than
10,000 persons.
sample is taken)
exceeds MCL, the
supplier must
increase monitoring
to one sample per
treatment plant per
quarter, taken at a
point reflecting the
maximum residence
time in the
distribution system,
until the supplier
meets standards in
subsection (b)(1)(D)
of this Section.
i) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 10,000 or more
persons must collect four water samples per quarter per
treatment plant. At least 25 percent of all samples collected
each quarter must be collected at locations representing
maximum residence time. The remaining samples may be
taken at locations representative of at least average
residence time in the distribution system and representing
the entire distribution system, taking into account the
number of persons served, the different sources of water,
and the different treatment methods.
ii) A Subpart B system supplier that serves from 500 to 9,999
persons must collect one water sample per quarter per
treatment plant. The samples must be collected from
locations representing maximum residence time.
iii) A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 500
persons must collect one sample per year per treatment
plant during month of warmest water temperature. The
samples must be collected from locations representing
maximum residence time. If the sample (or average of
annual samples, if more than one sample is taken) exceeds
the MCL, the supplier must increase the monitoring
frequency to one sample per treatment plant per quarter,
taken at a point reflecting the maximum residence time in
the distribution system, until the supplier meets the
standards in subsection (b)(1)(D) of this Section.
iv) A supplier that uses only groundwater not under direct
influence of surface water, which uses chemical
190
disinfectant, and which serves 10,000 or more persons must
collect one water sample per quarter per treatment plant.
The samples must be collected from locations representing
maximum residence time.
v) A supplier that uses only groundwater not under direct
influence of surface water, which uses chemical
disinfectant, and which serves fewer than 10,000 persons
must collect one sample per year per treatment plant during
month of warmest water temperature. The samples must be
collected from locations representing maximum residence
time. If the sample (or average of annual samples, if more
than one sample is taken) exceeds MCL, the supplier must
increase monitoring to one sample per treatment plant per
quarter, taken at a point reflecting the maximum residence
time in the distribution system, until the supplier meets
standards in subsection (b)(1)(D) of this Section.
1 BOARD NOTE: If a supplier elects to sample more frequently
than the minimum required, at least 25 percent of all samples
collected each quarter (including those taken in excess of the
required frequency) must be taken at locations that represent the
maximum residence time of the water in the distribution system.
The remaining samples must be taken at locations representative of
at least average residence time in the distribution system. For a
supplier using groundwater not under the direct influence of
surface water, multiple wells drawing water from a single aquifer
may be considered one treatment plant for determining the
minimum number of samples required, with Agency approval.
2 Multiple wells drawing water from a single aquifer may be
considered one treatment plant for determining the minimum
number of samples required, with Agency approval.
B) A supplier may reduce monitoring, except as otherwise provided, in
accordance with the following table:
Reduced Monitoring Frequency for TTHM and HAA5
If you are a . . . You may reduce
monitoring if you
have monitored at
least one year and
your . . .
To this level
191
Subpart B system
supplier serving
10,000 or more
persons that has a
source water annual
average TOC level,
before any
treatment,
≤
4.0
mg/L.
TTHM annual
average
≤
0.040
mg/L and HAA5
annual average
≤
0.030 mg/L.
One sample per
treatment plant per
quarter at
distribution system
location reflecting
maximum residence
time.
Subpart B system
supplier serving
from 500 to 9,999
persons that has a
source water annual
average TOC level,
before any
treatment,
≤
4.0
mg/L.
TTHM annual
average
≤
0.040
mg/L and HAA5
annual average
≤
0.030 mg/L.
One sample per
treatment plant per
year at distribution
system location
reflecting maximum
residence time
during month of
warmest water
temperature.
NOTE: Any
Subpart B system
supplier serving
fewer than 500
persons may not
reduce its
monitoring to less
than one sample per
treatment plant per
year.
A supplier using
only groundwater
not under direct
influence of surface
water using
chemical
disinfectant and
serving 10,000 or
more persons.
TTHM annual
average
≤
0.040
mg/L and HAA5
annual average
≤
0.030 mg/L.
One sample per
treatment plant per
year at distribution
system location
reflecting maximum
residence time
during month of
warmest water
temperature.
192
A supplier using
only groundwater
not under direct
influence of surface
water using
chemical
disinfectant and
serving fewer than
10,000 persons.
TTHM annual
average
≤
0.040
mg/L and HAA5
annual average
≤
0.030 mg/L for
two consecutive
years or TTHM
annual average
≤
0.020 mg/L and
HAA5 annual
average
≤
0.015
mg/L for one year.
One sample per
treatment plant per
three year
monitoring cycle at
distribution system
location reflecting
maximum residence
time during month
of warmest water
temperature, with
the three-year cycle
beginning on
January 1 following
quarter in which the
supplier qualifies for
reduced monitoring.
i) A Subpart B system supplier that serves 10,000 or more
persons and which has a source water annual average TOC
level, before any treatment, of less than of equal to 4.0
mg/
ℓ
may reduce monitoring if it has monitored for at least
one year and its TTHM annual average is less than of equal
to 0.040 mg/
ℓ
and HAA5 annual average is less than of
equal to 0.030 mg/
ℓ
. The reduced monitoring allowed is a
minimum of one sample per treatment plant per quarter at
distribution system location reflecting maximum residence
time.
ii) A Subpart B system supplier that serves from 500 to 9,999
persons and which has a source water annual average TOC
level, before any treatment, of less than or equal to 4.0
mg/
ℓ
may reduce monitoring if it has monitored at least one
year and its TTHM annual average less than of equal to
0.040 mg/
ℓ
and HAA5 annual average less than of equal to
0.030 mg/
ℓ
. The reduced monitoring allowed is a
minimum of one sample per treatment plant per year at
distribution system location reflecting maximum residence
time during month of warmest water temperature.
BOARD NOTE: Any Subpart B system supplier serving
fewer than 500 persons may not reduce its monitoring to
less than one sample per treatment plant per year.
iii) A supplier using only groundwater not under direct
influence of surface water using chemical disinfectant and
serving 10,000 or more persons may reduce monitoring if it
193
has monitored at least one year and its TTHM annual
average less than of equal to 0.040 mg/
ℓ
and HAA5 annual
average less than of equal to 0.030 mg/
ℓ
. The reduced
monitoring allowed is a minimum of one sample per
treatment plant per year at distribution system location
reflecting maximum residence time during month of
warmest water temperature.
iv) A supplier using only groundwater not under direct
influence of surface water using chemical disinfectant and
serving fewer than 10,000 persons may reduce monitoring
if it has monitored at least one year and its TTHM annual
average less than of equal to 0.040 mg/
ℓ
and HAA5 annual
average less than of equal to 0.030 mg/
ℓ
for two
consecutive years or TTHM annual average less than of
equal to 0.020 mg/
ℓ
and HAA5 annual average less than of
equal to 0.015 mg/
ℓ
for one year. The reduced monitoring
allowed is a minimum of one sample per treatment plant
per three year monitoring cycle at distribution system
location reflecting maximum residence time during month
of warmest water temperature, with the three-year cycle
beginning on January 1 following quarter in which the
supplier qualifies for reduced monitoring.
C) A supplier on a reduced monitoring schedule may remain on that
reduced schedule as long as the average of all samples taken in the
year (for a supplier that must monitor quarterly) or the result of the
sample (for a supplier that must monitor no more frequently than
annually) is no more than 0.060 mg/L
ℓ
and 0.045 mg/L
ℓ
for TTHMs
and HAA5, respectively. A supplier that does not meet these levels
must resume monitoring at the frequency identified in subsection
(b)(1)(A) of this Section (minimum monitoring frequency column)
in the quarter immediately following the monitoring period in which
the supplier exceeds 0.060 mg/L
ℓ
for TTHMs or 0.045 mg/L
ℓ
for
HAA5. For a supplier using only groundwater not under the direct
influence of surface water and serving fewer than 10,000 persons,
if either the TTHM annual average is > greater than 0.080 mg/L
ℓ
or the HAA5 annual average is > greater than 0.060 mg/L
ℓ
, the
supplier must go to increased monitoring identified in subsection
(b)(1)(A) of this Section (sample location column) in the quarter
immediately following the monitoring period in which the supplier
exceeds 0.080 mg/L
ℓ
for TTHMs or 0.060 mg/L
ℓ
for HAA5.
D) A supplier on increased monitoring may return to routine
monitoring if, after at least one year of monitoring, its TTHM
annual average is
#
less than or equal to 0.060 mg/L
ℓ
and its
194
HAA5 annual average is
#
less than or equal to 0.045 mg/L
ℓ
.
E) The Agency may return a supplier to routine monitoring.
2) Chlorite. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier using chlorine dioxide, for
disinfection or oxidation, must conduct monitoring for chlorite.
A) Routine monitoring.
i) Daily monitoring. A supplier must take daily samples at the
entrance to the distribution system. For any daily sample
that exceeds the chlorite MCL, the supplier must take
additional samples in the distribution system the following
day at the locations required by subsection (b)(2)(B) of this
Section, in addition to the sample required at the entrance to
the distribution system.
ii) Monthly monitoring. A supplier must take a three-sample
set each month in the distribution system. The supplier must
take one sample at each of the following locations: near the
first customer, at a location representative of average
residence time, and at a location reflecting maximum
residence time in the distribution system. Any additional
routine sampling must be conducted in the same manner (as
three-sample sets, at the specified locations). The supplier
may use the results of additional monitoring conducted under
subsection (b)(2)(B) of this Section to meet the requirement
for monitoring in this subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii).
B) Additional monitoring. On each day following a routine sample
monitoring result that exceeds the chlorite MCL at the entrance to
the distribution system, the supplier must take three chlorite
distribution system samples at the following locations: as close to
the first customer as possible, in a location representative of average
residence time, and as close to the end of the distribution system as
possible (reflecting maximum residence time in the distribution
system).
C) Reduced monitoring.
i) Chlorite monitoring at the entrance to the distribution system
required by subsection (b)(2)(A)(i) of this Section may not
be reduced.
ii) Chlorite monitoring in the distribution system required by
subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii) of this Section may be reduced to
195
one three-sample set per quarter after one year of monitoring
where no individual chlorite sample taken in the distribution
system under subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii) of this Section has
exceeded the chlorite MCL and the supplier has not been
required to conduct monitoring under subsection (b)(2)(B) of
this Section. The supplier may remain on the reduced
monitoring schedule until either any of the three individual
chlorite samples taken quarterly in the distribution system
under subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii) of this Section exceeds the
chlorite MCL or the supplier is required to conduct
monitoring under subsection (b)(2)(B) of this Section, at
which time the supplier must revert to routine monitoring.
3) Bromate.
A) Routine monitoring. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier using ozone, for
disinfection or oxidation, must take one sample per month for each
treatment plant in the system using ozone. A supplier must take
samples monthly at the entrance to the distribution system while the
ozonation system is operating under normal conditions.
B) Reduced monitoring. A supplier required to analyze for bromate
may reduce monitoring from monthly to once per quarter, if the
supplier demonstrates that the average source water bromide
concentration is less than 0.05 mg/L
ℓ
based upon representative
monthly bromide measurements for one year. The supplier may
remain on reduced bromate monitoring until the running annual
average source water bromide concentration, computed quarterly, is
equal to or greater than 0.05 mg/L
ℓ
based upon representative
monthly measurements. If the running annual average source water
bromide concentration is equal to or greater than 0.05 mg/L
ℓ
, the
supplier must resume routine monitoring required by subsection
(b)(3)(A) of this Section.
c) Monitoring requirements for disinfectant residuals.
1) Chlorine and chloramines.
A) Routine monitoring. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier that uses
chlorine or chloramines must measure the residual disinfectant level
in the distribution system at the same point in the distribution system
and at the same time as total coliforms are sampled, as specified in
Section 611.521. A Subpart B system supplier may use the results
of residual disinfectant concentration sampling conducted under
Section 611.532 for unfiltered systems or Section 611.533 for
systems that filter, in lieu of taking separate samples.
196
B) Reduced monitoring. Monitoring may not be reduced.
2) Chlorine dioxide.
A) Routine monitoring. A CWS, an NTNCWS, or a transient non-
CWS supplier that uses chlorine dioxide for disinfection or
oxidation must take daily samples at the entrance to the distribution
system. For any daily sample that exceeds the MRDL, the supplier
must take samples in the distribution system the following day at the
locations required by subsection (c)(2)(B) of this Section, in addition
to the sample required at the entrance to the distribution system.
B) Additional monitoring. On each day following a routine sample
monitoring result that exceeds the MRDL, the supplier must take
three chlorine dioxide distribution system samples. If chlorine
dioxide or chloramines are used to maintain a disinfectant residual in
the distribution system, or if chlorine is used to maintain a
disinfectant residual in the distribution system and there are no
disinfection addition points after the entrance to the distribution
system (i.e., no booster chlorination), the supplier must take three
samples as close to the first customer as possible, at intervals of at
least six hours. If chlorine is used to maintain a disinfectant residual
in the distribution system and there are one or more disinfection
addition points after the entrance to the distribution system (i.e.,
booster chlorination), the supplier must take one sample at each of
the following locations: as close to the first customer as possible, in
a location representative of average residence time, and as close to
the end of the distribution system as possible (reflecting maximum
residence time in the distribution system).
C) Reduced monitoring. Monitoring may not be reduced.
d) Monitoring requirements for disinfection byproduct (DBP) precursors.
1) Routine monitoring. A Subpart B system supplier that uses conventional
filtration treatment (as defined in Section 611.101) must monitor each
treatment plant for TOC not past the point of combined filter effluent
turbidity monitoring and representative of the treated water. A supplier
required to monitor under this subsection (d)(1) must also monitor for TOC
in the source water prior to any treatment at the same time as monitoring for
TOC in the treated water. These samples (source water and treated water)
are referred to as paired samples. At the same time as the source water
sample is taken, a system must monitor for alkalinity in the source water
prior to any treatment. A supplier must take one paired sample and one
source water alkalinity sample per month per plant at a time representative
197
of normal operating conditions and influent water quality.
2) Reduced monitoring. A Subpart B system supplier with an average treated
water TOC of less than 2.0 mg/L
ℓ
for two consecutive years, or less than
1.0 mg/L
ℓ
for one year, may reduce monitoring for both TOC and alkalinity
to one paired sample and one source water alkalinity sample per plant per
quarter. The supplier must revert to routine monitoring in the month
following the quarter when the annual average treated water TOC
≥
greater
than or equal to 2.0 mg/L
ℓ
.
e) Bromide. A supplier required to analyze for bromate may reduce bromate
monitoring from monthly to once per quarter, if the supplier demonstrates that the
average source water bromide concentration is less than 0.05 mg/L
ℓ
based upon
representative monthly measurements for one year. The supplier must continue
bromide monitoring to remain on reduced bromate monitoring.
f) Monitoring plans. Each supplier required to monitor under this Subpart I must
develop and implement a monitoring plan. The supplier must maintain the plan and
make it available for inspection by the Agency and the general public no later than
30 days following the applicable compliance dates in Section 611.380(b). A
Subpart B system supplier serving more than 3,300 persons must submit a copy of
the monitoring plan to the Agency no later than the date of the first report required
under Section 611.384. After review, the Agency may require changes in any plan
elements. The plan must include at least the following elements:
1) Specific locations and schedules for collecting samples for any parameters
included in this Subpart I;
2) How the supplier will calculate compliance with MCLs, MRDLs, and
treatment techniques; and
3) If approved for monitoring as a consecutive system, or if providing water to
a consecutive system, under the provisions of Section 611.500, the sampling
plan must reflect the entire distribution system.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.132 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.383 Compliance Requirements
a) General requirements.
1) Where compliance is based on a running annual average of monthly or
quarterly samples or averages and the supplier fails to monitor for TTHM,
198
HAA5, or bromate, this failure to monitor will be treated as a monitoring
violation for the entire period covered by the annual average. Where
compliance is based on a running annual average of monthly or quarterly
samples or averages and the supplier’s failure to monitor makes it
impossible to determine compliance with the MRDL for chlorine or
chloramines, this failure to monitor will be treated as a monitoring violation
for the entire period covered by the annual average.
2) All samples taken and analyzed under the provisions of this Subpart I must
be included in determining compliance, even if that number is greater than
the minimum required.
3) If, during the first year of monitoring under Section 611.382, any individual
quarter’s average will cause the running annual average of that supplier to
exceed the MCL, the supplier is out of compliance at the end of that quarter.
b) Disinfection byproducts (DBPs).
1) TTHMs and HAA5.
A) For a supplier monitoring quarterly, compliance with MCLs in
Section 611.312 must be based on a running annual arithmetic
average, computed quarterly, of quarterly arithmetic averages of all
samples collected by the supplier as prescribed by Section
611.382(b)(1).
B) For a supplier monitoring less frequently than quarterly, the supplier
demonstrates MCL compliance if the average of samples taken that
year under the provisions of Section 611.382(b)(1) does not exceed
the MCLs in Section 611.312. If the average of these samples
exceeds the MCL, the supplier must increase monitoring to once per
quarter per treatment plant, and such a system is not in violation of
the MCL until it has completed one year of quarterly monitoring,
unless the result of fewer than four quarters of monitoring will
cause the running annual average to exceed the MCL, in which
case the supplier is in violation at the end of that quarter. A
supplier required to increase to quarterly monitoring must calculate
compliance by including the sample that triggered the increased
monitoring plus the following three quarters of monitoring.
C) If the running annual arithmetic average of quarterly averages
covering any consecutive four-quarter period exceeds the MCL,
the supplier is in violation of the MCL and must notify the public
pursuant to Subpart V of this Part in addition to reporting to the
Agency pursuant to Section 611.384.
199
D) If a PWS fails to complete four consecutive quarter’s monitoring,
compliance with the MCL for the last four-quarter compliance
period must be based on an average of the available data.
2) Bromate. Compliance must be based on a running annual arithmetic
average, computed quarterly, of monthly samples (or, for months in which
the supplier takes more than one sample, the average of all samples taken
during the month) collected by the supplier, as prescribed by Section
611.382(b)(3). If the average of samples covering any consecutive four-
quarter period exceeds the MCL, the supplier is in violation of the MCL and
must notify the public pursuant to Subpart V of this Part, in addition to
reporting to the Agency pursuant to Section 611.384. If a PWS supplier
fails to complete 12 consecutive months’ monitoring, compliance with the
MCL for the last four-quarter compliance period must be based on an
average of the available data.
3) Chlorite. Compliance must be based on an arithmetic average of each three
sample set taken in the distribution system as prescribed by Section
611.382(b)(2)(A)(ii) and Section 611.382(b)(2)(B). If the arithmetic
average of any three sample set exceeds the MCL, the supplier is in
violation of the MCL and must notify the public pursuant to Subpart V of
this Part, in addition to reporting to the Agency pursuant to Section 611.384.
c) Disinfectant residuals.
1) Chlorine and chloramines.
A) Compliance must be based on a running annual arithmetic average,
computed quarterly, of monthly averages of all samples collected by
the supplier under Section 611.382(c)(1). If the average of quarterly
averages covering any consecutive four-quarter period exceeds the
MRDL, the supplier is in violation of the MRDL and must notify the
public pursuant to Subpart V of this Part, in addition to reporting to
the Agency pursuant to Section 611.384.
B) In cases where a supplier switches between the use of chlorine and
chloramines for residual disinfection during the year, compliance
must be determined by including together all monitoring results of
both chlorine and chloramines in calculating compliance. Reports
submitted pursuant to Section 611.384 must clearly indicate which
that residual disinfectant was analyzed for each sample.
2) Chlorine dioxide.
A) Acute violations. Compliance must be based on consecutive daily
samples collected by the supplier under Section 611.382(c)(2). If
200
any daily sample taken at the entrance to the distribution system
exceeds the MRDL, and on the following day one (or more) of the
three samples taken in the distribution system exceeds the MRDL,
the supplier is in violation of the MRDL and must take immediate
corrective action to lower the level of chlorine dioxide below the
MRDL and must notify the public pursuant to the procedures for
acute health risks in Subpart V of this Part, in addition to reporting
to the Agency pursuant to Section 611.384. Failure to take samples
in the distribution system the day following an exceedence of the
chlorine dioxide MRDL at the entrance to the distribution system
will also be considered an MRDL violation and the supplier must
notify the public of the violation in accordance with the provisions
for acute violations under Subpart V of this Part, in addition to
reporting to the Agency pursuant to Section 611.384.
B) Nonacute violations. Compliance must be based on consecutive
daily samples collected by the supplier under Section 611.382(c)(2).
If any two consecutive daily samples taken at the entrance to the
distribution system exceed the MRDL and all distribution system
samples taken are below the MRDL, the supplier is in violation of
the MRDL and must take corrective action to lower the level of
chlorine dioxide below the MRDL at the point of sampling and must
notify the public pursuant to the procedures for nonacute health risks
in Subpart V of this Part, in addition to reporting to the Agency
pursuant to Section 611.384. Failure to monitor at the entrance to
the distribution system the day following an exceedence of the
chlorine dioxide MRDL at the entrance to the distribution system is
also an MRDL violation and the supplier must notify the public of
the violation in accordance with the provisions for nonacute
violations under Subpart V of this Part, in addition to reporting to
the Agency pursuant to Section 611.384.
d) Disinfection byproduct (DBP) precursors. Compliance must be determined as
specified by Section 611.385(c). A supplier may begin monitoring to determine
whether Step 1 TOC removals can be met 12 months prior to the compliance date
for the supplier. This monitoring is not required and failure to monitor during this
period is not a violation. However, any supplier that does not monitor during this
period, and then determines in the first 12 months after the compliance date that it is
not able to meet the Step 1 requirements in Section 611.141(b)(2) and must
therefore apply for alternate minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements, is not
eligible for retroactive approval of alternate minimum TOC removal (Step 2)
requirements as allowed pursuant to Section 611.385(b)(3) and is in violation of an
NPDWR. A supplier may apply for alternate minimum TOC removal (Step 2)
requirements any time after the compliance date. For a supplier required to meet
Step 1 TOC removals, if the value calculated under Section 611.385(c)(1)(D) is
less than 1.00, the supplier is in violation of the treatment technique requirements
201
and must notify the public pursuant to Subpart V of this Part, in addition to
reporting to the Agency pursuant to Section 611.384.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.133 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.384 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
a) A supplier required to sample quarterly or more frequently must report to the
Agency within ten days after the end of each quarter in which samples were
collected, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 611.840. A supplier required
to sample less frequently than quarterly must report to the Agency within ten days
after the end of each monitoring period in which samples were collected.
b) Disinfection byproducts (DBPs). A supplier must report the information following
specified information in the following table:
If a supplier is a . . . The supplier must report . . .
1
(2) Supplier monitoring for TTHMs and
HAA5 under the requirements of
Section 611.382(b) less frequently than
quarterly (but at least annually).
(A) The number of samples taken
during the last year.
(B) The location, date, and result of
each sample taken during the last
monitoring period.
(C) The arithmetic average of all
samples taken over the last year.
(D) Whether, based on Section
611.383(b)(1), the MCL was violated.
(3) Supplier monitoring for TTHMs and
HAA5 under the requirements of
Section 611.382(b) less frequently than
annually.
(A) The location, date, and result of the
last sample taken.
(B) Whether, based on Section
611.383(b)(1), the MCL was violated.
(4) Supplier monitoring for chlorite
under the requirements of Section
611.382(b).
(A) The number of entry point samples
taken each month for the last three
months.
(B) The location, date, and result of
each sample (both entry point and
distribution system) taken during the
last quarter.
(C) For each month in the reporting
period, the arithmetic average of each
three-sample set for all sample sets
202
taken in the distribution system.
(D) Whether, based on Section
611.383(b)(3), the MCL was violated,
in which month it was violated, and
how many times it was violated in each
month.
(5) Supplier monitoring for bromate
under the requirements of Section
611.382(b).
(A) The number of samples taken
during the last quarter.
(B) The location, date, and result of
each sample taken during the last
quarter.
(C) The arithmetic average of the
monthly arithmetic averages of all
samples taken in the last year.
(D) Whether, based on Section
611.383(b)(2), the MCL was violated.
1) A supplier that monitors for TTHMs and HAA5 under the requirements of
Section 611.382(b) on a quarterly or more frequently basis must report the
following:
A) The number of samples taken during the last quarter;
B) The location, date, and result of each sample taken during the last
quarter;
C) The arithmetic average of all samples taken over the last quarter;
D) The annual arithmetic average of the quarterly arithmetic averages
of this section for the last four quarters; and
E) Whether, based on Section 611.383(b)(1), the MCL was violated.
2) A supplier that monitors for TTHMs and HAA5 under the requirements of
Section 611.382(b) less frequently than quarterly (but at least annually)
must report the following:
A) The number of samples taken during the last year;
B) The location, date, and result of each sample taken during the last
monitoring period;
C) The arithmetic average of all samples taken over the last year; and
203
D) Whether, based on Section 611.383(b)(1), the MCL was violated.
3) A supplier that monitors for TTHMs and HAA5 under the requirements of
Section 611.382(b) less frequently than annually must report the
following:
A) The location, date, and result of the last sample taken; and
B) Whether, based on Section 611.383(b)(1), the MCL was violated;
4) A supplier that monitors for chlorite under the requirements of Section
611.382(b) must report the following:
A) The number of entry point samples taken each month for the last
three months;
B) The location, date, and result of each sample (both entry point and
distribution system) taken during the last quarter;
C) For each month in the reporting period, the arithmetic average of
each three-sample set for all sample sets taken in the distribution
system; and
D) Whether, based on Section 611.383(b)(3), the MCL was violated,
in which month it was violated, and how many times it was
violated in each month.
5) Supplier that monitors for bromate under the requirements of Section
611.382(b) must report the following:
A) The number of samples taken during the last quarter;
B) The location, date, and result of each sample taken during the last
quarter;
C) The arithmetic average of the monthly arithmetic averages of all
samples taken in the last year; and
D) Whether, based on Section 611.383(b)(2), the MCL was violated.
1 BOARD NOTE: The Agency may choose to perform calculations and determine
whether the MCL was exceeded, in lieu of having the supplier report that the
required information.
c) Disinfectants. A supplier must report the following specified information specified
204
in the following table:
If a supplier is a . . . The supplier must report...1
(1) Supplier monitoring for chlorine or
chloramines under the requirements of
Section 611.382(c).
(A) The number of samples taken
during each month of the last quarter.
(B) The monthly arithmetic average of
all samples taken in each month for the
last 12 months.
(C) The arithmetic average of all
monthly averages for the last 12
months.
(D) Whether, based on Secton
611.383(c)(1), the MRDL was violated.
(2) Supplier monitoring for chlorine
dioxide under the requirements of
Section 611.382(c).
(A) The dates, results, and locations of
samples taken during the last quarter.
(B) Whether, based on Secton
611.383(c)(2), the MRDL was violated.
(C) Whether the MRDL was exceeded
in any two consecutive daily samples
and whether the resulting violation was
acute or nonacute.
1) A supplier that monitors for chlorine or chloramines under the
requirements of Section 611.382(c) must report the following:
A) The number of samples taken during each month of the last
quarter.
B) The monthly arithmetic average of all samples taken in each month
for the last 12 months.
C) The arithmetic average of all monthly averages for the last 12
months.
D) Whether, based on Secton 611.383(c)(1), the MRDL was violated.
2) Supplier monitoring for chlorine dioxide under the requirements of
Section 611.382(c) must report the following:
A) The dates, results, and locations of samples taken during the last
quarter;
B) Whether, based on Secton 611.383(c)(2), the MRDL was violated;
and
205
C) Whether the MRDL was exceeded in any two consecutive daily
samples and whether the resulting violation was acute or nonacute.
1 BOARD NOTE: The Agency may choose to perform calculations and determine
whether the MRDL was exceeded, in lieu of having the supplier report that the
required information.
d) Disinfection byproduct (DBP) precursors and enhanced coagulation or enhanced
softening. A supplier must report the following specified information specified in
the following table:
If a supplier is a . . . The supplier must report...1
(1) Supplier monitoring monthly or
quarterly for TOC under the
requirements of Section 611.382(d) and
required to meet the enhanced
coagulation or enhanced softening
requirements in Section 611.385(b)(2)
or (b)(3).
(A) The number of paired (source water
and treated water) samples taken during
the last quarter.
(B) The location, date, and result of
each paired sample and associated
alkalinity taken during the last quarter.
(C) For each month in the reporting
period that paired samples were taken,
the arithmetic average of the percent
reduction of TOC for each paired
sample and the required TOC percent
removal.
(D) Calculations for determining
compliance with the TOC percent
removal requirements, as provided in
Section 611.385(c)(1).
(E) Whether the supplier is in
compliance with the enhanced
coagulation or enhanced softening
percent removal requirements in
Section 611.385(b) for the last four
quarters.
(2) Supplier monitoring monthly or
quarterly for TOC under the
requirements of Section 611.382(d) and
meeting one or more of the alternative
compliance standards in Section
611.385(a)(2) or (a)(3).
(A) The alternative compliance criterion
that the supplier is using.
(B) The number of paired samples taken
during the last quarter.
(C) The location, date, and result of
each paired sample and associated
alkalinity taken during the last quarter.
(D) The running annual arithmetic
average based on monthly averages (or
206
quarterly samples) of source water TOC
for a supplier meeting a criterion in
Section 611.385(a)(2)(A) or (a)(2)(C)
or of treated water TOC for a supplier
meeting the criterion in Section
611.385(a)(2)(B).
(E) The running annual arithmetic
average based on monthly averages (or
quarterly samples) of source water
SUVA for a supplier meeting the
criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(E) or
of treated water SUVA for a supplier
meeting the criterion in Section
611.385(a)(2)(F).
(F) The running annual average of
source water alkalinity for a supplier
meeting the criterion in Section
611.385(a)(2)(C) and of treated water
alkalinity for a supplier meeting the
criterion in Section 611.385(a)(3)(A).
(G) The running annual average for
both TTHM and HAA5 for a supplier
meeting the criterion in Section
611.385(a)(2)(C) or (D).
(H) The running annual average of the
amount of magnesium hardness
removal (as CaCO3 in mg/L) for a
supplier meeting the criterion in Section
611.385(a)(3)(B).
(I) Whether the supplier is in
compliance with the particular
alternative compliance criterion in
Section 611.385(a)(2) or (3).
1) A supplier that monitors monthly or quarterly for TOC under the
requirements of Section 611.382(d) and required to meet the enhanced
coagulation or enhanced softening requirements in Section 611.385(b)(2)
or (b)(3) must report the following:
A) The number of paired (source water and treated water) samples
taken during the last quarter;
B) The location, date, and result of each paired sample and associated
alkalinity taken during the last quarter;
C) For each month in the reporting period that paired samples were
207
taken, the arithmetic average of the percent reduction of TOC for
each paired sample and the required TOC percent removal;
D) Calculations for determining compliance with the TOC percent
removal requirements, as provided in Section 611.385(c)(1); and
E) Whether the supplier is in compliance with the enhanced
coagulation or enhanced softening percent removal requirements in
Section 611.385(b) for the last four quarters.
2) A supplier that monitors monthly or quarterly for TOC under the
requirements of Section 611.382(d) and meeting one or more of the
alternative compliance standards in Section 611.385(a)(2) or (a)(3) must
report the following:
A) The alternative compliance criterion that the supplier is using;
B) The number of paired samples taken during the last quarter;
C) The location, date, and result of each paired sample and associated
alkalinity taken during the last quarter;
D) The running annual arithmetic average based on monthly averages
(or quarterly samples) of source water TOC for a supplier meeting
a criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(A) or (a)(2)(C) or of treated
water TOC for a supplier meeting the criterion in Section
611.385(a)(2)(B);
E) The running annual arithmetic average based on monthly averages
(or quarterly samples) of source water SUVA for a supplier
meeting the criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(E) or of treated
water SUVA for a supplier meeting the criterion in Section
611.385(a)(2)(F);
F) The running annual average of source water alkalinity for a
supplier meeting the criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(C) and of
treated water alkalinity for a supplier meeting the criterion in
Section 611.385(a)(3)(A);
G) The running annual average for both TTHM and HAA5 for a
supplier meeting the criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2)(C) or (D);
H) The running annual average of the amount of magnesium hardness
removal (as CaCO3 in mg/
ℓ
) for a supplier meeting the criterion in
Section 611.385(a)(3)(B); and
208
I) Whether the supplier is in compliance with the particular
alternative compliance criterion in Section 611.385(a)(2) or (3).
1 BOARD NOTE: The Agency may choose to perform calculations and determine
whether the treatment technique was met, in lieu of having the supplier report that
the required information.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.134 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.385 Treatment Technique for Control of Disinfection Byproduct (DBP)
Precursors
a) Applicability.
1) A Subpart B system supplier using conventional filtration treatment (as
defined in Section 611.101) must operate with enhanced coagulation or
enhanced softening to achieve the TOC percent removal levels specified in
subsection (b) of this Section unless the supplier meets at least one of the
alternative compliance standards listed in subsection (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this
Section.
2) Alternative compliance standards for enhanced coagulation and enhanced
softening systems. A Subpart B system supplier using conventional
filtration treatment may use the alternative compliance standards in
subsections (a)(2)(A) through (a)(2)(F) of this Section to comply with this
Section in lieu of complying with subsection (b). A supplier must comply
with monitoring requirements in Section 611.382(d) of this Part.
A) The supplier’s source water TOC level, measured according to
Section 611.381(d)(3), is less than 2.0 mg/L
ℓ
, calculated quarterly as
a running annual average.
B) The supplier’s treated water TOC level, measured according to
Section 611.381(d)(3), is less than 2.0 mg/L
ℓ
, calculated quarterly as
a running annual average.
C) The supplier’s source water TOC level, measured according to
Section 611.381(d)(3), is less than 4.0 mg/L
ℓ
, calculated quarterly as
a running annual average; the source water alkalinity, measured
according to Section 611.381(d)(1), is greater than 60 mg/L
ℓ
(as
CaCO3), calculated quarterly as a running annual average; and either
the TTHM and HAA5 running annual averages are no greater than
0.040 mg/L
ℓ
and 0.030 mg/L
ℓ
, respectively; or prior to the effective
209
date for compliance in Section 611.380(b), the system has made a
clear and irrevocable financial commitment, not later than the
effective date for compliance in Section 611.380(b), to use
technologies that will limit the levels of TTHMs and HAA5 to no
more than 0.040 mg/L
ℓ
and 0.030 mg/L
ℓ
, respectively. A supplier
must submit evidence of a clear and irrevocable financial
commitment, in addition to a schedule containing milestones and
periodic progress reports for installation and operation of
appropriate technologies, to the Agency for approval not later than
the effective date for compliance in Section 611.380(b). These
technologies must be installed and operating not later than June 30,
2005. Failure to install and operate these technologies by the date in
the approved schedule will constitute a violation of an NPDWR.
D) The TTHM and HAA5 running annual averages are no greater than
0.040 mg/L
ℓ
and 0.030 mg/L
ℓ
, respectively, and the supplier uses
only chlorine for primary disinfection and maintenance of a residual
in the distribution system.
E) The supplier’s source water SUVA, prior to any treatment and
measured monthly according to Section 611.381(d)(4), is less than
or equal to 2.0 L
ℓ
/mg-m, calculated quarterly as a running annual
average.
F) The supplier’s finished water SUVA, measured monthly according
to Section 611.381(d)(4), is less than or equal to 2.0 L
ℓ
/mg-m,
calculated quarterly as a running annual average.
3) Additional alternative compliance standards for softening systems. A
supplier practicing enhanced softening that cannot achieve the TOC
removals required by subsection (b)(2) of this Section may use the
alternative compliance standards in subsections (a)(3)(A) and (a)(3)(B) of
this Section in lieu of complying with subsection (b) of this Section. A
supplier must comply with monitoring requirements in Section 611.382(d).
The alternative compliance standards are as follows:
A) The supplier may undertake softening that results in lowering the
treated water alkalinity to less than 60 mg/L
ℓ
(as CaCO3), measured
monthly according to Section 611.381(d)(1) and calculated quarterly
as a running annual average.; and
B) The supplier may undertake softening that results in removing at
least 10 mg/L
ℓ
of magnesium hardness (as CaCO3), measured
monthly and calculated quarterly as an annual running average.
b) Enhanced coagulation and enhanced softening performance requirements.
210
1) A supplier must achieve the percent reduction of TOC specified in
subsection (b)(2) of this Section between the source water and the combined
filter effluent, unless the Agency approves a supplier’s request for alternate
minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements under subsection (b)(3) of
this Section.
2) Required Step 1 TOC reductions, indicated in the following table, are based
upon specified source water parameters measured in accordance with
Section 611.381(d). A supplier practicing softening must meet the Step 1
TOC reductions in the far-right column (source water alkalinity > greater
than 120 mg/L
ℓ
) for the following specified source water TOC:
Step 1 Required Removal of TOC by Enhanced Coagulation and Enhanced
Softening for a Subpart B System Supplier Using Conventional
Treatment
1,2
Source-water
TOC, mg/L
ℓ
Source-water alkalinity, mg/L
ℓ
as CaCO3
0-60 >60-120 >120
3
>2.0-4.0 35.0% 25.0% 15.0%
>4.0-8.0 45.0% 35.0% 25.0%
>8.0 50.0% 40.0% 30.0%
1
A supplier meeting at least one of the conditions in subsections (a)(2)(A)
through (a)(2)(F) of this Section are not required to operate with enhanced
coagulation.
2
Softening systems meeting one of the alternative compliance standards
in subsection (a)(3) of this Section are not required to operate with
enhanced softening.
3
A supplier practicing softening must meet the TOC removal
requirements in this column.
3) A Subpart B conventional treatment system supplier that cannot achieve the
Step 1 TOC removals required by subsection (b)(2) of this Section due to
water quality parameters or operational constraints must apply to the
Agency, within three months after failure to achieve the TOC removals
required by subsection (b)(2) of this Section, for approval of alternative
minimum TOC (Step 2) removal requirements submitted by the supplier. If
the PWS cannot achieve the Step 1 TOC removal requirement due to
water quality parameters or operational constraints, the Agency must
approve the use of the Step 2 TOC removal requirement. If the Agency
approves the alternative minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements, the
211
Agency may make those requirements retroactive for the purposes of
determining compliance. Until the Agency approves the alternative
minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements, the supplier must meet the
Step 1 TOC removals contained in subsection (b)(2) of this Section.
4) Alternative minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements. An application
made to the Agency by an enhanced coagulation system supplier for
approval of alternative minimum TOC removal (Step 2) requirements under
subsection (b)(3) of this Section must include, at a minimum, results of
bench- or pilot-scale testing conducted under subsection (b)(4)(B) of this
Section. The submitted bench- or pilot-scale testing must be used to
determine the alternative enhanced coagulation level.
A) For the purposes of this Subpart I, “alternative enhanced coagulation
level” is defined as coagulation at a coagulant dose and pH, as
determined by the method described in subsections (b)(4)(A)
through (E) of this Section, such that an incremental addition of 10
mg/L
ℓ
of alum (or equivalent amount of ferric salt) results in a TOC
removal of
≤
less than or equal to 0.3 mg/L
ℓ
. The percent removal
of TOC at this point on the “TOC removal versus coagulant dose”
curve is then defined as the minimum TOC removal required for the
supplier. Once approved by the Agency, this minimum requirement
supersedes the minimum TOC removal required by the table in
subsection (b)(2) of this Section. This requirement will be effective
until such time as the Agency approves a new value based on the
results of a new bench- and pilot-scale test. Failure to achieve
alternative minimum TOC removal levels is a violation of National
Primary Drinking Water Regulations.
B) Bench- or pilot-scale testing of enhanced coagulation must be
conducted by using representative water samples and adding 10
mg/L
ℓ
increments of alum (or equivalent amounts of ferric salt) until
the pH is reduced to a level less than or equal to the enhanced
coagulation Step 2 target pH shown in the following table:
Enhanced Coagulation Step 2 Target pH
Alkalinity (mg/L
ℓ
as
CaCO3)
Target pH
0-60 5.5
>60-120 6.3
>120-240 7.0
>240 7.5
C) For waters with alkalinities of less than 60 mg/L
ℓ
for which addition
of small amounts of alum or equivalent addition of iron coagulant
212
drives the pH below 5.5 before significant TOC removal occurs, the
supplier must add necessary chemicals to maintain the pH between
5.3 and 5.7 in samples until the TOC removal of 0.3 mg/L
ℓ
per 10
mg/L
ℓ
alum added (or equivalent addition of iron coagulant) is
reached.
D) The supplier may operate at any coagulant dose or pH necessary
(consistent with other NPDWRs) to achieve the minimum TOC
percent removal approved under subsection (b)(3) of this Section.
E) If the TOC removal is consistently less than 0.3 mg/L
ℓ
of TOC per
10 mg/L
ℓ
of incremental alum dose at all dosages of alum (or
equivalent addition of iron coagulant), the water is deemed to
contain TOC not amenable to enhanced coagulation. The supplier
may then apply to the Agency for a waiver of enhanced coagulation
requirements. If the TOC removal is consistently less than 0.3
mg/L
ℓ
of TOC per 10 mg/L
ℓ
of incremental alum dose at all
dosages of alum (or equivalent addition of iron coagulant), the
Agency must grant the waiver of enhanced coagulation
requirements.
c) Compliance calculations.
1) A Subpart B system supplier other than those identified in subsection (a)(2)
or (a)(3) of this Section must comply with requirements contained in
subsection (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this Section. A supplier must calculate
compliance quarterly, beginning after the supplier has collected 12 months
of data, by determining an annual average using the following method:
A) Determine actual monthly TOC percent removal, equal to the
following:
100
TOC
water
source
TOC
water
treated
1
×
((
)
*
++
,
-
(
)
*
+
,
-
−
B) Determine the required monthly TOC percent removal.
C) Divide the value in subsection (c)(1)(A) of this Section by the value
in subsection (c)(1)(B) of this Section.
D) Add together the results of subsection (c)(1)(C) of this Section for
the last 12 months and divide by 12.
E) If the value calculated in subsection (c)(1)(D) of this Section is less
than 1.00, the supplier is not in compliance with the TOC percent
213
removal requirements.
2) A supplier may use the provisions in subsections (c)(2)(A) through
(c)(2)(E) of this Section in lieu of the calculations in subsection (c)(1)(A)
through (c)(1)(E) of this Section to determine compliance with TOC percent
removal requirements.
A) In any month that the supplier’s treated or source water TOC level,
measured according to Section 611.381(d)(3), is less than 2.0
mg/L
ℓ
, the supplier may assign a monthly value of 1.0 (in lieu of the
value calculated in subsection (c)(1)(C) of this Section) when
calculating compliance under the provisions of subsection (c)(1) of
this Section.
B) In any month that a system practicing softening removes at least 10
mg/L
ℓ
of magnesium hardness (as CaCO3), the supplier may assign
a monthly value of 1.0 (in lieu of the value calculated in subsection
(c)(1)(C) of this Section) when calculating compliance under the
provisions of subsection (c)(1) of this Section.
C) In any month that the system’s source water SUVA, prior to any
treatment and measured according to Section 611.381(d)(4), is
≤
less
than or equal to 2.0 L
ℓ
/mg-m, the supplier may assign a monthly
value of 1.0 (in lieu of the value calculated in subsection (c)(1)(C) of
this Section) when calculating compliance under the provisions of
subsection (c)(1) of this Section.
D) In any month that the system’s finished water SUVA, measured
according to Section 611.381(d)(4), is
≤
less than or equal to 2.0
L
ℓ
/mg-m, the supplier may assign a monthly value of 1.0 (in lieu of
the value calculated in subsection (c)(1)(C) of this Section) when
calculating compliance under the provisions of subsection (c)(1) of
this Section.
E) In any month that a system practicing enhanced softening lowers
alkalinity below 60 mg/L
ℓ
(as CaCO3), the supplier may assign a
monthly value of 1.0 (in lieu of the value calculated in subsection
(c)(1)(C) of this Section) when calculating compliance under the
provisions of subsection (c)(1) of this Section.
3) A Subpart B system supplier using conventional treatment may also comply
with the requirements of this Section by meeting the standards in subsection
(a)(2) or (a)(3) of this Section.
d) Treatment technique requirements for disinfection byproduct (DBP) precursors.
Treatment techniques to control the level of disinfection byproduct (DBP)
214
precursors in drinking water treatment and distribution systems, for a Subpart B
system supplier using conventional treatment, are enhanced coagulation or
enhanced softening.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.135 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART K: GENERAL MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.480 Alternative Analytical Techniques
The Agency may approve, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, an alternate analytical technique. The Agency shall must not approve an alternate
analytical technique without the concurrence of U.S. EPA USEPA. The Agency shall must
approve an alternate technique if it is substantially equivalent to the prescribed test in both
precision and accuracy as it relates to the determination of compliance with any MCL. The use
of the alternate analytical technique must not decrease the frequency of monitoring required by
this Part.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.27 (1994) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.490 Certified Laboratories
a) For the purpose of determining compliance with Subparts L through Q, samples
will be considered only if they have been analyzed as follows:
1) By a laboratory certified pursuant to Section 4(o) of the Act [415 ILCS
5/4(o)]; or,
2) By a laboratory certified by USEPA; or,
3) Measurements for alkalinity, calcium, conductivity, disinfectant residual,
orthophosphate, silica, turbidity, free chlorine residual, temperature, and
pH may be performed under the supervision of a certified operator (35 Ill.
Adm. Code 603.103).
b) Nothing in this Part shall must be construed to preclude the Agency or any duly
designated representative of the Agency from taking samples or from using the
results from such samples to determine compliance by a supplier of water with the
applicable requirements of this Part.
215
BOARD NOTE: Derived Subsections (a) and (b) are derived from 40 CFR 141.28
(1999) (2002).
c) The CWS supplier shall must have required analyses performed either at an
Agency laboratory or a certified laboratory. The Agency may require that some
or all of the required samples be submitted to its laboratories.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.491 Laboratory Testing Equipment
a) Each CWS supplier shall must have adequate laboratory equipment and capability
to perform operational tests (except bacteriological) appropriate to the parameters
to be tested and the type of treatment employed. Such equipment must be in good
operating condition, and the operator on duty must be familiar with the procedure
for performing the tests.
b) Nothing in this Subpart K shall must be construed to prevent a CWS supplier
from running control laboratory tests in an uncertified laboratory. These results
are not to be included in the required monitoring results.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.500 Consecutive PWSs
When a PWS supplies water to one or more other PWSs, the Agency shall must modify the
monitoring requirements imposed by this Part to the extent that the interconnection of the PWSs
justifies treating them as a single PWS for monitoring purposes. Any modified monitoring must
be conducted pursuant to a schedule specified by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant
to Section 611.110. The Agency shall must not approve such modified monitoring without the
concurrence of U.S. EPA USEPA.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.29 (1994) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.510 Special Monitoring for Unregulated Contaminants
a) Monitoring for Phase I unregulated contaminants.
1) All CWS and NTNCWS suppliers must begin monitoring for the
contaminants listed in subsection (a)(5) no later than the following dates:
216
A) Less than 3300 persons served: January 1, 1991.
B) 3300 to 10,000 persons served: January 1, 1989.
C) More than 10,000 persons served: January 1, 1988.
2) SWS and mixed system suppliers must sample at points in the distribution
system representative of each water source or at entry points to the
distribution system after any application of treatment. The minimum
number of samples is one year of quarterly samples per water source.
3) GWS suppliers must sample at points of entry to the distribution system
representative of each well after any application of treatment. The
minimum number of samples is one sample per entry point to the
distribution system.
4) The Agency may issue a SEP pursuant to Section 610.110 to require a
supplier to use a confirmation sample for results that it finds dubious for
whatever reason. The Agency must state its reasons for issuing the SEP if
the SEP is Agency-initiated.
5) List of Phase I unregulated chemical contaminants:.
Bromobenzene
Bromodichloromethane
Bromoform
Bromomethane
Chlorobenzene
Chlorodibromomethane
Chloroethane
Chloroform
Chloromethane
o-Chlorotoluene
p-Chlorotoluene
Dibromomethane
m-Dichlorobenzene
1,1-Dichloroethane
1,3-Dichloropropane
2,2-Dichloropropane
1,1-Dichloropropene
1,3-Dichloropropene
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
1,2,3-Trichloropropane
217
6) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.40(f), reserved by USEPA.
This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA rules.
7) Analyses performed pursuant to subsection (a) must be conducted using
the following USEPA Organic Methods: Methods 502.2 or 524.2 or their
equivalent as approved by the Agency, except that analyses for bromo-
dichloromethane, bromoform, chlorodibromomethane, and chloroform
may also be performed using USEPA Organic Methods: Method 551, and
analyses for 1,2,3-trichloropropane may also be performed using USEPA
Organic Methods: Method 504.1, all of which are incorporated by
reference in Section 611.102.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (a) derived from 40 CFR 141.40(a) through (m)
(2000) (2002). The Board has adopted no counterpart to 40 CFR 141.40(h),
which the Board has codified at subsection (c) of this Section; 141.40(i), which
pertains to the ability of suppliers to grandfather data up until a date long since
expired; 141.41(j), an optional USEPA provision relating to monitoring 15
additional contaminants that USEPA does not require for state programs;
141.40(k), which pertains to notice to the Agency by smaller suppliers up until a
date long since expired in lieu of sampling; 141.40(l), which the Board has
adopted at subsection (d) of this Section; and 141.40(m), an optional provision
that pertains to composite sampling. Otherwise, the structure of this Section
directly corresponds with 40 CFR 141.40(a) through (m) (2000) (2002).
b) Monitoring for Phase V unregulated contaminants. Monitoring of the unregulated
organic contaminants listed in subsection (b)(11) of this Section and the
unregulated inorganic contaminants listed in subsection (b)(12) of this Section
must be conducted as follows:
1) Each CWS and NTNCWS supplier must take four consecutive quarterly
samples at each sampling point for each contaminant listed in subsection
(b)(11) of this Section and report the results to the Agency. Monitoring
must be completed by December 31, 1995.
2) Each CWS and NTNCWS supplier must take one sample at each sampling
point for each contaminant listed in subsection (b)(12) of this Section and
report the results to the Agency. Monitoring must be completed by
December 31, 1995.
3) Each CWS and NTNCWS supplier may apply to the Agency for a SEP
pursuant to Section 611.110 that releases it from any of the requirements
of subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this Section.
4) The Agency must grant a SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 as follows:
A) From any requirement of subsection (b)(1) of this Section based on
218
consideration of the factors set forth at Section 611.110(e),; and
B) From any requirement of subsection (b)(2) of this Section if
previous analytical results indicate contamination would not occur,
provided this data was collected after January 1, 1990.
5) A GWS supplier must take a minimum of one sample at every entry point
to the distribution system that is representative of each well after treatment
(“sampling point”).
6) A SWS or mixed system supplier must take a minimum of one sample at
points in the distribution system that are representative of each source or
at each entry point to the system after treatment (“sampling point”).
7) If the system draws water from more than one source and sources are
combined before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point
during periods of normal operating conditions (when water representative
of all sources is being used).
8) The Agency may issue a SEP pursuant to Section 610.110 to require a
supplier to use a confirmation sample for results that it finds dubious for
whatever reason. The Agency must state its reasons for issuing the SEP if
the SEP is Agency-initiated.
9) Suppliers must take samples at the same sampling point unless the Agency
has granted a SEP allowing another sampling point because conditions
make another sampling point more representative of the water from each
source or treatment plant.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (b)(9) of this Section corresponds with
duplicate segments of 40 CFR 141.40(n)(5) and (n)(6) (2000) (2002),
which correspond with subsections (b)(5) and (b)(6) of this Section. The
Board has adopted no counterpart to 40 CFR 141.40(n)(9), an optional
provision that pertains to composite sampling. Otherwise, the structure of
this Section directly corresponds with 40 CFR 141.40(n) (2000) (2002).
10) Instead of performing the monitoring required by this subsection, a CWS
and NTNCWS supplier serving fewer than 150 service connections may
send a letter to the Agency stating that the PWS is available for sampling.
This letter must be have been sent to the Agency by January 1, 1994. The
supplier must not send such samples to the Agency, unless requested to do
so by the Agency.
11) List of Phase V unregulated organic contaminants with methods required
for analysis (all methods are from USEPA Organic Methods unless
otherwise noted; all are incorporated by reference in Section 611.102):.
219
Contaminant USEPA Organic Methods
Aldicarb 531.1, Standard Methods, 18th ed.:
Method 6610
Aldicarb sulfone 531.1, Standard Methods, 18th ed.:
Method 6610
Aldicarb sulfoxide 531.1, Standard Methods, 18th ed.:
Method 6610
Aldrin 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2
Butachlor 507, 525.2
Carbaryl 531.1, Standard Methods, 18th ed.:
Method 6610
Dicamba 515.1, 515.2, 555
Dieldrin 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2
3-Hydroxycarbofuran 531.1, Standard Methods, 18th ed.:
Method 6610
Methomyl 531.1, Standard Methods, 18th ed.:
Method 6610
Metolachlor 507, 508.1, 525.2
Metribuzin 507, 508.1, 525.2
Propachlor 508, 508.1, 525.2
12) List of unregulated inorganic contaminants (all methods indicated are
incorporated by reference in Section 611.102):.
Contaminant Methods
Sulfate USEPA Environmental Inorganic
Methods: Methods 300.0, 375.2;
ASTM Method D 4327-91; Standard
Methods, 18th ed.: Methods 4110,
4500-SO4
2-
F, 4500-SO4
2-
C & 4500-
SO4
2-
D
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (b) derived from 40 CFR 141.40(n) (2000) (2002).
c) Analyses performed pursuant to this Section must be conducted by a laboratory
certified pursuant to Section 611.646(q).
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (c) derived from 40 CFR 141.40 (h) (2000) (2002).
d) All CWS and NTNCWS suppliers must repeat the monitoring required by this
Section no less frequently than every five years, starting from the dates specified
in subsections (a)(1) and (b)(2) of this Section.
220
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (d) derived from 40 CFR 141.40 (l) (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART L: MICROBIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.521 Routine Coliform Monitoring
a) Suppliers must collect total coliform samples at sites that are representative of
water throughout the distribution system according to a written sample siting
plan, which must be approved by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant
to Section 611.110.
b) The monitoring frequency for total coliforms for CWSs is based on the population
served by the CWS, as set forth in Section 611.Table A of this Part.
c) The monitoring frequency for total coliforms for non-CWSs is as follows:
1) A non-CWS using only groundwater (except groundwater under the direct
influence of surface water, as determined in Section 611.212) and serving
1,000 persons or fewer must monitor each calendar quarter that the system
provides water to the public, except that the Agency must reduce this
monitoring frequency if a sanitary survey shows that the system is free of
sanitary defects. Beginning June 29, 1994, the The Agency cannot reduce
the monitoring frequency for a non-CWS using only groundwater (except
groundwater under the direct influence of surface water) and serving 1,000
persons or fewer to less than once per year.
2) A non-CWS using only groundwater (except groundwater under the direct
influence of surface water) and serving more than 1,000 persons during
any month must monitor at the same frequency as a like-sized CWS, as
specified in subsection (b) of this Section, except the Agency must reduce
this monitoring frequency for any month the system serves 1,000 persons
or fewer. The Agency cannot reduce the monitoring to less than once per
year. For systems using groundwater under the direct influence of surface
water, subsection (c)(4) of this Section applies.
3) A non-CWS using surface water, in total or in part, must monitor at the
same frequency as a like-sized CWS, as specified in subsection (b) of this
Section, regardless of the number of persons it serves.
4) A non-CWS using groundwater under the direct influence of surface water
must monitor at the same frequency as a like-sized CWS, as specified in
subsection (b) of this Section. The supplier must begin monitoring at this
frequency beginning six months after Public Health determines that the
221
groundwater is under the direct influence of surface water.
d) The supplier must collect samples at regular time intervals throughout the month,
except that a supplier that uses only groundwater (except groundwater under the
direct influence of surface water) and serves 4,900 persons or fewer, may collect
all required samples on a single day if they are taken from different sites.
e) A PWS that uses surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of
surface water, and does not practice filtration in compliance with Subpart B of
this Part, must collect at least one sample near the first service connection each
day the turbidity level of the source water, measured as specified in Section
611.532(b), exceeds 1 NTU. This sample must be analyzed for the presence of
total coliforms. When one or more turbidity measurements in any day exceed 1
NTU, the supplier must collect this coliform sample within 24 hours of the first
exceedence, unless the Agency has determined, by special exception permit a SEP
issued pursuant to Section 611.110, that the supplier, for logistical reasons outside
the supplier’s control, cannot have the sample analyzed within 30 hours of
collection. Sample results from this coliform monitoring must be included in
determining compliance with the MCL for total coliforms in Section 611.325.
f) Special purpose samples, such as those taken to determine whether disinfection
practices are sufficient following pipe placement, replacement or repair, must not
be used to determine compliance with the MCL for total coliforms in Section
611.325.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.21(a) (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.522 Repeat Coliform Monitoring
a) If a routine sample is total coliform-positive, the supplier shall must collect a set
of repeat samples within 24 hours of being notified of the positive result. A
supplier that collects more than one routine sample per month shall must collect
no fewer than three repeat samples for each total coliform-positive sample found.
A supplier that collects one routine sample per month or fewer shall must collect
no fewer than four repeat samples for each total coliform-positive sample found.
The Agency shall must extend the 24-hour limit on a case-by-case basis if it
determines that the supplier has a logistical problem in collecting the repeat
samples within 24 hours that is beyond its control. In the case of an extension,
the Agency shall must specify how much time the supplier has to collect the
repeat samples.
b) The supplier shall must collect at least one repeat sample from the sampling tap
where the original total coliform-positive sample was taken, and at least one
repeat sample at a tap within five service connections upstream and at least one
222
repeat sample at a tap within five service connections downstream of the original
sampling site. If a total coliform-positive sample is at the end of the distribution
system, or one away from the end of the distribution system, the Agency may
waive the requirement to collect at least one repeat sample upstream or
downstream of the original sampling site.
c) The supplier shall must collect all repeat samples on the same day, except that the
Agency shall must allow a supplier with a single service connection to collect the
required set of repeat samples over a four-day period or to collect a larger volume
repeat sample(s) samples in one or more sample containers of any size, as long as
the total volume collected is at least 400 ml (300 ml for PWSs that collect more
than one routine sample per month).
d) If one or more repeat samples in the set is total coliform-positive, the supplier
shall must collect an additional set of repeat samples in the manner specified in
subsections (a) through (c) of this Section. The additional samples must be
collected within 24 hours of being notified of the positive result, unless the
Agency extends the limit as provided in subsection (a) of this Section. The
supplier shall must repeat this process until either total coliforms are not detected
in one complete set of repeat samples or the supplier determines that the MCL for
total coliforms in Section 611.325 has been exceeded and notifies the Agency.
e) If a supplier collecting fewer than five routine samples/month has one or more
total coliform-positive samples and the Agency does not invalidate the sample(s)
samples under Section 611.523, the supplier shall must collect at least five routine
samples during the next month the supplier provides water to the public, unless
the Agency determines that the conditions of subsection (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this
Section are met. This does not apply to the requirement to collect repeat samples
in subsections (a) through (d) of this Section. The supplier does not have to
collect the samples if the following occurs:
1) The Agency performs a site visit before the end of the next month the
supplier provides water to the public. Although a sanitary survey need not
be performed, the site visit must be sufficiently detailed to allow the
Agency to determine whether additional monitoring or any corrective
action is needed.
2) The Agency has determined why the sample was total coliform-positive
and establishes that the supplier has corrected the problem or will correct
the problem before the end of the next month the supplier serves water to
the public.
A) The Agency shall must document this decision in writing, and
make the document available to U.S. EPA USEPA and the public.
The written documentation must describe the specific cause of the
total coliform-positive sample and what action the supplier has
223
taken or will take to correct the problem.
B) The Agency cannot waive the requirement to collect five routine
samples the next month the supplier provides water to the public
solely on the grounds that all repeat samples are total coliform-
negative.
C) Under this subsection, a supplier shall must still take at least one
routine sample before the end of the next month it serves water to
the public and use it to determine compliance with the MCL for
total coliforms in Section 611.325, unless the Agency has
determined that the supplier has corrected the contamination
problem before the supplier took the set of repeat samples required
in subsections (a) through (d) of this Section, and all repeat
samples were total coliform-negative.
f) After a supplier collects a routine sample and before it learns the results of the
analysis of that sample, if it collects another routine sample(s) samples from
within five adjacent service connections of the initial sample, and the initial
sample, after analysis, is found to contain total coliforms, then the supplier may
count the subsequent sample(s) samples as a repeat sample instead of as a routine
sample.
g) Results of all routine and repeat samples not invalidated pursuant to Section
611.523 must be included in determining compliance with the MCL for total
coliforms in Section 611.325.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.21(b) (1994) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.523 Invalidation of Total Coliform Samples
A total coliform-positive sample invalidated under this Section does not count towards meeting
the minimum monitoring requirements.
a) The Agency shall must invalidate a total coliform-positive sample only if the
conditions of subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this Section are met.
1) The laboratory establishes that improper sample analysis caused the total
coliform-positive result.
2) The Agency, on the basis of the results of repeat samples collected as
required by Section 611.522(a) through (d) determines that the total
coliform-positive sample resulted from a domestic or other non-
distribution system plumbing problem. The Agency cannot invalidate a
224
sample on the basis of repeat sample results unless all repeat sample(s)
samples collected at the same tap as the original total coliform-positive
sample are also total coliform-positive, and all repeat samples collected
within five service connections of the original tap are total coliform-
negative (e.g., Agency cannot invalidate a total coliform-positive sample
on the basis of repeat samples if all the repeat samples are total coliform-
negative, or if the supplier has only one service connection).
3) The Agency determines that there are substantial grounds to believe that a
total coliform-positive result is due to a circumstance or condition which
that does not reflect water quality in the distribution system. In this case,
the supplier shall must still collect all repeat samples required under
Section 611.522(a) through (d) and use them to determine compliance
with the MCL for total coliforms in Section 611.325. To invalidate a total
coliform-positive sample under this subsection, the decision with the
rationale for the decision must be documented in writing. The Agency
shall must make this document available to U.S. EPA USEPA and the
public. The written documentation must state the specific cause of the
total coliform-positive sample, and what action the supplier has taken, or
will take, to correct this problem. The Agency shall must not invalidate a
total coliform-positive sample solely on the grounds that all repeat
samples are total coliform-negative.
b) A laboratory shall must invalidate a total coliform sample (unless total coliforms
are detected) if the sample produces a turbid culture in the absence of gas
production using an analytical method where gas formation is examined (e.g., the
Multiple-Tube Fermentation Technique), produces a turbid culture in the absence
of an acid reaction in the P-A Coliform Test, or exhibits confluent growth or
produces colonies too numerous to count with an analytical method using a
membrane filter (e.g., Membrane Filter Technique). If a laboratory invalidates a
sample because of such interference, the supplier shall must collect another
sample from the same location as the original sample within 24 hours of being
notified of the interference problem, and have it analyzed for the presence of total
coliforms. The supplier shall must continue to re-sample within 24 hours and
have the samples analyzed until it obtains a valid result. The Agency shall must
waive the 24-hour time limit on a case-by-case basis, if it is not possible to collect
the sample within that time.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.21(c) (1994) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.524 Sanitary Surveys
a) Requirement to conduct a sanitary survey.
225
1) Suppliers which
that do not collect five or more routine samples per
month shall must undergo an initial a sanitary survey by June 29, 1994, for
CWS suppliers and June 29, 1999, for non-CWS suppliers. Thereafter,
suppliers shall must undergo another sanitary survey at least once every
five years, except that non-CWS suppliers using only disinfected
groundwater, from a source which that is not under the direct influence of
surface water, shall must undergo subsequent a sanitary surveys survey at
least once every ten years after the initial sanitary survey. The Agency or,
for non-CWSs a non-CWS, Public Health shall must review the results of
each sanitary survey to determine whether the existing monitoring
frequency is adequate and what additional measures, if any, the supplier
needs to undertake to improve drinking water quality.
2) In conducting a sanitary survey of a PWS using groundwater, information
on sources of contamination within the delineated wellhead protection
area that was collected in the course of developing and implementing the
wellhead protection program should be considered instead of collecting
new information, if the information was collected since the last time the
PWS was subject to a sanitary survey.
b) Sanitary surveys must be performed by the Agency. The PWS is responsible for
ensuring that the survey takes place.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.21(d) (1989), as amended at 54 Fed. Reg. 27562,
June 29, 1989 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.525 Fecal Coliform and E. Coli Testing
a) If any routine or repeat sample is total coliform-positive, the supplier shall must
analyze that total coliform-positive culture medium to determine if fecal
coliforms are present, except that the supplier may test for E. coli in lieu of fecal
coliforms. If fecal coliforms or E. coli are present, the supplier shall must notify
the Agency by the end of the day when the supplier is notified of the test result,
unless the supplier is notified of the result after the Agency office is closed, in
which case the supplier shall must notify the Agency before the end of the next
business day. The supplier need not notify the Agency if the original sample was
analyzed in an Agency laboratory.
b) The Agency may allow a supplier, on a case-by-case basis, to forgo fecal coliform
or E. coli testing on a total coliform-positive sample if that supplier assumes that
the total coliform-positive sample is fecal coliform-positive or E. coli-positive.
Accordingly, the supplier shall must notify the Agency as specified in subsection
(a) of this Section and the provisions of Section 611.325(b) apply.
226
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.21(e) (1989), as amended at 54 Fed. Reg. 27562,
June 29, 1989 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.526 Analytical Methodology
a) The standard sample volume required for total coliform analysis, regardless of
analytical method used, is 100 mL m
ℓ
.
b) Suppliers need only determine the presence or absence of total coliforms; a
determination of total coliform density is not required.
c) Suppliers shall
must conduct total coliform analyses in accordance with one of the
following analytical methods, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102 (the
time from sample collection to initiation of analysis may not exceed 30 hours, and
the supplier is encouraged but not required to hold samples below 10° C during
transit):
1) Total Coliform Fermentation Technique, as set forth in Standard Methods,
18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Methods 9221 A and B, as follows:
A) Lactose broth, as commercially available, may be used in lieu of
lauryl tryptose broth if the supplier conducts at least 25 parallel
tests between this medium and lauryl tryptose broth using the
water normally tested and this comparison demonstrates that the
false-positive rate and false-negative rate for total coliforms, using
lactose broth, is less than 10 percent;
B) If inverted tubes are used to detect gas production, the media
should cover these tubes at least one-half to two-thirds after the
sample is added; and
C) No requirement exists to run the completed phase on 10 percent of
all total coliform-positive confirmed tubes.
2) Total Coliform Membrane Filter Technique, as set forth in Standard
Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Methods 9222 A, B, and C.
3) Presence-Absence (P-A) Coliform Test, as set forth in: Standard
Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 9221 D, as follows:
A) No requirement exists to run the completed phase on 10 percent of
all total coliform-positive confirmed tubes; and
B) Six-times formulation strength may be used if the medium is filter-
227
sterilized rather than autoclaved.
4) ONPG-MUG test: Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
9223. (The ONPG-MUG test is also known as the Autoanalysis Colilert
System).
5) Colisure Test (Autoanalysis Colilert System). (The Colisure Test may be
read after an incubation time of 24 hours.)
BOARD NOTE: USEPA included the P-A Coliform and Colisure Tests
for testing finished water under the coliform rule, but did not include them
for the purposes of the surface water treatment rule, under Section
611.531, for which quantitation of total coliforms is necessary. For these
reasons, USEPA included Standard Methods: Method 9221 C for the
surface water treatment rule, but did not include it for the purposes of the
total coliform rule, under this Section.
6) E*Colite
/
Test (Charm Sciences, Inc.).
7) m-ColiBlue24
/
Test (Hatch Company).
8) Readycult Coliforms 100 Presence/Absence Test.
9) Membrane Filter Technique using Chromocult Doliform Agar.
d) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.21(f)(4), which USEPA has
marked “reserved”. This statement maintains structural consistency with the
federal regulations.
e) Suppliers shall
must conduct fecal coliform analysis in accordance with the
following procedure:
1) When the MTF Technique or P-A Coliform Test is used to test for total
coliforms, shake the lactose-positive presumptive tube or P-A vigorously
and transfer the growth with a sterile 3-mm loop or sterile applicator stick
into brilliant green lactose bile broth and EC medium, defined below, to
determine the presence of total and fecal coliforms, respectively.
2) For approved methods that use a membrane filter, transfer the total
coliform-positive culture by one of the following methods: remove the
membrane containing the total coliform colonies from the substrate with
sterile forceps and carefully curl and insert the membrane into a tube of
EC medium; (the laboratory may first remove a small portion of selected
colonies for verification); swab the entire membrane filter surface with a
sterile cotton swab and transfer the inoculum to EC medium (do not leave
the cotton swab in the EC medium); or inoculate individual total coliform-
228
positive colonies into EC medium. Gently shake the inoculated tubes of
EC medium to insure adequate mixing and incubate in a waterbath at
44.5±0.2° C for 24±2 hours. Gas production of any amount in the inner
fermentation tube of the EC medium indicates a positive fecal coliform
test.
3) EC medium is described in Standard Methods, 18th ed., and 19th ed., and
20th ed.: Method 9221 E.
4) Suppliers need only determine the presence or absence of fecal coliforms;
a determination of fecal coliform density is not required.
f) Suppliers shall
must conduct analysis of E. coli in accordance with one of the
following analytical methods, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102:
1) EC medium supplemented with 50 μg/L
ℓ
of MUG (final concentration).
EC medium is as described in subsection (e) of this Section. MUG may
be added to EC medium before autoclaving. EC medium supplemented
with 50 μg/L
ℓ
MUG is commercially available. At least 10 mL m
ℓ
of EC
medium supplemented with MUG must be used. The inner inverted
fermentation tube may be omitted. The procedure for transferring a total
coliform-positive culture to EC medium supplemented with MUG is as in
subsection (e) of this Section for transferring a total coliform-positive
culture to EC medium. Observe fluorescence with an ultraviolet light
(366 nm) in the dark after incubating tube at 44.5±2° C for 24±2 hours; or
2) Nutrient agar supplemented with 100 μg/L
ℓ
MUG (final concentration).
Nutrient agar is , as described in Standard Methods, 18th ed. or 19th ed.
and 20th ed.: Method 9221 B 9222 G. This test is used to determine if a
total coliform-positive sample, as determined by the MF technique or any
other method in which a membrane filter is used, contains E. coli.
Transfer Alternatively, Standard Methods, 18th ed.: Method 9221 B
(paragrpah 3) may be used if the membrane filter containing a total
coliform coliform-positive colony or colonies is transferred to nutrient
agar, as described in Method 9221 B (paragraph 3), supplemented with
100 μg/L
ℓ
MUG (final concentration). After incubating If Method 9221
B is used, incubate the agar plate at 35° Celsius for 4 hours, then observe
the colony or colonies under ultraviolet light (366-nm) in the dark for
fluorescence. If fluorescence is visible, E. coli are present.
3) Minimal Medium ONPG-MUG (MMO-MUG) Test, as set forth in Section
611.Appendix D of this Part. (The Autoanalysis Colilert System is a
MMO-MUG test.) If the MMO-MUG test is total coliform positive after a
24-hour incubation, test the medium for fluorescence with a 366-nm
ultraviolet light (preferably with a 6-watt lamp) in the dark. If
fluorescence is observed, the sample is E. coli-positive. If fluorescence is
229
questionable (cannot be definitively read) after 24 hours incubation,
incubate the culture for an additional four hours (but not to exceed 28
hours total), and again test the medium for fluorescence. The MMO-
MUG test with hepes buffer is the only approved formulation for the
detection of E. coli.
4) The Colisure Test (Autoanalysis Colilert System).
5) The membrane filter method with MI agar.
6) The E*Colite
/
Test.
7) The m-ColiBlue24
/
Test.
8) Readycult Coliforms 100 Presence/Absence Test.
9) Membrane Filter Technique using Chromocult Doliform Agar.
g) As an option to the method set forth in subsection (f)(3) of this Section, a supplier
with a total coliform-positive, MUG-negative, MMO-MUG test may further
analyze the culture for the presence of E. coli by transferring a 0.1 mL m
ℓ
, 28-
hour MMO-MUG culture to EC medium + MUG with a pipet. The formulation
and incubation conditions of the EC medium + MUG, and observation of the
results, are described in subsection (f)(1) of this Section.
h) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.21(f)(8), a central listing of all
documents incorporated by reference into the federal microbiological analytical
methods. The corresponding Illinois incorporations by reference are located at
Section 611.102. This statement maintains structural parity with USEPA
regulations.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.21(f) (1999) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.527 Response to Violation
a) A supplier that has exceeded the MCL for total coliforms in Section 611.325 must
report the violation to the Agency no later than the end of the next business day
after it learns of the violation, and notify the public in accordance with Subpart V.
b) A supplier that has failed to comply with a coliform monitoring requirement,
including the sanitary survey requirement, must report the monitoring violation to
the Agency within ten days after the supplier discovers the violation, and notify
the public in accordance with Subpart V of this Part.
230
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.21(g) (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 26022,
May 4, 2000 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.531 Analytical Requirements
The analytical method(s) methods specified in this Section must be used to demonstrate
compliance with the requirements of only 611.Subpart B; they do not apply to analyses
performed for the purposes of Sections 611.521 through 611.527 of this Subpart L.
Measurements for pH, temperature, turbidity, and RDCs must be conducted under the
supervision of a certified operator. Measurements for total coliforms, fecal coliforms and HPC
must be conducted by a laboratory certified by the Agency to do such analysis. The following
procedures must be performed by the following methods, incorporated by reference in Section
611.102:
a) A supplier shall do as follows:
1) Conduct analyses of pH in accordance with one of the methods listed at
Section 611.611; and
2) Conduct analyses of total coliforms, fecal coliforms, heterotrophic
bacteria, and turbidity in accordance with one of the following methods,
and by using analytical test procedures contained in USEPA Technical
Notes, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, as follows:
A) Total Coliforms:.
BOARD NOTE: The time from sample collection to initiation of
analysis for source (raw) water samples required by Sections
611.521 and 611.532 and 611.Subpart B of this Part only must not
exceed 8 eight hours. The supplier is encouraged but not required
to hold samples below 10° C during transit.
i) Total coliform fermentation technique: Standard Methods,
18th, ed. or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 9221 A, B, and C.
BOARD NOTE: Lactose broth, as commercially available,
may be used in lieu of lauryl tryptose broth if the supplier
conducts at least 25 parallel tests between this medium and
lauryl tryptose broth using the water normally tested and
this comparison demonstrates that the false-positive rate
and false-negative rate for total coliforms, using lactose
broth, is less than 10 percent. If inverted tubes are used to
detect gas production, the media should cover these tubes
at least one-half to two-thirds after the sample is added. No
231
requirement exists to run the completed phase on 10
percent of all total coliform-positive confirmed tubes.
ii) Total coliform membrane filter technique: Standard
Methods, 18th, ed. or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 9222 A, B,
and C.
iii) ONPG-MUG test (also known as the Autoanalysis Colilert
System): Standard Methods, 18th, ed. or 19th, or 20th ed.:
Method 9223.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA included the P-A Coliform and
Colisure Tests for testing finished water under the coliform
rule, under Section 611.526, but did not include them for
the purposes of the surface water treatment rule, under this
Section, for which quantitation of total coliforms is
necessary. For these reasons, USEPA included Standard
Methods: Method 9221 C for the surface water treatment
rule, but did not include it for the purposes of the total
coliform rule, under Section 611.526.
B) Fecal Coliforms:.
BOARD NOTE: The time from sample collection to initiation of
analysis for source (raw) water samples required by Sections
611.521 and 611.532 and 611.Subpart B of this Part only must not
exceed 8 eight hours. The supplier is encouraged but not required
to hold samples below 10° C during transit.
i) Fecal coliform procedure: Standard Methods, 18th, ed. or
19th, or 20th ed.: Method 9221 E.
BOARD NOTE: A-1 broth may be held up to three months
in a tightly closed screwcap tube at 4° C (39° F).
ii) Fecal Coliform Membrane Filter Procedure: Standard
Methods, 18th, ed. or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 9222 D.
C) Heterotrophic bacteria: Pour plate method: Standard Methods,
18th ed. or 19th ed.: Method 9215 B.
BOARD NOTE: The time from sample collection to initiation of
analysis must not exceed 8 hours. The supplier is encouraged but
not required to hold samples below 10° C during transit.
i) Pour plate method: Standard Methods, 18th, 19th, or 20th
232
ed.: Method 9215 B.
BOARD NOTE: The time from sample collection to
initiation of analysis must not exceed eight hours. The
supplier is encouraged but not required to hold samples
below 10° C during transit.
ii) SimPlate method.
D) Turbidity:.
i) Nephelometric method: Standard Methods, 18th, ed. or
19th, or 20th ed.: Method 2130 B.
ii) Nephelometric method: USEPA Environmental Inorganic
Methods: Method 180.1
iii) GLI Method 2.
iv) Hack FilterTrak Method 10133.
E) Temperature: Standard Methods, 18th, ed. or 19th, or 20th ed.:
Method 2550.
b) A supplier shall must measure residual disinfectant concentrations with one of the
following analytical methods from Standard Methods, 18th, ed. or 19th, or 20th
ed., and by using analytical test procedures contained in USEPA Technical Notes,
incorporated by reference in Section 611.102 (the method for ozone, Method
4500-O3 B, appears only in the 18th and 19th editions):
1) Free chlorine:.
A) Amperometric Titration: Method 4500-Cl D.
B) DPD Ferrous Titrimetric: Method 4500-Cl F.
C) DPD Colimetric: Method 4500-Cl G.
D) Syringaldazine (FACTS): Method 4500-Cl H.
2) Total chlorine:.
A) Amperometric Titration: Method 4500-Cl D.
B) Amperometric Titration (low level measurement): Method 4500-
Cl E.
233
C) DPD Ferrous Titrimetric: Method 4500-Cl F.
D) DPD Colimetric: Method 4500-Cl G.
E) Iodometric Electrode: Method 4500-Cl I.
3) Chlorine dioxide:.
A) Amperometric Titration: Method 4500-ClO2 C or E.
B) DPD Method: Method 4500-ClO2 D.
4) Ozone: Indigo Method: Method 4500-O3 B.
5) Alternative test methods: The Agency may grant a SEP pursuant to
Section 611.110 that allows a supplier to use alternative chlorine test
methods as follows:
A) DPD colorimetric test kits: Residual disinfectant concentrations
for free chlorine and combined chlorine may also be measured by
using DPD colorimetric test kits.
B) Continuous monitoring for free and total chlorine: Free and total
chlorine residuals may be measured continuously by adapting a
specified chlorine residual method for use with a continuous
monitoring instrument, provided the chemistry, accuracy, and
precision remain the same. Instruments used for continuous
monitoring must be calibrated with a grab sample measurement at
least every five days or as otherwise provided by the Agency.
BOARD NOTE: Suppliers may use a five-tube test or a ten-tube
10-tube test.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.74(a) (1999) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.532 Unfiltered PWSs
A supplier that uses a surface water source and does not provide filtration treatment shall begin
monitoring December 31, 1990 must monitor, unless the Agency has determined, pursuant to
Section 611.211, that filtration is required, in which case the Agency shall. If the Agency
determines that filtration is required, it must specify alternative monitoring requirements, as
appropriate, until filtration is in place. A supplier that uses a groundwater source under the
direct influence of surface water and which does not provide filtration treatment shall begin
234
monitoring beginning December 31, 1990, or must monitor within 6 six months after the Agency
determines has determined, pursuant to Section 611.212, that the groundwater source is under
the direct influence of surface water, whichever is later, unless the Agency has determined that
filtration is required, in which case the Agency shall must specify alternative monitoring
requirements, as appropriate, until filtration is in place.
a) Fecal coliform or total coliform density measurements as required by Section
611.231(a) must be performed on representative source water samples
immediately prior to the first or only point of disinfectant application. The
supplier shall must sample for fecal or total coliforms at the minimum frequency
specified in Table B of this Part each week the supplier serves water to the public.
Also, one fecal or total coliform density measurement must be made every day the
supplier serves water to the public and the turbidity of the source water exceeds 1
NTU (these samples count towards the weekly coliform sampling requirement)
unless the Agency determines that the supplier, for logistical reasons outside the
supplier’s control cannot have the sample analyzed within 30 hours of collection.
b) Turbidity measurements as required by Section 611.231(b) must be performed on
representative grab samples of source water immediately prior to the first or only
point of disinfectant application every four hours (or more frequently) that the
supplier serves water to the public. A supplier may substitute continuous
turbidity monitoring for grab sample monitoring if it validates the continuous
measurement for accuracy on a regular basis using a protocol approved by special
exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110.
c) The total inactivation ratio for each day that the supplier is in operation must be
determined based on the CT99.9 values in Appendix B of this Part, as appropriate.
The parameters necessary to determine the total inactivation ratio must be
monitored as follows:
1) The temperature of the disinfected water must be measured at least once
per day at each RDC sampling point.
2) If the supplier uses chlorine, the pH of the disinfected water must be
measured at least once per day at each chlorine RDC sampling point.
3) The disinfectant contact time(s) times (“T”) must be determined for each
day during peak hourly flow.
4) The RDC(s)
RDCs (“C”) of the water before or at the first customer must
be measured each day during peak hourly flow.
5) If a supplier uses a disinfectant other than chlorine, the supplier may
monitor by other methods approved pursuant to Section 611.241(a)(1) and
(a)(2).
235
d) The total inactivation ratio must be calculated as follows:
1) If the supplier uses only one point of disinfectant application, the supplier
may determine the total inactivation ratio based on either of the following
two methods:
A) One inactivation ratio (Ai = CTcalc/CT99.9) is determined before or
at the first customer during peak hourly flow and, if the Ai is
greater than 1.0, the 99.9 percent Giardia lamblia inactivation
requirement has been achieved; or
B) Successive Ai values, representing sequential inactivation ratios,
are determined between the point of disinfectant application and a
point before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow.
Under this alternative, the following method must be used to
calculate the total inactivation ratio:
i) Determine the following, for each sequence:
Ai = CTcalc/CT99.9
ii) Add the Ai values together, as follows:
B =
∑
(Ai)
iii) If B is greater than 1.0, the 99.9 percent Giardia lamblia
inactivation requirement has been achieved.
2) If the supplier uses more than one point of disinfectant application before
or at the first customer, the supplier shall must determine the CT value of
each disinfection sequence immediately prior to the next point of
disinfectant application during peak hourly flow. The Ai value of each
sequence and B must be calculated using the method in subsection
(d)(1)(B) of this Section to determine if the supplier is in compliance with
Section 611.241.
3) Although not required, the total percent inactivation (PI) for a supplier
with one or more points of RDC monitoring may be calculated as follows:
PI = 100 - (100/10
3B
)
3B
10
100
100
PI
−
=
e) The RDC of the water entering the distribution system must be monitored
236
continuously, and the lowest value must be recorded each day, except that if there
is a failure in the continuous monitoring equipment, grab sampling every 4 four
hours may be conducted in lieu of continuous monitoring, but for no more than 5
five working days following the failure of the equipment, and suppliers serving
3,300 or fewer persons may take grab samples in lieu of providing continuous
monitoring on an ongoing basis at the frequencies prescribed in Table C of this
Part. If at any time the RDC falls below 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
in a system using grab
sampling in lieu of continuous monitoring, the supplier shall must take a grab
sample every 4 four hours until the RDC is equal to or greater than 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
.
f) Points of measurement.
1) The RDC must be measured at least at the same points in the distribution
system and at the same time as total coliforms are sampled, as specified in
Section 611.521 et seq. Subpart L of this Section, except that the Agency
shall must allow a supplier which that uses both a surface water source or
a groundwater source under direct influence of surface water, and a
groundwater source to take disinfectant residual samples at points other
than the total coliform sampling points if the Agency determines, by
special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, that
such points are more representative of treated (disinfected) water quality
within the distribution system. HPC may be measured in lieu of RDC.
2) If the Agency determines, pursuant to Section 611.213, a supplier has no
means for having a sample analyzed for HPC, the requirements of
subsection (f)(1) of this Section do not apply to that supplier.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.74(b) (1993) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.533 Filtered PWSs
A supplier that uses a surface water source or a groundwater source under the influence of
surface water and provides filtration treatment shall must monitor in accordance with this
Section beginning June 29, 1993, or when filtration is installed, whichever is later.
a) Turbidity measurements as required by Section 611.250 must be performed on
representative samples of the PWS's filtered water every four hours (or more
frequently) that the supplier serves water to the public. A supplier may substitute
continuous turbidity monitoring for grab sample monitoring if it validates the
continuous measurement for accuracy on a regular basis using a protocol
approved by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110.
For any suppliers using slow sand filtration or filtration treatment other than
conventional treatment, direct filtration, or diatomaceous earth filtration, the
Agency shall, by special exception permitcondition permit condition, reduce the
237
sampling frequency to once per day if it determines that less frequent monitoring
is sufficient to indicate effective filtration performance. For suppliers serving 500
or fewer persons, the Agency shall, by special exception permit a SEP issued
pursuant to Section 611.110, reduce the turbidity sampling frequency to once per
day, regardless of the type of filtration treatment used, if the Agency determines
that less frequent monitoring is sufficient to indicate effective filtration
performance.
b) RDC entering distribution system.
1) Suppliers serving more than 3300 persons. The RDC of the water entering
the distribution system must be monitored continuously, and the lowest
value must be recorded each day, except that, if there is a failure in the
continuous monitoring equipment, grab sampling every 4 four hours may
be conducted in lieu of continuous monitoring, but for no more than 5 five
working days following the failure of the equipment.
2) Suppliers serving 3,300 or fewer persons may take grab samples in lieu of
providing continuous monitoring on an ongoing basis at the frequencies
each day prescribed in Table C. If at any time the RDC falls below 0.2
mg/L
ℓ
in a system using grab sampling in lieu of continuous monitoring,
the supplier shall must take a grab sample every 4 four hours until RDC is
equal to or greater than 0.2 mg/L
ℓ
.
c) Points of measurement.
1) The RDC must be measured at least at the same points in the distribution
system and at the same time as total coliforms are sampled, as specified in
611.521 et seq., except that the Agency shall must allow a supplier which
that uses both a surface water source or a groundwater source under direct
influence of surface water, and a groundwater source, to take RDC
samples at points other than the total coliform sampling points if the
Agency determines that such points are more representative of treated
(disinfected) water quality within the distribution system. HPC may be
measured in lieu of RDC.
2) Subsection (c)(1) does not apply if the Agency determines, pursuant to
Section 611.213(c), that a system has no means for having a sample
analyzed for HPC.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.74(c) (1989), as amended at 54 Fed. Reg. 27526,
June 29, 1989 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
238
SUBPART M: TURBIDITY MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.560 Turbidity
The requirements in this Section apply to unfiltered PWSs until December 30, 1991, unless the
Agency has determined prior to that date that filtration is required. The requirements in this
Section apply to filtered PWSs until June 29, 1993. The requirements in this Section apply to
unfiltered PWSs that the Agency has determined must install filtration, until June 29, 1993, or
until filtration is installed, whichever is later.
a) Suppliers must take samples at representative entry point(s) points to the
distribution system at least once per day, for the purposes of making turbidity
measurements to determine compliance with Section 611.320.
1) If Public Health determines that a reduced sampling frequency in a non-
CWS will not pose a risk to public health, it may reduce the required
sampling frequency. The option of reducing the turbidity frequency will
be permitted only in those suppliers that practice disinfection and which
maintain an active RDC in the distribution system, and in those cases
where Public Health has indicated in writing that no unreasonable risk to
health existed under the circumstances of this option.
2) The turbidity measurements must be made in accordance with one of the
methods set forth in Section 611.531(a).
b) If the result of a turbidity analysis indicates that the maximum allowable limit has
been exceeded, the sampling and measurement must be confirmed by resampling
as soon as practicable and preferably within one hour. If the repeat sample
confirms that the maximum allowable limit has been exceeded, the supplier of
water must report to the Agency within 48 hours. The repeat sample must be the
sample used for the purpose of calculating the monthly average. If the monthly
average of the daily samples exceeds the maximum allowable limit, or if the
average of two samples taken on consecutive days exceeds 5 NTU, the supplier of
water must report to the Agency and notify the public as directed in Subpart V of
this Part.
c) Sampling for non-CWSs must begin by June 29, 1991.This subsection (c)
corresponds with 40 CFR 141.22(c), which states a past effective date for CWSs.
d) This Section applies only to suppliers that use water obtained in whole or in part
from surface sources.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.22 (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 26022, May
4, 2000 (2002).
239
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART N: INORGANIC MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.591 Violation of a State MCL
This Section applies to old MCLs that are marked as “additional State requirements” at Section
611.300, and for which no specific monitoring, reporting, or public notice requirements are
specified below. If the result of analysis pursuant to this Part indicates that the level of any
contaminant exceeds the old MCL, the CWS supplier shall do the following:
a) Report to the Agency within seven days, and initiate three additional analyses at
the same sampling point within one month;
b) Notify the Agency and give public notice as specified in Subpart T of this Part,
when the average of four analyses, rounded to the same number of significant
figures as the old MCL for the contaminant in question, exceeds the old MCL;
and,
c) Monitor, after public notification, at a frequency designated by the Agency, and
continue monitoring until the old MCL has not been exceeded in two consecutive
samples, or until a monitoring schedule as a condition of a variance or
enforcement action becomes effective.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.592 Frequency of State Monitoring
This Section applies to old MCLs that are marked as “additional State requirements” at Section
611.300, and for which no specific monitoring, reporting, or public notice requirements are
specified below.
a) Analyses for all CWS suppliers utilizing surface water sources must be repeated
at yearly intervals.
b) Analyses for all CWS suppliers utilizing only groundwater sources must be
repeated at three-year intervals.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
240
Section 611.600 Applicability
The following types of suppliers shall must conduct monitoring to determine compliance with
the old MCLs in Section 611.300 and the revised MCLs in 611.301, as appropriate, in
accordance with this Subpart N:
a) CWS suppliers.
b) NTNCWS suppliers.
c) Transient non-CWS suppliers to determine compliance with the nitrate and nitrite
MCLs.
d) Detection limits. The following are detection limits for purposes of this Subpart
N (MCLs from Section 611.301 are set forth for information purposes only):
Contaminant
MCL (mg/L
ℓ
, ex-
cept asbestos) Method
Detection
Limit
(mg/L
ℓ
)
Antimony 0.006 Atomic absorption-furnace
technique
0.003
Atomic absorption-furnace
technique (stabilized
temperature)
0.0008
5
Inductively-coupled
plasma-mass spectrometry
0.0004
Atomic absorption-gaseous
hydride technique
0.001
Arsenic 0.01
6
Atomic absorption-furnace
technique
0.001
Atomic absorption-furnace
technique (stabilized
temperature)
0.00005
7
Atomic absorption-gaseous
hydride technique
0.001
Inductively-coupled
plasma-mass spectrometry
0.0014
8
Asbestos 7 MFL
1
Transmission electron
microscopy
0.01 MFL
Barium 2 Atomic absorption-furnace
technique
0.002
Atomic absorption-direct 0.1
241
aspiration technique
Inductively-coupled plasma
arc furnace
0.002
Inductively-coupled plasma 0.001
Beryllium 0.004 Atomic absorption-furnace
technique
0.0002
Atomic absorption-furnace
technique (stabilized
temperature)
0.00002
5
Inductively-coupled
plasma
2
0.0003
Inductively-coupled
plasma-mass spectrometry
0.0003
Cadmium 0.005 Atomic absorption-furnace
technique
0.0001
Inductively-coupled plasma 0.001
Chromium 0.1 Atomic absorption-furnace
technique
0.001
Inductively-coupled plasma 0.007
Inductively-coupled plasma 0.001
Cyanide 0.2 Distillation,
spectrophotometric
3
0.02
Automated distillation,
spectrophotometric
3
0.005
Distillation, selective
electrode
3
0.05
Distillation, amenable,
spectrophotometric
4
0.02
UV, distillation,
spectrophotometric
0.0005
Distillation,
spectrophotometric
0.0006
Mercury 0.002 Manual cold vapor
technique
0.0002
Automated cold vapor
technique
0.0002
Nickel No MCL Atomic absorption-furnace
technique
0.001
Atomic absorption-furnace
technique (stabilized
0.0006
5
242
temperature)
Inductively-coupled
plasma
2
0.005
Inductively-coupled
plasma-mass spectrometry
0.0005
Nitrate (as N) 10 Manual cadmium reduction 0.01
Automated hydrazine
reduction
0.01
Automated cadmium
reduction
0.05
Ion-selective electrode 1
Ion chromatography 0.01
Nitrite (as N) 1 Spectrophotometric 0.01
Automated cadmium
reduction
0.05
Manual cadmium reduction 0.01
Ion chromatography 0.004
Selenium 0.05 Atomic absorption-furnace
technique
0.002
Atomic absorption-gaseous
hydride technique
0.002
Thallium 0.002 Atomic absorption-furnace
technique
0.001
Atomic absorption-furnace
technique (stabilized
temperature)
0.0007
5
Inductively-coupled
plasma-mass spectrometry
0.0003
Footnotes:.
1 “MFL” means millions of fibers per liter less than 10
µ
m.
2 Using a 2
×
preconcentration step as noted in Method 200.7. Lower MDLs
may be achieved when using a 4
×
preconcentration.
3 Screening method for total cyanides.
4 Measures “free” cyanides.
5 Lower MDLs are reported using stabilized temperature graphite furnace
atomic absorbtion.
6 The value for arsenic is effective January 23, 2006. Until then, the MCL is
0.05 mg/L
ℓ
.
7 The MDL reported for USEPA Method 200.9 (atomic absorption-platform
furnace (stabilized temperature)) was determined using a 2
×
concentration
step during sample digestion. The MDL determined for samples analyzed
243
using direct analyses (i.e., no sample digestion) will be higher. Using
multiple depositions, USEPA Method 200.9 is capable of obtaining an MDL
of 0.0001 mg/L
ℓ
.
8 Using selective ion monitoring, USEPA Method 200.8 (ICP-MS) is capable of
obtaining an MDL of 0.0001 mg/L
ℓ
.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (a) through (c) of this Section are derived from 40 CFR 141.23
preamble (2000) (2002), and subsection (d) of this Section is derived from 40 CFR
141.23(a)(4)(i) (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 6976 (January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134
(March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed. Reg. 28342 (May 22, 2001) (2002). See the Board Note at
Section 611.301(b) relating to the MCL for nickel.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.601 Monitoring Frequency
Monitoring must be conducted as follows:
a) Required sampling.
1) Each supplier must take a minimum of one sample at each sampling point
at the times required by Section 611.610 beginning in the initial
compliance period.
2) Each sampling point must produce samples that are representative of the
water from each source after treatment or from each treatment plant, as
required by subsection (b) of this Section. The total number of sampling
points must be representative of the water delivered to users throughout
the PWS.
3) The supplier must take each sample at the same sampling point unless
conditions make another sampling point more representative of each
source or treatment plant and the Agency has granted an SEP pursuant to
subsection (b)(5) of this Section.
b) Sampling points.
1) Sampling points for GWSs. Unless otherwise provided by SEP, a GWS
supplier must take at least one sample from each of the following points:
each entry point that is representative of each well after treatment.
2) Sampling points for an SWS or a mixed system supplier . Unless otherwise
provided by SEP, an SWS or mixed system supplier must take at least one
sample from each of the following points:
A) Each entry point after the application of treatment; or
244
B) A point in the distribution system that is representative of each
source after treatment.
3) If a supplier draws water from more than one source, and the sources are
combined before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point
during periods of normal operating conditions when water is
representative of all sources being used.
4) Additional sampling points. The Agency must, by SEP, designate
additional sampling points in the distribution system or at the consumer’s
tap if it determines that such samples are necessary to more accurately
determine consumer exposure.
5) Alternative sampling points. The Agency must, by SEP, approve alternate
sampling points if the supplier demonstrates that the points are more
representative than the generally required point.
c) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(a)(4), an optional USEPA
provision relating to compositing of samples that USEPA does not require for
state programs. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA
rules.
d) The frequency of monitoring for the following contaminants must be in
accordance with the following Sections:
1) Asbestos: Section 611.602;
2) Antimony, arsenic (effective February 22, 2002), barium, beryllium,
cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, and
thallium: Section 611.603;
3) Nitrate: Section 611.604; and
4) Nitrite: Section 611.605.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(a) and (c) (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.602 Asbestos Monitoring Frequency
The frequency of monitoring conducted to determine compliance with the MCL for asbestos in
Section 611.301 is as follows:
a) Unless the Agency has determined under subsection (c) of this Section that the
245
PWS is not vulnerable, each CWS and NTNCWS supplier must monitor for
asbestos during the first compliance period of each compliance cycle, beginning
January 1, 1993.
b) CWS suppliers may apply to the Agency, by way of an application for a SEP
under Section 611.110, for a determination that the CWS is not vulnerable based
on consideration of the criteria listed in subsection (c) of this Section.
c) The Agency must determine that the CWS is “not vulnerable” if the CWS is not
vulnerable to contamination either from asbestos in its source water, from
corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe, or from both, based on a consideration of the
following factors:
1) Potential asbestos contamination of the water source; and
2) The use of asbestos-cement pipe for finished water distribution and the
corrosive nature of the water.
d) A SEP based on a determination that a CWS is not vulnerable to asbestos
contamination expires at the end of the compliance cycle for which it was issued.
e) A supplier of a PWS vulnerable to asbestos contamination due solely to corrosion
of asbestos-cement pipe must take one sample at a tap served by asbestos-cement
pipe and under conditions where asbestos contamination is most likely to occur.
f) A supplier of a PWS vulnerable to asbestos contamination due solely to source
water must monitor in accordance with Section 611.601.
g) A supplier of a PWS vulnerable to asbestos contamination due both to its source
water supply and corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe must take one sample at a tap
served by asbestos-cement pipe and under conditions where asbestos
contamination is most likely to occur.
h) A supplier that exceeds the MCL, as determined in Section 611.609, must monitor
quarterly beginning in the next quarter after the violation occurred.
i) Reduction of quarterly monitoring.
1) The Agency must issue a SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that reduces
the monitoring frequency to that specified by subsection (a) of this Section
if it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below
the MCL.
2) The request must, at a minimum, include the following information:
A) For a GWS: two quarterly samples.
246
B) For an SWS or mixed system: four quarterly samples.
3) In issuing a SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant
upon which the “reliably and consistently” determination was based. All
SEPs that allow less frequent monitoring based on an Agency “reliably
and consistently” determination must include a condition requiring the
supplier to resume quarterly monitoring pursuant to subsection (h) of this
Section if it violates the MCL specified by Section 611.609.
j) If the Agency determines that data collected after January 1, 1990 are generally
consistent with the requirements of this Section, it may grant a SEP pursuant to
Section 611.110 that allows the supplier to use those data to satisfy the
requirements of this Section for the compliance period beginning January 1,
1993.This subsection (j) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(b)(10), which pertains
to a compliance period long since expired. This statement maintains structural
consistency with the federal regulations.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(b) (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.603 Inorganic Monitoring Frequency
The frequency of monitoring conducted to determine compliance with the revised MCLs in
Section 611.301 for antimony, arsenic (effective February 22, 2002), barium, beryllium,
cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, and thallium is as follows:
a) Suppliers must take samples at each sampling point, beginning in the initial
compliance period, as follows:
1) For a GWS supplier: at least one sample during each compliance period;
2) For an SWS or a mixed system supplier: at least one sample each year.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(1) (2000) (2002).
b) SEP Application.
1) The supplier may apply to the Agency for an SEP that allows reduction
from the monitoring frequencies specified in subsection (a) of this Section
pursuant to subsections (d) through (f) of this Section and Section
611.110.
2) The supplier may apply to the Agency for an SEP that relieves it of the
requirement for monitoring cyanide pursuant to subsections (d) through (f)
247
of this Section and Section 611.110 if it can demonstrate that its system is
not vulnerable due to a lack of any industrial source of cyanide.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(2) and (c)(6) (2000) (2002).
c) SEP Procedures. The Agency must review the request pursuant to the SEP
procedures of Section 611.110 based on consideration of the factors in subsection
(e) of this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(6) (2000) (2002).
d) Standard for SEP reduction in monitoring. The Agency must grant an SEP that
allows a reduction in the monitoring frequency if the supplier demonstrates that
all previous analytical results were less than the MCL, provided the supplier
meets the following minimum data requirements:
1) For GWS suppliers: a minimum of three rounds of monitoring.
2) For an SWS or mixed system supplier: annual monitoring for at least
three years.
3) At least one sample must have been taken since January 1, 1990.
4) A supplier that uses a new water source is not eligible for an SEP until it
completes three rounds of monitoring from the new source.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(4) (2000) (2002).
e) Standard for SEP monitoring conditions. As a condition of any SEP, the Agency
must require that the supplier take a minimum of one sample during the term of
the SEP. In determining the appropriate reduced monitoring frequency, the
Agency must consider the following:
1) Reported concentrations from all previous monitoring;
2) The degree of variation in reported concentrations; and
3) Other factors that may affect contaminant concentrations, such as changes
in groundwater pumping rates, changes in the CWS’s configuration, the
CWS’s operating procedures, or changes in stream flows or
characteristics.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(3) and (c)(5) (2000) (2002).
f) SEP Conditions and Revision.
248
1) An SEP will expire at the end of the compliance cycle for which it was
issued.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(3) (2000) (2002).
2) In issuing an SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant
upon which the “reliably and consistently” determination was based. An
SEP must provide that the Agency will review and, where appropriate,
revise its determination of the appropriate monitoring frequency when the
supplier submits new monitoring data or when other data relevant to the
supplier’s appropriate monitoring frequency become available.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(6) (2000) (2002).
g) A supplier that exceeds the MCL as determined in Section 611.609, must monitor
quarterly for that contaminant, beginning in the next quarter after the violation
occurred.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(7) (2000) (2002).
h) Reduction of quarterly monitoring.
1) The Agency must grant an SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that reduces
the monitoring frequency to that specified by subsection (a) of this Section
if it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below
the MCL.
2) A request for an SEP must include the following minimal information:
A) For a GWS: two quarterly samples.
B) For an SWS or mixed system supplier: four quarterly samples.
3) In issuing the SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the contaminant
upon which the “reliably and consistently” determination was based. Any
SEP that allows less frequent monitoring based on an Agency “reliably
and consistently” determination must include a condition requiring the
supplier to resume quarterly monitoring for any contaminant pursuant to
subsection (g) of this Section if it violates the MCL specified by Section
611.609 for that contaminant.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(8) (2000) (2002).
i) A new system supplier that begins operation after January 22, 2004 or a supplier
whose system uses a new source of water beginning after January 22, 2004 must
demonstrate compliance with the MCL within a period of time specified by a
249
permit issued the Agency. The supplier must also comply with the initial
sampling frequencies specified by the Agency to ensure a system can demonstrate
compliance with the MCL. Routine and increased monitoring frequencies must
be conducted in accordance with the requirements in this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(c)(9) (2000), as added at 66 Fed.
Reg. 6976 (January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed.
Reg. 28342 (May 22, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.604 Nitrate Monitoring
Each supplier shall must monitor to determine compliance with the MCL for nitrate in Section
611.301.
a) Suppliers shall
must monitor at the following frequencies, beginning January 1,
1993:
1) CWSs and NTNCWSs:.
A) GWSs: annually;
B) SWSs and mixed systems: quarterly.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(d)(1) (1991) (2002).
2) Transient non-CWSs: annually.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(d)(4) (1991) (2002).
b) Quarterly monitoring for GWSs.
1) A CWS or NTNCWS supplier that is a GWS shall must initiate quarterly
monitoring in the quarter following any one sample that has a nitrate
concentration equal to or greater than 50 percent of the MCL.
2) The Agency shall must grant a SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that
reduces the monitoring frequency to annual after the supplier has
completed quarterly sampling for at least four quarters if it determines that
the sampling point is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
A) The request must include the following minimal information: the
results from four consecutive quarterly samples.
B) In issuing the SEP, the Agency shall must specify the level of the
250
contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently”
determination was based. All SEPs that allow less frequent
monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consitently”
determination shall must include a condition requiring the supplier
to resume quarterly monitoring pursuant to subsection (b)(1) of
this Section if it violates the MCL specified by Section 611.301 for
nitrate.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(d)(2) (1991) (2002).
c) Reduction of monitoring frequency for SWSs and mixed systems.
1) The Agency shall must grant a SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that
allows a CWS or NTNCWS supplier that is a SWS or mixed system to
reduce its monitoring frequency to annually if it determines that all
analytical results from four consecutive quarters are less than 50 percent
of the MCL.
2) As a condition of the SEP, the Agency shall must require the supplier to
initiate quarterly monitoring, beginning the next quarter, if any one sample
is greater than or equal to 50 percent of the MCL.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(d)(3) (1991) (2002).
d) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(d)(4), which the Board has
codified at subsection (a)(2). This statement maintains structural consistency
with USEPA rules.
e) After completion of four consecutive quarters of monitoring, each CWS or
NTNCWS supplier monitoring annually shall must take samples during the
quarter(s) quarters that resulted in the highest analytical result.
BOARD NOTE: Drawn from 40 CFR 141.23(d)(5) (1991) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.605 Nitrite Monitoring
Each supplier shall must monitor to determine compliance with the MCL for nitrite in Section
611.301.
a) All suppliers
shall take one sample at each sampling point during the compliance
period beginning January 1, 1993 and ending December 31, 1995.This subsection
(a) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(e)(1), which was applicable only until a date
now past. This statement maintains consistency with USEPA rules.
251
b) This subsection corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(e)(2), a provision by which U.S.
EPA USEPA refers to state requirements that do not exist in Illinois. This
statement maintains structural consistency with U.S. EPA USEPA rules.
c) Repeat monitoring
Monitoring frequency.
1) Quarterly monitoring.
A) A supplier that has any one sample in which the concentration is
equal to or greater than 50 percent of the MCL shall must initiate
quarterly monitoring during the next quarter.
B) A supplier required to begin quarterly monitoring pursuant to
subsection (c)(1)(A) of this Section shall must continue on a
quarterly basis for a minimum of one year following any one
sample exceeding the 50 percent of the MCL, after which the
supplier may discontinue quarterly monitoring pursuant to
subsection (c)(2) of this Section.
2) The Agency shall must grant a SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that
allows a supplier to reduce its monitoring frequency to annually if it
determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently below the
MCL.
A) A request for a SEP must include the following minimal
information: the results from four quarterly samples.
B) In issuing the SEP, the Agency shall must specify the level of the
contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently”
determination was based. All SEPs that allow less frequent
monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consitently”
determination shall must include a condition requiring the supplier
to resume quarterly monitoring for nitrite pursuant to subsection
(c)(1) of this Section if it equals or exceeds 50 percent of the MCL
specified by Section 611.301 for nitrite.
d) A supplier that is monitoring annually shall must take samples during the
quarter(s) which quarters that previously resulted in the highest analytical result.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(e) (1994) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.606 Confirmation Samples
a) Where the results of sampling for antimony, arsenic (effective February 22,
252
2002), asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride,
mercury, nickel, selenium, or thallium indicate a level in excess of the MCL, the
supplier must collect one additional sample as soon as possible after the initial
sample was taken (but not to exceed two weeks) at the same sampling point.
b) Where nitrate or nitrite sampling results indicate a level in excess of the MCL, the
supplier must take a confirmation sample within 24 hours after the supplier’s
receipt of notification of the analytical results of the first sample.
1) Suppliers unable to comply with the 24-hour sampling requirement must
immediately notify the persons served in accordance with Section 611.902
and meet other Tier 1 public notification requirements under Subpart V of
this Part.
2) Suppliers exercising this option must take and analyze a confirmation
sample within two weeks after notification of the analytical results of the
first sample.
c) Averaging rules are specified in Section 611.609. The Agency must delete the
original or confirmation sample if it determines that a sampling error occurred, in
which case the confirmation sample will replace the original sample.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(f) (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 6976
(January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed. Reg. 28342 (May 22,
2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.607 More Frequent Monitoring and Confirmation Sampling
This Section corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(g), a federal provision authorizing which
authorizes the states to require more frequent monitoring and confirmation sampling with regard
to 40 CFR 141.23(b) through (e) (corresponding with Sections 611.602 through 611.605) than is
required under federal law. The Act authorizes the Board to adopt such requirements. The
Board has not done so at this Section. This statement maintains structural consistency with U.S.
EPA the corresponding federal rules.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.608 Additional Optional Monitoring
Suppliers may conduct additional, more frequent monitoring than the minimum frequencies
specified in this Subpart N, without prior approval from the Agency. The supplier must report
the results of all such monitoring to the Agency.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(h) (1991) (2002).
253
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.609 Determining Compliance
Compliance with the MCLs of Section 611.300 or 611.301 (as appropriate) must be determined
based on the analytical results obtained at each sampling point.
a) For suppliers that monitor at a frequency greater than annual, compliance with the
MCLs for antimony, arsenic (effective January 22, 2004), asbestos, barium,
beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, or
thallium is determined by a running annual average at each sampling point.
Effective January 22, 2004, if a system fails to collect the required number of
samples, compliance (average concentration) will be based on the total number of
samples collected.
1) If the average at any sampling point is greater than the MCL, then the
supplier is out of compliance.
2) If any one sample would cause the annual average to be exceeded, then
the supplier is out of compliance immediately.
3) Any sample below the method detection limit must be calculated at zero
for the purpose of determining the annual average.
BOARD NOTE: The “method detection limit” is different from the
“detection limit, “ as set forth in Section 611.600. The “method detection
limit” is the level of contaminant that can be determined by a particular
method with a 95 percent degree of confidence, as determined by the
method outlined in 40 CFR 136, Appendix B, incorporated by reference at
Section 611.102.
b) For suppliers that monitor annually or less frequently, compliance with the MCLs
for antimony, arsenic (effective January 22, 2004), asbestos, barium, beryllium,
cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, selenium, or thallium is
determined by the level of the contaminant at any sampling point. If confirmation
samples are required by the Agency, the determination of compliance will be
based on the average of the annual average of the initial MCL exceedence and
any Agency-required confirmation samples. Effective January 22, 2004, if a
supplier fails to collect the required number of samples, compliance (average
concentration) will be based on the total number of samples collected.
c) Compliance with the MCLs for nitrate and nitrite is determined based on one
sample if the levels of these contaminants are below the MCLs. If the levels of
nitrate or nitrite in the initial sample exceed the MCLs in the initial sample,
Section 611.606 requires confirmation sampling, and compliance is determined
254
based on the average of the initial and confirmation samples.
d) Arsenic sampling results must be reported to the nearest 0.001 mg/L
ℓ
.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(i) (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 6976
(January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed. Reg. 28342 (May 22,
2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.610 Inorganic Monitoring Times
Each supplier shall must monitor, within each compliance period, at the time designated by the
Agency by SEP.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(j) (1991) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.611 Inorganic Analysis
Analytical methods are from documents incorporated by reference in Section 611.102. These are
mostly referenced by a short name defined by Section 611.102(a). Other abbreviations are
defined in Section 611.101.
a) Analysis for the following contaminants must be conducted using the following
methods or an alternative approved pursuant to Section 611.480. Criteria for
analyzing arsenic, chromium, copper, lead, nickel, selenium, sodium, and
thallium with digestion or directly without digestion, and other analytical
procedures, are contained in USEPA Technical Notes, incorporated by reference
in Section 611.102. (This document also contains approved analytical test
methods that remain remained available for compliance monitoring until July 1,
1996. These methods will are not be available for use after July 1, 1996.)
BOARD NOTE: Because MDLs reported in USEPA Environmental Metals
Methods 200.7 and 200.9 were determined using a 2
×
preconcentration step
during sample digestion, MDLs determined when samples are analyzed by direct
analysis (i.e., no sample digestion) will be higher. For direct analysis of cadmium
and arsenic by USEPA Environmental Metals Method 200.7, and arsenic by
Standard Method 3120 B sample preconcentration using pneumatic nebulization
may be required to achieve lower detection limits. Preconcentration may also be
required for direct analysis of antimony, lead, and thallium by USEPA
Environmental Metals Method 200.9; antimony and lead by Standard Method
3113 B; and lead by ASTM Method D3559-90D unless multiple in-furnace
depositions are made.
255
1) Antimony:.
A) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
B) Atomic absorption, hydride technique: ASTM Method D3697-92.
C) Atomic absorption, platform furnace technique: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.9.
D) Atomic absorption, furnace technique: Standard Methods, 18th or
19th ed.: Method 3113 B.
2) Arsenic:.
BOARD NOTE: If ultrasonic nebulization is used in the determination of
arsenic by Methods 200.7, 200.8, or SM 3120 B, the arsenic must be in the
pentavalent state to provide uniform signal response. For methods 200.7
and 3120 B, both samples and standards must be diluted in the same
mixed acid matrix concentration of nitric and hydrochloric acid with the
addition of 100 μL
ℓ
of 30% hydrogen peroxide per 100 mL m
ℓ
of
solution. For direct analysis of arsenic with method 200.8 using ultrasonic
nebulization, samples and standards must contain one mg/L
ℓ
of sodium
hypochlorite.
A) Inductively-coupled plasma:.
BOARD NOTE: Effective January 23, 2006, a supplier may no
longer employ analytical methods using the ICP-AES technology
because the detection limits for these methods are 0.008 mg/L
ℓ
or
higher. This restriction means that the two ICP-AES methods
(USEPA Environmental Metals Method 200.7 and Standard
Methods, Method 3120 B) approved for use for the MCL of 0.05
mg/L
ℓ
may not be used for compliance determinations for the
revised MCL of 0.01 mg/L
ℓ
. However, prior to the 2005 through
2007 compliance period, a supplier may have compliance samples
analyzed with these less sensitive methods.
i) USEPA Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.7,;
or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 3120
B.
B) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
256
C) Atomic absorption, platform furnace technique: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.9.
D) Atomic absorption, furnace technique:.
i) ASTM Method D2972-93 D2972-97 C,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 3113 B.
E) Atomic absorption, hydride technique:.
i) ASTM Method D2972-93 D2972-97 B,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 3114 B.
3) Asbestos: Transmission electron microscopy: USEPA Asbestos
Methods-100.1 and USEPA Asbestos Methods-100.2.
4) Barium:.
A) Inductively-coupled plasma:.
i) USEPA Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.7,;
or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 3120
B.
B) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
C) Atomic absorption, direct aspiration technique: Standard Methods,
18th or 19th ed.: Method 3111 D.
D) Atomic absorption, furnace technique: Standard Methods, 18th, or
19th ed.: Method 3113 B.
5) Beryllium:.
A) Inductively-coupled plasma:.
i) USEPA Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.7,;
or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 3120
257
B.
B) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
C) Atomic absorption, platform furnace technique: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.9.
D) Atomic absorption, furnace technique:.
i) ASTM Method D3645-93 D3645-97 B,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 3113 B.
6) Cadmium:.
A) Inductively-coupled plasma arc furnace: USEPA Environmental
Metals Methods: Method 200.7.
B) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
C) Atomic absorption, platform furnace technique: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.9.
D) Atomic absorption, furnace technique: Standard Methods, 18th or
19th ed.: Method 3113 B.
7) Chromium:.
A) Inductively-coupled plasma arc furnace:.
i) USEPA Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.7,;
or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 3120
B.
B) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
C) Atomic absorption, platform furnace technique: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.9.
D) Atomic absorption, furnace technique: Standard Methods, 18th or
19th ed.: Method 3113 B.
258
8) Cyanide:.
A) Manual distillation (ASTM Method D2036-98 A or Standard
Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 4500-CN
-
C),
followed by spectrophotometric, amenable:.
i) ASTM Method D2036-91 D2036-98 B,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-CN
-
G.
B) Manual distillation (ASTM Method D2036-98 A or Standard
Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 4500-CN
-
C),
followed by spectrophotometric, manual:.
i) ASTM Method D2036-91 D2036-98 A,;
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-CN
-
E,; or
iii) USGS Methods: Method I-3300-85.
C) Manual distillation (ASTM Method D2036-98 A or Standard
Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 4500-CN
-
C),
followed by semiautomated spectrophotometric: USEPA
Environmental Inorganic Methods: Method 335.4.
D) Selective electrode: Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.:
Method 4500-CN
-
F.
E) UV/Distillation/Spectrophotometric: Kaleda 01.
F) Distillation/Spectrophotometric: QuickChem 10-204-00-1-X.
9) Fluoride:.
A) Ion Chromatography:.
i) USEPA Environmental Inorganic Methods: Method 300.0,
ii) ASTM Method D4327-91 D4327-97,; or
iii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 4110
B.
259
B) Manual distillation, colorimetric SPADNS: Standard Methods,
18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 4500-F
-
B and D.
C) Manual electrode:.
i) ASTM Method D1179-93 B,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-F
-
C.
D) Automated electrode: Technicon Methods: Method 380-75WE.
E) Automated alizarin:.
i) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-F
-
E,; or
ii) Technicon Methods: Method 129-71W.
10) Mercury:.
A) Manual cold vapor technique:.
i) USEPA Environmental Metals Methods: Method 245.1,;
ii) ASTM Method D3223-91 D3223-97,; or
iii) Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 3112 B.
B) Automated cold vapor technique: USEPA Inorganic Methods:
Method 245.2.
C) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
11) Nickel:.
A) Inductively-coupled plasma:.
i) USEPA Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.7,;
or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 3120
B.
B) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
260
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
C) Atomic absorption, platform furnace technique: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.9.
D) Atomic absorption, direct aspiration technique: Standard Methods,
18th or 19th ed.: Method 3111 B.
E) Atomic absorption, furnace technique: Standard Methods, 18th or
19th ed.: Method 3113 B.
12) Nitrate:.
A) Ion chromatography:.
i) USEPA Environmental Inorganic Methods: Method
300.0,;
ii) ASTM Method D4327-91, D4327-97;
iii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 4110
B,; or
iv) Waters Test Method B-1011, available from Millipore
Corporation.
B) Automated cadmium reduction:.
i) USEPA Environmental Inorganic Methods: Method
353.2,;
ii) ASTM Method D3867-90 A,; or
iii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-NO3
-
F.
C) Ion selective electrode:.
i) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-NO3
-
D,; or
ii) Technical Bulletin 601.
D) Manual cadmium reduction:.
i) ASTM Method D3867-90 B,; or
261
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-NO3
-
E.
13) Nitrite:.
A) Ion chromatography:.
i) USEPA Environmental Inorganic Methods: Method
300.0,;
ii) ASTM Method D4327-91 D4327-97,;
iii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 4110
B,; or
iv) Waters Test Method B-1011, available from Millipore
Corporation.
B) Automated cadmium reduction:.
i) USEPA Environmental Inorganic Methods: Method
353.2,;
ii) ASTM Method D3867-90 A,; or
iii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-NO3
-
F.
C) Manual cadmium reduction:.
i) ASTM Method D3867-90 B,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-NO3
-
E.
D) Spectrophotometric: Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.:
Method 4500-NO2
-
B.
14) Selenium:.
A) Atomic absorption, hydride:.
i) ASTM Method D3859-93 D3859-98 A,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 3114 B.
262
B) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
C) Atomic absorption, platform furnace technique: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.9.
D) Atomic absorption, furnace technique:.
i) ASTM Method D3859-93 D3859-98 B,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 3113 B.
15) Thallium:.
A) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
B) Atomic absorption, platform furnace technique: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.9.
16) Lead:.
A) Atomic absorption, furnace technique:.
i) ASTM Method D3559-95 D3559-96 D,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 3113 B.
B) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
C) Atomic absorption, platform furnace technique: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.9.
D) Differential Pulse Anodic Stripping Voltammetry: Palintest
Method 1001.
17) Copper:.
A) Atomic absorption, furnace technique:.
i) ASTM Method D1688-95 C,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 3113 B.
263
B) Atomic absorption, direct aspiration:.
i) ASTM Method D1688-90 D1688-95 A,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 3111 B.
C) Inductively-coupled plasma:.
i) USEPA Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.7,;
or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 3120
B.
D) Inductively-coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.8.
E) Atomic absorption, platform furnace technique: USEPA
Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.9.
18) pH:.
A) Electrometric:.
i) USEPA Inorganic Methods: Method 150.1,;
ii) ASTM Method D1293-84 D1293-95,; or
iii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-H
+
B.
B) USEPA Inorganic Methods: Method 150.2.
19) Conductivity; Conductance:.
A) ASTM Method D1125-95 A,; or
B) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 2510 B.
20) Calcium:.
A) EDTA titrimetric:.
i) ASTM Method D511-93 A,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
264
3500-Ca D.
B) Atomic absorption, direct aspiration:.
i) ASTM Method D511-93 B,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 3111 B.
C) Inductively-coupled plasma:.
i) USEPA Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.7,;
or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 3120
B.
21) Alkalinity:.
A) Titrimetric:.
i) ASTM Method D1067-92 B,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 2320
B.
B) Electrometric titration: USGS Methods: Method I-1030-85.
22) Orthophosphate (unfiltered, without digestion or hydrolysis):.
A) Automated colorimetric, ascorbic acid:.
i) USEPA Environmental Inorganic Methods: Method
365.1,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-P F.
B) Single reagent colorimetric, ascorbic acid:.
i) ASTM Method D515-88 A,; or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method
4500-P E.
C) Colorimetric, phosphomolybdate: USGS Methods: Method I-
1601-85.
265
D) Colorimetric, phosphomolybdate, automated-segmented flow:
USGS Methods: Method I-2601-90.
E) Colorimetric, phosphomolybdate, automated discrete: USGS
Methods: Method I-2598-85.
F) Ion Chromatography:.
i) USEPA Environmental Inorganic Methods: Method
300.0,;
ii) ASTM Method D4327-91 D4327-97,; or
iii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 4110
B.
23) Silica:.
A) Colorimetric, molybdate blue: USGS Methods: Method I-1700-
85.
B) Colorimetric, molybdate blue, automated-segmented flow: USGS
Methods: Method I-2700-85.
C) Colorimetric: ASTM Method D859-95.
D) Molybdosilicate: Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method
4500-Si D or Standard Methods, 20th ed.: Method 4500-Si C.
E) Heteropoly blue: Standard Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method
4500-Si E or Standard Methods, 20th ed.: Method 4500-Si D.
F) Automated method for molybdate-reactive silica: Standard
Methods, 18th or 19th ed.: Method 4500-Si F or Standard
Methods, 20th ed.: Method 4500-Si E.
G) Inductively-coupled plasma:
i) USEPA Environmental Metals Methods: Method 200.7,;
or
ii) Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 3120
B.
24) Temperature; thermometric: Standard Methods, 18th, or 19th, or 20th ed.:
266
Method 2550.
25) Sodium:.
A) Inductively-coupled plasma: USEPA Environmental Metals
Methods: Method 200.7.
B) Atomic absorption, direct aspiration: Standard Methods, 18th or
19th ed.: Method 3111 B.
b) Sample collection for antimony, arsenic (effective January 22, 2004), asbestos,
barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel,
nitrate, nitrite, selenium, and thallium pursuant to Sections 611.600 through
611.604 must be conducted using the following sample preservation, container,
and maximum holding time procedures:
BOARD NOTE: For cyanide determinations samples must be adjusted with
sodium hydroxide to pH 12 at the time of collection. When chilling is indicated
the sample must be shipped and stored at 4
°
C or less. Acidification of nitrate or
metals samples may be with a concentrated acid or a dilute (50% by volume)
solution of the applicable concentrated acid. Acidification of samples for metals
analysis is encouraged and allowed at the laboratory rather than at the time of
sampling provided the shipping time and other instructions in Section 8.3 of
USEPA Environmental Metals Method 200.7, 200.8, or 200.9 is followed.
1) Antimony:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 6 months.
2) Arsenic:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 6 months.
3) Asbestos:.
A) Preservative: Cool to 4° C.
267
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 48 hours.
4) Barium:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 6 months.
5) Beryllium:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 6 six months.
6) Cadmium:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 6 six months.
7) Chromium:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 6 six months.
8) Cyanide:.
A) Preservative: Cool to 4° C. Add sodium hydroxide to pH >
greater than 12. See the analytical methods for information on
268
sample preservation.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 14 days.
9) Fluoride:.
A) Preservative: None.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 1 one month.
10) Mercury:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 28 days.
11) Nickel:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 6 six months.
12) Nitrate, chlorinated:.
A) Preservative: Cool to 4° C.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 14 days.
13) Nitrate, non-chlorinated:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated sulfuric acid to pH less than 2.
269
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 14 days.
14) Nitrite:.
A) Preservative: Cool to 4° C.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 48 hours.
15) Selenium:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 6 six months.
16) Thallium:.
A) Preservative: Concentrated nitric acid to pH less than 2.
B) Plastic or glass (hard or soft).
C) Holding time: Samples must be analyzed as soon after collection
as possible, but in any event within 6 six months.
c) Analyses under this Subpart N must be conducted by laboratories that received
approval from USEPA or the Agency. Laboratories may conduct sample analyses
for antimony, beryllium, cyanide, nickel, and thallium under provisional
certification granted by the Agency until January 1, 1996. The Agency must
certify laboratories to conduct analyses for antimony, arsenic (effective January
23, 2006), asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride,
mercury, nickel, nitrate, nitrite, selenium, and thallium if the laboratory does as
follows:
1) Analyzes
It analyzes performance evaluation (PE) samples, provided by
the Agency pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 186, that include those
substances at levels not in excess of levels expected in drinking water; and
270
2) Achieves
It achieves quantitative results on the analyses within the
following acceptance limits:
A) Antimony: ± 30% at greater than or equal to 0.006 mg/L
ℓ
.
B) Arsenic:
±
30% at greater than or equal to 0.003 mg/L
ℓ
.
C) Asbestos: 2 standard deviations based on study statistics.
D) Barium: ± 15% at greater than or equal to 0.15 mg/L
ℓ
.
E) Beryllium: ± 15% at greater than or equal to 0.001 mg/L
ℓ
.
F) Cadmium: ± 20% at greater than or equal to 0.002 mg/L
ℓ
.
G) Chromium: ± 15% at greater than or equal to 0.01 mg/L
ℓ
.
H) Cyanide: ± 25% at greater than or equal to 0.1 mg/L
ℓ
.
I) Fluoride: ± 10% at 1 to 10 mg/L
ℓ
.
J) Mercury: ± 30% at greater than or equal to 0.0005 mg/L
ℓ
.
K) Nickel: ± 15% at greater than or equal to 0.01 mg/L
ℓ
.
L) Nitrate: ± 10% at greater than or equal to 0.4 mg/L
ℓ
.
M) Nitrite: ± 15% at greater than or equal to 0.4 mg/L
ℓ
.
N) Selenium: ± 20% at greater than or equal to 0.01 mg/L
ℓ
.
O) Thallium: ± 30% at greater than or equal to 0.002 mg/L
ℓ
.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.23(k) (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 6976
(January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed. Reg. 28342 (May 22,
2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.612 Monitoring Requirements for Old Inorganic MCLs
a) Analyses for the purpose of determining compliance with the old inorganic MCLs
of Section 611.300 are required as follows:
1) Analyses for all CWSs utilizing surface water sources must be repeated at
yearly intervals.
271
2) Analyses for all CWSs utilizing only groundwater sources must be
repeated at three-year intervals.
3) This subsection (a)(3) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(1)(3) (1999),
which requires monitoring for the repealed old MCL for nitrate at a
frequency specified by the state. The Board has followed the USEPA lead
and repealed that old MCL. This statement maintains structural
consistency with USEPA rules.
4) This subsection (a)(4) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(1)(4) (1999),
which authorizes the state to determine compliance and initiate
enforcement action. This authority exists through the authorization of the
Act, not through federal rules. This statement maintains structural
consistency with USEPA rules.
b) If the result of an analyses made under subsection (a) of this Section indicates that
the level of any contaminant listed in Section 611.300 exceeds the old MCL, the
supplier must report to the Agency within 7 seven days and initiate three
additional analyses at the same sampling point within one month.
c) When the average of four analyses made pursuant to subsection (b) of this
Section, rounded to the same number of significant figures as the old MCL for the
substance in question, exceeds the old MCL, the supplier must notify the Agency
and give notice to the public pursuant to Subpart V of this Part. Monitoring after
public notification must be at a frequency designated by the Agency by a SEP
granted pursuant to Section 611.110 and must continue until the old MCL has not
been exceeded in two successive samples or until a different monitoring schedule
becomes effective as a condition to a variance, an adjusted standard, a site
specific rule, an enforcement action, or another SEP granted pursuant to Section
611.110.
d) This subsection (d) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(o) (1999), which pertains to
monitoring for the repealed old MCL for nitrate. The Board has followed the
USEPA action and repealed that old MCL. This statement maintains structural
consistency with USEPA rules.
e) This subsection (e) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.23(p) (1999), which pertains to
the use of existing data up until a date long since expired. The Board did not
adopt the original provision in R88-26. This statement maintains structural
consistency with USEPA rules.
f) Except for arsenic, for which analyses must be made in accordance with Section
611.611, analyses conducted to determine compliance with the old MCLs of
Section 611.300 must be made in accordance with the following methods,
incorporated by reference in Section 611.102.
272
1) Fluoride: The methods specified in Section 611.611(c) must apply for the
purposes of this Section.
2) Iron:.
A) Standard Methods, 18th ed.:.
i) Method 3111 B, or 18th or 19th ed.;
ii) Method 3113 B, 18th or 19th ed.; or
iii) Method 3120 B, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.
B) EPA Environmental Metals Methods:.
i) Method 200.7,; or
ii) Method 200.9.
3) Manganese:.
A) Standard Methods, 18th ed.:.
i) Method 3111 B, or 18th or 19th ed.;
ii) Method 3113 B, 18th or 19th ed.; or
iii) Method 3120 B, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.
B) EPA Environmental Metals Methods:.
i) Method 200.7,;
ii) Method 200.8,; or
iii) Method 200.9.
4) Zinc:.
A) Standard Methods, 18th ed.:.
i) Method 3111 B, 18th or 19th ed.; or
ii) Method 3120 B, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.
273
B) EPA Environmental Metals Methods:.
i) Method 200.7,; or
ii) Method 200.8.
BOARD NOTE: The provisions of subsections (a) through (f) of this Section derive from 40
CFR 141.23(l) through (p) (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 26022, May 4, 2000 (2002).
USEPA removed and reserved 40 CFR 141.23(q) (formerly 40 CFR 141.23(f)) at 59 Fed. Reg.
62466 (Dec. 5, 1994). Subsection (f)(2) of this Section relates to a contaminant for which
USEPA specifies an MCL, but for which it repealed the analytical method. Subsections (f)(2)
through (f)(4) of this Section relate exclusively to additional state requirements. The Board
retained subsections (f)(1), (f)(3), and (f)(4) subsection (f) of this Section to set forth methods for
the inorganic contaminants for which there is a state-only MCL. The methods specified are
those set forth in 40 CFR 143.4(b) (1999) (2002), for secondary MCLs. The predecessor to
subsections (a) through (e) of this Section were formerly codified as Section 611.601. The
predecessor to subsection (f) of this Section was formerly codified as Section 611.606.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.630 Special Monitoring for Sodium
a) CWS suppliers shall must collect and analyze one sample per plant at the entry
point of the distribution system for the determination of sodium concentration
levels; samples must be collected and analyzed annually for CWSs utilizing
surface water sources in whole or in part, and at least every three years for CWSs
utilizing solely groundwater sources. The minimum number of samples required
to be taken by the supplier is based on the number of treatment plants used by the
supplier, except that multiple wells drawing raw water from a single aquifer may,
with the Agency approval, be considered one treatment plant for determining the
minimum number of samples. The Agency shall must require the supplier to
collect and analyze water samples for sodium more frequently in locations where
the sodium content is variable.
b) The CWS supplier shall must report to the Agency the results of the analyses for
sodium within the first 10 days of the month following the month in which the
sample results were received or within the first 10 days following the end of the
required monitoring period as specified by SEP, whichever of these is first. If
more than annual sampling is required, the supplier shall must report the average
sodium concentration within 10 days of the month following the month in which
the analytical results of the last sample used for the annual average was received.
c) The CWS supplier shall must notify the Agency and appropriate local public
health officials of the sodium levels by written notice by direct mail within three
months. A copy of each notice required to be provided by this subsection must be
sent to the Agency within 10 days of its issuance.
274
d) Analyses for sodium must be conducted as directed in Section 611.611(a).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.41 (1994), as amended at 59 Fed. Reg. 62470 (Dec.
5, 1994) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART O: ORGANIC MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.640 Definitions
The following terms are defined for use in this Subpart O only. Additional definitions are
located in Section 611.102.
“Old MCL” means an MCL in Section 611.310. These include the MCLs
identified as “additional state requirements” and those derived from 40 CFR
141.12, but excluding TTHM. “Old MCLs” includes include the Section 611.310
MCLs for the following contaminants:
Aldrin
2,4-D
DDT
Dieldrin
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
BOARD NOTE: 2,4-D, heptachlor, and heptachlor epoxide are also
“Phase II SOCs”. The additional state requirements of Section 611.310
impose a more stringent “old MCL” for each of these compounds than that
imposed on them as Phase II SOCs by Section 611.311. However, the
requirements for sampling and monitoring for these compounds as Phase
II SOCs and the consequences of their detection and violation of their
revised MCLs is more stringent as Phase II SOCs.
“Phase II SOCs” means the following:
Alachlor
Atrazine
Carbofuran
Chlordane
Dibromochloropropane
Ethylene dibromide
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Lindane
275
Methoxychlor
Polychlorinated biphenyls
Toxaphene
2,4-D
2,4,5-TP
BOARD NOTE: These are organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR
141.61(c)(1) through (c)(18) (1992) (2002). The MCLs for these
contaminants are located at Section 611.311. More stringent MCLs for
heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, and 2,4-D are found as “additional state
requirements” in Section 611.310.
“Phase IIB SOCs” means the following:
Aldicarb
Aldicarb Sulfone
Aldicarb Sulfoxide
Pentachlorophenol
BOARD NOTE: These are organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR
141.61(c)(1) through (c)(18) (1992) (2002). The MCLs for these
contaminants are located at Section 611.311. The effectiveness of the
Section 611.311 MCLs for aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb
sulfoxide are administratively stayed until the Board takes further admini-
strative action to end this stay. However, suppliers must monitor for these
three SOCs pursuant to Section 611.648. See 40 CFR 141.6(g) (1992)
(2002) and 57 Fed. Reg. 22178 (May 27, 1992).
“Phase V SOCs” means the following:
Benzo[(a])pyrene
Dalapon
Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate
Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
Dinoseb
Diquat
Endothall
Endrin
Glyphosate
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Oxamyl
Picloram
Simazine
2,3,7,8-TCDD
BOARD NOTE: These are organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR
141.61(c)(19) through (c)(33) (1992) (2002). The MCLs for these
contaminants are located at Section 611.311, and become effective
276
January 17, 1994.
“Phase I VOCs” means the following:
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
p-Dichlorobenzene.
1,2-Dichloroethane
1,1-Dichloroethylene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Vinyl chloride
BOARD NOTE: These are the organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR
141.61(a)(1) through (a)(8) (1992) (2002). The MCLs for these
contaminants are located at Section 611.311(a).
“Phase II VOCs” means the following:
o-Dichlorobenzene
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene
1,2-Dichloropropane
Ethylbenzene
Monochlorobenzene
Styrene
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
Xylenes (total)
BOARD NOTE: These are organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR
141.61(a)(9) through (a)(18) (1992) (2002). The MCLs for these
contaminants are in Section 611.311(a).
“Phase V VOCs” means the following:
Dichloromethane
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
BOARD NOTE: These are the organic contaminants regulated at 40 CFR
141.61(a)(19) through (a)(21) (1992) (2002). The MCLs for these
contaminants are located at Section 611.311(a) and become effective
January 17, 1994.
“Revised MCL” means an MCL in Section 611.311. This term includes MCLs
for “Phase I VOCs”, “Phase II VOCs”, “Phase V VOCs”, “Phase II SOCs”, Phase
IIB SOCs, and “Phase V SOCs”.
277
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.641 Old MCLs
a) An analysis of substances for the purpose of determining compliance with the old
MCLs of Section 611.310 must be made as follows:
1) The Agency shall, by SEP, require CWS suppliers utilizing surface water
sources to collect samples during the period of the year when
contamination by pesticides is most likely to occur. The Agency shall
must require the supplier to repeat these analyses at least annually.
2) The Agency shall, by SEP, require CWS suppliers utilizing only
groundwater sources to collect samples at least once every three years.
b) If the result of an analysis made pursuant to subsection (a) indicates that the level
of any contaminant exceeds its old MCL, the CWS supplier shall must report to
the Agency within 7 seven days and initiate three additional analyses within one
month.
c) When the average of four analyses made pursuant to subsection (a), rounded to
the same number of significant figures as the MCL for the substance in question,
exceeds the old MCL, the CWS supplier shall must report to the Agency and give
notice to the public pursuant to Subpart T of this Part. Monitoring after public
notification must be at a frequency designated by the Agency and must continue
until the MCL has not been exceeded in two successive samples or until a
monitoring schedule as a condition to a variance, adjusted standard, or
enforcement action becomes effective.
d) Analysis made to determine compliance with the old MCLs of Section 611.310
must be made in accordance with the appropriate methods specified in Section
611.645.
BOARD NOTE: This provision now applies only to state-only MCLs. It was formerly derived
from 40 CFR 141.24(a) through (e), which USEPA removed and reserved at 59 Fed. Reg. 34323
(July 1, 1994).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.645 Analytical Methods for Organic Chemical Contaminants
Analysis for the Section 611.311(a) VOCs under Section 611.646; the Section 611.311(c) SOCs
under Section 611.648; the Section 611.310 old organic MCLs under Section 611.641; and for
THMs, TTHMs, and TTHM potential shall must be conducted using the methods listed in this
Section or by equivalent methods as approved by the Agency pursuant to Section 611.480. All
methods are from USEPA Organic Methods, unless otherwise indicated. All methods are
278
incorporated by reference in Section 611.102.
Volatile Organic Chemical Contaminants (VOCs):.
Contaminant Analytical Methods
Benzene 502.2, 524.2
Carbon tetrachloride 502.2, 524.2, 551.1
Chlorobenzene 502.2, 524.2
1,2-Dichlorobenzene 502.2, 524.2
1,4-Dichlorobenzene 502.2, 524.2
1,2-Dichloroethane 502.2, 524.2
cis-Dichloroethylene 502.2, 524.2
trans-Dichloroethylene 502.2, 524.2
Dichloromethane 502.2, 524.2
1,2-Dichloropropane 502.2, 524.2
Ethylbenzene 502.2, 524.2
Styrene 502.2, 524.2
Tetrachloroethylene 502.2, 524.2, 551.1
1,1,1-Trichloroethane 502.2, 524.2, 551.1
Trichloroethylene 502.2, 524.2, 551.1
Toluene 502.2, 524.2
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 502.2, 524.2
1,1-Dichloroethylene 502.2, 524.2
1,1,2-Trichloroethane 502.2, 524.2
Vinyl chloride 502.2, 524.2
Xylenes (total) 502.2, 524.2
Synthetic Organic Chemical Contaminants (SOCs):.
Contaminant Analytical Methods
2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzodioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD or
dioxin)
Dioxin and Furan Method
1613
2,4-D 515.2, 555, 515.1, 515.3,
515.4, ASTM Method
D5317-93
2,4,5-TP (Silvex) 515.2, 555, 515.1, 515.3,
515.4, ASTM Method
D5317-93
Alachlor 505*, 507, 508.1, 525.2,
551.1
Atrazine 505*, 507, 508.1, 525.2,
551.1
Benzo(a)pyrene 525.2, 550, 550.1
279
Carbofuran 531.1, 531.2, Standard
Methods, 18th ed.
Supplement, 19th ed., or
20th ed.: Method 6610
Chlordane 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2
Dalapon 515.1, 552.1, 552.2, 515.3,
515.4
Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 506, 525.2
Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 506, 525.2
Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) 504.1, 551.1
Dinoseb 515.1, 515.2, 515.3, 515.4,
555
Diquat 549.1
Endothall 548.1
Endrin 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2,
551.1
Ethylene Dibromide (EDB) 504.1, 551.1
Glyphosate 547, Standard Methods,
18th ed., 19th ed., or 20th
ed.: Method 6651
Heptachlor 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2,
551.1
Heptachlor Epoxide 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2,
551.1
Hexachlorobenzene 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2,
551.1
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2,
551.1
Lindane 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2,
551.1
Methoxychlor 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2,
551.1
Oxamyl 531.1, 531.2, Standard
Methods, 18th ed.
Supplement, 19th ed., or
20th ed.: Method 6610
PCBs (measured for compliance purposes as
decchlorobiphenyl)
508A
PCBs (qualitatively identified as Araclors) 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2
Pentachlorophenol 515.1, 515.2, 525.2, 555,
515.3, 515.4, ASTM
Method D5317-93
Picloram 515.1, 515.2, 555, 515.3,
515.4, ASTM Method
D5317-93
280
Simazine 505*, 507, 508.1, 525.2,
551.2
Toxaphene 505, 508, 525.2, 508.1
Total Trihalomethanes (TTHMs):.
Contaminant Analytical Methods
Total Trihalomethanes (TTHMs), Trihalomethanes
(THMs), and Maximum Total Trihalomethane Potential
502.2, 524.2, 551.1
State-Only MCLs (for which a method is not listed above):.
Contaminant Analytical Methods
Aldrin 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2
DDT 505, 508
Dieldrin 505, 508, 508.1, 525.2
* denotes that, for the particular contaminant, a nitrogen-phosphorus detector should be
substituted for the electron capture detector in method 505 (or another approved method should
be used) to determine alachlor, atrazine, and simazine if lower detection limits are required.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.24(e) (1999) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.646 Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V Volatile Organic Contaminants
Monitoring of the Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs for the purpose of determining
compliance with the MCL must be conducted as follows:
a) Definitions. As used in this Section the following have the given meanings:
“Detect” and “detection” means that the contaminant of interest is present at a
level greater than or equal to the “detection limit.”
“Detection limit” means 0.0005 mg/L
ℓ
.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.24(f)(7), (f)(11), (f)(14)(i), and
(f)(20) (2000) (2002). This is a “trigger level” for Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V
VOCs inasmuch as it prompts further action. The use of the term “detect” in this
section is not intended to include any analytical capability of quantifying lower
levels of any contaminant, or the “method detection limit.” Note, however that
certain language at the end of federal paragraph (f)(20) is capable of meaning that
the “method detection limit” is used to derive the “detection limit.” The Board
has chosen to disregard that language at the end of paragraph (f)(20) in favor of
the more direct language of paragraphs (f)(7) and (f)(11).
281
“Method detection limit,” as used in subsections (q) and (t) of this Section means
the minimum concentration of a substance that can be measured and reported with
99 percent confidence that the analyte concentration is greater than zero and is
determined from analysis of a sample in a given matrix containing the analyte.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 136, Appendix B (2000) (2002). The
method detection limit is determined by the procedure set forth in 40 CFR 136,
Appendix B. See subsection (t) of this Section.
b) Required sampling. Each supplier must take a minimum of one sample at each
sampling point at the times required in subsection (u) of this Section.
c) Sampling points.
1) Sampling points for a GWS. Unless otherwise provided by an SEP
granted by the Agency pursuant to Section 611.110, a GWS supplier must
take at least one sample from each of the following points: each entry
point that is representative of each well after treatment.
2) Sampling points for an SWS or mixed system supplier. Unless otherwise
provided by an SEP granted by the Agency pursuant to Section 611.110,
an SWS or mixed system supplier must sample from each of the following
points:
A) Each entry point after treatment; or
B) Points in the distribution system that are representative of each
source.
3) The supplier must take each sample at the same sampling point unless the
Agency has granted an SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that designates
another location as more representative of each source, treatment plant, or
within the distribution system.
4) If a system draws water from more than one source, and the sources are
combined before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point
during periods of normal operating conditions when water is
representative of all sources being used.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (b) and (c) of this Section derived from 40 CFR
141.24(f)(1) through (f)(3) (2000) (2002).
d) Each CWS and NTNCWS supplier must take four consecutive quarterly samples
for each of the Phase I VOCs, excluding vinyl chloride, and Phase II VOCs
during each compliance period, beginning in the compliance period starting in the
282
initial compliance period.
e) Reduction to annual monitoring frequency. If the initial monitoring for the Phase
I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs, as allowed in subsection (r)(1) of this Section, has
been was completed by December 31, 1992, and the supplier did not detect any of
the Phase I VOCs, including vinyl chloride; Phase II VOCs; or Phase V VOCs,
then the supplier must take one sample annually beginning in the initial
compliance period.
f) GWS reduction to triennial monitoring frequency. After a minimum of three
years of annual sampling, GWS suppliers that have not previously detected any of
the Phase I VOCs, including vinyl chloride; Phase II VOCs; or Phase V VOCs
must take one sample during each three-year compliance period.
g) A CWS or NTNCWS supplier that has completed the initial round of monitoring
required by subsection (d) of this Section and which did not detect any of the
Phase I VOCs, including vinyl chloride; Phase II VOCs; and Phase V VOCs may
apply to the Agency for an SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that releases it from
the requirements of subsection (e) or (f) of this Section. A supplier that serves
fewer than 3300 service connections may apply to the Agency for an SEP that
releases it from the requirements of subsection (d) of this Section as to 1,2,4-tri-
chlorobenzene.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.24(f)(7) and (f)(10) (2000) (2002),
and the discussion at 57 Fed. Reg. 31825 (July 17, 1992). Provisions concerning
the term of the waiver appear in subsections (i) and (j) of this Section. The
definition of “detect,” parenthetically added to the federal counterpart paragraph,
is in subsection (a) of this Section.
h) Vulnerability assessment. The Agency must consider the factors of Section
611.110(e) in granting an SEP from the requirements of subsection (d), (e), or (f)
of this Section sought pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section.
i) An SEP issued to a GWS pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section is for a
maximum of six years, except that an SEP as to the subsection (d) of this Section
monitoring for 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene must apply only to the initial round of
monitoring. As a condition of an SEP, except as to an SEP from the initial round
of subsection (d) of this Section monitoring for 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, the
supplier shall, within 30 months after the beginning of the period for which the
waiver was issued, reconfirm its vulnerability assessment required by subsection
(h) of this Section and submitted pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section, by
taking one sample at each sampling point and reapplying for an SEP pursuant to
subsection (g) of this Section. Based on this application, the Agency must either
of the following:
1) If it determines that the PWS meets the standard of Section 611.610(e),
283
issue an SEP that reconfirms the prior SEP for the remaining three-year
compliance period of the six-year maximum term; or
2) Issue a new SEP requiring the supplier to sample annually.
BOARD NOTE: Subsection (i) of this Section does not apply to an SWS or
mixed system supplier.
j) Special considerations for an SEP for an SWS or mixedsystem supplier.
1) The Agency must determine that an SWS is not vulnerable before issuing
an SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 to an SWS supplier. An SEP issued
to an SWS or mixed system supplier pursuant to subsection (g) of this
Section is for a maximum of one compliance period; and
2) The Agency may require, as a condition to an SEP issued to an SWS or
mixed supplier, that the supplier take such samples for Phase I, Phase II,
and Phase V VOCs at such a frequency as the Agency determines are
necessary, based on the vulnerability assessment.
BOARD NOTE: There is a great degree of similarity between 40 CFR
141.24(f)(7) (2000) (2002), the provision applicable to GWSs, and 40 CFR
141.24(f)(10) (2000) (2002), the provision for SWSs. The Board has
consolidated the common requirements of both paragraphs into subsection (g) of
this Section. Subsection (j) of this Section represents the elements unique to an
SWSs or mixed system, and subsection (i) of this Section relates to a GWS
supplier. Although 40 CFR 141.24(f)(7) and (f)(10) are silent as to a mixed
system supplier, the Board has included a mixed system supplier with an SWS
supplier because this best follows the federal scheme for all other contaminants.
k) If one of the Phase I VOCs, excluding vinyl chloride; a Phase II VOC; or a Phase
V VOC is detected in any sample, then the following must occur:
1) The supplier must monitor quarterly for that contaminant at each sampling
point that resulted in a detection.
2) Annual monitoring.
A) The Agency must grant an SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that
allows a supplier to reduce the monitoring frequency to annual at a
sampling point if it determines that the sampling point is reliably
and consistently below the MCL.
B) A request for an SEP must include the following minimal
information:
284
i) For a GWS, two quarterly samples.
ii) For an SWS or mixed system supplier, four quarterly
samples.
C) In issuing an SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the
contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently”
determination was based. Any SEP that allows less frequent
monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently”
determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to
resume quarterly monitoring pursuant to subsection (k)(1) of this
Section if it violates the MCL specified by Section 611.311.
3) Suppliers that monitor annually must monitor during the quarters that
previously yielded the highest analytical result.
4) Suppliers that do not detect a contaminant at a sampling point in three
consecutive annual samples may apply to the Agency for an SEP pursuant
to Section 611.110 that allows it to discontinue monitoring for that
contaminant at that point, as specified in subsection (g) of this Section.
5) A GWS supplier that has detected one or more of the two-carbon
contaminants listed in subsection (k)(5)(A) of this Section must monitor
quarterly for vinyl chloride as described in subsection (k)(5)(B) of this
Section, subject to the limitation of subsection (k)(5)(C) of this Section.
A) “Two-carbon contaminants” (Phase I or II VOC) are the following:
1,2-Dichloroethane (Phase I)
1,1-Dichloroethylene (Phase I)
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene (Phase II)
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene (Phase II)
Tetrachloroethylene (Phase II)
1,1,1-Trichloroethylene (Phase I)
Trichloroethylene (Phase I)
B) The supplier must sample quarterly for vinyl chloride at each
sampling point at which it detected one or more of the two-carbon
contaminants listed in subsection (k)(5)(A) of this Section.
C) The Agency must grant an SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that
allows the supplier to reduce the monitoring frequency for vinyl
chloride at any sampling point to once in each three-year
compliance period if it determines that the supplier has not
detected vinyl chloride in the first sample required by subsection
(k)(5)(B) of this Section.
285
l) Quarterly monitoring following MCL violations.
1) Suppliers that violate an MCL for one of the Phase I VOCs, including
vinyl chloride; Phase II VOCs; or Phase V VOCs, as determined by
subsection (o) of this Section, must monitor quarterly for that
contaminant, at the sampling point where the violation occurred,
beginning the next quarter after the violation.
2) Annual monitoring.
A) The Agency must grant an SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that
allows a supplier to reduce the monitoring frequency to annually if
it determines that the sampling point is reliably and consistently
below the MCL.
B) A request for an SEP must include the following minimal
information: four quarterly samples.
C) In issuing an SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the
contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently”
determination was based. Any SEP that allows less frequent
monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently”
determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to
resume quarterly monitoring pursuant to subsection (l)(1) of this
Section if it violates the MCL specified by Section 611.311.
D) The supplier must monitor during the quarters that previously
yielded the highest analytical result.
m) Confirmation samples. The Agency may issue an SEP pursuant to Section
610.110 to require a supplier to use a confirmation sample for results that it finds
dubious for whatever reason. The Agency must state its reasons for issuing the
SEP if the SEP is Agency-initiated.
1) If a supplier detects any of the Phase I, Phase II, or Phase V VOCs in a
sample, the supplier must take a confirmation sample as soon as possible,
but no later than 14 days after the supplier receives notice of the detection.
2) Averaging is as specified in subsection (o) of this Section.
3) The Agency must delete the original or confirmation sample if it
determines that a sampling error occurred, in which case the confirmation
sample will replace the original or confirmation sample.
n) This subsection (n) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(f)(14), an optional USEPA
286
provision relating to compositing of samples that USEPA does not require for
state programs. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA
rules.
o) Compliance with the MCLs for the Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs must be
determined based on the analytical results obtained at each sampling point.
Effective January 22, 2004, if one sampling point is in violation of an MCL, the
system is in violation of the MCL.
1) Effective January 22, 2004, for a supplier that monitors more than once
per year, compliance with the MCL is determined by a running annual
average at each sampling point.
2) Effective January 22, 2004, a supplier that monitors annually or less
frequently whose sample result exceeds the MCL must begin quarterly
sampling. The system will not be considered in violation of the MCL
until it has completed one year of quarterly sampling.
3) Effective January 22, 2004, if any sample result will cause the running
annual average to exceed the MCL at any sampling point, the supplier is
out of compliance with the MCL immediately.
4) Effective January 22, 2004, if a supplier fails to collect the required
number of samples, compliance will be based on the total number of
samples collected.
5) Effective January 22, 2004, if a sample result is less than the detection
limit, zero will be used to calculate the annual average.
6) Until January 22, 2004, for a supplier that conducts monitoring at a
frequency greater than annual, compliance is determined by a running
annual average of all samples taken at each sampling point.
A) If the annual average of any sampling point is greater than the
MCL, then the supplier is out of compliance.
B) If the initial sample or a subsequent sample would cause the annual
average to exceed the MCL, then the supplier is out of compliance
immediately.
C) Any samples below the detection limit must be deemed as zero for
purposes of determining the annual average.
7) Until January 22, 2004, if monitoring is conducted annually, or less
frequently, the supplier is out of compliance if the level of a contaminant
at any sampling point is greater than the MCL. Until January 22, 2004, if
287
a confirmation sample is taken, the determination of compliance is based
on the average of two samples.
p) This subsection (p) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(f)(16), which USEPA
removed and reserved at 59 Fed. Reg. 62468 (Dec. 5, 1994). This statement
maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
q) Analysis under this Section must only be conducted by laboratories that have
received certification by USEPA or the Agency according to the following
conditions:
1) To receive certification to conduct analyses for the Phase I VOCs,
excluding vinyl chloride; Phase II VOCs; and Phase V VOCs, the
laboratory must do the following:
A) Analyze
It must analyze performance evaluation (PE) samples that
include these substances provided by the Agency pursuant to 35
Ill. Adm. Code 186.170;
B) Achieve
It must achieve the quantitative acceptance limits under
subsections (q)(1)(C) and (q)(1)(D) of this Section for at least 80
percent of the regulated organic contaminants in the PE sample;
C) Achieve
It must achieve quantitative results on the analyses
performed under subsection (q)(1)(A) of this Section that are
within ± 20 percent of the actual amount of the substances in the
PE sample when the actual amount is greater than or equal to 0.010
mg/L
ℓ
;
D) Achieve
It must achieve quantitative results on the analyses
performed under subsection (q)(1)(A) of this Section that are
within ± 40 percent of the actual amount of the substances in the
PE sample when the actual amount is less than 0.010 mg/L
ℓ
; and
E) Achieve
It must achieve a method detection limit of 0.0005 mg/L
ℓ
,
according to the procedures in 40 CFR 136, appendix B,
incorporated by reference in Section 611.102.
2) To receive certification to conduct analyses for vinyl chloride the
laboratory must do the following:
A) Analyze
It must analyze PE samples provided by the Agency
pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 186.170;
B) Achieve
It must achieve quantitative results on the analyses
performed under subsection (q)(2)(A) of this Section that are
288
within ± 40 percent of the actual amount of vinyl chloride in the
PE sample;
C) Achieve
It must achieve a method detection limit of 0.0005 mg/L
ℓ
,
according to the procedures in 40 CFR 136, appendix B,
incorporated by reference in Section 611.102; and
D) Obtain
It must obtain certification pursuant to subsection (q)(1) of
this Section for Phase I VOCs, excluding vinyl chloride; Phase II
VOCs; and Phase V VOCs.
r) Use of existing data.
1) The Agency must allow the use of data collected after January 1, 1988 but
prior to December 1, 1992, pursuant to Agency sample request letters, if it
determines that the data are generally consistent with the requirements of
this Section.
2) The Agency must grant an SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that allows a
supplier to monitor annually beginning in the initial compliance period if
it determines that the supplier did not detect any Phase I, Phase II, or
Phase V VOC using existing data allowed pursuant to subsection (r)(1) of
this Section.
s) The Agency shall, by an SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, increase the
number of sampling points or the frequency of monitoring if it determines that it
is necessary to detect variations within the PWS.
t) Each laboratory certified for the analysis of Phase I, Phase II, or Phase V VOCs
pursuant to subsection (q)(1) or (q)(2) of this Section shall do the following:
1) Determine the method detection limit (MDL), as defined in 40 CFR 136,
Appendix B, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, at which it is
capable of detecting the Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOCs; and,
2) Achieve an MDL for each Phase I, Phase II, and Phase V VOC that is less
than or equal to 0.0005 mg/L
ℓ
.
u) Each supplier must monitor, within each compliance period, at the time
designated by the Agency by SEP pursuant to Section 611.110.
v) A new system supplier or a supplier that uses a new source of water which that
begins operation after January 22, 2004 must demonstrate compliance with the
MCL within a period of time specified by a permit issued by the Agency. The
supplier must also comply with the initial sampling frequencies specified by the
Agency to ensure the supplier can demonstrate compliance with the MCL.
289
Routine and increased monitoring frequencies must be conducted in accordance
with the requirements in this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.24(f) (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 6976
(January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed. Reg. 28342 (May 22,
2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.648 Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V Synthetic Organic Contaminants
Analysis of the Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs for the purposes of determining
compliance with the MCL must be conducted as follows:
a) Definitions. As used in this Section, the following terms will have the following
meanings:
“Detect” or “detection” means that the contaminant of interest is present at
a level greater than or equal to the “detection limit.”
“Detection limit” means the level of the contaminant of interest that is
specified in subsection (r) of this Section.
BOARD NOTE: This is a “trigger level” for Phase II, Phase IIB, and
Phase V SOCs inasmuch as it prompts further action. The use of the term
“detect” or “detection” in this Section is not intended to include any
analytical capability of quantifying lower levels of any contaminant, or the
“method detection limit.”
b) Required sampling. Each supplier must take a minimum of one sample at each
sampling point at the times required in subsection (q) of this Section.
BOARD NOTE: USEPA stayed the effective date of the MCLs for aldicarb,
aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb sulfoxide at 57 Fed. Reg. 22178 (May 27, 1991).
Section 611.311(c) includes this stay. However, despite the stay of the
effectiveness of the MCLs for these three SOCs, suppliers must monitor for them.
c) Sampling points.
1) Sampling points for GWSs. Unless otherwise provided by SEP, a GWS
supplier must take at least one sample from each of the following points:
each entry point that is representative of each well after treatment.
2) Sampling points for an SWS or mixed system supplier. Unless otherwise
provided by SEP, an SWS or mixed system supplier must sample from
each of the following points:
290
A) Each entry point after treatment; or
B) Points in the distribution system that are representative of each
source.
3) The supplier must take each sample at the same sampling point unless the
Agency has granted an SEP that designates another location as more
representative of each source, treatment plant, or within the distribution
system.
4) If a system draws water from more than one source, and the sources are
combined before distribution, the supplier must sample at an entry point
during periods of normal operating conditions when water is
representative of all sources being used.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (b) and (c) of this Section derived from 40 CFR
141.24(h)(1) through (h)(3) (2000) (2002).
d) Monitoring frequency.
1) Each CWS and NTNCWS supplier must take four consecutive quarterly
samples for each of the Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs during
each compliance period, beginning in the three-year compliance period
starting in the initial compliance period.
2) Suppliers serving more than 3,300 persons that do not detect a
contaminant in the initial compliance period must take a minimum of two
quarterly samples in one year of each subsequent three-year compliance
period.
3) Suppliers serving fewer than or equal to 3,300 persons that do not detect a
contaminant in the initial compliance period must take a minimum of one
sample during each subsequent three-year compliance period.
e) Reduction to annual monitoring frequency. A CWS or NTNCWS supplier may
apply to the Agency for an SEP that releases it from the requirements of
subsection (d) of this Section. An SEP from the requirement of subsection (d) of
this Section must last for only a single three-year compliance period.
f) Vulnerability assessment. The Agency must grant an SEP from the requirements
of subsection (d) of this Section based on consideration of the factors set forth at
Section 611.110(e).
g) If one of the Phase II, Phase IIB, or Phase V SOCs is detected in any sample, then
the following must occur:
291
1) The supplier must monitor quarterly for the contaminant at each sampling
point that resulted in a detection.
2) Annual monitoring.
A) A supplier may request that the Agency grant an SEP pursuant to
Section 610.110 that reduces the monitoring frequency to annual.
B) A request for an SEP must include the following minimal
information:
i) For a GWS, two quarterly samples.
ii) For an SWS or mixed system supplier, four quarterly
samples.
C) The Agency must grant an SEP that allows annual monitoring at a
sampling point if it determines that the sampling point is reliably
and consistently below the MCL.
D) In issuing the SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the
contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently”
determination was based. Any SEP that allows less frequent
monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently”
determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to
resume quarterly monitoring pursuant to subsection (g)(1) of this
Section if it detects any Phase II SOC.
3) Suppliers that monitor annually must monitor during the quarters that
previously yielded the highest analytical result.
4) Suppliers that have three consecutive annual samples with no detection of
a contaminant at a sampling point may apply to the Agency for an SEP
with respect to that point, as specified in subsections (e) and (f) of this
Section.
5) Monitoring for related contaminants.
A) If monitoring results in detection of one or more of the related
contaminants listed in subsection (g)(5)(B) of this Section,
subsequent monitoring must analyze for all the related compounds
in the respective group.
B) Related contaminants:.
292
i) First group:.
aldicarb
aldicarb sulfone
aldicarb sulfoxide
ii) Second group:.
heptachlor
heptachlor epoxide.
h) Quarterly monitoring following MCL violations.
1) Suppliers that violate an MCL for one of the Phase II, Phase IIB, or Phase
V SOCs, as determined by subsection (k) of this Section, must monitor
quarterly for that contaminant at the sampling point where the violation
occurred, beginning the next quarter after the violation.
2) Annual monitoring.
A) A supplier may request that the Agency grant an SEP pursuant to
Section 611.110 that reduces the monitoring frequency to annual.
B) A request for an SEP must include, at a minimum, the results from
four quarterly samples.
C) The Agency must grant an SEP that allows annual monitoring at a
sampling point if it determines that the sampling point is reliably
and consistently below the MCL.
D) In issuing the SEP, the Agency must specify the level of the
contaminant upon which the “reliably and consistently”
determination was based. Any SEP that allows less frequent
monitoring based on an Agency “reliably and consistently”
determination must include a condition requiring the supplier to
resume quarterly monitoring pursuant to subsection (h)(1) of this
Section if it detects any Phase II SOC.
E) The supplier must monitor during the quarters that previously
yielded the highest analytical result.
i) Confirmation samples.
1) If any of the Phase II, Phase IIB, or Phase V SOCs are detected in a
sample, the supplier must take a confirmation sample as soon as possible,
but no later than 14 days after the supplier receives notice of the detection.
293
2) Averaging is as specified in subsection (k) of this Section.
3) The Agency must delete the original or confirmation sample if it
determines that a sampling error occurred, in which case the confirmation
sample will replace the original or confirmation sample.
j) This subsection (j) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(h)(10), an optional USEPA
provision relating to compositing of samples that USEPA does not require for
state programs. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA
rules.
k) Compliance with the MCLs for the Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs shall
must be determined based on the analytical results obtained at each sampling
point. Effective January 22, 2004, if one sampling point is in violation of an
MCL, the supplier is in violation of the MCL.
1) Effective January 22, 2004, for a supplier that monitors more than once
per year, compliance with the MCL is determined by a running annual
average at each sampling point.
2) Effective January 22, 2004, a supplier that monitors annually or less
frequently whose sample result exceeds the regulatory detection level as
defined by subsection (r) of this Section must begin quarterly sampling.
The system will not be considered in violation of the MCL until it has
completed one year of quarterly sampling.
3) Effective January 22, 2004, if any sample result will cause the running
annual average to exceed the MCL at any sampling point, the supplier is
out of compliance with the MCL immediately.
4) Effective January 22, 2004, if a supplier fails to collect the required
number of samples, compliance will be based on the total number of
samples collected.
5) Effective January 22, 2004, if a sample result is less than the detection
limit, zero will be used to calculate the annual average.
6) Until January 22, 2004, for a supplier that conducts monitoring at a
frequency greater than annual, compliance is determined by a running
annual average of all samples taken at each sampling point.
A) If the annual average of any sampling point is greater than the
MCL, then the supplier is out of compliance.
B) If the initial sample or a subsequent sample would cause the annual
294
average to exceed the MCL, then the supplier is out of compliance
immediately.
C) Any samples below the detection limit must be deemed as zero for
purposes of determining the annual average.
7) Until January 22, 2004, if the supplier conducts monitoring annually, or
less frequently, the supplier is out of compliance if the level of a
contaminant at any sampling point is greater than the MCL. Until January
22, 2004, if a confirmation sample is taken, the determination of
compliance is based on the average of two samples.
l) This subsection (l) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(h)(12), which USEPA
removed and reserved at 59 Fed. Reg. 62468 (Dec. 5, 1994). This statement
maintains structural consistency with the federal regulations.
m) Analysis for PCBs must be conducted as follows using the methods in Section
611.645:
1) Each supplier that monitors for PCBs must analyze each sample using
either USEPA Organic Methods, Method 505 or Method 508.
2) If PCBs are detected in any sample analyzed using USEPA Organic
Methods, Method 505 or 508, the supplier must reanalyze the sample
using Method 508A to quantitate the individual Aroclors (as
decachlorobiphenyl).
3) Compliance with the PCB MCL must be determined based upon the
quantitative results of analyses using USEPA Organic Methods, Method
508A.
n) Use of existing data.
1) The Agency must allow the use of data collected after January 1, 1990 but
prior to the effective date of this Section, pursuant to Agency sample
request letters, if it determines that the data are generally consistent with
the requirements of this Section.
2) The Agency must grant an SEP pursuant to Section 611.110 that allows a
supplier to monitor annually beginning in the initial compliance period if
it determines that the supplier did not detect any Phase I VOC or Phase II
VOC using existing data allowed pursuant to subsection (n)(1) of this
Section.
o) The Agency must issue an SEP that increases the number of sampling points or
the frequency of monitoring if it determines that this is necessary to detect
295
variations within the PWS due to such factors as fluctuations in contaminant
concentration due to seasonal use or changes in the water source.
BOARD NOTE: At 40 CFR 141.24(h)(15), USEPA uses the stated factors as
non-limiting examples of circumstances that make additional monitoring
necessary.
p) This subsection (p) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.24(h)(16), a USEPA provision
that the Board has not adopted because it reserves relating to reserving
enforcement authority to the State and that would serve no useful function as part
of the State’s rules. This statement maintains structural consistency with USEPA
rules.
q) Each supplier must monitor, within each compliance period, at the time
designated by the Agency by SEP pursuant to Section 611.110.
r) “Detection” means greater than or equal to the following concentrations for each
contaminant:
1) for PCBs (Aroclors), the following:
Aroclor Detection Limit (mg/L
ℓ
)
1016 0.00008
1221 0.02
1232 0.0005
1242 0.0003
1248 0.0001
1254 0.0001
1260 0.0002
2) for other Phase II, Phase IIB, and Phase V SOCs, the following:
Contaminant
Detection Limit
(mg/L
ℓ
)
Alachlor 0.0002
Aldicarb 0.0005
Aldicarb sulfoxide 0.0005
Aldicarb sulfone 0.0008
Atrazine 0.0001
Benzo(a)pyrene 0.00002
Carbofuran 0.0009
Chlordane 0.0002
2,4-D 0.0001
Dalapon 0.001
296
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP) 0.00002
Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 0.0006
Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 0.0006
Dinoseb 0.0002
Diquat 0.0004
Endothall 0.009
Endrin 0.00001
Ethylene dibromide (EDB) 0.00001
Glyphosate 0.006
Heptachlor 0.00004
Heptachlor epoxide 0.00002
Hexachlorobenzene 0.0001
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 0.0001
Lindane 0.00002
Methoxychlor 0.0001
Oxamyl 0.002
Picloram 0.0001
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) (as
decachlorobiphenyl)
0.0001
Pentachlorophenol 0.00004
Simazine 0.00007
Toxaphene 0.001
2,3,7,8-TCDD (dioxin) 0.000000005
2,4,5-TP (silvex) 0.0002
s) Laboratory certification.
1) Analyses under this Section must only be conducted by laboratories that
have received approval by USEPA or the Agency according to the
conditions of subsection (s)(2) of this Section.
2) To receive certification to conduct analyses for the Phase II, Phase IIB,
and Phase V SOCs, the laboratory must do the following:
A) Analyze PE samples provided by the Agency pursuant to 35 Ill.
Adm. Code 183.125(c) that include these substances; and
B) Achieve quantitative results on the analyses performed under
subsection (s)(2)(A) of this Section that are within the following
acceptance limits:
SOC Acceptance Limits
Alachlor ± 45%
Aldicarb 2 standard deviations
Aldicarb sulfone 2 standard deviations
297
Aldicarb sulfoxide 2 standard deviations
Atrazine ± 45%
Benzo(a)pyrene 2 standard deviations
Carbofuran ± 45%
Chlordane ± 45%
Dalapon 2 standard deviations
Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 2 standard deviations
Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 2 standard deviations
Dinoseb 2 standard deviations
Diquat 2 standard deviations
Endothall 2 standard deviations
Endrin ± 30%
Glyphosate 2 standard deviations
Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) ± 40%
Ethylene dibromide (EDB) ± 40%
Heptachlor ± 45%
Heptachlor epoxide ± 45%
Hexachlorobenzene 2 standard deviations
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 2 standard deviations
Lindane ± 45%
Methoxychlor ± 45%
Oxamyl 2 standard deviations
PCBs (as decachlorobiphenyl) 0-200%
Pentachlorophenol ± 50%
Picloram 2 standard deviations
Simazine 2 standard deviations
Toxaphene ± 45%
2,4-D ± 50%
2,3,7,8-TCDD (dioxin) 2 standard deviations
2,4,5-TP (silvex) ± 50%
t) A new system supplier or a supplier that uses a new source of water that begins
operation after January 22, 2004 must demonstrate compliance with the MCL
within a period of time specified by a permit issued by the Agency. The supplier
must also comply with the initial sampling frequencies specified by the Agency to
ensure the supplier can demonstrate compliance with the MCL. Routine and
increased monitoring frequencies must be conducted in accordance with the
requirements in this Section.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.24(h) (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 6976
(January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed. Reg. 28342 (May 22,
2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
298
SUBPART P: THM MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.680 Sampling, Analytical, and other Requirements
a) Required monitoring.
1) A CWS supplier that serves a population of 10,000 or more individuals
and which adds a disinfectant (oxidant) to the water in any part of the
drinking water treatment process must analyze for TTHMs in accordance
with thisSubpart this Subpart P.
2) For the purpose of thisSubpart this Subpart P, the minimum number of
samples required to be taken by the supplier must be based on the number
of treatment plants used by the supplier. However, the Agency shall, by
special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110,
provide that multiple wells drawing raw water from a single aquifer be
considered one treatment plant for determining the minimum number of
samples.
3) All samples taken within an established frequency must be collected
within a 24-hour period.
b) A CWS supplier serving 10,000 or more individuals.
1) For a CWS supplier utilizing surface a water source in whole or in part,
and for a CWS supplier utilizing only a groundwater source, except as
provided in Section 611.683, analyses for TTHMs must be performed at
quarterly intervals on at least four water samples for each treatment plant
used by the system. At least 25 percent of the samples must be taken at
locations within the distribution system reflecting the maximum residence
time (MRT) of the water in the system. The remaining 75 percent must be
taken at representative locations in the distribution system, taking into
account the number of persons served, different sources of water and
different treatment methods employed. The results of all analyses per
quarter must be arithmetically averaged and reported to the Agency within
30 days after the supplier's receipt of such results. All samples collected
must be used in the computation of the average, unless the analytical
results are invalidated for technical reasons. Sampling and analyses must
be conducted in accordance with the methods listed in Section 611.685.
2) Upon application by a CWS supplier, the Agency shall must, by special
exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, reduce the
monitoring frequency required by subsection (b)(1) to a minimum of one
sample analyzed for TTHMs per quarter taken at a point in the distribution
system reflecting the MRT of the water in the system, if the Agency
determines that the data from at least one year of monitoring in
299
accordance with subsection (b)(1) and local conditions demonstrate that
TTHM concentrations will be consistently below the MCL.
3) If at any time during which the reduced monitoring frequency prescribed
under this subsection (b) applies, the results from any analysis exceed 0.10
mg/L
ℓ
TTHMs and such results are confirmed by at least one check
sample taken promptly after such results are received, or if the CWS
supplier makes any significant change to its source of water or treatment
program, the supplier must immediately begin monitoring in accordance
with the requirements of subsection (b)(1), which monitoring must
continue for at least 1 year before the frequency may be reduced again.
The Agency shall must, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant
to Section 611.110, require monitoring in excess of the minimum
frequency where it is necessary to detect variations of TTHM levels
within the distribution system.
BOARD NOTE: Derived Subsections (a) and (b) of this Section are derived from
40 CFR 141.30(a) and (b) (2000) (2002), modified to remove the limitation
regarding addition of disinfectant.
c) Surface water sources for a CWS supplier serving fewer than 10,000 individuals.
Suppliers must submit have submitted at least one initial sample per treatment
plant for analysis or analytical results from a certified laboratory for MRT
concentration taken between May 1, 1990, and October 31, 1990. After written
request by the supplier and the determination by the Agency that the results of the
sample indicate that the CWS supplier is not likely to exceed the MCL, the CWS
must continue to submit one annual sample per treatment plant for analysis or
analytical results from a certified laboratory to the Agency taken between May 1
and October 31 of succeeding years. If the sample exceeds the MCL, the CWS
must submit to the Agency samples in accordance with the sampling frequency
specified in subsection (b) of this Section.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
d) Groundwater sources for a CWS supplier serving fewer than 10,000 individuals.
Suppliers are not required to submit samples for THM analysis under thisSubpart
this Subpart P.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.683 Reduced Monitoring Frequency
a) A CWS supplier utilizing only groundwater sources may, by special exception
permit a SEP application pursuant to Section 611.110, seek to have the
300
monitoring frequency required by Section 611.680(b)(1) reduced to a minimum of
one sample for maximum TTHM potential per year for each treatment plant used
by the supplier, taken at a point in the distribution system reflecting maximum
residence time of the water in the system.
1) The CWS supplier shall must submit to the Agency at least one sample for
maximum TTHM potential using the procedure specified in Section
611.687. A sample must be analyzed from each treatment plant used by
the supplier, taken at a point in the distribution system reflecting the
maximum residence time of the water in the system.
2) The Agency shall must reduce the supplier's monitoring frequency if it
determines that, based upon the data submitted by the supplier, the
supplier has a maximum TTHM potential of less than 0.10 mg/L
ℓ
and
that, based upon an assessment of the local conditions of the CWS, the
CWS is not likely to approach or exceed the MCL for TTHMs.
3) The results of all analyses must be reported to the Agency within 30 days
of the supplier's receipt of such results.
4) All samples collected must be used for determining whether the supplier
complies with the monitoring requirements of Section 611.680(b), unless
the analytical results are invalidated for technical reasons.
5) Sampling and analyses must be conducted in accordance with the methods
listed in Section 611.685.
b) Loss or modification of reduced monitoring frequency.
1) If the results from any analysis taken by the supplier for maximum TTHM
potential are equal to or greater than 0.10 mg/L
ℓ
, and such results are
confirmed by at least one check sample taken promptly after such results
are received, the CWS supplier shall must immediately begin monitoring
in accordance with the requirements of Section 611.680(b), and such
monitoring must continue for at least one year before the frequency may
be reduced again.
2) In the event of any significant change to the CWS's raw water or treatment
program, the supplier shall must immediately analyze an additional
sample for maximum TTHM potential taken at a point in the distribution
system reflecting maximum residence time of the water in the system.
3) The Agency shall must require increased monitoring frequencies above
the minimum where necessary to detect variation of TTHM levels within
the distribution system.
301
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.30 (c) (1994) 141.30(c) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.684 Averaging
Compliance with Section 611.310(c) or 611.312a) 611.312(a) is determined based on a running
annual average of quarterly samples collected by the PWS, as prescribed in Section
611.680(b)(1) or (b)(2). If the average of samples covering any 12 month period exceeds the
MCL, the PWS must report to the Agency and notify the public pursuant to Subpart V of this
Part. Monitoring after public notification must be at a frequency designated by the Agency and
must continue until a monitoring schedule as a condition to a variance, adjusted standard, or
enforcement action becomes effective.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.30(d) (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 26022,
May 4, 2000 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.685 Analytical Methods
Sampling and analyses made pursuant to this Subpart V must be conducted by one of the total
trihalomethanes (TTHM) methods, as directed in Section 611.645; in USEPA Technical Notes,
incorporated by reference in Section 611.102; or in Section 611.381(b). Samples for TTHM
must be dechlorinated upon collection to prevent further production of trihalomethanes
according to the procedures described in the methods, except acidification is not required if only
THMs or TTHMs are to be determined. Samples for maximum TTHM potential must not be
dechlorinated or acidified, and should be held for seven days at 25° C (or above) prior to
analysis.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.30(e) (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.686 Modification to System
Before a CWS supplier makes any significant modifications to its existing treatment process for
the purposes of achieving compliance with Section 611.310(c), the supplier shall must submit,
by way of special exception permit a SEP application pursuant to Section 611.110, a detailed
plan setting forth its proposed modification and those safeguards that it will implement to ensure
that the bacteriological quality of the drinking water served by the CWS will not be adversely
affected by such modification. Upon approval, the plan will become a special exception permit a
SEP. At a minimum, the plan must require the supplier modifying its disinfection practice to the
following:
302
a) Evaluate the water system for sanitary defects and evaluate the source water for
biological quality;
b) Evaluate its existing treatment practices and consider improvements that will
minimize disinfectant demand and optimize finished water quality throughout the
distribution system;
c) Provide baseline water quality survey data of the distribution system. Such data
should include the results from monitoring for coliform and fecal coliform
bacteria, fecal streptococci, standard plate counts at 35 degrees C and 20 degrees
C, phosphate, ammonia nitrogen, and total organic carbon. Virus studies are
required where source waters are heavily contaminated with sewage effluent;
d) Conduct additional monitoring to assure continued maintenance of optimal
biological quality in finished water, for example, when chloramines are
introduced as disinfectants or when pre-chlorination is being discontinued. The
Agency shall must also require additional monitoring for chlorate, chlorite and
chlorine dioxide when chlorine dioxide is used. The Agency shall must also
require HPC analysis (Section 611.531), as appropriate, before and after any
modifications;
e) Consider inclusion in the plan of provisions to maintain an active RDC
throughout the distribution system at all times during and after the modification.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.30(f) (1989) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.687 Sampling for Maximum THM Potential
a) The water sample for determination of maximum total trihalomethane potential
must be taken from a point in the distribution system that reflects maximum
residence time. Procedures for sample collection and handling are given in the
methods.
b) The supplier taking samples shall must not add reducing agent to “quench” the
chemical reaction producing THMs at the time of sample collection. The intent is
to permit the level of THM precursors to be depleted and the concentration of
THMs to be maximized for the supply being tested.
c) Four experimental parameters affecting maximum THM production are pH,
temperature, reaction time, and the presence of a disinfectant residual. The
supplier taking the sample shall must deal with these parameters as follows:
1) Measure the disinfectant residual at the selected sampling point. Proceed
only if a measurable disinfectant residual is present.
303
2) Collect triplicate 40 mL m
ℓ
water samples at the pH prevailing at the time
of sampling, and prepare a method blank according to the methods.
3) Seal and store these samples together for seven days at 25° C or above.
4) After this time period, open one of the sample containers and check for
disinfectant residual. Absence of a disinfectant residual invalidates the
sample for further analysis.
5) Once a disinfectant residual has been demonstrated, open another of the
sealed samples and determine total THM concentration using an approved
analytical method.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.30(g) (1995) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.688 Applicability Dates
The requirements in Sections 611.680 through 611.686 apply applied to a Subpart B community
water system that serves 10,000 or more persons until December 31, 2001. The requirements in
Sections 611.680 through 611.686 apply to a community water system that uses only groundwater
not under the direct influence of surface water which adds a disinfectant (oxidant) in any part of the
treatment process and serves 10,000 or more persons until December 31, 2003. After December
31, 2003, Sections 611.680 through 611.688 are no longer applicable.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART Q: RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND ANALYTICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Section 611.720 Analytical Methods
a) The methods specified below, incorporated by reference in Section 611.102, are
to be used to determine compliance with Section 611.330, except in cases where
alternative methods have been approved in accordance with Section 611.480.
1) Gross Alpha and Beta:.
A)
ASTM Method 302;
BA) Standard Methods:.
i) Method 302, 13th ed.; or
304
ii) Method 7110 B, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.;
CB) USEPA Interim Radiochemical Methods: page 1;
DC) USEPA Radioactivity Methods: Method 900 900.0;
ED) USEPA Radiochemical Analyses: page 1;
FE) USEPA Radiochemistry Methods: Method 00-01; or
GF) USGS Methods: Method R-1120-76
2) Gross Alpha:.
A) Standard Methods, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 7110 C; or
B) USEPA Radiochemistry Methods: Method 00-02.
3) Radium-226:.
A) ASTM Methods:.
i) Method D-2460-90; or
ii) Method D-3454-91 D-3454-97;
B) New York Radium Method;
C) Standard Methods:.
i) Method 304, 13th ed.;
ii) Method 305, 13th ed.;
iii) Method 7500-Ra B, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.; or
iv) Method 7500-Ra C, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.;
D) USDOE Methods: Method Ra-05 Ra-04;
E) USEPA Interim Radiochemical Methods: pages 13 and 16;
F) USEPA Radioactivity Methods: Methods 903 903.0, 903.1;
G) USEPA Radiochemical Analyses: page 19;
305
H) USEPA Radiochemistry Methods: Methods Ra-03, Ra-04; or
I) USGS Methods:.
i) Method R-1140-76; or
ii) Method R-1141-76.
4) Radium-228:.
A) Standard Methods: 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 7500-Ra
D.
i)
Method 304; or
ii)
Method 7500-Ra D;
B) New York Radium Method;
C) USEPA Interim Radiochemical Methods: page 24;
D) USEPA Radioactivity Methods: Method 904 904.0;
E) USEPA Radiochemical Analyses: page 19;
F) USEPA Radiochemistry Methods: Method Ra-05;
G) USGS Methods: Method R-1142-76; or
H) New Jersey Radium Method.
5) Uranium:.
A) Standard Methods, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.: Method 7500-U
C.
AB) ASTM Methods:.
i)
Method D-2907;
ii) Method D-2907-91 D 2907-97;
iii) Method D 3972-90 D 3972-97; or
iviii) Method D 5174-91 D 5174-97;
306
BC) USEPA Radioactivity Methods: Methods 908 908.0, 908.1;
CD) USEPA Radiochemical Analyses: page 33;
DE) USEPA Radiochemistry Methods: Method 00-07; or
F) USDOE Methods: Method U-02 or U-04; or
EG) USGS Methods:.
i) Method R-1180-76;
ii) Method R-1181-76; or
iii) Method R-1182-76.
6) Radioactive
Cesium:.
A) ASTM Methods:.
i) Method D 2459-72; or
ii) Method D 3649-91;
B) Standard Methods:.
i) Method 7120 (19th ed.), 19th or 20th ed.; or
ii) Method 7500-Cs B, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.;
C) USDOE Methods: Method 4.5.2.3;
D) USEPA Interim Radiochemical Methods: page 4;
E) USEPA Radioactivity Methods: Methods 901 901.0, 901.1;
F) USEPA Radiochemical Analyses: page 92; or
G) USGS Methods:.
i) Method R-1110-76; or
ii) Method R-1111-76.
7) Radioactive
Iodine:.
307
A) ASTM Methods:.
i) D 3649-91; or
ii) D 4785-88 4785-93;
B) Standard Methods:.
i) Method 7120 (19th ed.), 19th or 20th ed.;
ii) Method 7500-I B, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.;
iii) Method 7500-I C, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.; or
iv) Method 7500-I D, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.;
C) USDOE Methods: Method 4.5.2.3;
D) USEPA Interim Radiochemical Methods: pages 6, 9;
E) USEPA Radiochemical Analyses: page 92; or
F) USEPA Radioactivity Methods: Methods 901.1, 902 902.0.
8) Radioactive
Strontium-89 & 90:.
A) Standard Methods:.
i) Method 303, 13th ed.; or
ii) Method 7500-Sr B, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.;
B) USDOE Methods:.
i) Method Sr-01; or
ii) Method Sr-02;
C) USEPA Interim Radiochemical Methods: page 29;
D) USEPA Radioactivity Methods: Method 905 905.0;
E) USEPA Radiochemical Analyses: page 65;
F) USEPA Radiochemistry Methods: Method Sr-04; or
308
G) USGS Methods: Method R-1160-76.
9) Tritium:.
A) ASTM Methods: Method D 4107-91;
B) Standard Methods:.
i) Method 306, 13th ed.; or
ii) Method 7500-3H B, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.;
C) USEPA Interim Radiochemical Methods: page 34;
D) USEPA Radioactivity Methods: Method 906 906.0;
E) USEPA Radiochemical Analyses: page 87;
F) USEPA Radiochemistry Methods: Method H-02; or
G) USGS Methods: Method R-1171-76.
10) Gamma Emitters:.
A) ASTM Methods:.
i) Method D 3649-91; or
ii) Method D 4785-88 4785-93;
B) Standard Methods:.
i) Method 7120 (19th ed.), 19th or 20th ed.;
ii) Method 7500-Cs B, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.; or
iii) Method 7500-I B, 17th, 18th, 19th, or 20th ed.;
C) USDOE Method: Method 4.5.2.3 Ga-01-R;
D) USEPA Radioactivity Methods: Methods 901 901.0, 901.1, 902 or
902.0;
E) USEPA Radiochemical Analyses: page 92; or
F) USGS Methods: Method R-1110-76.
309
b) When the identification and measurement of radionuclides other than those listed
in subsection (a) of this Section are required, the following methods, incorporated
by reference in Section 611.102, are to be used, except in cases where alternative
methods have been approved in accordance with Section 611.480:
1) “Procedures for Radiochemical Analysis of Nuclear Reactor Aqueous
Solutions,” available from NTIS.
2) HASL Procedure Manual, HASL 300, available from ERDA Health and
Safety Laboratory.
c) For the purpose of monitoring radioactivity concentrations in drinking water, the
required sensitivity of the radioanalysis is defined in terms of a detection limit.
The detection limit must be that concentration which can be counted with a
precision of plus or minus 100 percent at the 95 percent confidence level (1.96
sigma 1.96
σ
, where sigma
σ
is the standard deviation of the net counting rate of
the sample).
1) To determine compliance with Section 611.330(b), (c), and (e), the
detection limit must not exceed the concentrations set forth in the
following table:
Contaminant Detection Limit
Gross alpha particle
activity
3 pCi/L
ℓ
Radium-226 1 pCi/L
ℓ
Radium-228 1 pCi/L
ℓ
Uranium None
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.25(c) Table B, as added at 65
Fed. Reg. 76745 (December 7, 2000), effective December 8, 2003 (2002).
2) To determine compliance with Section 611.330(d), the detection limits
must not exceed the concentrations listed in the following table:
Radionuclide Detection Limit
Tritium 1,000 pCi/L
ℓ
Strontium-89 10 pCi/L
ℓ
Strontium-90 2 pCi/L
ℓ
Iodine-131 1 pCi/L
ℓ
Cesium-134 10 pCi/L
ℓ
Gross beta 4 pCi/L
ℓ
Other radionuclides 1/10 of applicable limit
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.25(c) Table C (2000), as
310
renumbered at 65 Fed. Reg. 76745 (December 7, 2000) (2002), effective
December 8, 2003.
d) To judge compliance with the MCLs listed in Section 611.330, averages of data
must be used and must be rounded to the same number of significant figures as
the MCL for the substance in question.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.25 (2000), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 76745
(December 7, 2000), effective December 8, 2003 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.731 Gross Alpha
Monitoring requirements for gross alpha particle activity, radium-226, radium-228, and uranium
are as follows:
a) Effective December 8, 2003, a community water system (CWS) supplier must
conduct initial monitoring to determine compliance with Section 611.330(b), (c),
and (e) by December 31, 2007. For the purposes of monitoring for gross alpha
particle activity, radium-226, radium-228, uranium, and beta particle and photon
radioactivity in drinking water, “detection limit” is defined as in Section
611.720(c).
1) Applicability and sampling location for an existing CWS supplier. An
existing CWS supplier using groundwater, surface water, or both
groundwater and surface water (for the purpose of this Section hereafter
referred to as a supplier) must sample at every entry point to the
distribution system that is representative of all sources being used
(hereafter called a sampling point) under normal operating conditions.
The supplier must take each sample at the same sampling point, unless
conditions make another sampling point more representative of each
source or the Agency has designated a distribution system location, in
accordance with subsection (b)(2)(C) of this Section.
2) Applicability and sampling location for a new CWS supplier. A new
CWS supplier or a CWS supplier that uses a new source of water must
begin to conduct initial monitoring for the new source within the first
quarter after initiating use of the source. A CWS supplier must conduct
more frequent monitoring when ordered by the Agency in the event of
possible contamination or when changes in the distribution system or
treatment processes occur that may increase the concentration of
radioactivity in finished water.
b) Initial monitoring: Effective December 8, 2003, a CWS supplier must conduct
initial monitoring for gross alpha particle activity, radium-226, radium-228, and
311
uranium as follows:
1) A CWS supplier without acceptable historical data, as defined in
subsection (b)(2) of this Section, must collect four consecutive quarterly
samples at all sampling points before December 31, 2007.
2) Grandfathering of data: A CWS supplier may use historical monitoring
data collected at a sampling point to satisfy the initial monitoring
requirements for that sampling point, under the following situations.
A) To satisfy initial monitoring requirements, a CWS supplier having
only one entry point to the distribution system may use the
monitoring data from the last compliance monitoring period that
began between June 2000 and December 8, 2003.
B) To satisfy initial monitoring requirements, a CWS supplier with
multiple entry points and having appropriate historical monitoring
data for each entry point to the distribution system may use the
monitoring data from the last compliance monitoring period that
began between June 2000 and December 8, 2003.
C) To satisfy initial monitoring requirements, a CWS supplier with
appropriate historical data for a representative point in the
distribution system may use the monitoring data from the last
compliance monitoring period that began between June 2000 and
December 8, 2003, provided that the Agency finds that the
historical data satisfactorily demonstrate that each entry point to
the distribution system is expected to be in compliance based upon
the historical data and reasonable assumptions about the variability
of contaminant levels between entry points. The Agency must
make its finding in writing, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, indicating how the data conforms to the requirements of
this subsection (b)(2).
3) For gross alpha particle activity, uranium, radium-226, and radium-228
monitoring, the Agency may, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, waive the final two quarters of initial monitoring for a sampling
point if the results of the samples from the previous two quarters are
below the detection limit.
4) If the average of the initial monitoring results for a sampling point is
above the MCL, the supplier must collect and analyze quarterly samples at
that sampling point until the system has results from four consecutive
quarters that are at or below the MCL, unless the supplier enters into
another schedule as part of a formal compliance agreement with the
Agency.
312
c) Reduced monitoring: Effective December 8, 2003, the Agency may allow a CWS
supplier to reduce the future frequency of monitoring from once every three years
to once every six or nine years at each sampling point, based on the following
criteria:
1) If the average of the initial monitoring results for each contaminant (i.e.,
gross alpha particle activity, uranium, radium-226, or radium-228) is
below the detection limit specified in the table at Section 611.720(c)(1),
the supplier must collect and analyze for that contaminant using at least
one sample at that sampling point every nine years.
2) For gross alpha particle activity and uranium, if the average of the initial
monitoring results for each contaminant is at or above the detection limit
but at or below one-half the MCL, the supplier must collect and analyze
for that contaminant using at least one sample at that sampling point every
six years. For combined radium-226 and radium-228, the analytical
results must be combined. If the average of the combined initial
monitoring results for radium-226 and radium-228 is at or above the
detection limit but at or below one-half the MCL, the supplier must collect
and analyze for that contaminant using at least one sample at that
sampling point every six years.
3) For gross alpha particle activity and uranium, if the average of the initial
monitoring results for each contaminant is above one-half the MCL but at
or below the MCL, the supplier must collect and analyze at least one
sample at that sampling point every three years. For combined radium-
226 and radium-228, the analytical results must be combined. If the
average of the combined initial monitoring results for radium-226 and
radium-228 is above one-half the MCL but at or below the MCL, the
supplier must collect and analyze at least one sample at that sampling
point every three years.
4) A supplier must use the samples collected during the reduced monitoring
period to determine the monitoring frequency for subsequent monitoring
periods (e.g., if a supplier's sampling point is on a nine year monitoring
period, and the sample result is above one-half the MCL, then the next
monitoring period for that sampling point is three years).
5) If a supplier has a monitoring result that exceeds the MCL while on
reduced monitoring, the supplier must collect and analyze quarterly
samples at that sampling point until the supplier has results from four
consecutive quarters that are below the MCL, unless the supplier enters
into another schedule as part of a formal compliance agreement with the
Agency.
313
d) Compositing: Effective December 8, 2003, to fulfill quarterly monitoring
requirements for gross alpha particle activity, radium-226, radium-228, or
uranium, a supplier may composite up to four consecutive quarterly samples from
a single entry point if analysis is done within a year after the first sample. The
analytical results from the composited sample must be treated as the average
analytical result to determine compliance with the MCLs and the future
monitoring frequency. If the analytical result from the composited sample is
greater than one-half the MCL, the Agency may, by a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, direct the supplier to take additional quarterly samples before
allowing the supplier to sample under a reduced monitoring schedule.
e) Effective December 8, 2003, a gross alpha particle activity measurement may be
substituted for the required radium-226 measurement, provided that the measured
gross alpha particle activity does not exceed 5 pCi/L
ℓ
. A gross alpha particle
activity measurement may be substituted for the required uranium measurement
provided that the measured gross alpha particle activity does not exceed 15
pCi/L
ℓ
.
1) The gross alpha measurement must have a confidence interval of 95%
(1.65
σ
, where
σ
is the standard deviation of the net counting rate of the
sample) for radium-226 and uranium.
2) When a supplier uses a gross alpha particle activity measurement in lieu of
a radium-226 or uranium measurement, the gross alpha particle activity
analytical result will be used to determine the future monitoring frequency
for radium-226 and/or uranium.
3) If the gross alpha particle activity result is less than detection, one-half the
detection limit will be used to determine compliance and the future
monitoring frequency.
f) Until December 8, 2003, compliance must be based on the analysis of an annual
composite of four consecutive quarterly samples or the average of the analyses of
four samples obtained at quarterly intervals.
1) A gross alpha particle activity measurement may be substituted for the
required radium-226 and radium-228 analysis, provided that the measured
gross alpha particle activity does not exceed 5 pCi/L
ℓ
at a confidence
level of 95 percent (1.65 sigma 1.65
σ
where sigma
σ
is the standard
deviation of the net counting rate of the sample). In localities where
radium-228 may be present in drinking water, the Agency may, by special
exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require
radium-226 or radium-228 analyses if it determines that the gross alpha
particle activity exceeds 2 pCi/L
ℓ
.
2) When the gross alpha particle activity exceeds 5 pCi/L
ℓ
, the same or an
314
equivalent sample must be analyzed for radium-226. If the concentration
of radium-226 exceeds 3 pCi/L
ℓ
the same or an equivalent sample must be
analyzed for radium-228.
g) See Section 611.100(e).
h) Until December 8, 2003, CWS suppliers must monitor at least once every four
years following the procedure required by subsection (f) of this Section. When an
annual record taken in conformance with subsection (f) of this Section has
established that the average annual concentration is less than half the MCLs
established by Section 611.330, the Agency shall, by special exception permit a
SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, substitute analysis of a single sample for
the quarterly sampling procedure required by subsection (f) of this Section.
1) The Agency shall, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, require more frequent monitoring in the vicinity of
mining or other operations that may contribute alpha particle radioactivity
to either surface or groundwater sources of drinking water.
2) A CWS supplier must monitor in conformance with subsection (f) of this
Section for one year after the introduction of a new water source. The
Agency shall, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, require more frequent monitoring in the event of possible
contamination or when changes in the distribution system or treatment
process occur that may increase the concentration of radioactivity in
finished water.
3) The Agency shall, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, require a CWS supplier using two or more sources
having different concentrations of radioactivity to monitor source water, in
addition to water from a free-flowing tap.
4) The Agency must not require monitoring for radium-228 to determine
compliance with Section 611.330 after the initial period, provided that the
average annual concentration of radium-228 has been assayed at least
once using the quarterly sampling procedure required by subsection (f) of
this Section.
5) The Agency must require the CWS supplier to conduct annual monitoring
if the radium-226 concentration exceeds 3 pCi/L
ℓ
.
i) Until December 8, 2003, if the average annual MCL for gross alpha particle
activity or total radium as set forth in Section 611.330 is exceeded, the CWS
supplier must give notice to the Agency and notify the public as required by
Subpart V. Monitoring at quarterly intervals must be continued until the annual
average concentration no longer exceeds the MCL or until a monitoring schedule
315
as a condition to a variance, adjusted standard or enforcement action becomes
effective.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (a) through (e) derive from 40 CFR 141.26(a) (2000), as amended
at 65 Fed. Reg. 76745 (December 7, 2000), effective December 8, 2003 (2002). Subsections (f)
through (i) derive from 40 CFR 141.26(a), as effective until December 8, 2003.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.732 Beta Particle and Photon Radioactivity
Monitoring and compliance requirements for manmade radioactivity. To determine compliance
with the maximum contaminant levels in Section 611.330(d) for beta particle and photon
radioactivity, a supplier must monitor at a frequency as follows:
a) Effective December 8, 2003, a CWS supplier (either a surface water or
groundwater supplier) designated by the Agency, by a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, as vulnerable must sample for beta particle and photon
radioactivity. A supplier must collect quarterly samples for beta emitters and
annual samples for tritium and strontium-90 at each entry point to the distribution
system (hereafter called a sampling point), beginning within one quarter after
being notified by the Agency. A supplier already designated by the Agency must
continue to sample until the Agency reviews and either reaffirms or removes the
designation, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110.
1) If the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally occurring potassium-
40 beta particle activity at a sampling point has a running annual average
(computed quarterly) less than or equal to 50 pCi/L
ℓ
(screening level), the
Agency may reduce the frequency of monitoring at that sampling point to
once every three years. A supplier must collect all samples required in
subsection (a) of this Section during the reduced monitoring period.
2) For a supplier in the vicinity of a nuclear facility, the Agency may allow
the CWS supplier to utilize environmental surveillance data collected by
the nuclear facility in lieu of monitoring at the supplier's entry points,
where the Agency determines if such data is applicable to a particular
water system, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110. In the event
that there is a release from a nuclear facility, a supplier that is using
surveillance data must begin monitoring at the community water supplier's
entry points in accordance with subsection (b)(1) of this Section.
b) Effective December 8, 2003, a CWS supplier (either a surface water or
groundwater supplier) designated by the Agency, by a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, as utilizing waters contaminated by effluents from nuclear
facilities must sample for beta particle and photon radioactivity. A supplier must
collect quarterly samples for beta emitters and iodine-131 and annual samples for
316
tritium and strontium-90 at each entry point to the distribution system (hereafter
called a sampling point), beginning within one quarter after being notified by the
Agency. A supplier already designated by the Agency as a supplier using waters
contaminated by effluents from nuclear facilities must continue to sample until
the Agency reviews and either reaffirms or removes the designation, by a SEP
issued pursuant to Section 611.110.
1) Quarterly monitoring for gross beta particle activity must be based on the
analysis of monthly samples or the analysis of a composite of three
monthly samples.
BOARD NOTE: In corresponding 40 CFR 141.26(b)(2)(i), USEPA
recommends the use of a composite of three monthly samples.
2) For iodine-131, a composite of five consecutive daily samples must be
analyzed once each quarter. The Agency may, by a SEP issued pursuant
to Section 611.110, order more frequent monitoring for iodine-131 where
it is identified in the finished water.
3) Annual monitoring for strontium-90 and tritium must be conducted by
means of the analysis of a composite of four consecutive quarterly
samples or analysis of four quarterly samples.
BOARD NOTE: In corresponding 40 CFR 141.26(b)(2)(iii), USEPA
recommends the analysis of four consecutive quarterly samples.
4) If the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally occurring potassium-
40 beta particle activity at a sampling point has a running annual average
(computed quarterly) less than or equal to 15 pCi/L
ℓ
, the Agency may, by
a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, reduce the frequency of
monitoring at that sampling point to once every three years. The supplier
must collect all samples required in subsection (b) of this Section during
the reduced monitoring period.
5) For a supplier in the vicinity of a nuclear facility, the Agency may allow
the CWS to utilize environmental surveillance data collected by the
nuclear facility in lieu of monitoring at the system's entry points, where
the Agency determines, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, that
such data is applicable to the particular water system. In the event that
there is a release from a nuclear facility, a supplier that uses such
surveillance data must begin monitoring at the CWS's entry points in
accordance with subsection (b) of this Section.
c) Effective December 8, 2003, a CWS supplier designated by the Agency to
monitor for beta particle and photon radioactivity can not apply to the Agency for
a waiver from the monitoring frequencies specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this
317
Section.
d) Effective December 8, 2003, a CWS supplier may analyze for naturally occurring
potassium-40 beta particle activity from the same or equivalent sample used for
the gross beta particle activity analysis. A supplier is allowed to subtract the
potassium-40 beta particle activity value from the total gross beta particle activity
value to determine if the screening level is exceeded. The potassium-40 beta
particle activity must be calculated by multiplying elemental potassium
concentrations (in mg/L
ℓ
) by a factor of 0.82.
e) Effective December 8, 2003, if the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally
occurring potassium-40 beta particle activity exceeds the screening level, an
analysis of the sample must be performed to identify the major radioactive
constituents present in the sample and the appropriate doses must be calculated
and summed to determine compliance with Section 611.330(d)(1), using the
formula in Section 611.330(d)(2). Doses must also be calculated and combined
for measured levels of tritium and strontium to determine compliance.
f) Effective December 8, 2003, a supplier must monitor monthly at the sampling
points that exceeds the maximum contaminant level in Section 611.330(d)
beginning the month after the exceedence occurs. A supplier must continue
monthly monitoring until the supplier has established, by a rolling average of
three monthly samples, that the MCL is being met. A supplier that establishes
that the MCL is being met must return to quarterly monitoring until it meets the
requirements set forth in subsection (a)(2) or (b)(1) of this Section.
g) Until December 8, 2003, CWSs using surface water sources and serving more
than 100,000 persons and such other CWSs as the Agency, by special exception
permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, requires must monitor for
compliance with Section 611.331 by analysis of a composite of four consecutive
quarterly samples or analysis of four quarterly samples. Compliance with Section
611.331 is assumed without further analysis if the average annual concentration
of gross beta particle activity is less than 50 pCi/L
ℓ
and if the average annual
concentrations of tritium and strontium-90 are less than those listed in Section
611.331, provided that if both radionuclides are present the sum of their annual
dose equivalents to bone marrow must not exceed 4 millirem/year.
1) If the gross beta particle activity exceeds 50 pCi/L
ℓ
, an analysis of the
sample must be performed to identify the major radioactive constituents
present and the appropriate organ and total body doses must be calculated
to determine compliance with Section 611.331.
2) If the MCLs are exceeded, the Agency shall, by special exception permit a
SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require the supplier to conduct
additional monitoring to determine the concentration of man-made
radioactivity in principal watersheds.
318
3) The Agency shall, pursuant to subsection (j) of this Section, by special
exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require
suppliers of water utilizing only groundwater to monitor for man-made
radioactivity.
h) See Section 611.100(e).
i) Until December 8, 2003, CWS suppliers shall must monitor at least every four
years following the procedure in subsection (g) of this Section.
j) Until December 8, 2003, the Agency must, by special exception permit a SEP
issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require any CWS supplier utilizing waters
contaminated by effluents from nuclear facilities to initiate quarterly monitoring
for gross beta particle and iodine-131 radioactivity and annual monitoring for
strontium-90 and tritium.
1) Quarterly monitoring for gross beta particle activity must be based on the
analysis of monthly samples or the analysis of a composite of three
monthly samples. If the gross beta particle activity in a sample exceeds 15
pCi/L
ℓ
, the same or an equivalent sample must be analyzed for strontium-
89 and cesium-134. If the gross beta particle activity exceeds 50 pCi/L
ℓ
,
an analysis of the sample must be performed to identify the major
radioactive constitutents present and the appropriate organ and total body
doses must be calculated to determine compliance with Section 611.331.
2) For iodine-131, a composite of five consecutive daily samples must be
analyzed once each quarter. The Agency shall, by special exception
permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require more frequent
monitoring when iodine-131 is identified in the finished water.
3) The Agency shall, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, require annual monitoring for strontium-90 and tritium
by means of the analysis of a composite of four consecutive quarterly
samples or analysis of four quarterly samples.
4) The Agency shall, by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110, allow the substitution of environmental surveillance data
taken in conjunction with a nuclear facility for direct monitoring of
manmade radioactivity by the supplier where the Agency determines such
data is applicable to the CWS.
k) Until December 8, 2003, if the average annual MCL for man-made radioactivity
set forth in Section 611.331 is exceeded, the CWS supplier shall must give notice
to the Agency and to the public as required by Subpart T. Monitoring at monthly
intervals must be continued until the concentration no longer exceeds the MCL or
319
until a monitoring schedule as a condition to a variance, adjusted standard, or
enforcement action becomes effective.
BOARD NOTE: Subsections (a) through (f) derive from 40 CFR 141.26(b) (2000), as amended
at 65 Fed. Reg. 76745 (December 7, 2000), effective December 8, 2003 (2002). Subsections (g)
through (k) derive from 40 CFR 141.26(b), as effective until December 8, 2003.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.733 General Monitoring and Compliance Requirements
The following requirements apply effective December 8, 2003:
a) The Agency may, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, require more
frequent monitoring than specified in Sections 611.731 and 611.732 or may
require confirmation samples. The results of the initial and confirmation samples
will be averaged for use in a compliance determination.
b) Each PWS supplier must monitor at the time designated by the Agency during
each compliance period.
c) Compliance: compliance with Section 611.330(b) through (e) must be
determined based on the analytical results obtained at each sampling point. If one
sampling point is in violation of an MCL, the supplier is in violation of the MCL.
1) For a supplier monitoring more than once per year, compliance with the
MCL is determined by a running annual average at each sampling point.
If the average of any sampling point is greater than the MCL, then the
supplier is out of compliance with the MCL.
2) For a supplier monitoring more than once per year, if any sample result
would cause the running average to exceed the MCL at any single
sampling point, the supplier is immediately out of compliance with the
MCL.
3) a supplier must include all samples taken and analyzed under the
provisions of this Section and Sections 611.731 and 611.732 in
determining compliance, even if that number is greater than the minimum
required.
4) If a supplier does not collect all required samples when compliance is
based on a running annual average of quarterly samples, compliance will
be based on the running average of the samples collected.
5) If a sample result is less than the detection limit, zero will be used to
calculate the annual average, unless a gross alpha particle activity is being
320
used in lieu of radium-226 and/or uranium. If the gross alpha particle
activity result is less than detection, one-half the detection limit will be
used to calculate the annual average.
d) The Agency may, by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, allow the supplier
to delete results of obvious sampling or analytic errors.
e) If the MCL for radioactivity set forth in Section 611.330 (b) through (e) is
exceeded, the operator of a CWS must give notice to the Agency pursuant to
Section 611.840 and to the public, as required by Subpart V of this Part.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.26(c), as added at 65 Fed. Reg. 76745 (December 7,
2000), effective December 8, 2003 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART R: ENHANCED FILTRATION AND DISINFECTION--: SYSTEMS THAT
SERVE 10,000 OR MORE PEOPLE
Section 611.740 General Requirements
a) The requirements of this Subpart R are National Primary Drinking Water
Regulations. These regulations establish requirements for filtration and
disinfection that are in addition to standards under which filtration and
disinfection are required under Subpart B of this Part. The requirements of this
Subpart R are applicable to a Subpart B system supplier serving 10,000 or more
persons, beginning January 1, 2002, unless otherwise specified in this Subpart R.
The regulations in this Subpart R establish or extend treatment technique
requirements in lieu of maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for the following
contaminants: Giardia lamblia, viruses, heterotrophic plate count bacteria,
Legionella, Cryptosporidium, and turbidity. Each Subpart B system supplier
serving 10,000 or more persons must provide treatment of its source water that
complies with these treatment technique requirements and are in addition to those
identified in Section 611.220. The treatment technique requirements consist of
installing and properly operating water treatment processes that reliably achieve
the following:
1) At least 99 percent (2-log) removal of Cryptosporidium between a point
where the raw water is not subject to recontamination by surface water
runoff and a point downstream before or at the first customer for filtered
systems, or Cryptosporidium control under the watershed control plan for
unfiltered systems; and
2) Compliance with the profiling and benchmark requirements under the
provisions of Section 611.742.
321
b) A PWS supplier subject to the requirements of this Subpart R is considered to be
in compliance with the requirements of subsection (a) of this Section if the
following is true:
1) It meets the requirements for avoiding filtration in Sections 611.232 and
611.741, and the disinfection requirements in Sections 611.240 and
611.742; or
2) It meets the applicable filtration requirements in either Section 611.250 or
Section 611.743, and the disinfection requirements in Sections 611.240
and 611.742.
c) A supplier must not begin construction of uncovered finished water storage
facilities after February 16, 1999.
d) A Subpart B system supplier that did not conduct optional monitoring under
Section 611.742 because it served fewer than 10,000 persons when such
monitoring was required, but which serves more than 10,000 persons prior to
January 1, 2005 must comply with Sections 611.740, 611.741, 611.743, 611.744,
and 611.745. Such a supplier must also obtain the approval of the Agency to
establish a disinfection benchmark. A supplier that decides to make a significant
change to its disinfection practice, as described in Section 611.742(c)(1)(A)
through (c)(1)(D) must obtain the approval of the Agency prior to making such a
change.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.170 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.741 Standards for Avoiding Filtration
In addition to the requirements of Section 611.232, a PWS supplier subject to the requirements
of this Subpart R that does not provide filtration must meet all of the conditions of subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section.
a) Site-specific conditions. In addition to site-specific conditions in Section
611.232, a supplier must maintain the watershed control program under Section
611.232(b) to minimize the potential for contamination by Cryptosporidium
oocysts in the source water. The watershed control program must, for
Cryptosporidium, do the following:
1) Identify watershed characteristics and activities that may have an adverse
effect on source water quality; and
2) Monitor the occurrence of activities that may have an adverse effect on
source water quality.
322
b) During the onsite inspection conducted under the provisions of Section
611.232(c), the Agency must determine whether the watershed control program
established under Section 611.232(b) is adequate to limit potential contamination
by Cryptosporidium oocysts. The adequacy of the program must be based on the
comprehensiveness of the watershed review; the effectiveness of the supplier’s
program to monitor and control detrimental activities occurring in the watershed;
and the extent to which the water supplier has maximized land ownership or
controlled land use within the watershed.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.171 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.742 Disinfection Profiling and Benchmarking
a) Determination of a supplier required to profile. A PWS supplier subject to the
requirements of this Subpart R must determine its TTHM annual average using
the procedure in subsection (a)(1) of this Section and its HAA5 annual average
using the procedure in subsection (a)(2) of this Section. The annual average is the
arithmetic average of the quarterly averages of four consecutive quarters of
monitoring.
1) The TTHM annual average that is used must be the annual average during
the same period as the HAA5 annual average.
A) A supplier that collected data under the provisions of 40 CFR 141
Subpart M (Information Collection Rule) must use the results of
the samples collected during the last four quarters of required
monitoring under former 40 CFR 141.42 (1994) (1995).
B) A supplier that uses “grandfathered” HAA5 occurrence data that
meet the provisions of subsection (a)(2)(B) of this Section must
use TTHM data collected at the same time under the provisions of
Section 611.680.
C) A supplier that uses HAA5 occurrence data that meet the
provisions of subsection (a)(2)(C)(i) of this Section must use
TTHM data collected at the same time under the provisions of
Sections 611.310 and 611.680.
2) The HAA5 annual average that is used must be the annual average during
the same period as the TTHM annual average.
A) A supplier that collected data under the provisions of 40 CFR 141
Subpart M (Information Collection Rule) must use the results of
323
the samples collected during the last four quarters of required
monitoring under former 40 CFR 141.42 (1994) (1995).
B) A supplier that has collected four quarters of HAA5 occurrence
data that meets the routine monitoring sample number and location
requirements for TTHM in Section 611.680 and handling and
analytical method requirements of Section 611.685 may use that
data to determine whether the requirements of this Section apply.
C) A supplier that has not collected four quarters of HAA5 occurrence
data that meets the provisions of either subsection (a)(2)(A) or
(a)(2)(B) of this Section by March 31, 1999 must do either of the
following:
i) Conduct monitoring for HAA5 that meets the routine
monitoring sample number and location requirements for
TTHM in Section 611.680 and handling and analytical
method requirements of Section 611.685 to determine the
HAA5 annual average and whether the requirements of
subsection (b) of this Section apply. This monitoring must
be completed so that the applicability determination can be
made no later than March 31, 2000; or
ii) Comply with all other provisions of this Section as if the
HAA5 monitoring had been conducted and the results
required compliance with subsection (b) of this Section.
3) The supplier may request that the Agency approve a more representative
annual data set than the data set determined under subsection (a)(1) or
(a)(2) of this Section for the purpose of determining applicability of the
requirements of this Section.
4) The Agency may require that a supplier use a more representative annual
data set than the data set determined under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) of
this Section for the purpose of determining the applicability of the
requirements of this Section.
5) The supplier must submit data to the Agency on the schedule in
subsections (a)(5)(A) through (a)(5)(E) of this Section.
A) A supplier that collected TTHM and HAA5 data under the
provisions of 40 CFR Subpart M (Information Collection Rule), as
required by subsections (a)(1)(A) and (a)(2)(A) of this Section,
must submit have submitted the results of the samples collected
during the last 12 months of required monitoring under Section
611.685 not later than December 31, 1999.
324
B) A supplier that has had collected four consecutive quarters of
HAA5 occurrence data that meets the routine monitoring sample
number and location for TTHM in former 40 CFR 141.42 (1994),
as amended 59 Fed. Reg. 62456 (Dec. 5, 1994), and handling and
analytical method requirements of Section 611.685, as allowed by
subsections (a)(1)(B) and (a)(2)(B) of this Section, must submit
have submitted that data to the Agency not later than April 30,
1999. Until the Agency has approved the data, the supplier must
conduct monitoring for HAA5 using the monitoring requirements
specified under subsection (a)(2)(C) of this Section.
C) A supplier that conducts conducted monitoring for HAA5 using
the monitoring requirements specified by subsections (a)(1)(C) and
(a)(2)(C)(i) of this Section must submit have submitted TTHM and
HAA5 data not later than March 31, 2000.
D) A supplier that elects elected to comply with all other provisions of
this Section as if the HAA5 monitoring had been conducted and
the results required compliance with this Section, as allowed under
subsection (a)(2)(C)(ii) of this Section, must notify have notified
the Agency in writing of its election not later than December 31,
1999.
E) If the supplier elects elected to request that the Agency approve a
more representative data set than the data set determined under
subsection (a)(2)(A) of this Section, the supplier must submit have
submitted this request in writing not later than December 31, 1999.
6) Any supplier having either a TTHM annual average
$
0.064 mg/L
ℓ
or an
HAA5 annual average
$
0.048 mg/L
ℓ
during the period identified in
subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this Section must comply with subsection
(b) of this Section.
b) Disinfection profiling.
1) Any supplier that meets the standards in subsection (a)(6) of this Section
must develop a disinfection profile of its disinfection practice for a period
of up to three years. The Agency must determine the period of the
disinfection profile, with a minimum period of 1 one year.
2) The supplier must monitor daily for a period of 12 consecutive calendar
months to determine the total logs of inactivation for each day of
operation, based on the CT99.9 values in Appendix B of this Part, as
appropriate, through the entire treatment plant. The supplier must begin
have begun this monitoring not later than April 1, 2000. As a minimum,
325
the supplier with a single point of disinfectant application prior to entrance
to the distribution system must conduct the monitoring in subsections
(b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(D) of this Section. A supplier with more than
one point of disinfectant application must conduct the monitoring in
subsections (b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(D) of this Section for each
disinfection segment. The supplier must monitor the parameters necessary
to determine the total inactivation ratio, using analytical methods in
Section 611.531, as follows:
A) The temperature of the disinfected water must be measured once
per day at each residual disinfectant concentration sampling point
during peak hourly flow.
B) If the supplier uses chlorine, the pH of the disinfected water must
be measured once per day at each chlorine residual disinfectant
concentration sampling point during peak hourly flow.
C) The disinfectant contact times (“T”) must be determined for each
day during peak hourly flow.
D) The residual disinfectant concentrations (“C”) of the water before
or at the first customer and prior to each additional point of
disinfection must be measured each day during peak hourly flow.
3) In lieu of the monitoring conducted under the provisions of subsection
(b)(2) of this Section to develop the disinfection profile, the supplier may
elect to meet the requirements of subsection (b)(3)(A) of this Section. In
addition to the monitoring conducted under the provisions of subsection
(b)(2) of this Section to develop the disinfection profile, the supplier may
elect to meet the requirements of subsection (b)(3)(B) of this Section.
A) A PWS supplier that has had three years of existing operational
data may submit have submitted that data, a profile generated
using that data, and a request that the Agency approve use of that
data in lieu of monitoring under the provisions of subsection (b)(2)
of this Section not later than March 31, 2000. The Agency must
determine whether the operational data is substantially equivalent
to data collected under the provisions of subsection (b)(2) of this
Section. The data must also be representative of Giardia lamblia
inactivation through the entire treatment plant and not just of
certain treatment segments. If the Agency determines that the
operational data is substantially equivalent, the Agency must
approve the request. Until the Agency approves this request, the
system is required to conduct monitoring under the provisions of
subsection (b)(2) of this Section.
326
B) In addition to the disinfection profile generated under subsection
(b)(2) of this Section, a PWS supplier that has existing operational
data may use that data to develop a disinfection profile for
additional years. The Agency must determine whether the
operational data is substantially equivalent to data collected under
the provisions of subsection (b)(2) of this Section. The data must
also be representative of inactivation through the entire treatment
plant and not just of certain treatment segments. If the Agency
determines that the operational data is substantially equivalent,
such systems may use these additional yearly disinfection profiles
to develop a benchmark under the provisions of subsection (c) of
this Section.
4) The supplier must calculate the total inactivation ratio as follows:
A) If the supplier uses only one point of disinfectant application, the
system may determine the total inactivation ratio for the
disinfection segment based on either of the methods in subsection
(b)(4)(A)(i) or (b)(4)(A)(ii) of this Section.
i) Determine one inactivation ratio (CTcalc/CT99.9) before or at
the first customer during peak hourly flow.
ii) Determine successive CTcalc/CT99.9 values, representing
sequential inactivation ratios, between the point of
disinfectant application and a point before or at the first
customer during peak hourly flow. Under this alternative,
the supplier must calculate the total inactivation ratio
(
Σ
(CTcalc/CT99.9)) by determining CTcalc/CT99.9 for each
sequence and then adding the CTcalc/CT99.9 values together
to determine
Σ
(CTcalc/CT99.9).
B) If the supplier uses more than one point of disinfectant application
before the first customer, the system must determine the CT value
of each disinfection segment immediately prior to the next point of
disinfectant application, or for the final segment, before or at the
first customer, during peak hourly flow. The (CTcalc/CT99.9) value
of each segment and (
Σ
(CTcalc/CT99.9)) must be calculated using
the method in subsection (b)(4)(A) of this Section.
C) The supplier must determine the total logs of inactivation by
multiplying the value calculated in subsection (b)(4)(A) or
(b)(4)(B) of this Section by 3.0.
5) A supplier that uses either chloramines or ozone for primary disinfection
must also calculate the logs of inactivation for viruses using a method
327
approved by the Agency.
6) The supplier must retain disinfection profile data in graphic form, as a
spreadsheet, or in some other format acceptable to the Agency for review
as part of sanitary surveys conducted by the Agency.
c) Disinfection benchmarking.
1) Any supplier required to develop a disinfection profile under the
provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and that decides to
make a significant change to its disinfection practice must consult with the
Agency prior to making such change. Significant changes to disinfection
practice are the following:
A) Changes to the point of disinfection;
B) Changes to the disinfectants used in the treatment plant;
C) Changes to the disinfection process; and
D) Any other modification identified by the Agency.
2) Any supplier that is modifying its disinfection practice must calculate its
disinfection benchmark using the procedure specified in subsections
(c)(2)(A) and (c)(2)(B) of this Section.
A) For each year of profiling data collected and calculated under
subsection (b) of this Section, the supplier must determine the
lowest average monthly Giardia lamblia inactivation in each year
of profiling data. The supplier must determine the average Giardia
lamblia inactivation for each calendar month for each year of
profiling data by dividing the sum of daily Giardia lamblia of
inactivation by the number of values calculated for that month.
B) The disinfection benchmark is the lowest monthly average value
(for systems with one year of profiling data) or average of lowest
monthly average values (for systems with more than one year of
profiling data) of the monthly logs of Giardia lamblia inactivation
in each year of profiling data.
3) A supplier that uses either chloramines or ozone for primary disinfection
must also calculate the disinfection benchmark for viruses using a method
approved by the Agency.
4) The supplier must submit information in subsections (c)(4)(A) through
(c)(4)(C) of this Section to the Agency as part of its consultation process.
328
A) A description of the proposed change;
B) The disinfection profile for Giardia lamblia (and, if necessary,
viruses) under subsection (b) of this Section and benchmark as
required by subsection (c)(2) of this Section; and
C) An analysis of how the proposed change will affect the current
levels of disinfection.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.172 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.743 Filtration
A PWS supplier subject to the requirements of this Subpart R that does did not meet all of the
standards in this Subpart R and Subpart B of this Part for avoiding filtration must provide have
provided treatment consisting of both disinfection, as specified in Section 611.242, and filtration
treatment that complies with the requirements of subsection (a) or (b) of this Section or Section
611.250 (b) or (c) by December 31, 2001.
a) Conventional filtration treatment or direct filtration.
1) For a supplier using conventional filtration or direct filtration, the turbidity
level of representative samples of a system’s filtered water must be less
than or equal to 0.3 NTU in at least 95 percent of the measurements taken
each month, measured as specified in Sections 611.531 and 611.533.
2) The turbidity level of representative samples of a supplier’s filtered water
must at no time exceed 1 NTU, measured as specified in Sections 611.531
and 611.533.
3) A supplier that uses lime softening may acidify representative samples
prior to analysis using a protocol approved by the Agency.
b) Filtration technologies other than conventional filtration treatment, direct
filtration, slow sand filtration, or diatomaceous earth filtration. A PWS supplier
may use a filtration technology not listed in subsection (a) of this Section or in
Section 611.250 (b) or (c) if it demonstrates to the Agency, using pilot plant
studies or other means, that the alternative filtration technology, in combination
with disinfection treatment that meets the requirements of Section 611.242(b),
consistently achieves 99.9 percent removal or inactivation of Giardia lamblia
cysts and 99.99 percent removal or inactivation of viruses, and 99 percent
removal of Cryptosporidium oocysts, and the Agency approves the use of the
329
filtration technology. For each approval, the Agency must set turbidity
performance requirements that the supplier must meet at least 95 percent of the
time and that the supplier must not exceed at any time at a level that consistently
achieves 99.9 percent removal or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts, 99.99
percent removal or inactivation of viruses, and 99 percent removal of
Cryptosporidium oocysts.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.173 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.744 Filtration Sampling Requirements
a) Monitoring requirements for systems using filtration treatment. In addition to
monitoring required by Sections 611.531 and 611.533, a PWS subject to the
requirements of this Subpart R that provides conventional filtration treatment or
direct filtration shall must conduct continuous monitoring of turbidity for each
individual filter using an approved method in Section 611.531(a) and shall must
calibrate turbidimeters using the procedure specified by the manufacturer.
Systems shall must record the results of individual filter monitoring every 15
minutes.
b) If there is a failure in the continuous turbidity monitoring equipment, the system
shall must conduct grab sampling every four hours in lieu of continuous
monitoring, until the turbidimeter is back online. A system shall must repair the
equipment within a maximum of five working days after failure.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.174 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.745 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
In addition to the reporting and recordkeeping requirements in Sections 611.261 and 611.262, a
PWS supplier subject to the requirements of this Subpart R that provides conventional filtration
treatment or direct filtration must report monthly to the Agency the information specified in
subsections (a) and (b) of this Section beginning January 1, 2002. In addition to the reporting
and recordkeeping requirements in Sections 611.261 and 611.262, a PWS supplier subject to the
requirements of this Subpart R that provides filtration approved under Section 611.743(b) must
report monthly to the Agency the information specified in subsection (a) of this Section
beginning January 1, 2002. The reporting in subsection (a) of this Section is in lieu of the
reporting specified in Section 611.262(a).
a) Turbidity measurements, as required by Section 611.743, must be reported within
ten days after the end of each month the system serves water to the public.
330
Information that must be reported is the following:
1) The total number of filtered water turbidity measurements taken during
the month.
2) The number and percentage of filtered water turbidity measurements taken
during the month that are less than or equal to the turbidity limits specified
in Section 611.743(a) or (b).
3) The date and value of any turbidity measurements taken during the month
that exceed 1 NTU for a supplier using conventional filtration treatment or
direct filtration, or that exceed the maximum level under Section
611.743(b).
b) A supplier must maintain the results of individual filter monitoring taken under
Section 611.744 for at least three years. A supplier must report that it has
conducted individual filter turbidity monitoring under Section 611.744 within ten
days after the end of each month the system serves water to the public. A supplier
must report individual filter turbidity measurement results taken under Section
611.744 within ten days after the end of each month the supplier serves water to
the public only if measurements demonstrate one or more of the conditions in
subsections (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this Section. A supplier that uses lime
softening may apply to the Agency for alternative exceedence levels for the levels
specified in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this Section if they can
demonstrate that higher turbidity levels in individual filters are due to lime
carryover only and not due to degraded filter performance.
1) For any individual filter that has a measured turbidity level of greater than
1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart, the
supplier must report the filter number, the turbidity measurement, and the
dates on which the exceedence occurred. In addition, the supplier must
either produce a filter profile for the filter within seven days after the
exceedence (if the supplier is not able to identify an obvious reason for the
abnormal filter performance) and report that the profile has been produced
or report the obvious reason for the exceedence.
2) For any individual filter that has a measured turbidity level of greater than
0.5 NTU in two consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart at the
end of the first four hours of continuous filter operation after the filter has
been backwashed or otherwise taken offline, the supplier must report the
filter number, the turbidity, and the dates on which the exceedence
occurred. In addition, the supplier must either produce a filter profile for
the filter within seven days after the exceedence (if the supplier is not able
to identify an obvious reason for the abnormal filter performance) and
report that the profile has been produced or report the obvious reason for
the exceedence.
331
3) For any individual filter that has a measured turbidity level of greater than
1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart at any
time in each of three consecutive months, the supplier must report the
filter number, the turbidity measurement, and the dates on which the
exceedence occurred. In addition, the supplier must conduct a self-
assessment of the filter within 14 days after the exceedence and report that
the self-assessment was conducted. The self-assessment must consist of at
least the following components: assessment of filter performance;
development of a filter profile; identification and prioritization of factors
limiting filter performance; assessment of the applicability of corrections;
and preparation of a filter self-assessment report.
4) For any individual filter that has a measured turbidity level of greater than
2.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart at any
time in each of two consecutive months, the supplier must report the filter
number, the turbidity measurement, and the dates on which the
exceedence occurred. In addition, the supplier must arrange for the
conduct of a comprehensive performance evaluation by the Agency or a
third party approved by the Agency no later than 30 days following the
exceedence and have the evaluation completed and submitted to the
Agency no later than 90 days following the exceedence.
c) Additional reporting requirements.
1) If at any time the turbidity exceeds 1 NTU in representative samples of
filtered water in a system using conventional filtration treatment or direct
filtration, the supplier must consult with the Agency as soon as possible,
but no later than the end of the next business day.
2) If at any time the turbidity in representative samples of filtered water
exceeds the maximum level set by the Agency under Section 611.743(b)
for filtration technologies other than conventional filtration treatment,
direct filtration, slow sand filtration, or diatomaceous earth filtration, the
supplier must inform the Agency as soon as possible, but no later than the
end of the next business day.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.175 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 3770
(January 16, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
332
SUBPART T: REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING
Section 611.830 Applicability
Except as otherwise provided, this Subpart T applies to violations of both identical in substance
regulations and those noted as additional State requirements.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.831 Monthly Operating Report
Within 30 days following the last day of the month, each CWS supplier shall must submit a
monthly operating report to the Agency on forms provided or approved by the Agency.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.833 Cross Connection Reporting
Each CWS supplier exempted pursuant to Section 17(b) of the Act [415 ILCS 5/17(b)] from the
disinfection requirement shall must report monthly to the Agency its activity to educate and
inform its customers about preventing contamination into the distribution system.
BOARD NOTE: This is an additional State requirement.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.840 Reporting
a) Except where a shorter period is specified in this Part, a supplier must report to
the Agency the results of any test measurement or analysis required by this Part
within the following times, whichever is shortest:
1) The first ten days following the month in which the result is received; or
2) The first ten days following the end of the required monitoring period, as
specified by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110.
b) Except where a different reporting period is specified in this Part, the supplier
must report to the Agency within 48 hours any failure to comply with any
provision (including failure to comply with monitoring requirements) of this Part.
c) The supplier is not required to report analytical results to the Agency in cases
where an Agency laboratory performs the analysis.
333
d) The supplier, within ten days after completing the public notification
requirements under Subpart V of this Part for the initial public notice and any
repeat notices, must submit to the Agency a certification that it has fully complied
with the public notification regulations. The PWS must include with this
certification a representative copy of each type of notice distributed, published,
posted, or made available to the persons served by the supplier or to the media.
e) The supplier must submit to the Agency within the time stated in the request
copies of any records required to be maintained under Section 611.860 or copies
of any documents then in existence which that the Agency is entitled to inspect
pursuant to the authority of Section 4 of the Act [415 ILCS 5/4].
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.31 (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 26022 (May
4, 2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.860 Record Maintenance
A supplier must retain on its premises or at a convenient location near its premises the following
records:
a) Records of bacteriological analyses made pursuant to this Part must be kept for
not less than five years. Records of chemical analyses made pursuant to this Part
must be kept for not less than ten years. Actual laboratory reports may be kept, or
data may be transferred to tabular summaries, provided that the following
information is included:
1) The date, place, and time of sampling, and the name of the person who
collected the sample;
2) Identification of the sample as to whether it was a routine distribution
system sample, check sample, raw or process water sample, or other
special purpose sample;
3) Date
The date of analysis;
4) Laboratory
The laboratory and person responsible for performing analysis;
5) The analytical technique or method used; and
6) The results of the analysis.
b) Records of action taken by the supplier to correct violations of this Part must be
kept for a period not less than three years after the last action taken with respect to
334
the particular violation involved.
c) Copies of any written reports, summaries, or communications relating to sanitary
surveys of the system conducted by the supplier itself, by a private consultant, by
USEPA, the Agency, or a unit of local government delegated pursuant to Section
611.108, must be kept for a period not less than ten years after completion of the
sanitary survey involved.
d) Records concerning a variance or adjusted standard granted to the supplier must
be kept for a period ending not less than five years following the expiration of
such variance or adjusted standard.
e) Copies of public notices issued pursuant to Subpart V of this Part and
certifications made to the Agency pursuant to Section 611.840 must be kept for
three years after issuance.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.33 (1999), as amended at 65 Fed. Reg. 26022 (May
4, 2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART U: CONSUMER CONFIDENCE REPORTS
Section 611.881 Purpose and Applicability of this Subpart
a) This Subpart U establishes the minimum requirements for the content of annual
reports that community water systems (CWSs) must deliver to their customers.
These reports must contain information on the quality of the water delivered by the
systems and characterize the risks (if any) from exposure to contaminants detected
in the drinking water in an accurate and understandable manner.
b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 611.100(d), this Subpart U only applies
to CWSs.
c) For the purpose of this Subpart U, “customers” are defined as billing units or
service connections to which water is delivered by a CWS.
d) For the purpose of this Subpart U, “detected” means the following: at or above the
detection limit levels prescribed by Section 611.600(d) for inorganic contaminants;
at or above the levels prescribed by Section 611.646 for Phase I, II, and V VOCs;
at or above the levels prescribed by Section 611.648(r) for Phase II, IIB, and V
SOCs; and at or above the levels prescribed by Section 611.720(c)(3) for
radioactive contaminants.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.151 (1999) (2002).
335
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.882 Compliance Dates
a) Each existing CWS shall deliver must have delivered its first report by October 19,
1999, its second report by July 1, 2000, and it must deliver subsequent reports by
July 1 annually thereafter. The first report must contain have contained data
collected during, or prior to, calendar year 1998, as prescribed in Section
611.883(d)(3). Each report thereafter must contain data collected during, or prior
to, the previous calendar year.
b) A new CWS shall must deliver its first report by July 1 of the year after its first full
calendar year in operation and annually thereafter.
c) A community water system that sells water to another community water system
must deliver the applicable information required in Section 611.883 to the buyer
system as follows:
1) No later than April 1, 2000, and by April 1 annually thereafter; or
2) On a date mutually agreed upon by the seller and the purchaser, and
specifically included in a contract between the parties.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.152 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.883 Content of the Reports
a) Each CWS must provide to its customers an annual report that contains the
information specified in this Section and Section 611.884.
b) Information on the source of the water delivered.
1) Each report must identify the sources of the water delivered by the CWS by
providing information on the following:
A) The type of the water (e.g., surface water, groundwater); and
B) The commonly used name (if any) and location of the body (or
bodies) of water.
2) If a source water assessment has been completed, the report must notify
consumers of the availability of this information and the means to obtain it.
In addition, systems are encouraged to highlight in the report significant
sources of contamination in the source water area if they have readily
336
available information. Where a system has received a source water
assessment from the Agency, the report must include a brief summary of the
system’s susceptibility to potential sources of contamination, using language
provided by the Agency or written by the PWS.
c) Definitions.
1) Each report must include the following definitions:
A) Maximum Contaminant Level Goal or MCLG: The level of a
contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or
expected risk to health. MCLGs allow for a margin of safety.
BOARD NOTE: Although an MCLG is not an NPDWR that the
Board must include in the Illinois SDWA regulations, the use of
this definition is mandatory where the term “MCLG” is defined.
B) Maximum Contaminant Level or MCL: The highest level of a
contaminant that is allowed in drinking water. MCLs are set as
close to the MCLGs as feasible using the best available treatment
technology.
2) A report for a CWS operating under relief from an NPDWR issued under
Sections 611.111, 611.112, 611.130, or 611.131 must include the following
definition: “Variances, Adjusted Standards, and Site-specific Rules: State
permission not to meet an MCL or a treatment technique under certain
conditions.”
3) A report that contains data on contaminants that USEPA regulates using
any of the following terms must include the applicable definitions:
A) Treatment technique: A required process intended to reduce the
level of a contaminant in drinking water.
B) Action level: The concentration of a contaminant that, if exceeded,
triggers treatment or other requirements which that a water system
must follow.
C) Maximum residual disinfectant level goal or MRDLG: The level
of a drinking water disinfectant below which there is no known or
expected risk to health. MRDLGs do not reflect the benefits of the
use of disinfectants to control microbial contaminants.
BOARD NOTE: Although an MRDLG is not an NPDWR that the
Board must include in the Illinois SDWA regulations, the use of
this definition is mandatory where the term “MRDLG” is defined.
337
D) Maximum residual disinfectant level or MRDL: The highest level
of a disinfectant allowed in drinking water. There is convincing
evidence that addition of a disinfectant is necessary for control of
microbial contaminants.
d) Information on detected contaminants.
1) This subsection (d) specifies the requirements for information to be included
in each report for contaminants subject to mandatory monitoring (except
Cryptosporidium). It applies to the following:
A) Contaminants subject to an MCL, action level, MRDL, or treatment
technique (regulated contaminants);
B) Contaminants for which monitoring is required by Section 611.510
(unregulated contaminants); and
C) Disinfection byproducts or microbial contaminants for which
monitoring is required by Section 611.382 and Subpart L of this
Part, except as provided under subsection (e)(1) of this Section, and
which are detected in the finished water.
2) The data relating to these contaminants must be displayed in one table or in
several adjacent tables. Any additional monitoring results that a CWS
chooses to include in its report must be displayed separately.
3) The data must be have been derived from data collected to comply with
monitoring and analytical requirements during calendar year 1998 for the
first report and must be derived from the data collected in subsequent
calendar years thereafter, except that the following requirements also
apply:
A) Where a system is allowed to monitor for regulated contaminants
less often than once a year, the tables must include the date and
results of the most recent sampling, and the report must include a
brief statement indicating that the data presented in the report is
from the most recent testing done in accordance with the regulations.
No data older than five years need be included.
B) Results of monitoring in compliance with Section 611.382 and
Subpart L need only be included for five years from the date of last
sample or until any of the detected contaminants becomes regulated
and subject to routine monitoring requirements, whichever comes
first.
338
4) For detected regulated contaminants (listed in Appendix A of this Part), the
tables must contain the following:
A) The MCL for that contaminant expressed as a number equal to or
greater than 1.0 (as provided in Appendix A of this Part);
B) The federal
Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG) for that
contaminant expressed in the same units as the MCL;
C) If there is no MCL for a detected contaminant, the table must
indicate that there is a treatment technique, or specify the action
level, applicable to that contaminant, and the report must include the
definitions for treatment technique or action level, as appropriate,
specified in subsection (c)(3) of this Section;
D) For contaminants subject to an MCL, except turbidity and total
coliforms, the highest contaminant level used to determine
compliance with an NPDWR, and the range of detected levels, as
follows:
i) When compliance with the MCL is determined annually or
less frequently: the highest detected level at any sampling
point and the range of detected levels expressed in the same
units as the MCL.
ii) When compliance with the MCL is determined by
calculating a running annual average of all samples taken at
a sampling point: the highest average of any of the sampling
points and the range of all sampling points expressed in the
same units as the MCL.
iii) When compliance with the MCL is determined on a system-
wide basis by calculating a running annual average of all
samples at all sampling points: the average and range of
detection expressed in the same units as the MCL;
BOARD NOTE to subsection (d)(4)(D): When rounding of results
to determine compliance with the MCL is allowed by the
regulations, rounding should be done prior to multiplying the results
by the factor listed in Appendix A of this Part; derived from 40 CFR
153 (2002).
E) For turbidity the following:
i) When it is reported pursuant to Section 611.560: the highest
average monthly value.
339
ii) When it is reported pursuant to the requirements of Section
611.211(b): the highest monthly value. The report must
include an explanation of the reasons for measuring
turbidity.
iii) When it is reported pursuant to Section 611.250, 611.743, or
611.955(b): the highest single measurement and the lowest
monthly percentage of samples meeting the turbidity limits
specified in Section 611.250, 611.743, or 611.955(b) for the
filtration technology being used. The report must include an
explanation of the reasons for measuring turbidity;
F) For lead and copper the following: the 90th percentile value of the
most recent round of sampling and the number of sampling sites
exceeding the action level;
G) For total coliform the following:
i) The highest monthly number of positive samples for systems
collecting fewer than 40 samples per month; or
ii) The highest monthly percentage of positive samples for
systems collecting at least 40 samples per month;
H) For fecal coliform the following: the total number of positive
samples; and
I) The likely sources of detected contaminants to the best of the
supplier’s knowledge. Specific information regarding contaminants
may be available in sanitary surveys and source water assessments,
and must be used when available to the supplier. If the supplier
lacks specific information on the likely source, the report must
include one or more of the typical sources for that contaminant listed
in Appendix G of this Part which that are most applicable to the
CWS.
5) If a CWS distributes water to its customers from multiple hydraulically
independent distribution systems that are fed by different raw water sources,
the table must contain a separate column for each service area and the report
must identify each separate distribution system. Alternatively, a CWS may
produce separate reports tailored to include data for each service area.
6) The tables must clearly identify any data indicating violations of MCLs,
MRDLs, or treatment techniques, and the report must contain a clear and
readily understandable explanation of the violation including the following:
340
the length of the violation, the potential adverse health effects, and actions
taken by the CWS to address the violation. To describe the potential health
effects, the CWS must use the relevant language of Appendix A of this Part.
7) For detected unregulated contaminants for which monitoring is required
(except Cryptosporidium), the tables must contain the average and range at
which the contaminant was detected. The report may include a brief
explanation of the reasons for monitoring for unregulated contaminants.
e) Information on Cryptosporidium, radon, and other contaminants as follows:
1) If the CWS has performed any monitoring for Cryptosporidium, including
monitoring performed to satisfy the requirements of Subpart L of this Part,
that indicates that Cryptosporidium may be present in the source water or
the finished water, the report must include the following:
A) A summary of the results of the monitoring; and
B) An explanation of the significance of the results.
2) If the CWS has performed any monitoring for radon which that indicates
that radon may be present in the finished water, the report must include the
following:
A) The results of the monitoring; and
B) An explanation of the significance of the results.
3) If the CWS has performed additional monitoring that indicates the presence
of other contaminants in the finished water, the report must include the
following:
A) The results of the monitoring; and
B) An explanation of the significance of the results noting the existence
of any health advisory or proposed regulation.
f) Compliance with an NPDWR. In addition to the requirements of subsection (d)(6)
of this Section, the report must note any violation that occurred during the year
covered by the report of a requirement listed below, and include a clear and readily
understandable explanation of the violation, any potential adverse health effects,
and the steps the CWS has taken to correct the violation.
1) Monitoring and reporting of compliance data;
2) Filtration and disinfection prescribed by Subpart B of this Part. For CWSs
341
that have failed to install adequate filtration or disinfection equipment or
processes, or have had a failure of such equipment or processes which that
constitutes a violation, the report must include the following language as
part of the explanation of potential adverse health effects: Inadequately
treated water may contain disease-causing organisms. These organisms
include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as
nausea, cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches.
3) Lead and copper control requirements prescribed by Subpart G of this Part.
For systems that fail to take one or more actions prescribed by Sections
611.350(d), 611.351, 611.352, 611.353, or 611.354, the report must include
the applicable language of Appendix A of this Part for lead, copper, or
both.
4) Treatment techniques for acrylamide and epichlorohydrin prescribed by
Section 611.296. For systems that violate the requirements of Section
611.296, the report must include the relevant language from Appendix A of
this Part.
5) Recordkeeping of compliance data.
6) Special monitoring requirements prescribed by Sections 611.510 and
611.630; and
7) Violation of the terms of a variance, adjusted standard, site-specific rule, or
administrative or judicial order.
g) Variances, adjusted standards, and site-specific rules. If a system is operating under
the terms of a variance, adjusted standard, or site-specific rule issued under
Sections 611.111, 611.112, or 611.131, the report must contain the following:
1) An explanation of the reasons for the variance, adjusted standard, or site-
specific rule;
2) The date on which the variance, adjusted standard, or site-specific rule was
issued;
3) A brief status report on the steps the CWS is taking to install treatment, find
alternative sources of water, or otherwise comply with the terms and
schedules of the variance, adjusted standard, or site-specific rule; and
4) A notice of any opportunity for public input in the review, or renewal, of the
variance, adjusted standard, or site-specific rule.
h) Additional information.
342
1) The report must contain a brief explanation regarding contaminants that may
reasonably be expected to be found in drinking water, including bottled
water. This explanation may include the language of subsections (h)(1)(A)
through (h)(1)(C) of this Section or CWSs may use their own comparable
language. The report also must include the language of subsection
(h)(1)(D) of this Section.
A) The sources of drinking water (both tap water and bottled water)
include rivers, lakes, streams, ponds, reservoirs, springs, and wells.
As water travels over the surface of the land or through the ground,
it dissolves naturally-occurring minerals and, in some cases,
radioactive material, and can pick up substances resulting from the
presence of animals or from human activity.
B) Contaminants that may be present in source water include the
following:
i) Microbial contaminants, such as viruses and bacteria, which
may come from sewage treatment plants, septic systems,
agricultural livestock operations, and wildlife;
ii) Inorganic contaminants, such as salts and metals, which can
be naturally-occurring or result from urban stormwater
runoff, industrial or domestic wastewater discharges, oil and
gas production, mining, or farming;
iii) Pesticides and herbicides, which may come from a variety of
sources such as agriculture, urban stormwater runoff, and
residential uses;
iv) Organic chemical contaminants, including synthetic and
volatile organic chemicals, which are byproducts of
industrial processes and petroleum production, and can also
come from gas stations, urban stormwater runoff, and septic
systems; and
v) Radioactive contaminants, which can be naturally-occurring
or be the result of oil and gas production and mining
activities.
C) In order to ensure that tap water is safe to drink, USEPA prescribes
regulations which that limit the amount of certain contaminants in
water provided by public water systems. United States Food and
Drug Administration (USFDA) regulations establish limits for
contaminants in bottled water that must provide the same protection
for public health.
343
D) Drinking water, including bottled water, may reasonably be
expected to contain at least small amounts of some contaminants.
The presence of contaminants does not necessarily indicate that
water poses a health risk. More information about contaminants and
potential health effects can be obtained by calling the USEPA Safe
Drinking Water Hotline (800-426-4791).
2) The report must include the telephone number of the owner, operator, or
designee of the CWS as a source of additional information concerning the
report.
3) In communities with a large proportion of non-English speaking residents,
as determined by the Agency, the report must contain information in the
appropriate languages regarding the importance of the report or contain a
telephone number or address where such residents may contact the system
to obtain a translated copy of the report or assistance in the appropriate
language.
4) The report must include information about opportunities for public
participation in decisions that may affect the quality of the water.
5) The CWS may include such additional information as it deems necessary for
public education consistent with, and not detracting from, the purpose of the
report.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.153 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.884 Required Additional Health Information
a) All reports must prominently display the following language: “Some people may
be more vulnerable to contaminants in drinking water than the general population.
Immuno-compromised persons such as persons with cancer undergoing
chemotherapy, persons who have undergone organ transplants, people with
HIV/AIDS or other immune system disorders, some elderly, and infants can be
particularly at risk from infections. These people should seek advice about drinking
water from their health care providers. USEPA or Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention guidelines on appropriate means to lessen the risk of infection by
Cryptosporidium and other microbial contaminants are available from the USEPA
Safe Drinking Water Hotline (800-426-4791).”
b) Ending in the report due by July 1, 2001, a supplier that detects arsenic at levels
above 25
µ
g/L, but below 0.05 mg/L, and beginning in the report due by July 1,
2002, a A supplier that detects arsenic above 0.005 mg/L
ℓ
and up to and including
344
0.01 mg/L
ℓ
must do the following:
1) The supplier must include in its report a short informational statement about
arsenic, using the following language: “While your drinking water meets
USEPA's standard for arsenic, it does contain low levels of arsenic.
USEPA's standard balances the current understanding of arsenic's possible
health effects against the costs of removing arsenic from drinking water.
USEPA continues to research the health effects of low levels of arsenic,
which is a naturally-occurring mineral known to cause cancer in humans at
high concentrations and is linked to other health effects such as skin
damage and circulatory problems.”; or
2) The supplier may write its own educational statement, but only in
consultation with the Agency.
c) A supplier that detects nitrate at levels above 5 mg/L
ℓ
, but below the MCL, must do
the following:
1) The supplier must include a short informational statement about the impacts
of nitrate on children, using the following language: “Nitrate in drinking
water at levels above 10 ppm is a health risk for infants of less than six
months of age. High nitrate levels in drinking water can cause blue baby
syndrome. Nitrate levels may rise quickly for short periods of time because
of rainfall or agricultural activity. If you are caring for an infant you should
ask advice from your health care provider”; or
2) The CWS supplier may write its own educational statement, but only in
consultation with the Agency.
d) A CWS supplier that detects lead above the action level in more than five percent,
and up to and including ten percent, of homes sampled must do the following:
1) The CWS supplier must include a short informational statement about the
special impact of lead on children, using the following language: “Infants
and young children are typically more vulnerable to lead in drinking water
than the general population. It is possible that lead levels at your home may
be higher than at other homes in the community as a result of materials used
in your home’s plumbing. If you are concerned about elevated lead levels in
your home’s water, you may wish to have your water tested and flush your
tap for 30 seconds to two minutes before using tap water. Additional
information is available from the USEPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline
(800-426-4791)”; or
2) The CWS supplier may write its own educational statement, but only in
consultation with the Agency.
345
e) A CWS supplier that detects TTHM above 0.080 mg/L
ℓ
, but below the MCL in
Section 611.312, as an annual average, monitored and calculated under the
provisions of Section 611.680, must include the health effects language prescribed
by Appendix A of this Part.
f) Beginning in the report due by July 1, 2002 and ending Until January 22, 2006, a
CWS supplier that detects arsenic above 0.01 mg/L
ℓ
and up to and including 0.05
mg/L
ℓ
must include the arsenic health effects language prescribed by Appendix A
to this Part.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.154 (2000), as amended at 66 Fed. Reg. 6976
(January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed. Reg. 28342 (May 22,
2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.885 Report Delivery and Recordkeeping
a) Except as provided in subsection (g) of this Section, each CWS must mail or
otherwise directly deliver one copy of the report to each customer.
b) The CWS must make a good faith effort to reach consumers who do not get water
bills, using a means approved by the Agency by a SEP granted pursuant to Section
611.110. A good faith effort to reach consumers includes, but is not limited to,
methods such as the following: posting the reports on the Internet, advertising the
availability of the report in the news media, publication in a local newspaper, or
delivery to community organizations.
c) No later than the date the CWS is required to distribute the report to its customers,
each CWS must mail a copy of the report to the Agency, followed within three
months by a certification that the report has been distributed to customers, and that
the information is correct and consistent with the compliance monitoring data
previously submitted to the Agency.
d) No later than the date the CWS is required to distribute the report to its customers,
each CWS must deliver the report to any other agency or clearinghouse identified
by the Agency.
e) Each CWS must make its reports available to the public upon request.
f) Each CWS serving 100,000 or more persons must post its current year’s report to a
publicly-accessible site on the Internet.
g) The Governor or his designee may waive the requirement of subsection (a) of this
Section for a CWS serving fewer than 10,000 persons.
346
1) Such a CWS must do the following:
A) The CWS must publish the report in one or more local newspapers
serving the county in which the CWS is located;
B) The CWS must inform the customers that the report will not be
mailed, either in the newspapers in which the report is published or
by other means approved by the Agency; and
C) The CWS must make the report available to the public upon
request.
2) Systems serving fewer than 500 persons may forgo the requirements of
subsections (g)(1)(A) and (g)(1)(B) of this Section if they provide notice
at least once per year to their customers by mail, by door-to-door delivery,
or by posting in a location approved by the Agency that the report is
available upon request.
h) Any system subject to this Subpart U must retain copies of its consumer confidence
report for no less than three years.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.155 (1999) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART V: PUBLIC NOTIFICATION OF DRINKING WATER
VIOLATIONS
Section 611.901 General Public Notification Requirements
The requirements of this Subpart V replace former notice requirements.
a) Who must give public notice. Each owner or operator of a public water system (a
CWS, an NTNCWS, or a transient non-CWS) must give notice for all violations
of an NPDWR and for other situations, as listed in this subsection (a). The term
“NPDWR violation” is used in this Subpart V to include violations of an MCL, an
MRDL, a treatment technique, monitoring requirements, or a testing procedure set
forth in this Part. Appendix G to this Part identifies the tier assignment for each
specific violation or situation requiring a public notice.
1) NPDWR violations:.
A) A failure to comply with an applicable MCL or MRDL.
B) A failure to comply with a prescribed treatment technique.
347
C) A failure to perform water quality monitoring, as required by this
Part.
D) A failure to comply with testing procedures as prescribed by this
Part.
2) Relief equivalent to a variance and exemptions under sections 1415 and
1416 of SDWA:.
A) Operation under relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415
variance, under Section 611.111, or a SDWA section 1416
exemption, under Section 611.112.
B) A failure to comply with the requirements of any schedule that has
been set under relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance,
under Section 611.111, or a SDWA section 1415 exemption, under
Section 611.112.
3) Special public notices:.
A) The occurrence of a waterborne disease outbreak or other
waterborne emergency.
B) An exceedence of the nitrate MCL by a non-CWS, where granted
permission by the Agency under Section 611.300(d).
C) An exceedence of the secondary fluoride standard of Section
611.858.
D) The availability of unregulated contaminant monitoring data.
E) Other violations and situations determined by the Agency by a
SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110 to require a public notice
under this Subpart V, not already listed in Appendix G of this Part.
b) The type of public notice required for each violation or situation. The public
notice requirements of this Subpart V are divided into three tiers, to take into
account the seriousness of the violation or situation and of any potential adverse
health effects that may be involved. The public notice requirements for each
violation or situation listed in subsection (a) of this Section are determined by the
tier to which it is assigned. This subsection (b) provides the definition of each
tier. Appendix G of this Part identifies the tier assignment for each specific
violation or situation.
1) Tier 1 public notice: required for NPDWR violations and situations with
significant potential to have serious adverse effects on human health as a
348
result of short-term exposure.
2) Tier 2 public notice: required for all other NPDWR violations and
situations with potential to have serious adverse effects on human health.
3) Tier 3 public notice: required for all other NPDWR violations and
situations not included in Tier 1 and Tier 2.
c) Who must receive notice.
1) Each PWS supplier must provide public notice to persons served by the
water supplier, in accordance with this Subpart V. A PWS supplier that
sells or otherwise provides drinking water to another PWS supplier (i.e., to
a consecutive system) is required to give public notice to the owner or
operator of the consecutive system; the consecutive system supplier is
responsible for providing public notice to the persons it serves.
2) If a PWS supplier has a violation in a portion of the distribution system
that is physically or hydraulically isolated from other parts of the
distribution system, the Agency may allow the system to limit distribution
of the public notice to only persons served by that portion of the system
that is out of compliance. Permission by the Agency for limiting
distribution of the notice must be granted in writing, by a SEP granted
pursuant to Section 611.110.
3) A copy of the notice must also be sent to the Agency, in accordance with
the requirements under Section 611.840(d).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.201 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.902 Tier 1 Public Notice--Notice: Form, Manner, and Frequency of Notice
a) Violations or situations that require a Tier 1 public notice. This subsection (a)
lists the violation categories and other situations requiring a Tier 1 public notice.
Appendix G of this Part identifies the tier assignment for each specific violation
or situation.
1) Violation of the MCL for total coliforms when fecal coliform or E. coli
are present in the water distribution system (as specified in Section
611.325(b)), or when the water supplier fails to test for fecal coliforms or
E. coli when any repeat sample tests positive for coliform (as specified in
Section 611.525);
2) Violation of the MCL for nitrate, nitrite, or total nitrate and nitrite, as
349
defined in Section 611.301, or when the water supplier fails to take a
confirmation sample within 24 hours after the supplier’s receipt of the
results from the first sample showing an exceedence of the nitrate or
nitrite MCL, as specified in Section 611.606(b);
3) Exceedence of the nitrate MCL by a non-CWS supplier, where permitted
to exceed the MCL by the Agency under Section 611.300(d), as required
under Section 611.909;
4) Violation of the MRDL for chlorine dioxide, as defined in Section
611.313(a), when one or more samples taken in the distribution system the
day following an exceedence of the MRDL at the entrance of the
distribution system exceed the MRDL, or when the water supplier does
not take the required samples in the distribution system, as specified in
Section 611.383(c)(2)(A);
5) Violation of the turbidity MCL under Section section 141.13(b), where the
Agency determines after consultation that a Tier 1 notice is required or
where consultation does not take place within 24 hours after the supplier
learns of the violation;
6) Violation of the Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), Interim
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR), or Long Term 1
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT1ESWTR) treatment
technique requirement resulting from a single exceedence of the maximum
allowable turbidity limit (as identified in Appendix G), where the Agency
determines after consultation that a Tier 1 notice is required or where
consultation does not take place within 24 hours after the supplier learns
of the violation;
7) Occurrence of a waterborne disease outbreak, as defined in Section
611.101, or other waterborne emergency (such as a failure or significant
interruption in key water treatment processes, a natural disaster that
disrupts the water supply or distribution system, or a chemical spill or
unexpected loading of possible pathogens into the source water that
significantly increases the potential for drinking water contamination);
8) Other violations or situations with significant potential to have serious
adverse effects on human health as a result of short-term exposure, as
determined by the Agency by an SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110.
b) When the Tier 1 public notice is to be provided. Additional steps required. A
PWS supplier must do the following:
1) Provide
It must provide a public notice as soon as practical but no later
than 24 hours after the supplier learns of the violation;
350
2) Initiate
It must initiate consultation with the Agency as soon as practical,
but no later than 24 hours after the PWS supplier learns of the violation or
situation, to determine additional public notice requirements; and
3) Comply
It must comply with any additional public notification
requirements (including any repeat notices or direction on the duration of
the posted notices) that are established as a result of the consultation with
the Agency. Such requirements may include the timing, form, manner,
frequency, and content of repeat notices (if any) and other actions
designed to reach all persons served.
c) The form and manner of the public notice. A PWS supplier must provide the
notice within 24 hours in a form and manner reasonably calculated to reach all
persons served. The form and manner used by the PWS supplier are to fit the
specific situation, but must be designed to reach residential, transient, and non-
transient users of the water system. In order to reach all persons served, a water
supplier is to use, at a minimum, one or more of the following forms of delivery:
1) Appropriate broadcast media (such as radio and television);
2) Posting of the notice in conspicuous locations throughout the area served
by the water supplier;
3) Hand delivery of the notice to persons served by the water supplier; or
4) Another delivery method approved in writing by the Agency by an SEP
issued pursuant to Section 611.110.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.202 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.903 Tier 2 Public Notice--Notice: Form, Manner, and Frequency of Notice
a) Violations or situations that require a Tier 2 public notice. This subsection (a)
lists the violation categories and other situations requiring a Tier 2 public notice.
Appendix G to this Part identifies the tier assignment for each specific violation
or situation.
1) All violations of the MCL, MRDL, and treatment technique requirements,
except where a Tier 1 notice is required under Section 611.902(a) or
where the Agency determines by an SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110 that a Tier 1 notice is required;
2) Violations of the monitoring and testing procedure requirements, where
351
the Agency determines by an SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110 that
a Tier 2 rather than a Tier 3 public notice is required, taking into account
potential health impacts and persistence of the violation; and
3) Failure to comply with the terms and conditions of any relief equivalent to
a SDWA section 1415 variance or a SDWA section 1416 exemption in
place.
b) When Tier 2 public notice is to be provided.
1) A PWS supplier must provide the public notice as soon as practical, but no
later than 30 days after the supplier learns of the violation. If the public
notice is posted, the notice must remain in place for as long as the
violation or situation persists, but in no case for less than seven days, even
if the violation or situation is resolved. The Agency may, in appropriate
circumstances, by an SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, allow
additional time for the initial notice of up to three months from the date
the supplier learns of the violation. It is not appropriate for the Agency to
grant an extension to the 30-day deadline for any unresolved violation or
to allow across-the-board extensions by rule or policy for other violations
or situations requiring a Tier 2 public notice. Extensions granted by the
Agency must be in writing.
2) The PWS supplier must repeat the notice every three months as long as the
violation or situation persists, unless the Agency determines that
appropriate circumstances warrant a different repeat notice frequency. In
no circumstance may the repeat notice be given less frequently than once
per year. It is not appropriate for the Agency to allow less frequent repeat
notice for an MCL violation under the Total Coliform Rule or a treatment
technique violation under the Surface Water Treatment Rule or Interim
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule. It is also not appropriate for the
Agency to allow across-the-board reductions in the repeat notice
frequency for other ongoing violations requiring a Tier 2 repeat notice.
An Agency determination allowing repeat notices to be given less
frequently than once every three months must be in writing.
3) For the turbidity violations specified in this subsection (b)(3), a PWS
supplier must consult with the Agency as soon as practical but no later
than 24 hours after the supplier learns of the violation, to determine
whether a Tier 1 public notice under Section 611.902(a) is required to
protect public health. When consultation does not take place within the
24-hour period, the water system must distribute a Tier 1 notice of the
violation within the next 24 hours (i.e., no later than 48 hours after the
supplier learns of the violation), following the requirements under Section
611.902(b) and (c). Consultation with the Agency is required for the
following:
352
A) Violation of the turbidity MCL under Section 141.320(b)
611.320(b); or
B) Violation of the SWTR, IESWTR, or treatment technique
requirement resulting from a single exceedence of the maximum
allowable turbidity limit.
c) The form and manner of Tier 2 public notice. A PWS supplier must provide the
initial public notice and any repeat notices in a form and manner that is
reasonably calculated to reach persons served in the required time period. The
form and manner of the public notice may vary based on the specific situation and
type of water system, but it must at a minimum meet the following requirements:
1) Unless directed otherwise by the Agency in writing, by an SEP issued
pursuant to Section 611.110, a CWS supplier must provide notice by the
following:
A) Mail or other direct delivery to each customer receiving a bill and
to other service connections to which water is delivered by the
PWS supplier; and
B) Any other method reasonably calculated to reach other persons
regularly served by the supplier, if they would not normally be
reached by the notice required in subsection (c)(1)(A) of this
Section. Such persons may include those who do not pay water
bills or do not have service connection addresses (e.g., house
renters, apartment dwellers, university students, nursing home
patients, prison inmates, etc.). Other methods may include:
Publication in a local newspaper; delivery of multiple copies for
distribution by customers that provide their drinking water to
others (e.g., apartment building owners or large private
employers); posting in public places served by the supplier or on
the Internet; or delivery to community organizations.
2) Unless directed otherwise by the Agency in writing, by an SEP issued
pursuant to Section 611.110, a non-CWS supplier must provide notice by
the following means:
A) Posting the notice in conspicuous locations throughout the
distribution system frequented by persons served by the supplier,
or by mail or direct delivery to each customer and service
connection (where known); and
B) Any other method reasonably calculated to reach other persons
served by the system if they would not normally be reached by the
353
notice required in subsection (c)(2)(A) of this Section. Such
persons may include those served who may not see a posted notice
because the posted notice is not in a location they routinely pass
by. Other methods may include the following: Publication in a
local newspaper or newsletter distributed to customers; use of E-
mail to notify employees or students; or delivery of multiple copies
in central locations (e.g., community centers).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.203 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.904 Tier 3 Public Notice--Notice: Form, Manner, and Frequency of Notice
a) Violations or situations that require a Tier 3 public notice. This subsection (a)
lists the violation categories and other situations requiring a Tier 3 public notice.
Appendix G of this Part identifies the tier assignment for each specific violation
or situation.
1) Monitoring violations under this Part, except where a Tier 1 notice is
required under Section 611.902(a) or where the Agency determines by a
SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110 that a Tier 2 notice is required;
2) Failure to comply with a testing procedure established in this Part, except
where a Tier 1 notice is required under Section 611.902(a) or where the
Agency determines by a SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110 that a
Tier 2 notice is required;
3) Operation under relief equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1415
variance granted under Section 611.111 or relief equivalent to a SDWA
Section section 1416 exemption granted under Section 611.112;
4) Availability of unregulated contaminant monitoring results, as required
under Section 611.907; and
5) Exceedence of the secondary standard for fluoride under Section 611.858,
as required under Section 611.908.
b) When the Tier 3 public notice is to be provided.
1) A PWS supplier must provide the public notice not later than one year
after the supplier learns of the violation or situation or begins operating
under relief equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1415 variance or
Section section 1416 exemption. Following the initial notice, the supplier
must repeat the notice annually for as long as the violation, relief
equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1415 variance or Section section
354
1416 exemption, or other situation persists. If the public notice is posted,
the notice must remain in place for as long as the violation, relief
equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1415 variance or Section section
1416 exemption, or other situation persists, but in no case less than seven
days (even if the violation or situation is resolved).
2) Instead of individual Tier 3 public notices, a PWS supplier may use an
annual report detailing all violations and situations that occurred during
the previous twelve months, as long as the timing requirements of
subsection (b)(1) of this Section are met.
c) The form and manner of the Tier 3 public notice. A PWS supplier must provide
the initial notice and any repeat notices in a form and manner that is reasonably
calculated to reach persons served in the required time period. The form and
manner of the public notice may vary based on the specific situation and type of
water system, but it must at a minimum meet the following requirements:
1) Unless directed otherwise by the Agency by a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110 in writing, a CWS supplier must provide notice by the
following:
A) Mail or other direct delivery to each customer receiving a bill and
to other service connections to which water is delivered by the
supplier; and
B) Any other method reasonably calculated to reach other persons
regularly served by the supplier, if they would not normally be
reached by the notice required in subsection (c)(1)(A) of this
Section. Such persons may include those who do not pay water
bills or do not have service connection addresses (e.g., house
renters, apartment dwellers, university students, nursing home
patients, prison inmates, etc.). Other methods may include the
following: publication in a local newspaper; delivery of multiple
copies for distribution by customers that provide their drinking
water to others (e.g., apartment building owners or large private
employers); posting in public places or on the Internet; or delivery
to community organizations.
2) Unless directed otherwise by the Agency by a SEP issued pursuant to
Section 611.110 in writing, a non-CWS supplier must provide notice by
the following:
A) Posting the notice in conspicuous locations throughout the
distribution system frequented by persons served by the supplier,
or by mail or direct delivery to each customer and service
connection (where known); and
355
B) Any other method reasonably calculated to reach other persons
served by the supplier, if they would not normally be reached by
the notice required in subsection (c)(2)(A) of this Section. Such
persons may include those who may not see a posted notice
because the notice is not in a location they routinely pass by.
Other methods may include the following: publication in a local
newspaper or newsletter distributed to customers; use of E-mail to
notify employees or students; or delivery of multiple copies in
central locations (e.g., community centers).
d) When the Consumer Confidence Report may be used to meet the Tier 3 public
notice requirements. For a CWS supplier, the Consumer Confidence Report
(CCR) required under Subpart U of this Part may be used as a vehicle for the
initial Tier 3 public notice and all required repeat notices, as long as the following
is true:
1) The CCR is provided to persons served no later than 12 months after the
supplier learns of the violation or situation as required under Section
611.904(b);
2) The Tier 3 notice contained in the CCR follows the content requirements
under Section 611.905; and
3) The CCR is distributed following the delivery requirements under Section
611.904(c).
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.204 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.905 Content of the Public Notice
a) Elements included in public notice for violation of an NPDWR or other situations.
When a PWS supplier violates an NPDWR or has a situation requiring public
notification, each public notice must include the following elements:
1) A description of the violation or situation, including the contaminants of
concern, and (as applicable) the contaminant levels;
2) When the violation or situation occurred;
3) Any potential adverse health effects from the violation or situation,
including the standard language under subsection (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this
Section, whichever is applicable;
356
4) The population at risk, including subpopulations particularly vulnerable if
exposed to the contaminant in their drinking water;
5) Whether alternative water supplies should be used;
6) What actions consumers should take, including when they should seek
medical help, if known;
7) What the supplier is doing to correct the violation or situation;
8) When the water supplier expects to return to compliance or resolve the
situation;
9) The name, business address, and phone number of the water system
owner, operator, or designee of the public water system as a source of
additional information concerning the notice; and
10) A statement to encourage the notice recipient to distribute the public
notice to other persons served, using the standard language under
subsection (d)(3) of this Section, where applicable.
b) The elements that must be included in the public notice for public water systems
operating under relief equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1415 variance or a
Section section 1416 exemption.
1) If a PWS supplier has been granted a relief equivalent to a SDWA Section
section 1415 variance, under Section 611.111, or a Section section 1416
exemption, under Section 611.112, the public notice must contain the
following:
A) An explanation of the reasons for the relief equivalent to a SDWA
Section section 1415 variance or a Section section 1416
exemption;
B) The date on which the relief equivalent to a SDWA Section section
1415 variance or a Section section 1416 exemption was issued;
C) A brief status report on the steps that the supplier is taking to
install treatment, find alternative sources of water, or otherwise
comply with the terms and schedules of the relief equivalent to a
SDWA Section section 1415 variance or a Section section 1416
exemption; and
D) A notice of any opportunity for public input in the review of the
relief equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1415 variance or a
Section section 1416 exemption.
357
2) If a PWS supplier violates the conditions of relief equivalent to a SDWA
Section section 1415 variance or a Section section 1416 exemption, the
public notice must contain the ten elements listed in subsection (a) of this
Section.
c) How the public notice is to be presented.
1) Each public notice required by this Section must comply with the
following:
A) It must be displayed in a conspicuous way when printed or posted;
B) It must not contain overly technical language or very small print;
C) It must not be formatted in a way that defeats the purpose of the
notice;
D) It must not contain language which that nullifies the purpose of the
notice.
2) Each public notice required by this Section must comply with multilingual
requirements, as follows:
A) For a PWS supplier serving a large proportion of non-English
speaking consumers, the public notice must contain information in
the appropriate languages regarding the importance of the notice or
contain a telephone number or address where persons served may
contact the water supplier to obtain a translated copy of the notice
or to request assistance in the appropriate language.
B) In cases where the Agency has not determined what constitutes a
large proportion of non-English speaking consumers, the PWS
supplier must include in the public notice the same information as
in subsection (c)(2)(A) of this Section, where appropriate to reach
a large proportion of non-English speaking persons served by the
water supplier.
d) Standard language that a PWS supplier must include in its public notice. A PWS
supplier is required to include the following standard language in its public
notice:
1) Standard health effects language for MCL or MRDL violations, treatment
technique violations, and violations of the condition of relief equivalent to
a SDWA Section section 1415 variance or a Section section 1416
exemption. A PWS supplier must include in each public notice the health
358
effects language specified in Appendix H to this Part corresponding to
each MCL, MRDL, and treatment technique violation listed in Appendix
G to this Part, and for each violation of a condition of relief equivalent to a
SDWA Section section 1415 variance or a Section section 1416
exemption.
2) Standard language for monitoring and testing procedure violations. A
PWS supplier must include the following language in its notice, including
the language necessary to fill in the blanks, for all monitoring and testing
procedure violations listed in Appendix G of this Part:
We are required to monitor your drinking water for specific
contaminants on a regular basis. Results of regular monitoring are
an indicator of whether or not your drinking water meets health
standards. During [(compliance period]), we “did not monitor or
test” or “did not complete all monitoring or testing” for
[(contaminants]), and therefore cannot be sure of the quality of
your drinking water during that time.
3) Standard language to encourage the distribution of the public notice to all
persons served. A PWS supplier must include the following language in
its notice (where applicable):
Please share this information with all the other people who drink
this water, especially those who may not have received this notice
directly (for example, people in apartments, nursing homes,
schools, and businesses). You can do this by posting this notice in
a public place or distributing copies by hand or mail.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.205, as added at 65 Fed. Reg. 26038 (May 4, 2000)
(2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.906 Notice to New Billing Units or New Customers
a) The requirement for a CWS. A CWS supplier must give a copy of the most
recent public notice for any continuing violation, the existence of relief equivalent
to a SDWA Section section 1415 variance or a Section section 1416 exemption,
or other ongoing situations requiring a public notice to all new billing units or
new customers prior to or at the time service begins.
b) The requirement for non-CWS. A non-CWS supplier must continuously post the
public notice in conspicuous locations in order to inform new consumers of any
continuing violation, relief equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1415 variance
or a Section section 1416 exemption, or other situation requiring a public notice
359
for as long as the violation, the relief equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1415
variance or a Section section 1416 exemption, or other situation persists.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.206, as added at 65 Fed. Reg. 26039 (May 4, 2000)
(2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.907 Special Notice of the Availability of Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
Results
a) When to give special notice. The owner or operator of a CWS supplier or an
NTNCWS supplier required to monitor for unregulated contaminants under
Section 611.510 must notify persons served by the supplier of the availability of
the results of such sampling no later than 12 months after the monitoring results
are known.
b) The form and manner of a special notice. The form and manner of the public
notice must follow the requirements for a Tier 3 public notice prescribed in
Sections 611.904(c), (d)(1), and (d)(3). The notice must also identify a person
and provide the telephone number to contact for information on the monitoring
results.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.207, as added at 65 Fed. Reg. 26039 (May 4, 2000)
(2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.908 Special Notice for Exceedence of the Fluoride Secondary Standard
a) When to give special notice. A CWS supplier that exceeds the fluoride secondary
standard (SMCL) of 2 mg/L
ℓ
, as specified in Section 611.858 (determined by the
last single sample taken in accordance with Section 611.603), but does not exceed
the maximum contaminant level (MCL) of 4 mg/L
ℓ
for fluoride (as specified in
Section 611.301), must provide the public notice in subsection (c) of this Section
to persons served. Public notice must be provided as soon as practical but no later
than 12 months from the day the supplier learns of the exceedence. A copy of the
notice must also be sent to all new billing units and new customers at the time
service begins and to the Department of Pubic Health. The PWS supplier must
repeat the notice at least annually for as long as the SMCL is exceeded. If the
public notice is posted, the notice must remain in place for as long as the fluoride
SMCL is exceeded, but in no case less than seven days (even if the exceedence is
eliminated). On a case-by-case basis, the Agency may require an initial notice
sooner than 12 months and repeat notices more frequently than annually.
b) The form and manner of a special notice. The form and manner of the public
360
notice (including repeat notices) must follow the requirements for a Tier 3 public
notice in Section 611.904(c), (d)(1), and (d)(3).
c) Mandatory language in a special notice. The notice must contain the following
language, including the language necessary to fill in the blanks:
This is an alert about your drinking water and a cosmetic dental problem
that might affect children under nine years of age. At low levels, fluoride
can help prevent cavities, but children drinking water containing more
than 2 milligrams per liter (mg/L
ℓ
) of fluoride may develop cosmetic
discoloration of their permanent teeth (dental fluorosis). The drinking
water provided by your community water system [(name]) has a fluoride
concentration of [(insert value]) mg/L
ℓ
. Dental fluorosis, in its moderate
or severe forms, may result in a brown staining and/or pitting of the
permanent teeth. This problem occurs only in developing teeth, before
they erupt from the gums. Children under nine should be provided with
alternative sources of drinking water or water that has been treated to
remove the fluoride to avoid the possibility of staining and pitting of their
permanent teeth. You may also want to contact your dentist about proper
use by young children of fluoride-containing products. Older children and
adults may safely drink the water.
Drinking water containing more than 4 mg/L
ℓ
of fluoride (the USEPA’s
drinking water standard) can increase your risk of developing bone
disease. Your drinking water does not contain more than 4 mg/L
ℓ
of
fluoride, but we’re required to notify you when we discover that the
fluoride levels in your drinking water exceed 2 mg/L
ℓ
because of this
cosmetic dental problem.
For more information, please call [(name of water system contact]) of
[(name of community water system]) at [(phone number]). Some home
water treatment units are also available to remove fluoride from drinking
water. To learn more about available home water treatment units, you may
call NSF International at 1-877-8-NSF-HELP.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.208 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.909 Special Notice for Nitrate Exceedences above the MCL by a Non-
Community Water System
a) When the special notice is to be given. The owner or operator of a non-CWS
supplier granted permission by the Agency under Section 611.300(d) to exceed
the nitrate MCL must provide notice to persons served according to the
requirements for a Tier 1 notice under Section 611.902(a) and (b).
361
b) The form and manner of the special notice. A non-CWS supplier granted
permission by the Agency to exceed the nitrate MCL under Section 611.300(d)
must provide continuous posting of the fact that nitrate levels exceed 10 mg/L
ℓ
and the potential health effects of exposure, according to the requirements for
Tier 1 notice delivery under Section 611.902(c) and the content requirements
under Section 611.905.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.209 (2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.910 Notice by the Agency on Behalf of a PWS
a) The Agency may issue the notice required by this Subpart V on behalf of the
owner and operator of the PWS supplier if the Agency complies with the
requirements of this Subpart V.
b) The responsibility of the PWS supplier when notice is given by the Agency. The
owner or operator of the PWS supplier remains responsible for ensuring that the
requirements of this Subpart V are met.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.210, as added at 65 Fed. Reg. 26039 (May 4, 2000)
(2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
SUBPART X--X: ENHANCED FILTRATION AND DISINFECTION--
SYSTEMS SERVING FEWER THAN 10,000 PEOPLE
Section 611.950 General Requirements
a) The requirements of this Subpart X constitute national primary drinking water
regulations. These regulations establish requirements for filtration and
disinfection that are in addition to criteria under which filtration and disinfection
are required under Subpart B of this Part. The regulations in this Subpart X
establish or extend treatment technique requirements in lieu of maximum
contaminant levels for the following contaminants: Giardia lamblia, viruses,
heterotrophic plate count bacteria, Legionella, Cryptosporidium, and turbidity.
The treatment technique requirements consist of installing and properly operating
water treatment processes that reliably achieve the following:
1) At least 99 percent (2 log2-log) removal of Cryptosporidium between a
point where the raw water is not subject to recontamination by surface
water runoff and a point downstream before or at the first customer for
filtered systems, or Cryptosporidium control under the watershed control
362
plan for unfiltered systems; and
2) Compliance with the profiling and benchmark requirements in Sections
611.953 and 611.954.
b) Applicability of the Subpart X requirements. A supplier is subject to these
requirements if the following is true of its system:
1) Is a public water system;
2) Uses surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface
water as a source; and
3) Serves fewer than 10,000 persons.
c) Compliance deadline. A supplier must comply with these requirements in this
Subpart X beginning January 1, 2005, except where otherwise noted.
d) Subpart X requirements. There are seven requirements of this Subpart X, and a
supplier must comply with all requirements that are applicable to its system.
These requirements are the following:
1) The supplier must cover any finished water reservoir that the supplier
began to construct on or after March 15, 2002, as described in Section
611.951;
2) If the supplier’s system is an unfiltered system, the supplier must comply
with the updated watershed control requirements described in Section
611.952;
3) If the supplier’s system is a community or non-transient non-community
water system the supplier must develop a disinfection profile, as described
in Section 611.953;
4) If the supplier’s system is considering making a significant change to its
disinfection practices, the supplier must develop a disinfection benchmark
and consult with the Agency for approval of the change, as described in
Section 611.954;
5) If the supplier’s system is a filtered system, the supplier must comply with
the combined filter effluent requirements, as described in Section 611.955;
6) If the supplier’s system is a filtered system that uses conventional or direct
filtration, the supplier must comply with the individual filter turbidity
requirements, as described in Section 611.956; and
363
7) The supplier must comply with the applicable reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, as described in Section 611.957.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.500 through 141.503 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.952 Additional Watershed Control Requirements for Unfiltered Systems
a) Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 10,000 persons
which that does not provide filtration must continue to comply with all of the
filtration avoidance criteria in Sections 611.211 and 611.230 through 611.233, as
well as the additional watershed control requirements in subsection (b) of this
Section.
b) Requirements to avoid filtration. A supplier must take any additional steps
necessary to minimize the potential for contamination by Cryptosporidium
oocysts in the source water. A watershed control program must fulfill the
following for Cryptosporidium:
1) The program must identify watershed characteristics and activities that
may have an adverse effect on source water quality; and
2) The program must monitor the occurrence of activities that may have an
adverse effect on source water quality.
c) Determination of adequacy of control requirements. During an onsite inspection
conducted under the provisions of Section 611.232(c), the Agency must
determine whether a watershed control program is adequate to limit potential
contamination by Cryptosporidium oocysts. The adequacy of the program must
be based on the comprehensiveness of the watershed review; the effectiveness of
the program to monitor and control detrimental activities occurring in the
watershed; and the extent to which the supplier has maximized land ownership or
controlled land use within the watershed.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.520 through 141.522 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.953 Disinfection Profile
a) Applicability. A disinfection profile is a graphical representation of a system’s
level of Giardia lamblia or virus inactivation measured during the course of a
year. A Subpart B community or non-transient non-community water system that
serves fewer than 10,000 persons must develop a disinfection profile unless the
Agency, by an SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110, determines that a profile
364
is unnecessary. The Agency may approve the use of a more representative data
set for disinfection profiling than the data set required under subsections (c)
through (g) of this Section.
b) Determination that a disinfection profile is not necessary. The Agency may only
determine that a disinfection profile is not necessary if the system’s TTHM and
HAA5 levels are below 0.064 mg/L
ℓ
and 0.048 mg/L
ℓ
, respectively. To
determine these levels, TTHM and HAA5 samples must have been collected after
January 1, 1998, during the month with the warmest water temperature, and at the
point of maximum residence time in the distribution system.
c) Development of a disinfection profile. A disinfection profile consists of the
following three steps:
1) First, the supplier must collect data for several parameters from the plant,
as discussed in subsection (d) of this Section, over the course of 12
months. If the supplier serves between 500 and 9,999 persons it must
begin have begun to collect data no later than July 1, 2003. If the supplier
serves fewer than 500 persons, it must begin to collect data no later than
January 1, 2004.
2) Second, the supplier must use this data to calculate weekly log
inactivation as discussed in subsections (e) and (f) of this Section; and
3) Third, the supplier must use these weekly log inactivations to develop a
disinfection profile as specified in subsection (g) of this Section.
d) Data required for a disinfection profile. A supplier must monitor the following
parameters to determine the total log inactivation using the analytical methods in
Section 611.231, once per week on the same calendar day, over 12 consecutive
months:
1) The temperature of the disinfected water at each residual disinfectant
concentration sampling point during peak hourly flow;
2) If a supplier uses chlorine, the pH of the disinfected water at each residual
disinfectant concentration sampling point during peak hourly flow;
3) The disinfectant contact times (“T”) during peak hourly flow; and
4) The residual disinfectant concentrations (“C”) of the water before or at the
first customer and prior to each additional point of disinfection during
peak hourly flow.
e) Calculations based on the data collected. The supplier must calculate the total
inactivation ratio as follows, and multiply the value by 3.0 to determine log
365
inactivation of Giardia lamblia:
1) If the supplier uses only one point of disinfectant application, it must
determine either of the following:
A) One inactivation ratio (CTcalc/CT99.9) before or at the first customer
during peak hourly flow,; or
B) Successive CTcalc/CT99.9 values, representing sequential
inactivation ratios, between the point of disinfectant application
and a point before or at the first customer during peak hourly flow.
Under this alternative, the supplier must calculate the total
inactivation ratio by determining CTcalc/CT99.9 for each sequence
and then adding the CTcalc/CT99.9 values together to determine
∑
CTcalc/CT99.9.
2) If the supplier uses more than one point of disinfectant application before
the first customer, it must determine the CTcalc/CT99.9 value of each
disinfection segment immediately prior to the next point of disinfectant
application, or for the final segment, before or at the first customer, during
peak hourly flow using the procedure specified in subsection (e)(1)(B) of
this Section.
f) Use of chloramines, ozone, or chlorine dioxide as a primary disinfectant. If a
supplier uses chloramines, ozone, or chlorine dioxide for primary disinfection, the
supplier must also calculate the logs of inactivation for viruses and develop an
additional disinfection profile for viruses using methods approved by the Agency.
g) Development and maintenance of the disinfection profile in graphic form. Each
log inactivation serves as a data point in the supplier’s disinfection profile. A
supplier will have obtained 52 measurements (one for every week of the year).
This will allow the supplier and the Agency the opportunity to evaluate how
microbial inactivation varied over the course of the year by looking at all 52
measurements (the supplier’s disinfection profile). The supplier must retain the
disinfection profile data in graphic form, such as a spreadsheet, which must be
available for review by the Agency as part of a sanitary survey. The supplier
must use this data to calculate a benchmark if the supplier is considering changes
to disinfection practices.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.530 through 141.536 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.954 Disinfection Benchmark
a) Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier that is required to develop a
366
disinfection profile under Section 611.953 must develop a disinfection benchmark
if it decides to make a significant change to its disinfection practice. The supplier
must consult with the Agency for approval before it can implement a significant
disinfection practice change.
b) Significant changes to disinfection practice. Significant changes to disinfection
practice include the following:
1) Changes to the point of disinfection;
2) Changes to the disinfectants used in the treatment plant;
3) Changes to the disinfection process; or
4) Any other modification identified by the Agency.
c) Considering a significant change. A supplier that is considering a significant
change to its disinfection practice must calculate disinfection benchmark, as
described in subsections (d) and (e) of this Section, and provide the benchmarks
to the Agency. A supplier may only make a significant disinfection practice
change after consulting with the Agency for approval. A supplier must submit the
following information to the Agency as part of the consultation and approval
process:
1) A description of the proposed change;
2) The disinfection profile for Giardia lamblia (and, if necessary, viruses)
and disinfection benchmark;
3) An analysis of how the proposed change will affect the current levels of
disinfection; and
4) Any additional information requested by the Agency.
d) Calculation of a disinfection benchmark. A supplier that is making a significant
change to its disinfection practice must calculate a disinfection benchmark using
the following procedure:
1) Step 1: Using the data that the supplier collected to develop the
disinfection profile, determine the average Giardia lamblia inactivation for
each calendar month by dividing the sum of all Giardia lamblia
inactivations for that month by the number of values calculated for that
month; and
2) Step 2: Determine the lowest monthly average value out of the 12 values.
This value becomes the disinfection benchmark.
367
e) If a supplier uses chloramines, ozone or chlorine dioxide for primary disinfection
the supplier must calculate the disinfection benchmark from the data that the
supplier collected for viruses to develop the disinfection profile in subsection (d)
of this Section. This viral benchmark must be calculated in the same manner used
to calculate the Giardia lamblia disinfection benchmark in subsection (d) of this
Section.
BOARD NOTE: Derived 40 CFR 141.540 through 141.544 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.955 Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity Limits
a) Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 10,000
persons, which is required to filter, and which utilizes filtration other than slow
sand filtration or diatomaceous earth filtration must meet the combined filter
effluent turbidity requirements of subsections (b) through (d) of this Section . If
the supplier uses slow sand or diatomaceous earth filtration the supplier is not
required to meet the combined filter effluent turbidity limits of this Subpart X, but
the supplier must continue to meet the combined filter effluent turbidity limits in
Section 611.250.
b) Combined filter effluent turbidity limits. A supplier must meet two strengthened
combined filter effluent turbidity limits.
1) The first combined filter effluent turbidity limit is a “95th percentile”
turbidity limit that a supplier must meet in at least 95 percent of the
turbidity measurements taken each month. Measurements must continue
to be taken as described in Sections 611.231 and 233. Monthly reporting
must be completed according to Section 611.957(a). The following are
the required limits for specific filtration technologies:
A) For a system with conventional filtration or direct filtration, the
95th percentile turbidity value is 0.3 NTU.
B) For a system with any other alternative filter technology, the 95th
percentile turbidity value is a value (not to exceed 1 NTU) to be
determined by the Agency, by an SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, based on the demonstration described in subsection (c) of
this Section.
2) The second combined filter effluent turbidity limit is a “maximum”
turbidity limit which that a supplier may at no time exceed during the
month. Measurements must continue to be taken as described in Sections
611.231 and 233 611.233. Monthly reporting must be completed
368
according to Section 611.957(a). The following are the required limits for
specific filtration technologies:
A) For a system with conventional filtration or direct filtration, the
maximum turbidity value is 1 NTU.
B) For a system with any other alternative filter technology, the
maximum turbidity value is a value (not to exceed 5 NTU) to be
determined by the Agency, by an SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110, based on the demonstration described in subsection (c) of
this Section.
c) Requirements for an alternative filtration system.
1) If a supplier’s system consists of alternative filtration(filtration filtration
(filtration other than slow sand filtration, diatomaceous earth filtration,
conventional filtration, or direct filtration) the supplier is required to
conduct a demonstration (see tables in subsection (b) of this Section). The
supplier must demonstrate to the Agency, using pilot plant studies or other
means, that its system’s filtration, in combination with disinfection
treatment, consistently achieves the following:
A) 99 percent removal of Cryptosporidium oocysts;
B) 99.9 percent removal and/or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts;
and
C) 99.99 percent removal and/or inactivation of viruses.
2) This subsection (c)(2) corresponds with 40 CFR 141.552(b), which
USEPA has designated as “reserved.” This statement maintains structural
correspondence with the corresponding federal regulation.
d) Requirements for a lime-softening system. If a supplier practices lime softening,
the supplier may acidify representative combined filter effluent turbidity samples
prior to analysis using a protocol approved by the Agency.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.550 through 141.553 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.956 Individual Filter Turbidity Requirements
a) Applicability. A Subpart B system supplier that serves fewer than 10,000 persons
and utilizing conventional filtration or direct filtration must conduct continuous
monitoring of turbidity for each individual filter in a supplier’s system. The
369
following requirements apply to continuous turbidity monitoring:
1) Monitoring must be conducted using an approved method in Section
611.231;
2) Calibration of turbidimeters must be conducted using procedures specified
by the manufacturer;
3) Results of turbidity monitoring must be recorded at least every 15
minutes;
4) Monthly reporting must be completed according to Section 611.957(a);
and
5) Records must be maintained according to Section 611.957(b).
b) Failure of turbidity monitoring equipment. If there is a failure in the continuous
turbidity monitoring equipment, the supplier must conduct grab sampling every
four hours in lieu of continuous monitoring until the turbidimeter is back on-line.
The supplier has 14 days to resume continuous monitoring before a violation is
incurred.
c) Special requirements for systems with two or fewer filters. If a supplier’s system
only consists of two or fewer filters, the supplier may conduct continuous
monitoring of combined filter effluent turbidity in lieu of individual filter effluent
turbidity monitoring. Continuous monitoring must meet the same requirements
set forth in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4) and (b) of this Section.
d) Follow-up action. Follow-up action is required according to the following
requirements:
1) If the turbidity of an individual filter (or the turbidity of combined filter
effluent (CFE) for a system with two filters that monitor CFE in lieu of
individual filters) exceeds 1.0 NTU in two consecutive recordings 15
minutes apart, the supplier must report to the Agency by the 10th of the
following month and include the filter numbers, corresponding dates,
turbidity values which that exceeded 1.0 NTU, and the cause (if known)
for the exceedences.
2) If a supplier was required to report to the Agency for three months in a
row and turbidity exceeded 1.0 NTU in two consecutive recordings 15
minutes apart at the same filter (or CFE for systems with two filters that
monitor CFE in lieu of individual filters), the supplier must conduct a self-
assessment of the filters within 14 days of the day on which the filter
exceeded 1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements for the third straight
month, unless a CPE, as specified in subsection (d)(3) of this Section, was
370
required. A supplier that has a system with two filters which that monitor
CFE in lieu of individual filters must conduct a self assessment on both
filters. The self-assessment must consist of at least the following
components: assessment of filter performance, development of a filter
profile, identification and prioritization of factors limiting filter
performance, assessment of the applicability of corrections, and
preparation of a filter self-assessment report. If a self-assessment is
required, the date that it was triggered and the date that it was completed.
3) If a supplier was required to report to the Agency for two months in a row
and turbidity exceeded 2.0 NTU in two consecutive recordings 15 minutes
apart at the same filter (or CFE for systems with two filters that monitor
CFE in lieu of individual filters), the supplier must arrange to have a
comprehensive performance evaluation (CPE) conducted by the Agency
or a third party approved by the Agency not later than 60 days following
the day the filter exceeded 2.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements for
the second straight month. If a CPE has been completed by the Agency or
a third party approved by the Agency within the 12 prior months or the
system and Agency are jointly participating in an ongoing comprehensive
technical assistance (CTA) project at the system, a new CPE is not
required. If conducted, a CPE must be completed and submitted to the
Agency no later than 120 days following the day the filter exceeded 2.0
NTU in two consecutive measurements for the second straight month.
e) Special individual filter monitoring for a lime-softening system. If a supplier’s
system utilizes lime softening, the supplier may apply to the Agency for
alternative turbidity exceedence levels for the levels specified in subsection (d) of
this Section. The supplier must be able to demonstrate to the Agency that higher
turbidity levels are due to lime carryover only, and not due to degraded filter
performance.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.560 through 141.564 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.957 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
a) Reporting. This Subpart X requires a supplier to report several items to the
Agency. Subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this Section describe the items that
must be reported and the frequency of reporting. (The supplier is required to
report the information described in subsections (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this
Section, if it is subject to the specific requirement indicated.)
1) If a supplier is subject to the combined filter effluent requirements
(Section 611.955), it must report as follows:
371
A) The total number of filtered water turbidity measurements taken
during the month, by the 10th of the following month.
B) The number and percentage of filtered water turbidity
measurements taken during the month that are less than or equal to
the supplier’s required 95th percentile limit, by the 10th of the
following month.
C) The date and value of any turbidity measurements taken during the
month that exceed the maximum turbidity value for the supplier’s
filtration system, by the 10th of the following month.
2) If the supplier is subject to the individual filter turbidity requirements
(Section 611.956), it must report as follows:
A) The fact that the supplier’s system conducted individual filter
turbidity monitoring during the month, by the 10th of the following
month.
B) The filter numbers, corresponding dates, and the turbidity values
that exceeded 1.0 NTU during the month, by the 10th of the
following month, but only if two consecutive measurements
exceeded 1.0 NTU.
C) If a self-assessment is required, the date that it was triggered and
the date that it was completed, by the 10th of the following month
(or 14 days after the self-assessment was triggered only if the self-
assessment was triggered during the last four days of the month).
D) If a CPE is required, the fact that the CPE is required and the date
that it was triggered, by the 10th of the following month.
E) A copy of completed CPE report, within 120 days after the CPE
was triggered.
3) If the supplier is subject to the disinfection profiling (Section 611.953), it
must report results of optional monitoring that show TTHM levels 0.064
mg/L
ℓ
and HAA5 levels 0.048 mg/L
ℓ
(only if the supplier wishes to forgo
profiling) or that the supplier has begun disinfection profiling, as follows:
A) For a supplier that serves 500-9,999 persons, by July 1, 2003; or
B) For a supplier that serves fewer than 500 persons, by January 1,
2004.
4) If the supplier is subject to the disinfection benchmarking (Section
372
611.954), it must report a description of the proposed change in
disinfection, its system’s disinfection profile for Giardia lamblia (and, if
necessary, viruses) and disinfection benchmark, and an analysis of how
the proposed change will affect the current levels of disinfection, anytime
the supplier is considering a significant change to its disinfection practice.
b) Recordkeeping. A supplier must keep several types of records based on the
requirements of this Subpart X, in addition to recordkeeping requirements under
Sections 611.261 and 611.262. Subsections (b)(1) through (b)(3) describe the
necessary records, the length of time these records must be kept, and for which
requirement the records pertain. (The supplier is required to maintain records
described in subsections (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this Section, if it is subject to the
specific requirement indicated.)
1) If the supplier is subject to the individual filter turbidity requirements
(Section 611.956), it must retain the results of individual filter monitoring
as necessary records for at least three years.
2) If the supplier is subject to disinfection profiling (Section 611.953), it
must retain the results of its disinfection profile (including raw data and
analysis) as necessary records indefinitely.
3) If the supplier is subject to disinfection benchmarking (Section 611.954),
it must retain its disinfection benchmark (including raw data and analysis)
as necessary records indefinitely.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.570 and 141.571 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Appendix A Regulated Contaminants
Microbiological contaminants:.
Contaminant (units): Total Coliform Bacteria
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: MCL: (a supplier that collects
$
greater than or equal to 40
samples/month) fewer than 5% five percent of monthly samples are positive;
(systems that collect < fewer than 40 samples/month) fewer than 1 one positive
monthly sample.
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: MCL: (a supplier that collects
$
greater than or equal to 40
samples/month) fewer than 5% five percent of monthly samples are positive; (a
supplier that collects < fewer than 40 samples/month) fewer than 1 one positive
monthly sample.
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Naturally present in the environment.
373
Health effects language: Coliforms are bacteria that are naturally present in the
environment and are used as an indicator that other, potentially-harmful, bacteria
may be present. Coliforms were found in more samples than allowed and this
was a warning of potential problems.
Contaminant (units): Fecal coliform and E. coli
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 0
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Human and animal fecal waste.
Health effects language: Fecal coliforms and E. coli are bacteria whose presence
indicates that the water may be contaminated with human or animal wastes.
Microbes in these wastes can cause short-term effects, such as diarrhea, cramps,
nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a special health risk for
infants, young children, some of the elderly, and people with severely-
compromised immune systems.
Contaminant (units): Total organic carbon (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: TT
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: TT
MCLG: N/A
Major sources in drinking water: Naturally present in the environment.
Health effects language: Total organic carbon (TOC) has no health effects. However,
total organic carbon provides a medium for the formation of disinfection
byproducts. These byproducts include trihalomethanes (THMs) and haloacetic
acids (HAAs). Drinking water containing these byproducts in excess of the MCL
may lead to adverse health effects, liver or kidney problems, or nervous system
effects, and may lead to an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Turbidity (NTU)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: TT
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: TT
MCLG: N/A
Major sources in drinking water: Soil runoff.
Health effects language: Turbidity has no health effects. However, turbidity can
interfere with disinfection and provide a medium for microbial growth. Turbidity
may indicate the presence of disease-causing organisms. These organisms
include bacteria, viruses, and parasites that can cause symptoms such as nausea,
cramps, diarrhea, and associated headaches.
Radioactive contaminants:.
Contaminant (units): Beta/photon emitters (mrem/yr)
374
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 4 mrem/yr
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 4
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Decay of natural and man-made deposits.
Health effects language: Certain minerals are radioactive and may emit forms of
radiation known as photons and beta radiation. Some people who drink water
containing beta particle and photon radioactivity in excess of the MCL over many
years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Alpha emitters (pCi/L
ℓ
)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 15 pCi/L
ℓ
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 15
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits.
Health effects language: Certain minerals are radioactive and may emit a form of
radiation known as alpha radiation. Some people who drink water containing
alpha emitters in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk
of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Combined radium (pCi/L
ℓ
)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 5 pCi/L
ℓ
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing radium-226 or -228 in
excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Uranium (
µ
g/L
ℓ
)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 30
µ
g/L
ℓ
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 30
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing uranium in excess of
the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer and
kidney toxicity.
Inorganic contaminants:.
Contaminant (units): Antimony (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.006
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 6
375
MCLG: 6
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum refineries; fire retardants;
ceramics; electronics; solder.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing antimony well in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience increases in blood
cholesterol and decreases in blood sugar.
Contaminant (units): Arsenic (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.05 until January 23, 2006 or 0.01 effective January 23,
2006
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 50
MCLG: 0 (effective January 26, 2006)
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits; runoff from orchards;
runoff from glass and electronics production wastes.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing arsenic in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience skin damage or problems with their
circulatory system, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Asbestos (MFL)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 7 MFL
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 7
MCLG: 7
Major sources in drinking water: Decay of asbestos cement water mains; erosion of
natural deposits.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing asbestos in excess of
the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of developing benign
intestinal polyps.
Contaminant (units): Barium (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 2
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 2
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge of drilling wastes; discharge from metal
refineries; erosion of natural deposits.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing barium in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience an increase in their blood pressure.
Contaminant (units): Beryllium (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.004
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 4
MCLG: 4
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from metal refineries and coal-burning
376
factories; discharge from electrical, aerospace, and defense industries.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing beryllium well in
excess of the MCL over many years could develop intestinal lesions.
Contaminant (units): Bromate (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/
ℓ
: 0.010
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 10
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: By-product of drinking water disinfection.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing bromate in excess of
the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Cadmium (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 5
Major sources in drinking water: Corrosion of galvanized pipes; erosion of natural
deposits; discharge from metal refineries; runoff from waste batteries and paints.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing cadmium in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience kidney damage.
Contaminant (units): Chloramines (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/
ℓ
: MRDL=4
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: MRDL=4
MCLG: MRDLG=4
Major sources in drinking water: Water additive used to control microbes.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing chloramines well in
excess of the MRDL could experience irritating effects to their eyes and nose.
Some people who drink water containing chloramines well in excess of the
MRDL could experience stomache discomfort or anemia.
Contaminant (units): Chlorine (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/
ℓ
: MRDL=4
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: MRDL=4
MCLG: MRDLG=4
Major sources in drinking water: Water additive used to control microbes.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing chlorine well in
excess of the MRDL could experience irritating effects to their eyes and nose.
Some people who drink water containing chlorine well in excess of the MRDL
could experience stomache discomfort.
Contaminant (units): Chlorine dioxide (ppb)
377
Traditional MCL in mg/
ℓ
: MRDL=800
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: MRDL=800
MCLG: MRDLG=800
Major sources in drinking water: Water additive used to control microbes.
Health effects language: Some infants and young children who drink water containing
chlorine dioxide well in excess of the MRDL could experience nervous system
effects. Similar effects may occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink water
containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL. Some people may
experience anemia.
Contaminant (units): Chlorite (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/
ℓ
: MRDL=1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: MRDL=1
MCLG: MRDLG=0.8
Major sources in drinking water: By-product of drinking water disinfection.
Health effects language: Some infants and young children who drink water containing
chlorite well in excess of the MCL could experience nervous system effects.
Similar effects may occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink water
containing chlorite in excess of the MCL. Some people may experience anemia.
Contaminant (units): Chromium (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100
MCLG: 100
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from steel and pulp mills; erosion of natural
deposits.
Health effects language: Some people who use water containing chromium well in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience allergic dermatitis.
Contaminant (units): Copper (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: AL=1.3
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: AL=1.3
MCLG: 1.3
Major sources in drinking water: Corrosion of household plumbing systems; erosion of
natural deposits; leaching from wood preservatives.
Health effects language: Copper is an essential nutrient, but some people who drink
water containing copper in excess of the action level over a relatively short
amount of time could experience gastrointestinal distress. Some people who
drink water containing copper in excess of the action level over many years could
suffer liver or kidney damage. People with Wilson’s Disease should consult their
personal doctor.
378
Contaminant (units): Cyanide (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.2
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 200
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from steel/metal factories; discharge from
plastic and fertilizer factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing cyanide well in excess
of the MCL over many years could experience nerve damage or problems with
their thyroid.
Contaminant (units): Fluoride (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 4
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 4
MCLG: 4
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits; water additive that
promotes strong teeth; discharge from fertilizer and aluminum factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing fluoride in excess of
the MCL over many years could get bone disease, including pain and tenderness
of the bones. Fluoride in drinking water at half the MCL or more may cause
mottling of children’s teeth, usually in children less than nine years old. Mottling,
also known as dental fluorosis, may include brown staining and/or pitting of the
teeth, and occurs only in developing teeth before they erupt from the gums.
Contaminant (units): Lead (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: AL=0.015
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: AL=15
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Corrosion of household plumbing systems; erosion of
natural deposits.
Health effects language: Infants and children who drink water containing lead in excess
of the action level could experience delays in their physical or mental
development. Children could show slight deficits in attention span and learning
abilities. Adults who drink this water over many years could develop kidney
problems or high blood pressure.
Contaminant (units): Mercury (inorganic) (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 2
Major sources in drinking water: Erosion of natural deposits; discharge from refineries
and factories; runoff from landfills; runoff from cropland.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing inorganic mercury
379
well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience kidney damage.
Contaminant (units): Nitrate (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 10
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 10
MCLG: 10
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from fertilizer use; leaching from septic tanks,
sewage; erosion of natural deposits.
Health effects language: Infants below the age of six months who drink water containing
nitrate in excess of the MCL could become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die.
Symptoms include shortness of breath and blue baby syndrome.
Contaminant (units): Nitrite (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 1
MCLG: 1
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from fertilizer use; leaching from septic tanks,
sewage; erosion of natural deposits.
Health effects language: Infants below the age of six months who drink water containing
nitrite in excess of the MCL could become seriously ill and, if untreated, may die.
Symptoms include shortness of breath and blue baby syndrome.
Contaminant (units): Selenium (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.05
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 50
MCLG: 50
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum and metal refineries; erosion
of natural deposits; discharge from mines.
Health effects language: Selenium is an essential nutrient. However, some people who
drink water containing selenium in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience hair or fingernail losses, numbness in fingers or toes, or problems with
their circulation.
Contaminant (units): Thallium (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 0.5
Major sources in drinking water: Leaching from ore-processing sites; discharge from
electronics, glass, and drug factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing thallium in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience hair loss, changes in their blood, or
problems with their kidneys, intestines, or liver.
380
Synthetic organic contaminants including pesticides and herbicides:.
Contaminant (units): 2,4-D (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.07
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 70
MCLG: 70
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide used on row crops.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing the weed killer 2,4-D
well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their
kidneys, liver, or adrenal glands.
Contaminant (units): 2,4,5-TP (silvex) (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.05
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 50
MCLG: 50
Major sources in drinking water: Residue of banned herbicide.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing silvex in excess of the
MCL over many years could experience liver problems.
Contaminant (units): Acrylamide
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: TT
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: TT
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Added to water during sewage/wastewater treatment.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing high levels of
acrylamide over a long period of time could have problems with their nervous
system or blood, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Alachlor (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide used on row crops.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing alachlor in excess of
the MCL over many years could have problems with their eyes, liver, kidneys, or
spleen, or experience anemia, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Atrazine (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.003
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 3
381
MCLG: 3
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide used on row crops.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing atrazine well in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their
cardiovascular system or reproductive difficulties.
Contaminant (units): Benzo(a)pyrene (PAH) (nanograms/L
ℓ
)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.0002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Leaching from linings of water storage tanks and
distribution lines.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing benzo(a)pyrene in
excess of the MCL over many years may experience reproductive difficulties and
may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Carbofuran (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.04
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 40
MCLG: 40
Major sources in drinking water: Leaching of soil fumigant used on rice and alfalfa.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing carbofuran in excess
of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their blood, or
nervous or reproductive systems.
Contaminant (units): Chlordane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Residue of banned termiticide.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing chlordane in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or nervous
system, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Dalapon (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.2
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 200
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide used on rights of way.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing dalapon well in excess
of the MCL over many years could experience minor kidney changes.
382
Contaminant (units): Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.4
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 400
MCLG: 400
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing di(2-
ethylhexyl)adipate well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience
general toxic effects, such as weight loss, liver enlargement, or possible
reproductive difficulties.
Contaminant (units): Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.006
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 6
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from rubber and chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing di(2-
ethylhexyl)phthalate well in excess of the MCL over many years may have
problems with their liver, or experience reproductive difficulties, and they may
have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.0002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff/leaching from soil fumigant used on soybeans,
cotton, pineapples, and orchards.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing DBCP in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience reproductive problems and may have
an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Dinoseb (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.007
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 7
MCLG: 7
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide used on soybeans and
vegetables.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing dinoseb well in excess
of the MCL over many years could experience reproductive difficulties.
Contaminant (units): Diquat (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.02
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
383
MCL in CCR units: 20
MCLG: 20
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide use.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing diquat in excess of the
MCL over many years could get cataracts.
Contaminant (units): Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD) (ppq)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.00000003
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 30
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Emissions from waste incineration and other
combustion; discharge from chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing dioxin in excess of the
MCL over many years could experience reproductive difficulties and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Endothall (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100
MCLG: 100
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide use.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing endothall in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience problems with their stomach or
intestines.
Contaminant (units): Endrin (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 2
Major sources in drinking water: Residue of banned insecticide.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing endrin in excess of the
MCL over many years could experience liver problems.
Contaminant (units): Epichlorohydrin
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: TT
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: TT
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories; an
impurity of some water treatment chemicals.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing high levels of
epichlorohydrin over a long period of time could experience stomach problems,
and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
384
Contaminant (units): Ethylene dibromide (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.00005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 50
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum refineries.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing ethylene dibromide in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver,
stomach, reproductive system, or kidneys, and may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Glyphosate (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.7
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 700
MCLG: 700
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from herbicide use.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing glyphosate in excess
of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their kidneys or
reproductive difficulties.
Contaminant (units): Heptachlor (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.0004
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 400
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Residue of banned pesticide.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing heptachlor in excess
of the MCL over many years could experience liver damage and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Heptachlor epoxide (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.0002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Breakdown of heptachlor.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing heptachlor epoxide in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience liver damage, and may
have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Hexachlorobenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.001
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 1
385
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from metal refineries and agricultural
chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing hexachlorobenzene in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or
kidneys, or adverse reproductive effects, and may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Hexachlorocyclopentadiene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.05
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 50
MCLG: 50
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing
hexachlorocyclopentadiene well in excess of the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their kidneys or stomach.
Contaminant (units): Lindane (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.0002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 200
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff/leaching from insecticide used on cattle,
lumber, gardens.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing lindane in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience problems with their kidneys or liver.
Contaminant (units): Methoxychlor (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.04
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 40
MCLG: 40
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff/leaching from insecticide used on fruits,
vegetables, alfalfa, livestock.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing methoxychlor in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience reproductive difficulties.
Contaminant (units): Oxamyl (vydate) (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.2
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 200
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff/leaching from insecticide used on apples,
potatoes and tomatoes.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing oxamyl in excess of
386
the MCL over many years could experience slight nervous system effects.
Contaminant (units): PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyls) (ppt)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.0005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1,000,000
MCL in CCR units: 500
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff from landfills; discharge of waste chemicals.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing PCBs in excess of the
MCL over many years could experience changes in their skin, problems with their
thymus gland, immune deficiencies, or reproductive or nervous system
difficulties, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Pentachlorophenol (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.001
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 1
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from wood preserving factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing pentachlorophenol in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or
kidneys, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Picloram (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.5
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 500
MCLG: 500
Major sources in drinking water: Herbicide runoff.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing picloram in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver.
Contaminant (units): Simazine (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.004
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 4
MCLG: 4
Major sources in drinking water: Herbicide runoff.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing simazine in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience problems with their blood.
Contaminant (units): Toxaphene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.003
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 3
MCLG: 0
387
Major sources in drinking water: Runoff/leaching from insecticide used on cotton and
cattle.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing toxaphene in excess
of the MCL over many years could have problems with their kidneys, liver, or
thyroid, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Volatile organic contaminants:.
Contaminant (units): Benzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from factories; leaching from gas storage
tanks and landfills.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing benzene in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience anemia or a decrease in blood
platelets, and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Bromate (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L: 0.010
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 10
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Byproduct of drinking water chlorination.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing bromate in excess of
the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Carbon tetrachloride (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from chemical plants and other industrial
activities.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing carbon tetrachloride
in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver
and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Chloramines (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L: MRDL = 4
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: MRDL = 4
MCLG: MRDLG = 4
Major sources in drinking water: Water additive used to control microbes.
Health effects language: Some people who use water containing chloramines well in
388
excess of the MRDL could experience irritating effects to their eyes and nose.
Some people who drink water containing chloramines well in excess of the
MRDL could experience stomach discomfort or anemia.
Contaminant (units): Chlorine (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L: MRDL = 4
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: MRDL = 4
MCLG: MRDLG = 4
Major sources in drinking water: Water additive used to control microbes.
Health effects language: Some people who use water containing chlorine well in excess
of the MRDL could experience irritating effects to their eyes and nose. Some
people who drink water containing chlorine well in excess of the MRDL could
experience stomach discomfort.
Contaminant (units): Chlorite (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L: 1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 1
MCLG: 0.8
Major sources in drinking water: Byproduct of drinking water chlorination.
Health effects language: Some infants and young children who drink water containing
chlorite in excess of the MCL could experience nervous system effects. Similar
effects may occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink water containing
chlorite in excess of the MCL. Some people may experience anemia.
Contaminant (units): Chlorine dioxide (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L: MRDL = 0.8
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: MRDL = 800
MCLG: MRDLG = 800
Major sources in drinking water: Water additive used to control microbes.
Health effects language: Some infants and young children who drink water containing
chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL could experience nervous system effects.
Similar effects may occur in fetuses of pregnant women who drink water
containing chlorine dioxide in excess of the MRDL. Some people may
experience anemia.
Contaminant (units): Chlorobenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100
MCLG: 100
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from chemical and agricultural chemical
factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing chlorobenzene in
389
excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or
kidneys.
Contaminant (units): o-Dichlorobenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.6
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 600
MCLG: 600
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing o-dichlorobenzene
well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their
liver, kidneys, or circulatory systems.
Contaminant (units): p-Dichlorobenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.075
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 75
MCLG: 75
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing p-dichlorobenzene in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience anemia,; damage to their
liver, kidneys, or spleen,; or changes in their blood.
Contaminant (units): 1,2-Dichloroethane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,2-dichloroethane in
excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): 1,1-Dichloroethylene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.007
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 7
MCLG: 7
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,1-dichloroethylene
in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver.
Contaminant (units): cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.07
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 70
MCLG: 70
390
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing cis-1,2-
dichloroethylene in excess of the MCL over many years could experience
problems with their liver.
Contaminant (units): trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100
MCLG: 100
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing trans-1,2-
dichloroethylene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience
problems with their liver.
Contaminant (units): Dichloromethane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from pharmaceutical and chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing dichloromethane in
excess of the MCL over many years could have liver problems and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): 1,2-Dichloropropane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,2-dichloropropane
in excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting
cancer.
Contaminant (units): Ethylbenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.7
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 700
MCLG: 700
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum refineries.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing ethylbenzene well in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver or
kidneys.
Contaminant (units): Haloacetic acids (HAA5) (ppb)
391
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.060
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 60
MCLG: N/A
Major sources in drinking water: Byproduct of drinking water disinfection.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing haloacetic acids in
excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Styrene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100
MCLG: 100
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from rubber and plastic factories; leaching
from landfills.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing styrene well in excess
of the MCL over many years could have problems with their liver, kidneys, or
circulatory system.
Contaminant (units): Tetrachloroethylene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from factories and dry cleaners.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing tetrachloroethylene in
excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their liver, and
may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.07
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 70
MCLG: 70
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from textile-finishing factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,2,4-
trichlorobenzene well in excess of the MCL over many years could experience
changes in their adrenal glands.
Contaminant (units): 1,1,1-Trichloroethane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.2
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 200
MCLG: 200
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from metal degreasing sites and other
factories.
392
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,1,1-trichloroethane
in excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver,
nervous system, or circulatory system.
Contaminant (units): 1,1,2-Trichloroethane (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 3
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from industrial chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing 1,1,2-trichloroethane
well in excess of the MCL over many years could have problems with their liver,
kidneys, or immune systems.
Contaminant (units): Trichloroethylene (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.005
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 5
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from metal degreasing sites and other
factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing trichloroethylene in
excess of the MCL over many years could experience problems with their liver
and may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): TTHMs (total trihalomethanes) (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.10/0.080
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 100/80
MCLG: N/A
Major sources in drinking water: Byproduct of drinking water chlorination disinfection.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing trihalomethanes in
excess of the MCL over many years may experience problems with their liver,
kidneys, or central nervous system, and may have an increased risk of getting
cancer.
Contaminant (units): Toluene (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 1
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 1
MCLG: 1
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing toluene well in excess
of the MCL over many years could have problems with their nervous system,
kidneys, or liver.
393
Contaminant (units): Vinyl Chloride (ppb)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 0.002
To convert for CCR, multiply by: 1000
MCL in CCR units: 2
MCLG: 0
Major sources in drinking water: Leaching from PVC piping; discharge from plastics
factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing vinyl chloride in
excess of the MCL over many years may have an increased risk of getting cancer.
Contaminant (units): Xylenes (ppm)
Traditional MCL in mg/L
ℓ
: 10
To convert for CCR, multiply by: --
MCL in CCR units: 10
MCLG: 10
Major sources in drinking water: Discharge from petroleum factories; discharge from
chemical factories.
Health effects language: Some people who drink water containing xylenes in excess of
the MCL over many years could experience damage to their nervous system.
Key:.
Abbreviation Meaning
AL action level
MCL maximum contaminant level
MCLG maximum contaminant level goal
MFL million fibers per liter
MRDL maximum residual disinfectant level
MRDLG maximum residual disinfectant level goal
mrem/year millirems per year (a measure of radiation absorbed by the body)
N/A not applicable
NTU nephelometric turbidity units(a measure of water clarity)
pCi/L
ℓ
picocuries per liter (a measure of radioactivity)
ppm parts per million, or milligrams per liter (mg/L
ℓ
)
ppb
parts per billion, or micrograms per liter (
µ
g/L
ℓ
)
ppt parts per trillion, or nanograms per liter
ppq parts per quadrillion, or picograms per liter
TT treatment technique
BOARD NOTE: Derived from Appendix A to Subpart O to 40 CFR 141 (2000), as amended at
66 Fed. Reg. 6976 (January 22, 2001), 66 Fed. Reg. 16134 (March 23, 2001), and 66 Fed. Reg.
28342 (May 22, 2001) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
394
Section 611.Appendix B Percent Inactivation of G. Lamblia Cysts
TABLE Table 1.1
CT-99.9 FOR for 99.9 PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts
by Free Chlorine at 0.5° DEGREES C OR LOWER or Lower
These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values
between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between
the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no
interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Free Residual PH
(mg/L
ℓ
)
$
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5
%
9.0
?0.41 137 163 195 237 277 329 390
0.6 141 168 200 239 286 342 407
0.8 145 172 205 246 295 354 422
1.0 148 176 210 253 304 365 437
1.2 152 180 215 259 313 376 451
1.4 155 184 221 266 321 387 464
1.6 157 189 226 273 329 397 477
1.8 162 193 231 279 338 407 489
2.0 165 197 236 286 346 417 500
2.2 169 201 242 297 353 426 511
2.4 172 205 247 298 361 435 522
2.6 175 209 252 304 368 444 533
2.8 178 213 257 310 375 452 543
3.0 181 217 261 316 382 460 552
TABLE Table 1.2
CT-99.9 FOR for 99.9 PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts
by Free Chlorine at 5.0° DEGREES C
These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inctivation of viruses. CT values between
the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between the
indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no
interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Free Residual PH
(mg/L
ℓ
)
$
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5
%
9.0
?0.4 97 117 139 166 198 236 279
0.6 100 120 143 171 204 244 291
0.8 103 122 146 175 210 252 301
1.0 105 125 149 179 216 260 312
1.2 107 127 152 183 221 267 320
395
1.4 109 130 155 187 227 274 329
1.6 111 132 158 192 232 281 337
1.8 114 135 162 196 238 287 345
2.0 116 138 165 200 243 294 353
2.2 118 140 169 204 248 300 361
2.4 120 143 172 209 253 306 368
2.6 122 146 175 213 258 312 375
2.8 124 148 178 217 263 318 382
3.0 126 151 182 221 268 324 369
TABLE Table 1.3
CT-99.9 FOR for 99.9 PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts
by Free Chlorine at 10.0° DEGREES C
These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values
between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between
the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no
interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Free Residual PH
(mg/L
ℓ
)
$
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5
%
9.0
?0.4 73 88 104 125 149 177 209
0.6 75 90 107 128 153 183 218
0.8 78 92 110 131 158 189 226
1.0 79 94 112 134 162 195 234
1.2 80 95 114 137 166 200 240
1.4 82 98 116 140 170 206 247
1.6 83 99 119 144 174 211 253
1.8 86 101 122 147 179 215 259
2.0 87 104 124 150 182 221 265
2.2 89 105 127 153 186 225 271
2.4 90 107 129 157 190 230 276
2.6 92 110 131 160 194 234 281
2.8 93 111 134 163 197 239 287
3.0 95 113 137 166 201 243 292
TABLE Table 1.4
CT-99.9 FOR for 99.9 PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts
by Free Chlorine at 15.0° DEGREES C
These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values
between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between
the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no
interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
396
Free Residual PH
(mg/L
ℓ
)
$
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5
%
9.0
?0.4 49 59 70 83 99 118 140
0.6 50 60 72 86 102 122 146
0.8 52 61 73 88 105 126 151
1.0 53 63 75 90 108 130 156
1.2 54 64 76 92 111 134 160
1.4 55 65 78 94 114 137 165
1.6 56 66 79 96 116 141 169
1.8 57 68 81 98 119 144 173
2.0 58 69 83 100 122 147 177
2.2 59 70 85 102 124 150 181
2.4 60 72 86 105 127 153 184
2.6 61 73 88 107 129 156 188
2.8 62 74 89 109 132 159 191
3.0 63 76 91 111 134 162 195
TABLE Table 1.5
CT-99.9 FOR for 99.9 PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts
by Free Chlorine at 20° DEGREES C
These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values
between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between
the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no
interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Free Residual PH
(mg/L
ℓ
)
$
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5
%
9.0
?0.4 36 44 52 62 74 89 105
0.6 38 45 54 64 77 92 109
0.8 39 46 55 66 79 95 113
1.0 39 47 56 67 81 98 117
1.2 40 48 57 69 83 100 120
1.4 41 49 58 70 85 103 123
1.6 42 50 59 72 87 105 126
1.8 43 51 61 74 89 108 129
2.0 44 52 62 75 91 110 132
2.2 44 53 63 77 93 113 135
2.4 45 54 65 78 95 115 138
2.6 46 55 66 80 97 117 141
2.8 47 56 67 81 99 119 143
3.0 47 57 68 83 101 122 146
397
TABLE Table 1.6
CT-99.9 FOR for 99.9 PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY FREE CHLORINE AT Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts
by Free Chlorine at 25° DEGREES C AND HIGHER and Higher
These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values
between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. CT values between
the indicated temperatures of different tables may be determined by linear interpolation. If no
interpolation is used, use the CT 99.9 value at the lower temperature and at the higher pH.
Free Residual PH
(mg/L
ℓ
)
$
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5
%
9.0
?0.4 24 29 35 42 50 59 70
0.6 25 30 36 43 51 61 73
0.8 26 31 37 44 53 63 75
1.0 26 31 37 45 54 65 78
1.2 27 32 38 46 55 67 80
1.4 27 33 39 47 57 69 82
1.6 28 33 40 48 58 70 84
1.8 29 34 41 49 60 72 86
2.0 29 35 41 50 61 74 88
2.2 30 35 42 51 62 75 90
2.4 30 36 43 52 63 77 92
2.6 31 37 44 53 65 78 94
2.8 31 37 45 54 66 80 96
3.0 32 38 46 55 67 81 97
TABLE 2.1
CT-99.9 FOR 99.9 PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY CHLORINE DIOXIDE AND OZONE
TABLE Table 2.1
CT-99.9 FOR for 99.9 PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY CHLORINE DIOXIDE AND OZONEPercent Inactivation of Giardia
Lamblia Cysts by Chlorine Dioxide and Ozone
These CT values achieve greater than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values
between the indicated pH values may be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation
is used, use the CT99.9 value at the lower temperature for determining CT99.9 values between
indicated temperatures.
$
1°C 5°C 10°C 15°C 20°C
%
25°
C
Chlorine dioxide 63 26 23 19 15 11
Ozone 2.9 1.9 1.4 0.95 0.72 0.48
398
TABLE Table 3.1
CT-99.9 FOR for 99.9 PERCENT INACTIVATION OF GIARDIA LAMBLIA
CYSTS BY CHLORAMINES Percent Inactivation of Giardia Lamblia Cysts by
Chloramines
These values are for pH values of 6 to 9. These CT values may be assumed to achieve greater
than a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses only if chlorine is added and mixed in the water prior
to the addition of ammonia. If this condition is not met, the system must demonstrate, based on
on-site studies or other information, as approved by the Agency, that the system is achieving at
least a 99.99 percent inactivation of viruses. CT values between the indicated temperatures may
be determined by linear interpolation. If no interpolation is used, use the CT99.9 value at the
lower temperature for determining CT99.9 values between indicated temperatures.
$
1°C 5°C 10°C 15°C 20°C
%
25°C
Chloramines 3800 2200 1850 1500 1100 750
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.74(b) Tables 1.1 through 3.1 (1995) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Appendix C Common Names of Organic Chemicals
The following common names are used for certain organic chemicals:
Common Name CAS No. CAS Name
Aldrin 309-00-2 1,4,5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene,
1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-
1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-, (1alpha,
4alpha, 4abeta, 5alpha, 8alpha,
8abeta)-
Bromoform 75-25-2 Methane, tribromo-
Chlordane 57-74-9 4,7-Methano-1H-indene,
1,2,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-
2,3,3a,4,7,7a-hexahydro-
Chloroform 67-66-3 Methane, trichloro-
2,4-D 94-75-7 Acetic acid, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy-
DDT@@@ 50-29-3 Benzene, 1,1'-(2, 2, 2-
trichloroethylidene) bis[(4-chloro-
Dieldrin 60-57-1 2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[(2,3-
b])oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-
1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-,
(1aalpha, 2beta, 2aalpha, 3beta,
6beta, 6aalpha, 7beta, 7aalpha)-
Endrin 72-20-8 2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[(2,3-
b])oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-
1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-,
399
(1aalpha, 2beta, 2abeta, 3alpha,
6alpha, 6abeta, 7beta, 7aalpha)-,
Heptachlor 76-44-8 4,7-Methano-1H-indene,
1,4,5,6,7,8,8-heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-
tetrahydro-
Heptachlor epoxide 1024-57-3 2, 5-Methano-2H-indeno[(1,
2b])oxirene, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 7-
heptachloro-1a, 1b, 5, 5a, 6, 6a-
hexahydro-, (1a alpha, 1b beta, 2
alpha, 5 alpha, 5a beta, 6beta, 6a
alpha)-
Lindane 58-89-9 Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-
hexachloro-, (1 alpha,2 alpha,3
beta,4 alpha,5 alpha,6 beta)-
Methoxychlor 72-43-5 Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2-
trichloroethylidene)bis[(4-
methoxy-
Silvex (2,4,5-TP) 93-72-1 Propanoic acid, 2-(2,4,5-
trichlorophenoxy)-
Toxaphene 8001-35-2 Toxaphene
TTHM Total trihalomethanes (See Section
611.101)
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.30 (1989), and 40 CFR 261, Appendix VIII (1989)
(2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Appendix D Defined Substrate Method for the Simultaneous Detection of Total
Coliforms and Escherichia Coli from Drinking Water
Autoanalysis Colilert Presence-Absence (AC P-A) Method.
The AC P-A test format must be either a 100-mL m
ℓ
10-tube most probable number test (1 one
tube positive denoting the presence of total coliforms in that sample) or a single vessel
containing sufficient reagent to receive 100 mL m
ℓ
of sample. The reagent is available from
Access Medical Systems, Branford Connecticut.
The AC P-A method must be performed as follows:
1. For the 10-tube method, add 10 mL m
ℓ
of water sample to each test tube. For the single-
vessel method, add 100 mL m
ℓ
of water sample to the vessel.
2. Dissolve the reagent powder by agitation. (This should produce a colorless solution.)
3. Incubate the test tubes or vessel at 35°C for 24 hours.
400
4. Development of yellow during incubation denotes the presence of total coliforms in
either the test tube or the vessel.
5. Expose each positive (yellow) test tube or vessel to a fluorescent (366 nm) light source.
Fluorescence specifically demonstrates the presence of Escherichia coli.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from S. Edberg, M. Allen & D. Smith, “National Field
Evaluation of a Defined Substrate Method for the Simultaneous Detection of Total
Coliforms and Escherichia coli from Drinking Water: Comparison with Presence-
Absence Techniques”, Applied and Environmental Microbiology, vol. 55, pp. 1003-1008,
as incorporated by reference at 40 CFR 141.21(f)(6)(iii), as amended at 57 Fed. Reg.
24747 (June 10, 1992) (2002). This method is for use in conjunction with the
requirements of Section 611.526.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Appendix E Mandatory Lead Public Education Information for Community
Water Systems
1) INTRODUCTION
The United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and [(insert name of water
supplier]) are concerned about lead in your drinking water. Although most homes have very low
levels of lead in their drinking water, some homes in the community have lead levels above the
USEPA action level of 15 parts per billion (ppb), or 0.015 milligrams of lead per liter of water
(mg/L
ℓ
). Under Federal law we are required to have a program in place to minimize lead in your
drinking water by [(insert date when corrosion control will be completed for your system]). This
program includes corrosion control treatment, source water treatment, and public education. We
are also required to replace the portion of each lead service line that we own if the line
contributes lead concentrations of more than 15 ppb after we have completed the comprehensive
treatment program. If you have any questions about how we are carrying out the requirements of
the lead regulation please give us a call at [(insert water system’s phone number]). This
brochure explains the simple steps you can take to protect you and your family by reducing your
exposure to lead in drinking water.
2) HEALTH EFFECTS OF LEAD
Lead is a common metal found throughout the environment in lead-based paint; air; soil;
household dust; food; certain types of pottery, porcelain, and pewter; and water. Lead can pose a
significant risk to your health if too much of it enters your body. Lead builds up in the body
over many years and can cause damage to the brain, red blood cells, and kidneys. The greatest
risk is to young children and pregnant women. Amounts of lead that won’t hurt adults can slow
down normal mental and physical development of growing bodies. In addition, a child at play
often comes into contact with sources of lead contamination -- like dirt and dust -- that rarely
affect an adult. It is important to wash children’s hands and toys often, and to try to make sure
401
they only put food in their mouths.
3) LEAD IN DRINKING WATER
A) Lead in drinking water, although rarely the sole cause of lead poisoning, can
significantly increase a person’s total lead exposure, particularly the exposure of
infants who drink baby formulas and concentrated juices that are mixed with
water. The EPA estimates that drinking water can make up 20 percent or more of
a person’s total exposure to lead.
B) Lead is unusual among drinking water contaminants in that it seldom occurs
naturally in water supplies like rivers and lakes. Lead enters drinking water
primarily as a result of the corrosion, or wearing away, of materials containing
lead in the water distribution system and household plumbing. These materials
include lead-based solder used to join copper pipe, brass and chrome plated brass
faucets, and in some cases, pipes made of lead that connect your house to the
water main (service lines). In 1986, Congress banned the use of lead solder
containing greater than 0.2% lead, and restricted the lead content of faucets, pipes
and other plumbing materials to 8.0%.
C) When water stands in lead pipes or plumbing systems containing lead for several
hours or more, the lead may dissolve into your drinking water. This means the
first water drawn from the tap in the morning, or later in the afternoon after
returning from work or school, can contain fairly high levels of lead.
4) STEPS YOU CAN TAKE IN THE HOME TO REDUCE EXPOSURE TO LEAD IN
DRINKING WATER
A) Despite our best efforts mentioned earlier to control water corrosivity and remove
lead from the water supply, lead levels in some homes or buildings can be high.
To find out whether you need to take action in your own home, have your
drinking water tested to determine if it contains excessive concentrations of lead.
Testing the water is essential because you cannot see, taste, or smell lead in
drinking water. Some local laboratories that can provide this service are listed at
the end of this booklet. For more information on having your water tested, please
call [(insert phone number of water system]).
B) If a water test indicates that the drinking water drawn from a tap in your home
contains lead above 15 ppb, then you should take the following precautions:
i) Let the water run from the tap before using it for drinking or cooking any
time the water in a faucet has gone unused for more than six hours. The
longer water resides in your home’s plumbing the more lead it may
contain. Flushing the tap means running the cold water faucet until the
water gets noticeably colder, usually about 15-30 seconds. If your house
has a lead service line to the water main, you may have to flush the water
402
for a longer time, perhaps one minute, before drinking. Although toilet
flushing or showering flushes water through a portion of your home’s
plumbing system, you still need to flush the water in each faucet before
using it for drinking or cooking. Flushing tap water is a simple and
inexpensive measure you can take to protect your family’s health. It
usually uses less than one or two gallons of water and costs less than
[(insert a cost estimate based on flushing two times a day for 30 days]) per
month. To conserve water, fill a couple of bottles for drinking water after
flushing the tap, and whenever possible use the first flush water to wash
the dishes or water the plants. If you live in a high-rise building, letting
the water flow before using it may not work to lessen your risk from lead.
The plumbing systems have more, and sometimes larger pipes than
smaller buildings. Ask your landlord for help in locating the source of the
lead and for advice on reducing the lead level.
ii) Try not to cook with or drink water from the hot water tap. Hot water can
dissolve more lead more quickly than cold water. If you need hot water,
draw water from the cold tap and heat it on the stove.
iii) Remove loose lead solder and debris from the plumbing materials
installed in newly constructed homes, or homes in which the plumbing has
recently been replaced, by removing the faucet strainers from all taps and
running the water from 3 to 5 minutes. Thereafter, periodically remove
the strainers and flush out any debris that has accumulated over time.
iv) If your copper pipes are joined with lead solder that has been installed
illegally since it was banned in 1986, notify the plumber who did the work
and request that he or she replace the lead solder with lead-free solder.
Lead solder looks dull gray, and when scratched with a key looks shiny.
In addition, notify the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency about the
violation.
v) Determine whether or not the service line that connects your home or
apartment to the water main is made of lead. The best way to determine if
your service line is made of lead is by either hiring a licensed plumber to
inspect the line or by contacting the plumbing contractor who installed the
line. You can identify the plumbing contractor by checking the city’s
record of building permits which should be maintained in the files of the
[(insert name of department that issues building permits]). A licensed
plumber can at the same time check to see if your home’s plumbing
contains lead solder, lead pipes, or pipe fittings that contain lead. The
public water system that delivers water to your home should also maintain
records of the materials located in the distribution system. If the service
line that connects your dwelling to the water main contributes more than
15 ppb to drinking water, after our comprehensive treatment program is in
place, we are required to replace the portion of the line that we own. If the
403
line is only partially owned by the [(insert name of the city, county, or
water system that controls the line]), we are required to provide the owner
of the privately-owned portion of the line with information on how to
replace the privately-owned portion of the service line, and offer to
replace that portion of the line at the owner’s expense. If we replace only
the portion of the line that we own, we also are required to notify you in
advance and provide you with information on the steps that you can take
to minimize exposure to any temporary increase in lead levels which may
result from the partial replacement, to take a follow-up sample at our
expense from the line within 72 hours after the partial replacement, and to
mail or otherwise provide you with the results of that sample within three
business days after receiving the results. Acceptable replacement
alternatives include copper, steel, iron, and plastic pipes.
vi) Have an electrician check your wiring. If grounding wires from the
electrical system are attached to your pipes, corrosion may be greater.
Check with a licensed electrician or your local electrical code to determine
if your wiring can be grounded elsewhere. DO NOT attempt to change
the wiring yourself because improper grounding can cause electrical shock
and fire hazards.
C) The steps described above will reduce the lead concentrations in your drinking
water. However, if a water test indicates that the drinking water coming from
your tap contains lead concentrations in excess of 15 ppb after flushing, or after
we have completed our actions to minimize lead levels, then you may want to
take the following additional measures:
i) Purchase or lease a home treatment device. Home treatment devices are
limited in that each unit treats only the water that flows from the faucet to
which it is connected, and all of the devices require periodic maintenance
and replacement. Devices such as reverse osmosis systems or distillers
can effectively remove lead from your drinking water. Some activated
carbon filters may reduce lead levels at the tap, however all lead reduction
claims should be investigated. Be sure to check the actual performance of
a specific home treatment device before and after installing the unit.
ii) Purchase bottled water for drinking and cooking.
D) You can consult a variety of sources for additional information. Your family
doctor or pediatrician can perform a blood test for lead and provide you with
information about the health effects of lead. State and local government agencies
that can be contacted include the following:
i) [(insert Insert the name of city or county department of public utilities]) at
[(insert phone number]) can provide you with information about your
community’s water supply, and a list of local laboratories that have been
404
certified by EPA for testing water quality;
ii) [(insert Insert the name of city or county department that issues building
permits]) at [(insert phone number]) can provide you with information
about building permit records that should contain the names of plumbing
contractors that plumbed your home; and
iii) The Illinois Department of Public Health at 217-782-4977 or 312-814-
2608 or the [(insert the name of the city or county health department]) at
[(insert phone number]) can provide you with information about the health
effects of lead and how you can have your child’s blood tested.
E) The following is a list of some State-approved laboratories in your area that you
can call to have your water tested for lead. [(Insert names and phone numbers of
at least two laboratories.])
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.85(a)(1) (1999), as renumbered and amended at 65
Fed. Reg. 2005 (Jan. 12, 2000) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Appendix F Mandatory Lead Public Education Information for Non-Transient
Non-Community Water Systems
1) INTRODUCTION
The United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and [(insert name of water
supplier]) are concerned about lead in your drinking water. Some drinking water samples taken
from this facility have lead levels above the USEPA action level of 15 parts per billion (ppb), or
0.015 milligrams of lead per liter of water (mg/L
ℓ
). Under Federal law we are required to have a
program in place to minimize lead in your drinking water by [(insert date when corrosion control
will be completed for your system]). This program includes corrosion control treatment, source
water treatment, and public education. We are also required to replace the portion of each lead
service line that we own if the line contributes lead concentrations of more than 15 ppb after we
have completed the comprehensive treatment program. If you have any questions about how we
are carrying out the requirements of the lead regulation please give us a call at [(insert water
system’s phone number]). This brochure explains the simple steps you can take to protect you
and your family by reducing your exposure to lead in drinking water.
2) HEALTH EFFECTS OF LEAD
Lead is found throughout the environment in lead-based paint; air; soil; household dust; food;
certain types of pottery, porcelain, and pewter; and water. Lead can pose a significant risk to
your health if too much of it enters your body. Lead builds up in the body over many years and
can cause damage to the brain, red blood cells, and kidneys. The greatest risk is to young
children and pregnant women. Amounts of lead that won’t hurt adults can slow down normal
405
mental and physical development of growing bodies. In addition, a child at play often comes
into contact with sources of lead contamination -- like dirt and dust -- that rarely affect an adult.
It is important to wash children’s hands and toys often, and to try to make sure they only put
food in their mouths.
3) LEAD IN DRINKING WATER
A) Lead in drinking water, although rarely the sole cause of lead poisoning, can
significantly increase a person’s total lead exposure, particularly the exposure of
infants who drink baby formulas and concentrated juices that are mixed with
water. The EPA estimates that drinking water can make up 20 percent or more of
a person’s total exposure to lead.
B) Lead is unusual among drinking water contaminants in that it seldom occurs
naturally in water supplies like rivers and lakes. Lead enters drinking water
primarily as a result of the corrosion, or wearing away, of materials containing
lead in the water distribution system and household plumbing. These materials
include lead-based solder used to join copper pipe, brass, and chrome plated brass
faucets, and in some cases, pipes made of lead that connect houses and buildings
to the water main (service lines). In 1986, Congress banned the use of lead solder
containing greater than 0.2% lead, and restricted the lead content of faucets,
pipes, and other plumbing materials to 8.0%.
C) When water stands in lead pipes or plumbing systems containing lead for several
hours or more, the lead may dissolve into your drinking water. This means the
first water drawn from the tap in the morning, or later in the afternoon after
returning from work or school, can contain fairly high levels of lead.
4) STEPS YOU CAN TAKE TO REDUCE EXPOSURE TO LEAD IN DRINKING
WATER
A) Let the water run from the tap before using it for drinking or cooking any time the
water in a faucet has gone unused for more than six hours. The longer water
resides in plumbing the more lead it may contain. Flushing the tap means running
the cold water faucet until the water gets noticeably colder, usually about 15-30
seconds. Although toilet flushing or showering flushes water through a portion of
the plumbing system, you still need to flush the water in each faucet before using
it for drinking or cooking. Flushing tap water is a simple and inexpensive
measure you can take to protect your family’s health. It usually uses less than one
gallon.
B) Do not cook with or drink water from the hot water tap. Hot water can dissolve
more lead more quickly than cold water. If you need hot water, draw water from
the cold tap and heat it.
C) The steps described above will reduce the lead concentrations in your drinking
406
water. However, if you are still concerned, you may wish to use bottled water for
drinking and cooking.
D) You can consult a variety of sources for additional information. Your family
doctor or pediatrician can perform a blood test for lead and provide you with
information about the health effects of lead. State and local government agencies
that can be contacted include the following:
i) [(insert Insert the name or title of facility official if appropriate]) at [(insert
phone number]) can provide you with information about your facility’s
water supply; and
ii) The Illinois Department of Public Health at 217-782-4977 or 312-814-
2608 or the [(insert the name of the city or county health department]) at
[(insert phone number]) can provide you with information about the health
effects of lead.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.85(a)(2), as added at 65 Fed. Reg. 2006 (Jan. 12,
2000) (2002). The Department of Public Health (Department) regulates non-community water
supplies, including non-transient, non-community water supplies. The Department has
incorporated this Part into its regulations at 77 Ill. Adm. Code 900.15(a)(2)(A) and 900-20(k)(2)
900.20(k)(2). Thus, the Board has included the notice language of 40 CFR 141.85(a)(2) as this
Section for the purposes of facilitating federal review and authorization of the Illinois drinking
water regulations.
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Appendix G NPDWR Violations and Situations Requiring Public Notice
See note 1 at the end of this Appendix G for an explanation of the Agency’s authority to alter the
magnitude of a violation from that set forth in the following table.
MCL/MRDL/TT violations
2
Monitoring & testing
procedure violations
Contaminant Tier of
public
notice
required
Citation Tier of
public
notice
required
Citation
I. Violations of National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWR):
3
A. Microbiological Contaminants
1. Total coliform 2 611.325(a) 3 611.521-
611.525
2. Fecal coliform/E. coli 1 611.325(b)
4
1, 3 611.525
407
3. Turbidity MCL 2 611.320(a) 3 611.560
4. Turbidity MCL (average of
two days’ samples > greater
than 5 NTU)
5
2, 1 611.320(b) 3 611.560
5. Turbidity (for TT violations
resulting from a single
exceedence of maximum
allowable turbidity level)
6
2, 1 611.231(b),
611.233(b)(1),
611.250(a)(2),
611.250(b)(2),
611.250(c)(2),
611.250(d),
611.743(a)(2),
611.743(b),
611.955(b)(2)
3 611.531(a),
611.532(b),
611.533(a),
611.744,
611.956(a)(1)-
(a)(3),
611.956(b)
6. Surface Water Treatment
Rule violations, other than
violations resulting from single
exceedence of max. allowable
turbidity level (TT)
2 611.211,
611.213,
611.220,
611.230-
611.233,
611.240-
611.242,
611.250
3 611.531-
611.533
7. Interim Enhanced Surface
Water Treatment Rule
violations, other than violations
resulting from single
exceedence of max. turbidity
level (TT)
2
7
611.740-
611.743,
611.950-
611.955
3 611.742,
611.744,
611.953,
611.954,
611.956
8. Filter Backwash Recycling
Rule violations
2 611.276 3 611.276
9. Long Term 1 Enhanced
Surface Water Treatment Rule
violations
2 611.950-
611.955
3 611.953,
611.954,
611.956
B. Inorganic Chemicals (IOCs)
1. Antimony 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.603
2. Arsenic 2
10
611.301(b) 3
9
611.601,
611.612(a),
611.612(b)
3. Asbestos (fibers > greater
than 10 μm)
2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.602
408
4. Barium 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.603
5. Beryllium 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.603
6. Cadmium 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.603
7. Chromium (total) 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.603
8. Cyanide 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.603
9. Fluoride 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.603
10. Mercury (inorganic) 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.603
11. Nitrate 1 611.301(b)
10
1, 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.604,
611.606
12. Nitrite 1 611.301(b)
10
1, 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.605,
611.606
13. Total Nitrate and Nitrite 1 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601
14. Selenium 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.603
15. Thallium 2 611.301(b) 3 611.600,
611.601,
611.603
C. Lead and Copper Rule (Action Level for lead is 0.015 mg/L
ℓ
, for copper is 1.3 mg/L
ℓ
)
1. Lead and Copper Rule (TT) 2 611.350-
611.355
3 611.356-
611.359
D. Synthetic Organic Chemicals (SOCs)
1. 2,4-D 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
2. 2,4,5-TP (silvex) 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
409
3. Alachlor 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
4. Atrazine 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
5. Benzo(a)pyrene (PAHs) 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
6. Carbofuran 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
7. Chlordane 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
8. Dalapon 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
9. Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
10. Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
11. Dibromochloropropane
(DBCP)
2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
12. Dinoseb 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
13. Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD) 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
14. Diquat 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
15. Endothall 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
16. Endrin 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
17. Ethylene dibromide 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
18. Glyphosate 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
19. Heptachlor 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
20. Heptachlor epoxide 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
21. Hexachlorobenzene 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
22. Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
23. Lindane 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
24. Methoxychlor 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
25. Oxamyl (Vydate) 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
26. Pentachlorophenol 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
27. Picloram 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
28. Polychlorinated biphenyls
(PCBs)
2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
29. Simazine 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
30. Toxaphene 2 611.310(c) 3 611.648
E. Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOCs)
1. Benzene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
2. Carbon tetrachloride 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
3. Chlorobenzene
(monochlorobenzene)
2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
4. o-Dichlorobenzene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
5. p-Dichlorobenzene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
6. 1,2-Dichloroethane 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
7. 1,1-Dichloroethylene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
8. cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
9. trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
10. Dichloromethane 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
11. 1,2-Dichloropropane 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
410
12. Ethylbenzene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
13. Styrene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
14. Tetrachloroethylene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
15. Toluene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
16. 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
17. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
18. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
19. Trichloroethylene 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
20. Vinyl chloride 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
21. Xylenes (total) 2 611.310(a) 3 611.646
F. Radioactive Contaminants
1. Beta/photon emitters 2 611.330(d) 3 611.720(a),
611.732
2. Alpha emitters 2 611.330(c) 3 611.720(a),
611.731
3. Combined radium (226 &
228)
2 611.330(b) 3 611.720(a),
611.731
4. Uranium
11
2 611.330(e)
12
3 611.720(a),
611.731
G. Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs), Byproduct Precursors, Disinfectant Residuals. Where
disinfection is used in the treatment of drinking water, disinfectants combine with organic and
inorganic matter present in water to form chemicals called disinfection byproducts (DBPs).
USEPA sets standards for controlling the levels of disinfectants and DBPs in drinking water,
including trihalomethanes (THMs) and haloacetic acids (HAAs).
13
1. Total trihalomethanes
(TTHMs)
2
14
611.310,
611.312(a)
3 611.680-
611.688,
611.382(a)-(b)
2. Haloacetic Acids (HAA5) 2 611.312(a) 3 611.382(a)-(b)
3. Bromate 2 611.312(a) 3 611.382(a)-(b)
4. Chlorite 2 611.312(a) 3 611.382(a)-(b)
5. Chlorine (MRDL) 2 611.313(a) 3 611.382(a), (c)
6. Chloramine (MRDL) 2 611.313(a) 3 611.382(a), (c)
7. Chlorine dioxide (MRDL),
where any two consecutive daily
samples at entrance to
distribution system only are
above MRDL
2 611.313(a),
611.383(c)(3)
2
15
, 3 611.382(a), (c),
611.383(c)(2)
8. Chlorine dioxide (MRDL),
where samples in distribution
system the next day are also
above MRDL
16
1 611.313(a),
611.383(c)(3)
1 611.382(a), (c),
611.383(c)(2)
411
9. Control of DBP precursors--
TOC (TT)
2 611.385(a)-(b) 3 611.382(a), (d)
10. Benchmarking and
disinfection profiling
N/A N/A 3 611.742,
611.953,
611.954
11. Development of monitoring
plan
N/A N/A 3 611.382(f)
H. Other Treatment Techniques
1. Acrylamide (TT) 2 611.296 N/A N/A
2. Epichlorohydrin (TT) 2 611.296 N/A N/A
II. Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring:
17
A. Unregulated contaminants N/A N/A 3 611.510
B. Nickel N/A N/A 3 611.603,
611.611
III. Public Notification for Relief Equivalent to a SDWA Section section 1415 Variance or a
Section section 1416 Exemption:.
A. Operation under relief
equivalent to a SDWA section
1415 variance or a section 1416
exemption
3
18
1415, 1416 N/A N/A
B. Violation of conditions of
relief equivalent to a SDWA
section 1415 variance or a
section 1416 exemption
2 1415, 1416,
19
611.111,
611.112
N/A N/A
IV. Other Situations Requiring Public Notification:.
A. Fluoride secondary
maximum contaminant level
(SMCL) exceedence
3 611.858 N/A N/A
B. Exceedence of nitrate MCL
for a non-CWS supplier, as
allowed by the Agency
1 611.300(d) N/A N/A
C. Availability of unregulated
contaminant monitoring data
3 611.510 N/A N/A
D. Waterborne disease outbreak 1 611.101,
611.233(b)(2)
N/A N/A
E. Other waterborne
emergency
20
1 N/A N/A N/A
F. Other situations as
determined by the Agency by an
SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110
1, 2, 3 N/A N/A N/A
412
Appendix G--Endnotes
1. Violations and other situations not listed in this table (e.g., reporting violations and failure to
prepare Consumer Confidence Reports) do not require notice, unless otherwise determined by
the Agency by an SEP issued pursuant to Section 611.110. The Agency may, by an SEP issued
pursuant to Section 611.110, further require a more stringent public notice tier (e.g., Tier 1
instead of Tier 2 or Tier 2 instead of Tier 3) for specific violations and situations listed in this
Appendix, as authorized under Sections 611.902(a) and 611.903(a).
2. Definition of the abbreviations used: “MCL” means maximum contaminant level, “MRDL”
means maximum residual disinfectant level, and “TT” means treatment technique.
3. The term “violations of National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWR)” is used
here to include violations of MCL, MRDL, treatment technique, monitoring, and testing
procedure requirements.
4. Failure to test for fecal coliform or E. coli is a Tier 1 violation if testing is not done after any
repeat sample tests positive for coliform. All other total coliform monitoring and testing
procedure violations are Tier 3 violations.
5. A supplier that violates the turbidity MCL of 5 NTU based on an average of measurements
over two consecutive days must consult with the Agency within 24 hours after learning of the
violation. Based on this consultation, the Agency may subsequently decide to issue an SEP
pursuant to Section 611.110 that elevates the violation to a Tier 1 violation. If a supplier is
unable to make contact with the Agency in the 24-hour period, the violation is automatically
elevated to a Tier 1 violation.
6. A supplier with a treatment technique violation involving a single exceedence of a maximum
turbidity limit under the Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), the Interim Enhanced Surface
Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR), or the Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule
are required to consult with the Agency within 24 hours after learning of the violation. Based on
this consultation, the Agency may subsequently decide to issue an SEP pursuant to Section
611.110 that elevates the violation to a Tier 1 violation. If a supplier is unable to make contact
with the Agency in the 24-hour period, the violation is automatically elevated to a Tier 1
violation.
7. Most of the requirements of the Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (63 Fed.
Reg. 69477 (December 16, 1998)) (Sections 611.740-611.741, 611.743-611.744) become were
effective January 1, 2002 for a Subpart B supplier (surface water systems and groundwater
systems under the direct influence of surface water) that serves at least 10,000 persons.
However, Section 611.742 is currently effective. The Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR)
remains in effect for a supplier serving at least 10,000 persons even after 2002; the Interim
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule adds additional requirements and does not in many
cases supercede the SWTR.
413
8. The arsenic MCL citations are effective January 23, 2006. Until then, the citations are
Sections 611.330(b) and 611.612(c).
9. The arsenic Tier 3 violation MCL citations are effective January 23, 2006. Until then, the
citations are Sections 611.100, 611.101, and 611.612.
10. Failure to take a confirmation sample within 24 hours for nitrate or nitrite after an initial
sample exceeds the MCL is a Tier 1 violation. Other monitoring violations for nitrate are Tier 3.
11. The uranium MCL Tier 2 violation citations are effective December 8, 2003 for a CWS
supplier.
12. The uranium Tier 3 violation citations are were effective December 8, 2000 for a CWS
supplier.
13. A Subpart B community or non-transient non-community system supplier that serves 10,000
persons or more must comply with new DBP MCLs, disinfectant MRDLs, and related
monitoring requirements beginning January 1, 2002. All other community and non-transient
non-community systems must meet the MCLs and MRDLs beginning January 1, 2004. A
Subpart B transient non-community system supplier serving 10,000 or more persons that uses
chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant must comply with the chlorine dioxide MRDL
beginning January 1, 2002. A Subpart B transient non-community system supplier that serves
fewer than 10,000 persons, which uses only groundwater not under the direct influence of
surface water, and which uses chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant must comply with the
chlorine dioxide MRDL beginning January 1, 2004.
14. Section 611.310 will no longer apply after January 1, 2004.
15. Failure to monitor for chlorine dioxide at the entrance to the distribution system the day after
exceeding the MRDL at the entrance to the distribution system is a Tier 2 violation.
16. If any daily sample taken at the entrance to the distribution system exceeds the MRDL for
chlorine dioxide and one or more samples taken in the distribution system the next day exceed
the MRDL, Tier 1 notification is required. A failure to take the required samples in the
distribution system after the MRDL is exceeded at the entry point also triggers Tier 1
notification.
17. Some water suppliers must monitor for certain unregulated contaminants listed in Section
611.510.
18. This citation refers to sections 1415 and 1416 of the federal Safe Drinking Water Act.
sections 1415 and 1416 require that “a schedule prescribed . . . for a public water system granted
relief equivalent to a SDWA section 1415 variance or a section 1416 exemption must require
compliance by the system . . ..”
19. In addition to sections 1415 and 1416 of the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 40 CFR
414
142.307 specifies the items and schedule milestones that must be included in relief equivalent to
a SDWA section 1415 small system variance. In granting any form of relief from an NPDWR,
the Board will consider all applicable federal requirements for and limitations on the State’s
ability to grant relief consistent with federal law.
20. Other waterborne emergencies require a Tier 1 public notice under Section 611.902(a) for
situations that do not meet the definition of a waterborne disease outbreak given in Section
611.101, but which still have the potential to have serious adverse effects on health as a result of
short-term exposure. These could include outbreaks not related to treatment deficiencies, as well
as situations that have the potential to cause outbreaks, such as failures or significant interruption
in water treatment processes, natural disasters that disrupt the water supply or distribution
system, chemical spills, or unexpected loading of possible pathogens into the source water.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from Appendix A to Subpart Q to 40 CFR 141 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Appendix H Standard Health Effects Language for Public Notification
Contaminant MCLG
1
mg/L
ℓ
MCL
2
mg/L
ℓ
Standard health effects language
for public notification
National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWR):
A. Microbiological Contaminants
1a. Total coliform Zero See footnote
3
Coliforms are bacteria that are
naturally present in the
environment and are used as an
indicator that other, potentially-
harmful, bacteria may be present.
Coliforms were found in more
samples than allowed and this was
a warning of potential problems.
1b. Fecal coliform/E. coli Zero Zero Fecal coliforms and E. coli are
bacteria whose presence indicates
that the water may be contaminated
with human or animal wastes.
Microbes in these wastes can cause
short-term effects, such as diarrhea,
cramps, nausea, headaches, or other
symptoms. They may pose a
special health risk for infants,
young children, some of the
elderly, and people with severely
compromised immune systems.
415
2a. Turbidity (MCL)
4
None 1 NTU
5
/
5 NTU
Turbidity has no health effects.
However, turbidity can interfere
with disinfection and provide a
medium for microbial growth.
Turbidity may indicate the
presence of disease-causing
organisms. These organisms
include bacteria, viruses, and
parasites that can cause symptoms
such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea,
and associated headaches.
2b. Turbidity (SWTR TT) None TT
7
Turbidity has no health effects.
However,
6
turbidity can interfere
with disinfection and provide a
medium for microbial growth.
Turbidity may indicate the
presence of disease-causing
organisms. These organisms
include bacteria, viruses, and
parasites that can cause symptoms
such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea,
and associated headaches.
2c. Turbidity (IESWTR TT
and LT1ESWTR TT)
None TT Turbidity has no health effects.
However,
8
turbidity can interfere
with disinfection and provide a
medium for microbial growth.
Turbidity may indicate the
presence of disease-causing
organisms. These organisms
include bacteria, viruses, and
parasites that can cause symptoms
such as nausea, cramps, diarrhea,
and associated headaches.
B. Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule
(IESWTR), Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT1ESWTR), and Filter
Backwash Recycling Rule (FBRR) violations:
3. Giardia lamblia
(SWTR/IESWTR/
LT1ESWTR)
Zero TT
10
Inadequately treated water may
contain disease-causing organisms.
These organisms include bacteria,
viruses, and parasites that can
cause symptoms such as nausea,
cramps, diarrhea, and associated
headaches.
416
4. Viruses
(SWTR/IESWTR/
LT1ESWTR)
Inadequately treated water may
contain disease-causing organisms.
These organisms include bacteria,
viruses, and parasites that can
cause symptoms such as nausea,
cramps, diarrhea, and associated
headaches.
5. Heterotrophic plate count
(HPC) bacteria
9
(SWTR/IESWTR/
LT1ESWTR)
Inadequately treated water may
contain disease-causing organisms.
These organisms include bacteria,
viruses, and parasites that can
cause symptoms such as nausea,
cramps, diarrhea, and associated
headaches.
6. Legionella
(SWTR/IESWTR/
LT1ESWTR)
Inadequately treated water may
contain disease-causing organisms.
These organisms include bacteria,
viruses, and parasites that can
cause symptoms such as nausea,
cramps, diarrhea, and associated
headaches.
7. Cryptosporidium
(IESWTR/FBRR/
LT1ESWTR)
Inadequately treated water may
contain disease-causing organisms.
These organisms include bacteria,
viruses, and parasites that can
cause symptoms such as nausea,
cramps, diarrhea, and associated
headaches.
C. Inorganic Chemicals (IOCs)
8. Antimony 0.006 0.006 Some people who drink water
containing antimony well in excess
of the MCL over many years could
experience increases in blood
cholesterol and decreases in blood
sugar.
9. Arsenic
11
0 0.01 Some people who drink water
containing arsenic in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience skin damage or
problems with their circulatory
system, and may have an increased
risk of getting cancer.
417
10. Asbestos (10 μm) 7 MFL
12
7 MFL Some people who drink water
containing asbestos in excess of the
MCL over many years may have an
increased risk of developing benign
intestinal polyps.
11. Barium 2 2 Some people who drink water
containing barium in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience an increase in their
blood pressure.
12. Beryllium 0.004 0.004 Some people who drink water
containing beryllium well in excess
of the MCL over many years could
develop intestinal lesions.
13. Cadmium 0.005 0.005 Some people who drink water
containing cadmium in excess of
the MCL over many years could
experience kidney damage.
14. Chromium (total) 0.1 0.1 Some people who use water
containing chromium well in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience allergic
dermatitis.
15. Cyanide 0.2 0.2 Some people who drink water
containing cyanide well in excess
of the MCL over many years could
experience nerve damage or
problems with their thyroid.
16. Fluoride 4.0 4.0 Some people who drink water
containing fluoride in excess of the
MCL over many years could get
bone disease, including pain and
tenderness of the bones. Fluoride in
drinking water at half the MCL or
more may cause mottling of
children’s teeth, usually in children
less than nine years old. Mottling,
also known as dental fluorosis, may
include brown staining and/or
pitting of the teeth, and occurs only
in developing teeth before they
erupt from the gums.
418
17. Mercury (inorganic) 0.002 0.002 Some people who drink water
containing inorganic mercury well
in excess of the MCL over many
years could experience kidney
damage.
18. Nitrate 10 10 Infants below the age of six months
who drink water containing nitrate
in excess of the MCL could
become seriously ill and, if
untreated, may die. Symptoms
include shortness of breath and
blue baby syndrome.
19. Nitrite 1 1 Infants below the age of six months
who drink water containing nitrite
in excess of the MCL could
become seriously ill and, if
untreated, may die. Symptoms
include shortness of breath and
blue baby syndrome.
20. Total Nitrate and Nitrite 10 10 Infants below the age of six months
who drink water containing nitrate
and nitrite in excess of the MCL
could become seriously ill and, if
untreated, may die. Symptoms
include shortness of breath and
blue baby syndrome.
21. Selenium 0.05 0.05 Selenium is an essential nutrient.
However, some people who drink
water containing selenium in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience hair or
fingernail losses, numbness in
fingers or toes, or problems with
their circulation.
22. Thallium 0.0005 0.002 Some people who drink water
containing thallium in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience hair loss, changes in
their blood, or problems with their
kidneys, intestines, or liver.
419
D. Lead and Copper Rule
23. Lead Zero TT
13
Infants and children who drink
water containing lead in excess of
the action level could experience
delays in their physical or mental
development. Children could show
slight deficits in attention span and
learning abilities. Adults who drink
this water over many years could
develop kidney problems or high
blood pressure.
24. Copper 1.3 TT
14
Copper is an essential nutrient, but
some people who drink water
containing copper in excess of the
action level over a relatively short
amount of time could experience
gastrointestinal distress. Some
people who drink water containing
copper in excess of the action level
over many years could suffer liver
or kidney damage. People with
Wilson’s Disease should consult
their personal doctor.
E. Synthetic Organic Chemicals (SOCs)
25. 2,4-D 0.07 0.07 Some people who drink water
containing the weed killer 2,4-D
well in excess of the MCL over
many years could experience
problems with their kidneys, liver,
or adrenal glands.
26. 2,4,5-TP (silvex) 0.05 0.05 Some people who drink water
containing silvex in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience liver problems.
27. Alachlor Zero 0.002 Some people who drink water
containing alachlor in excess of the
MCL over many years could have
problems with their eyes, liver,
kidneys, or spleen, or experience
anemia, and may have an increased
risk of getting cancer.
420
28. Atrazine 0.003 0.003 Some people who drink water
containing atrazine well in excess
of the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their
cardiovascular system or
reproductive difficulties.
29. Benzo(a)pyrene
(PAHs).
Zero 0.0002 Some people who drink water
containing benzo(a)pyrene in
excess of the MCL over many
years may experience reproductive
difficulties and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
30. Carbofuran 0.04 0.04 Some people who drink water
containing carbofuran in excess of
the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their
blood, or nervous or reproductive
systems.
31. Chlordane Zero 0.002 Some people who drink water
containing chlordane in excess of
the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their
liver or nervous system, and may
have an increased risk of getting
cancer.
32. Dalapon 0.2 0.2 Some people who drink water
containing dalapon well in excess
of the MCL over many years could
experience minor kidney changes.
33. Di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate 0.4 0.4 Some people who drink water
containing di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate
well in excess of the MCL over
many years could experience
general toxic effects, such as
weight loss, liver enlargement, or
possible reproductive difficulties.
34. Di(2-ethylhexyl)-
phthalate
Zero 0.006 Some people who drink water
containing di(2-
ethylhexyl)phthalate well in excess
of the MCL over many years may
have problems with their liver, or
experience reproductive
difficulties, and they may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
421
35. Dibromochloropropane
(DBCP)
Zero 0.0002 Some people who drink water
containing DBCP in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience reproductive difficulties
and may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
36. Dinoseb 0.007 0.007 Some people who drink water
containing dinoseb well in excess
of the MCL over many years could
experience reproductive
difficulties.
37. Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD) Zero 3 x 10
-8
Some people who drink water
containing dioxin in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience reproductive difficulties
and may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
38. Diquat 0.02 0.02 Some people who drink water
containing diquat in excess of the
MCL over many years could get
cataracts.
39. Endothall 0.1 0.1 Some people who drink water
containing endothall in excess of
the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their
stomach or intestines.
40. Endrin 0.002 0.002 Some people who drink water
containing endrin in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience liver problems.
41. Ethylene dibromide Zero 0.00005 Some people who drink water
containing ethylene dibromide in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their liver, stomach,
reproductive system, or kidneys,
and may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
42. Glyphosate 0.7 0.7 Some people who drink water
containing glyphosate in excess of
the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their
kidneys or reproductive difficulties.
422
43. Heptachlor Zero 0.0004 Some people who drink water
containing heptachlor in excess of
the MCL over many years could
experience liver damage and may
have an increased risk of getting
cancer.
44. Heptachlor epoxide Zero 0.0002 Some people who drink water
containing heptachlor epoxide in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience liver
damage, and may have an increased
risk of getting cancer.
45. Hexachlorobenzene Zero 0.001 Some people who drink water
containing hexachlorobenzene in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their liver or kidneys, or
adverse reproductive effects, and
may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
46.
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
0.05 0.05 Some people who drink water
containing
hexachlorocyclopentadiene well in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their kidneys or stomach.
47. Lindane 0.0002 0.0002 Some people who drink water
containing lindane in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience problems with their
kidneys or liver.
48. Methoxychlor 0.04 0.04 Some people who drink water
containing methoxychlor in excess
of the MCL over many years could
experience reproductive
difficulties.
49. Oxamyl (Vydate) 0.2 0.2 Some people who drink water
containing oxamyl in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience slight nervous system
effects.
423
50. Pentachlorophenol Zero 0.001 Some people who drink water
containing pentachlorophenol in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their liver or kidneys, and may
have an increased risk of getting
cancer.
51. Picloram 0.5 0.5 Some people who drink water
containing picloram in excess of
the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their
liver.
52. Polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs)
Zero 0.0005 Some people who drink water
containing PCBs in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience changes in their skin,
problems with their thymus gland,
immune deficiencies, or
reproductive or nervous system
difficulties, and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
53. Simazine 0.004 0.004 Some people who drink water
containing simazine in excess of
the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their
blood.
54. Toxaphene Zero 0.003 Some people who drink water
containing toxaphene in excess of
the MCL over many years could
have problems with their kidneys,
liver, or thyroid, and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
F. Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOCs)
55. Benzene Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water
containing benzene in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience anemia or a decrease in
blood platelets, and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
56. Carbon tetrachloride Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water
containing carbon tetrachloride in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their liver and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
424
57. Chlorobenzene
(monochlorobenzene)
0.1 0.1 Some people who drink water
containing chlorobenzene in excess
of the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their
liver or kidneys.
58. o-Dichlorobenzene 0.6 0.6 Some people who drink water
containing o-dichlorobenzene well
in excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their liver, kidneys, or
circulatory systems.
59. p-Dichlorobenzene 0.075 0.075 Some people who drink water
containing p-dichlorobenzene in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience anemia,
damage to their liver, kidneys, or
spleen, or changes in their blood.
60. 1,2-Dichloroethane Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water
containing 1,2-dichloroethane in
excess of the MCL over many
years may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
61. 1,1-Dichloroethylene 0.007 0.007 Some people who drink water
containing 1,1-dichloroethylene in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their liver.
62. cis-1,2-
Dichloroethylene
0.07 0.07 Some people who drink water
containing cis-1,2-dichloroethylene
in excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their liver.
63. trans-1,2-
Dichloroethylene
0.1 0.1 Some people who drink water
containing trans-1,2-
dichloroethylene well in excess of
the MCL over many years could
experience problems with their
liver.
64. Dichloromethane Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water
containing dichloromethane in
excess of the MCL over many
years could have liver problems
and may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
425
65. 1,2-Dichloropropane Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water
containing 1,2-dichloropropane in
excess of the MCL over many
years may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
66. Ethylbenzene 0.7 0.7 Some people who drink water
containing ethylbenzene well in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their liver or kidneys.
67. Styrene 0.1 0.1 Some people who drink water
containing styrene well in excess of
the MCL over many years could
have problems with their liver,
kidneys, or circulatory system.
68. Tetrachloroethylene Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water
containing tetrachloroethylene in
excess of the MCL over many
years could have problems with
their liver, and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
69. Toluene 1 1 Some people who drink water
containing toluene well in excess of
the MCL over many years could
have problems with their nervous
system, kidneys, or liver.
70. 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 0.07 0.07 Some people who drink water
containing 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene
well in excess of the MCL over
many years could experience
changes in their adrenal glands.
71. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 0.2 0.2 Some people who drink water
containing 1,1,1-trichloroethane in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their liver, nervous system, or
circulatory system.
72. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 0.003 0.005 Some people who drink water
containing 1,1,2-trichloroethane
well in excess of the MCL over
many years could have problems
with their liver, kidneys, or
immune systems.
426
73. Trichloroethylene Zero 0.005 Some people who drink water
containing trichloroethylene in
excess of the MCL over many
years could experience problems
with their liver and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
74. Vinyl chloride Zero 0.002 Some people who drink water
containing vinyl chloride in excess
of the MCL over many years may
have an increased risk of getting
cancer.
75. Xylenes (total) 10 10 Some people who drink water
containing xylenes in excess of the
MCL over many years could
experience damage to their nervous
system.
G. Radioactive Contaminants
76. Beta/photon emitters Zero 4 mrem/yr
15
Certain minerals are radioactive
and may emit forms of radiation
known as photons and beta
radiation. Some people who drink
water containing beta and photon
emitters in excess of the MCL over
many years may have an increased
risk of getting cancer.
77. Alpha emitters Zero 15 pCi/L
ℓ
16
Certain minerals are radioactive
and may emit a form of radiation
known as alpha radiation. Some
people who drink water containing
alpha emitters in excess of the
MCL over many years may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
78. Combined radium (226
& 228)
Zero 5 pCi/L
ℓ
Some people who drink water
containing radium 226 or 228 in
excess of the MCL over many
years may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
79. Uranium
17
Zero
30
µ
g/L
ℓ
Some people who drink water
containing uranium in excess of the
MCL over many years may have an
increased risk of getting cancer and
kidney toxicity.
427
H. Disinfection Byproducts (DBPs), Byproduct Precursors, and Disinfectant Residuals: Where
disinfection is used in the treatment of drinking water, disinfectants combine with organic and
inorganic matter present in water to form chemicals called disinfection byproducts (DBPs).
USEPA sets standards for controlling the levels of disinfectants and DBPs in drinking water,
including trihalomethanes (THMs) and haloacetic acids (HAA5)
18
80. Total trihalomethanes
(TTHMs)
N/A 0.10/
0.080
19
20
Some people who drink water
containing trihalomethanes in
excess of the MCL over many
years may experience problems
with their liver, kidneys, or central
nervous system, and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
81. Haloacetic Acids
(HAA5)
N/A 0.060
21
Some people who drink water
containing haloacetic acids in
excess of the MCL over many
years may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
82. Bromate Zero 0.010 Some people who drink water
containing bromate in excess of the
MCL over many years may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
83. Chlorite 0.08 1.0 Some infants and young children
who drink water containing chlorite
in excess of the MCL could
experience nervous system effects.
Similar effects may occur in fetuses
of pregnant women who drink
water containing chlorite in excess
of the MCL. Some people may
experience anemia.
84. Chlorine 4
(MRDLG)
22
4.0
(MRDL)
23
Some people who use water
containing chlorine well in excess
of the MRDL could experience
irritating effects to their eyes and
nose. Some people who drink water
containing chlorine well in excess
of the MRDL could experience
stomach discomfort.
428
85. Chloramines 4 (MRDLG) 4.0 (MRDL) Some people who use water
containing chloramines well in
excess of the MRDL could
experience irritating effects to their
eyes and nose. Some people who
drink water containing chloramines
well in excess of the MRDL could
experience stomach discomfort or
anemia.
85a. Chlorine dioxide,
where any two consecutive
daily samples taken at the
entrance to the distribution
system are above the
MRDL
0.8
(MRDLG)
0.8 (MRDL) Some infants and young children
who drink water containing
chlorine dioxide in excess of the
MRDL could experience nervous
system effects. Similar effects may
occur in fetuses of pregnant women
who drink water containing
chlorine dioxide in excess of the
MRDL. Some people may
experience anemia.
Add for public notification only:
The chlorine dioxide violations
reported today are the result of
exceedences at the treatment
facility only, not within the
distribution system that delivers
water to consumers. Continued
compliance with chlorine dioxide
levels within the distribution
system minimizes the potential risk
of these violations to consumers.
86a. Chlorine dioxide,
where one or more
distribution system samples
are above the MRDL
0.8
(MRDLG)
0.8 (MRDL) Some infants and young children
who drink water containing
chlorine dioxide in excess of the
MRDL could experience nervous
system effects. Similar effects may
occur in fetuses of pregnant women
who drink water containing
chlorine dioxide in excess of the
MRDL. Some people may
experience anemia.
429
Add for public notification only:
The chlorine dioxide violations
reported today include exceedences
of the USEPA standard within the
distribution system that delivers
water to consumers. Violations of
the chlorine dioxide standard
within the distribution system may
harm human health based on short-
term exposures. Certain groups,
including fetuses, infants, and
young children, may be especially
susceptible to nervous system
effects from excessive chlorine
dioxide exposure.
87. Control of DBP
precursors (TOC)
None TT Total organic carbon (TOC) has no
health effects. However, total
organic carbon provides a medium
for the formation of disinfection
byproducts. These byproducts
include trihalomethanes (THMs)
and haloacetic acids (HAAs).
Drinking water containing these
byproducts in excess of the MCL
may lead to adverse health effects,
liver or kidney problems, or
nervous system effects, and may
lead to an increased risk of getting
cancer.
I. Other Treatment Techniques:
88. Acrylamide Zero TT Some people who drink water
containing high levels of
acrylamide over a long period of
time could have problems with
their nervous system or blood, and
may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
89. Epichlorohydrin Zero TT Some people who drink water
containing high levels of
epichlorohydrin over a long period
of time could experience stomach
problems, and may have an
increased risk of getting cancer.
430
Appendix H--Endnotes
1. “MCLG” means maximum contaminant level goal.
2. “MCL” means maximum contaminant level.
3. For a water supplier analyzing at least 40 samples per month, no more than 5.0 percent of the
monthly samples may be positive for total coliforms. For a supplier analyzing fewer than 40
samples per month, no more than one sample per month may be positive for total coliforms.
4. There are various regulations that set turbidity standards for different types of systems,
including Section 611.320, the 1989 Surface Water Treatment Rule, the 1998 Interim Enhanced
Surface Water Treatment Rule, and the 2002 Long Term 1 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment
Rule. The MCL for the monthly turbidity average is 1 NTU; the MCL for the 2-day average is 5
NTU for a supplier that is required to filter but has not yet installed filtration (Section 611.320).
5. “NTU” means nephelometric turbidity unit.
6. There are various regulations that set turbidity standards for different types of systems,
including Section 611.320, the 1989 Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), the 1998 Interim
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR), and the 2002 Long Term 1 Enhanced
Surface Water Treatment Rule. A supplier subject to the Surface Water Treatment Rule (both
filtered and unfiltered) may not exceed 5 NTU. In addition, in filtered systems, 95 percent of
samples each month must not exceed 0.5 NTU in systems using conventional or direct filtration
and must not exceed 1 NTU in systems using slow sand or diatomaceous earth filtration or other
filtration technologies approved by the Agency.
7. “TT” means treatment technique.
8. There are various regulations that set turbidity standards for different types of systems,
including Section 611.320, the 1989 Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR), the 1998 Interim
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR), and the 2002 Long Term 1 Enhanced
Surface Water Treatment Rule. For a supplier subject to the IESWTR (systems serving at least
10,000 people, using surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water),
that use conventional filtration or direct filtration, after January 1, 2002, the turbidity level of a
system’s combined filter effluent may not exceed 0.3 NTU in at least 95 percent of monthly
measurements, and the turbidity level of a system’s combined filter effluent must not exceed 1
NTU at any time. A supplier subject to the IESWTR using technologies other than conventional,
direct, slow sand, or diatomaceous earth filtration must meet turbidity limits set by the Agency.
For a supplier subject to the LT1ESWTR (a supplier that serves fewer than 10,000 people, using
surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water) that uses conventional
filtration or direct filtration, after January 1, 2005, the turbidity level of the supplier’s combined
filter effluent may not exceed 0.3 NTU in at least 95 percent of monthly measurements, and the
turbidity level of the supplier’s combined filter effluent must not exceed 1 NTU at any time. A
supplier subject to the LT1ESWTR using technologies other than conventional, direct, slow
sand, or diatomaceous earth filtration must meet turbidity limits set by the
Agency
.
431
9. The bacteria detected by heterotrophic plate count (HPC) are not necessarily harmful. HPC is
simply an alternative method of determining disinfectant residual levels. The number of such
bacteria is an indicator of whether there is enough disinfectant in the distribution system.
10. SWTR, IESWTR, and LT1ESWTR treatment technique violations that involve turbidity
exceedences may use the health effects language for turbidity instead.
11. These arsenic values are effective January 23, 2006. Until then, the MCL is 0.05 mg/L
ℓ
and
there is no MCLG.
12. Millions of fibers per liter.
13. Action Level = 0.015 mg/L
ℓ
.
14. Action Level = 1.3 mg/L
ℓ
.
15. Millirems per year.
16. Picocuries per liter.
17. The uranium MCL is effective December 8, 2003 for all community water systems.
18. A surface water system supplier or a groundwater system supplier under the direct influence
of surface water is regulated under Subpart B of this Part. A Supbart B community water system
supplier or a non-transient non-community system supplier that serves 10,000 or more persons
must comply with DBP MCLs and disinfectant maximum residual disinfectant levels (MRDLs)
beginning January 1, 2002. All other community and non-transient non-community system
suppliers must meet the MCLs and MRDLs beginning January 1, 2004. Subpart B transient non-
community system suppliers serving 10,000 or more persons and using chlorine dioxide as a
disinfectant or oxidant must comply with the chlorine dioxide MRDL beginning January 1, 2002.
Subpart B transient non-community system suppliers serving fewer than 10,000 persons and
systems using only groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water and using
chlorine dioxide as a disinfectant or oxidant must comply with the chlorine dioxide MRDL
beginning January 1, 2004.
19. The MCL of 0.10 mg/L
ℓ
for TTHMs is was in effect until January 1, 2002 for a Subpart B
community water system supplier serving 10,000 or more persons. This MCL is in effect until
January 1, 2004 for community water systems with a population of 10,000 or more using only
groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water. After these deadlines, the MCL will
be 0.080 mg/L
ℓ
. On January 1, 2004, a supplier serving fewer than 10,000 will have to comply
with the new MCL as well.
20. The MCL for total trihalomethanes is the sum of the concentrations of the individual
trihalomethanes.
432
21. The MCL for haloacetic acids is the sum of the concentrations of the individual haloacetic
acids.
22. “MRDLG” means maximum residual disinfectant level goal.
23. “MRDL” means maximum residual disinfectant level.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from Appendix B to Subpart Q to 40 CFR 141 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Table A Total Coliform Monitoring Frequency
TOTAL COLIFORM MONITORING FREQUENCY FOR CWSs
Population Served Minimum Number of Samples per month
25 to 1000 1
1001 to 2500 2
2501 to 3300 3
3301 to 4100 4
4101 to 4900 5
4901 to 5800 6
5801 to 6700 7
6701 to 7600 8
7601 to 8500 9
8501 to 12,900 10
12,901 to 17,200 15
17,201 to 21,500 20
21,501 to 25,000 25
25,001 to 33,000 30
33,001 to 41,000 40
41,001 to 50,000 50
50,001 to 59,000 60
59,001 to 70,000 70
70,001 to 83,000 80
83,001 to 96,000 90
96,001 to 130,000 100
130,001 to 220,000 120
220,001 to 320,000 150
320,001 to 450,000 180
450,001 to 600,000 210
600,001 to 780,000 240
780,001 to 970,000 270
970,001 to 1,230,000 300
1,230,001 to 1,520,000 330
1,520,001 to 1,850,000 360
433
1,850,001 to 2,270,000 390
2,270,001 to 3,020,000 420
3,020,001 to 3,960,000 450
3,960,001 or more 480
PWSs which that have at least 15 service connections, but serve fewer than 25 persons are
included are included in the entry for 25 to 1000 persons served.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.21(a)(2), as amended at 54 Fed. Reg. 27562, June
29, 1989 (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Table C Frequency of RDC Measurement
System Size (Persons Served) Samples per Day
500 or fewer 1
501 to 1000 2
1001 to 2,500 3
2501 to 3,300 4
The day's samples cannot be taken at the same time. The sampling intervals are subject to
Agency review and approval by special exception permit a SEP issued pursuant to Section
611.110.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.74(b)(5) and (c)(2) (1991) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Table E Lead and Copper Monitoring Start Dates
System Size (Persons served) First Six-month Monitoring Period Begins
more than 50,000 Upon effective date
1
January 1, 1992
3,301 to 50,000 Upon effective date
2
July 1, 1992
3,300 or fewer July 1, 1993
1 U.S. EPA sets forth a date of January 1, 1992.
2 U.S. EPA sets forth a date of July 1, 1992.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from 40 CFR 141.86(d)(1) (1994) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
434
Section 611.Table G Summary of Section 611.357 Monitoring Requirements for Water
Quality Parameters
See end note 1 below.
Monitoring Period Parameters
2
Location Frequency
Initial Monitoring PH, alkalinity,
orthophosphate or
silica
3
, calcium,
conductivity,
temperature
Taps and at
entry points
to the
distribution
system
Every six months
After installation of
corrosion control
PH, alkalinity,
orthophosphate or
silica
3
, calcium
4
Taps Every six months
PH, alkalinity dosage
rate and concentration
(if alkalinity is adjusted
as part of corrosion
control), inhibitor
dosage rate, and
inhibitor residual
5
Entry points
to the
distribution
system
6
No less frequently
than every two weeks
After the Agency
specifies parameter
values for optimal
corrosion control
PH, alkalinity,
orthophosphate or
silica
3
, calcium
4
Taps Every six months
PH, alkalinity dosage
rate and concentration
(if alkalinity is adjusted
as part of corrosion
control), inhibitor
dosage rate, and
inhibitor residual
5
Entry points
to the
distribution
system
6
No less frequently
than every two weeks
Reduced monitoring PH, alkalinity,
orthophosphate or
silica
3
, calcium
4
Taps Every six months,
annually
7
or every
three years
8
; reduced
number of sites
435
PH, alkalinity dosage
rate and concentration
(if alkalinity is adjusted
as part of corrosion
control), inhibitor
dosage rate, and
inhibitor residual
5
Entry points
to the
distribution
system
6
No less frequently
than every two weeks
1. This Table G is for illustrative purposes; consult the text of Section 611.357 for precise
regulatory requirements.
2. Small- and medium-sized systems have to monitor for water quality parameters only during
monitoring periods in which the system exceeds the lead or copper action level.
3. Orthophosphate must be measured only when an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound
is used. Silica must be measured only when an inhibitor containing silicate compound is used.
4. Calcium must be measured only when calcium carbonate stabilization is used as part of
corrosion control.
5. Inhibitor dosage rates and inhibitor residual concentrations (orthophosphate or silica) must be
measured only when an inhibitor is used.
6. A groundwater system supplier may limit monitoring to representative locations throughout
the system.
7. A water supplier may reduce frequency of monitoring for water quality parameters at the tap
from every six months to annually if it has maintained the range of values for water quality
parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control during three consecutive years of monitoring.
8. A water supplier may further reduce the frequency of monitoring for water quality parameters
at the tap from annually to once every three years if it has maintained the range of values for
water quality parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control during three consecutive years of
annual monitoring. A water supplier may accelerate to triennial monitoring for water quality
parameters at the tap if it has maintained 90th percentile lead levels less than or equal to 0.005
mg/L
ℓ
, 90th percentile copper levels less than or equal to 0.65 mg/L
ℓ
, and the range of water
quality parameters designated by the Agency under Section 611.352(f) as representing optimal
corrosion control during two consecutive six-month monitoring periods.
BOARD NOTE: Derived from the table to 40 CFR 141.87 (1999) (2002).
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
Section 611.Table Z Federal Effective Dates
The following are the effective dates of the federal MCLs:
436
Fluoride (40 CFR 141.60(b)(1)) October 2, 1987
(corresponding with Section 611.301(b))
Phase I VOCs (40 CFR 141.60(a)(1)) July 9, 1989
(corresponding with Section 611.311(a))
(benzene, carbon tetrachloride, p-dichlorobenzene, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1-dichloro-
ethylene, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, and vinyl chloride)
Lead and Copper (40 CFR, Subpart I) July 7, 1991
(corresponding with Subpart G of this Part)
(lead and copper monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements of 40 CFR
141.86 through 141.91)
Phase II IOCs (40 CFR 141.60(b)(2)) July 30, 1992
(corresponding with Section 611.301(b))
(asbestos, cadmium, chromium, mercury, nitrate, nitrite, and selenium)
Phase II VOCs (40 CFR 141.60(a)(2)) July 30, 1992
(corresponding with Section 611.311(a))
(o-dichlorobenzene, cis-1,2-dichloroethylene, trans-1,2-dichloroethylene, 1,2-di-
chloropropane, ethylbenzene, monochlorobenzene, styrene, tetrachloroethylene,
toluene, and xylenes (total))
Phase II SOCs (40 CFR 141.60(a)(2)) July 30, 1992
(corresponding with Section 611.311(c))
(alachlor, atrazine, carbofuran, chlordane, dibromochloropropane, ethylene di-
bromide, heptachlor, heptachlor epoxide, lindane, methoxychlor, polychlorinated bi-
phenyls, toxaphene, 2,4-D, and 2,4,5-TP (silvex))
Lead and Copper (40 CFR, Subpart I) December 7, 1992
(corresponding with Subpart G of this Part)
(lead and copper corrosion control, water treatment, public education, and lead
service line replacement requirements of 40 CFR 141.81 through 141.85)
Phase IIB IOC (40 CFR 141.60(b)(2)) January 1, 1993
(corresponding with Section 611.301(b))
(barium)
Phase IIB SOCs (40 CFR 141.60(a)(2)) January 1, 1993
(corresponding with Section 611.311(c))
(aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, aldicarb sulfoxide, and pentachlorophenol; USEPA
stayed the effective date as to the MCLs for aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, and aldicarb
sulfoxide, but the monitoring requirements became effective January 1, 1993)
Phase V IOCs (40 CFR 141.60(b)(3)) January 17, 1994
437
(corresponding with Section 611.301(b))
(antimony, beryllium, cyanide, nickel, and thallium)
Phase V VOCs (40 CFR 141.60(a)(3)) January 17, 1994
(corresponding with Section 611.311(a))
(dichloromethane, 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, and 1,1,2-trichloroethane)
Phase V SOCs (40 CFR 141.60(a)(3)) January 17, 1994
(corresponding with Section 611.311(c))
(benzo[(a])pyrene, dalapon, di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate, di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
dinoseb, diquat, endothall, endrin, glyphosate, hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorocyclo-
pentadiene, oxamyl, picloram, simazine, and 2,3,7,8-TCDD)
Disinfection/disinfectant byproducts (40 CFR 141.64 & 141.65)
Smaller Systems (serving
#
10,000 persons) December 16, 2001
Larger Systems (serving > more than 10,000 persons) December 16, 2003
(corresponding with Section 611.312 & 611.313)
(total trihalomethanes, haloacetic acids (five), bromate, chlorite, chlorine,
chloramines, and chlorine dioxide)
Radionuclidess (40 CFR 141.66) December 8, 2003
(corresponding with Section 611.330)
(combined radium (Ra-226 + Ra-228), gross alpha particle activity, beta particle and
photon activity, and uranium)
Arsenic (40 CFR 141.62(b)(16)) January 23, 2006
(corresponding with Section 611.301(b))
(arsenic)
(Source: Amended at 27 Ill. Reg. ________, effective ______________________)
